——s Pent te Se A sa tt tl thee ON ES EE EE El in Ge og Renter a eh, Gun, eee LOOP Rn An iol ey I NEN Tay al. ge gee # > Sem em, om Se Ps eee hy Ne et Tir arehe A mig a sn myer on 4 dy Nahe ipeBrageeeee bP wee aot oe Sadan areata ti on oot y . . : * = ine cae Oe tt a I er Ra ty oe A AN AR all CP LOE I cy ee ee © OE NF egret cietlinandl abaeedieantahed cater te ake ee ae _ te Me Wlings esate alee, ewes oi & Pt a i EE Ey A = el OE ogy ee ate el OO Eg Math ng OP Nile De re vers ale - OO hy ee ght own ee ee eee —iuF — Ce ee SO ee oe Sieie Lacie Ow . OO te RE wt es RRP es ee Seetieneiiinnitieendiadnal ih im aie nih non 2 he Nemes wR - me at el ee ah ii ag A as: SS aieeealillieds ~ —_ er ee SH se! 7 ~ EPR DD PA GO PN Mig EE ES ellie. wt rags: oie ne ee ae ewes BM Ley he ee i At Pe mat - “> Vip a te Nt OS 6 et ae a eee acted ee — a amd ES Rl CO Ae FEED Nt a gh ys ee be Orne a. ae a owe Poy Dhetin nas pana ae eS PE Re ee Nerthte t-te oreadpieetnd dtd a a eee ee te CP OPEC EL ADI Beste ate «te the moe ee WAM gh elma: an, Hee aye aig ate: Sh, alte eh, te eee ge ane emmaaee et Se ncennn aren ee ee ae ae earnpeenahaenen. so acomomoaetan Pe “Gey aot ow © eer @ oy inne) teahadh pian miranda diteinalar Lt Oe le Ce ee _— ar-aoy tes erine ee adie eteete atl eh ~menderdetia Mie tel 28 Re Oe > eg tees « PO ie a ee wy te te ty Seed ea ine batik OE D8 Ei L Aatinglpalierttidias alt aie eee eddie, ee PE A ONE Mig cat al hes ee ena i rh omg —_ — eet ee LOI AI Rr a tt ty Pe Ag preted at arate as ale ee area — RE Re may ES CMS eS ele gt ey et A ye ee te et Et ns “eh elle a nslnses ip t Piintn tans ane se eaemee iiaditinethbatierea tt ee Te oe ea a inte FA) ty AE Nt it Parte at fat Nemes Sint Man. te
aa Ot ee nl a ge ee oe ee
2 OOS SS NO OE ho, OE EE TEN Rt Hey ie eee. ree 7 a -*- ~s t he mae games Se eas ae Sehouy ara
ee ee ee Ot ten LON Ro Ny RE Re | Ge ge sae? a) ——— CO GD et ne my te ti ee He
Rr wet eh eee we ~~ on x _— — Ee ee ett 6 tue wee mon, _ -~ pn he at he A tin ew ba inated aittiedie ate dint ae eae
idl sna naan eae Saly-aherhehe a ee aan Mera aan =. pete ato ee mee on a eft = ee le See eee
eo Pe OR Me ge em ae a dbl antine deipaiane a Or ae ve a Bae ee te = 9 Pate 4s —_ = mun wht Se eS Ce ee
shy ae e neaetan a oel OP NE SN OG Fee Ree oe ae ne" © ee At a6 Be FOE OE EE hPa tee mw ey ee tg
PF OL ee A ha A Mn me, - Ne OF OS Se gn Bi et we ~aebn we a oe ame ~~ mw ache. eae ee Se ew San ton 6 tiene
He re ie eh OE a a ge ee mae EO OE REE ee eligi laty aD ee 7 —) as Ae” Seis we were we ci
SN ee ae SF EE ete mle ly | ei Mae ge em eure oe o ar. ark te ae on Boy agen Se
wee Oh ee et ng = ee age a 2 Eg Gt gee oO kg gm me —_— ww - bald + i Be «
eden ek ee eee ee palpate eae ee oe aan Ew 2 ~ “< - om —
oa me - - ate a em + RO es oy —_- Pee ere — tn. — a - ~
ce lt ll ge a ee “ ~~ = os te - n owe —_ te - eee om *
eT a — ‘= ea te > ae oe 7 a 5c -
ey ~~. 2 te —_— ao & - ‘ — _ = ve my th _ ao ho. ~~ an
ee ge — = - — eo - * en : ee yt - * ~~
aa — a ee Se ge ee ey RF _ ~ ne a Pee = ~ os mae <= or
we et — =e ~ ee os _ ees ero l= he — aw
eet ee Oe ng, —~ ~ = ee me, al EG ag all Call alae ” ~* ~~ tt te wie ~ - sana Bt die nasa “lg”
A me gh ILE 98 an) ma - steadied a amt, Mele ae - et “~ at ee
A te eNO teat, — TO ew igo —-s ee ie tg Oy Ee On "~ a eG a Rage He - — Ae Ne ee my
ee, yt ny he ae Soh ae am cere cy ar et . = SA ey. 7 ~ ee —
- ee cathe ~ so Pate Ae 9 ew ated Se = ay -° - - oe ~ ~ - LF ww ~
———— mine ce eo a ea at SPS me —~ i Fea :
oo ea De ge: - =n - Pine Py ee eee aaa —_ = mo i ; 4
SC a a ot ees : ee eee ks : = = doen 7 bed = a 7 Je 7
- . . = ~* _—_—& - » Fe! - »
- ~_—. macics ee oA - ~ . med a 4
- = -- * 2% ee _ — ~ ”
—“_ Ree Se Se 8 - - es tus ee reir ie « tet ts ~~ - a . 7 - ' -
bad 7 -_ a kd — ee ied i - ~e — 7 7 =
a - - pt eel i ame Y =
. - - - _
- - ed _ J 7 7 7
— = - sn ° te = 7 -
— aa — = a 7 —- : =
~ Hy nd _ ~ a ~~. ns = :
a - hd = aad Ll —_
. — - = Ok ee - 7 , ‘
~~ ~ ’ 7 7
- > . = : z
. ~
. ° = « ad “ ‘
_ *
ra
. rae =
- e
~aer S
~
nf =
~ a
-
4
La
bs 34 -
. a
~ .
~
. >
. - an
- _ “es * t~ : ;
e ~ ~a «@ ‘. = (te ew
“re ae . “
a ~~ ° ~— “
5
er ee
Vol. 36-37
1936=37
,
(5s
ms
a
in aaes
Loe ape aS
=i
TORREYA
A BI-MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
John Torrey 1796-1873
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
VOLUME 36
New Yor«k
1936
Volume 36 January-February, 1936 No. 1
TORREYA
A B1-MonTHLY JouRNAL OF BoTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Plant records from southwestern New York. Irnvinc WILLIAM KNOBLOCH. 1
A plant suitable for classroom demonstration of growth. Const. J.
AER OBOULOS Joye ie aoe se Wh ao Paes eed ahaeeh cal Cy apie ade Maelk Ta aca aoa 8 3
The introduced flora of Crater Lake National Park. F. Lyte Wynp..... 5
The type localities of some plants first described from West Virginia.
BARE Tt NSORES vos) iee oy ko ae PD. Rate pr eee AALS ote pmb is ns 7
mele rss OL Ce Clini go 55 Silt gfe i hage Wen IR a wldaaiane ele ine So uote 14
Procecainps of the Club 2252 oe). os fig oePs oeie es amp'd Spo ewikease sim pine 19
RUS INOCEE 8 eS E eo ik ar Bo ew ape Narn Bete chen Bio habe: oan SM weld Ha clea 24
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tuer GeorceE Banta PuBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1936
President
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, P#.D., Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents
HENRY A. GLEASON, PH.D.
‘ FRANK E. DENNY, Pa.D.
Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA UNIverRsSITY; New York
Treasurer
EDWIN B. MATZKE
SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA University, NEw YorK
Assistant Treasurer
MRS: JAMES W. MARVIN
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D,
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu#.D. A. F. BLAKESLEE, Pua.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Ps.D. 2B EDIE NING PHD:
TRACY E. HAZEN, P#.D. JHA AY GLEASON! Pa Di
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Pu.D. “URS AL HARPER, Rae)
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. J..S. KARLING, PH.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. E,W. SINNOTT, “Pa.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Pu.D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
JENNIE_S. DODGE
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Px.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
GEORGE. H. SHULL, Px.D. WILLIAM CROCKER, Pu.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New Vork Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue,
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other com-
munications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to 450
Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer, Edwin B, Matzke
(Mail address—Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, New York City.)
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
sow Ww
TORREYA
Vol. 36 January-February, 1936 No. 1
Plant records from southwestern New York
IRVING WILLIAM KNOBLOCH
During the course of a season’s botanizing ina very carefully
botanized area of New York state, a small number of plants
were turned up which had better be reported upon at this time.
All published records of plant life in this area were examined and
it is felt that the following plants will prove valid additions to
our flora and in one case adds a new station for a well-beloved
shrub.
___Thelypteris spinulosa (O. F. Mill.) Nieuwl., the spinulose
shield fern, is listed as “‘infrequent’’ in this area being known
only from ‘“‘Rock City” north of Salamanca. I have found it in
two places this past summer in the Allegany State Park in
Cattaraugus county thus adding two stations in this county.
Near Rushford, in Allegany county, I found a single plant this
summer. This appears to be the first record of this species from
Allegany county. Mrs. Charles Congdon of Salamanca, N.Y.,
found a single plant near Chautauqua Lake some time ago,
which appears to be the first reported record from Chautauqua
county. Since there are few amateur botanists in this area famil-
iar with the distinctive appearance of this species, it may be
that it has been confused with the abundant variety interme-
dium. Dr. Edgar Wheery has passed upon the specimens in my
possession.
The variety fructuosa of the above species, said to be a
leafy form of the variety intermedium by some, was located by
Mrs. Charles Congdon in the Allenberg Bog in Cattaraugus
county. As can be imagined, it is a very attractive fern. I can
find no record of its being found previously in New York state
but it may have been. Mr. Charles Weatherby identified this
specimen for me.
Polypodium virginianum L. forma deltoideum (Gilbert) Fer-
nald was located in the region just west of Allegany State Park
1
in Cattaraugus county and was represented only by a single
plant. It grew in a crevice of a block of Salamanca conglomerate
rock. Mr. Charles Weatherby kindly identified this plant.
Many rare plants have been found by other botanists in
the place called ‘“‘Balsam Swamp” in the Allegany State Park,
the only such area in the park. Last summer, I was able to add
another rare plant, this species being in the nature of a plant
freak. I refer to Osmunda cinnamomea L. forma Incisa (ae
Huntington) Gilbert which was determined by Mr. Weatherby.
This is a startling form of a common fern in which the pinnules
are greatly and irregularly incised. Some basal pinnules are
greatly elongated in addition. One plant was found in fruit and
the fertile frond was part fertile and part sterile or leafy. The
latter plant is called forma frondosa (T.& G.) Britton.
= Rhododendron maximum L. is known from several places in
Cattaraugus county. I am pleased to add another station to
the all-too-few local stations. Last summer, following upon
directions from one of the Senaca Indians on the nearby Alle-
gheny reservation, I found a fairly large quantity of this plant
in a swamp on the reservation near Red House, N.Y.
BuFFALO, N.Y.
A plant suitable for classroom demonstration of growth
Const. J. ALEXOPOULOS
During the progress of some growth studies on a species of
Anthostomella, it occurred to the writer that this fungus might
be of value for study and demonstration of rapid growth in
elementary classes in Botany and Biology and that teachers
engaged in this work might be interested in knowing the facts
presented in this note.!
The particular species of Anthostomella under investigation,
presumably a saprophyte, was isolated from diseased bark of
Elm by Mr. H. H. Harris in 1932 and has been growing in pure
culture since then.
This fungus makes a rapid growth on agar media at room
temperature and may conveniently be used in the classroom
for growth studies. Growth of the mycelium issuing from the
ascospore is sufficiently rapid to enable the student to detect
differences in length of the mycelial tubes under the microscope
1 The writer will be glad to furnish a transfer of the organism to anyone
interested, upon receipt of a sterile slant of nutrient agar.
3
+
every few minutes. The drawings presented in the accompany-
ing figure represent different stages in the growth which has
taken place on maltose agar during a period of two hours. The
first drawing (a) was made at 8:45 p. m., the second (b) at 9:00
p. m., the third (c) at 9:15 p. m., and the fourth (d) at 10:45 p. m.
Thus, during the usual two hour laboratory period a student is
able to make several drawings of different stages of growth and
to take measurements at regular intervals from which the rate
of growth of this organism may be calculated. At the same time
he is enabled to follow the formation of septa in the mycelium
and to study such structures as vacuoles etc.
In connection with such classroom studies, it is well for the
instructor supervising the work, to plant the ascospores to be
studied on the agar plates, eight to twelve hours before observa-
tion is to begin, this being the time required usually for asco-
spore germination. When the first observation is about to be
made, the Petri dish is uncovered and a thin cover-glass is
placed on the surface of the agar covering the germinating asco-
spores. By following this procedure, studies can be made by the
use of the high power objective of the microscope whereas with-
out the cover glass, the lens, because of its proximity to the
moist surface of the agar, will cloud very quickly.
Some of the other advantages of this fungus besides its
rapid growth which make it very suitable for elementary studies
are the following: The mycelial threads are stout, hyaline when
young and brown when old. The septa are placed fairly close
together and are sharply differentiated in the older brown
mycelium. The fungus produces perithecia in abundance on the
common laboratory agar media, the spores maturing about
twenty days after inoculation. The perithecia are large, dark,
and beaked. When these are crushed under a cover-glass, the
numerous asci spread out, and the ascospores, because of their
deep brown color, are sharply defined in their positions within
the hyaline ascus. The ascospores are large, measuring 16—26u
in length and can be easily observed under the low power and
studied under the ordinary 44 X objective.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY, KENT STATE UNIVERSITY
KENT, OHIO
The introduced flora of Crater Lake National Park
F. LYLE WyYND
Previous to the year 1896, very few people had visited
Crater Lake. This fact, together with its isolation from the main
lines of travel, caused the flora of the immediate vicinity of the
Lake to be almost entirely of native species.
In August, 1896, Frederick V. Coville spent seven days with
the Mazama Mountain Climbing Club of Portland Oregon,
botanizing the region. He published a list of his plants in
Mazama Vol. I. No. 2, 1896. Speaking of Rumex Acetosella L.,
he says, ‘‘This, the only introduced plant seen at Crater Lake,
was found sparingly near the upper camping place.”
The localities studied by Coville and his collecting compan-
ion, John B. Leiberg, were the ravine of Pole Bridge Creek,
along the road from this point to the Rim of Crater Lake, along
the Rim as far east as a point midway between Applegate Peak
and Castle Crest, as far west as the Watchman and Red Cone,
down the outer slope of the crater south of the Watchman to
the line of springs at its base, down Anna Creek about one and
a quarter miles from the Rim, down the inner slope of the
Crater to the water’s edge, and on Wizard Island.
In the seven days between August 13 and August 20, it was
not possible for him to make a complete survey, but the single
introduced species noted above indicates that at that time very
little change in the native flora had taken place.
The writer spent several summers in carrying out an inten-
sive botanical survey of the Park. A number of introduced
species was discovered. It is to be expected since about 150,000
people visit the Park each summer, most of them driving their
cars from every part of the United States, that the number of
accidentally introduced species would continually increase. The
list which follows is complete for the introduced species to the
end of 1930 in so far as the author’s collections go.
Rumex Acetosella L. This very widely distributed weed was
the first to establish itself at Crater Lake. It was first noted in
1896.
Chenopodium album L. This plant first came to Crater Lake
in horse feed freighted in during the governmental construction
Pe)
6
activities. It was copiously established about the horse barns
near Park Headquarters in 1928.
Phleum pratense L. Imported horse feed probably first
brought this grass. First noted in 1928.
Dactylis glomerata L. Like the preceding, probably intro-
duced in imported horse feed. First noted in 1929.
Bromus tnermis Leyss. Also probably introduced in horse
feed. First noted in 1929.
Spergularia rubra (L). Presl. var. perennans (Greene)
Robinson. There is some doubt concerning the nativity of this
plant. Greene holds it to be a native of Europe, while Jepson
maintains it to be a native of western America. At all events,
it became well established about Park Headquarters in 1929.
Rumex crispus L. This is the latest newcomer to the Park.
A solitary plant has grown for two seasons near the office build-
ings at Park Headquarters. At this altitude of 6600 feet, the
very upper edge of the Canadian Life Zone is this latitude, it
does not seem to set fertile seeds and will consequently soon
become extinct. It was first seen in 1929.
Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv. A few plants of this species
were found at the Lost Creek Ranger Station where horses had
been tethered the previous year. First noted in 1929.
During 1930, an attempt to landscape the immediate vicin-
ity of the Lodge was made. Grass seed of several species were
sown. It is probable that future observations will show several
species of grass and weeds introduced at that time.
SHAW SCHOOL OF BOTANY
St. Louis, Mo.
The type localities of some plants first
described from West Virginia
EarL L. Core
In determining the exact usage of the scientific names of
plants it frequently is of very great importance to know the
exact locality of collection of the specimens upon which the
species were established. Specimens from the type locality of a
species might be expected to resemble the type much more
closely than specimens collected in other localities. However,
in the early days of taxonomy there was no definite concept of
types and type localities. Botanists simply assigned to their new
specimens large, indefinite areas such as “ Virginia,”’ ‘‘Carolina,”’
or ‘“‘Pennsylvania,’’ which are still more vague today because
of changes in the applications of the geographical names.
Standley (Contrib. U.S, Nat’l. Herb., 13: 143-227. 1910)
has undertaken the preparation of a list of type localities of
plants from New Mexico. In his list of 690 plants from that
state, he calls attention to the much greater difficulty that
would be encountered in such a compilation for one of the
Eastern states because of the obstacles mentioned above.
The present paper has been prepared merely as an intro-
duction to this problem. For the most part, the types enumer-
ated here are comparatively recent, after the type concept has
become well established. Designation of the type localities of
the plants described by such early explorers of West Virginia
as Michaux, Kin, Pursh, or Rafinesque would be very difficult,
in many cases impossible. It is especially difficult to locate
West Virginia stations in the field work of the early botanists
from the fact that their labels often read simply ‘‘Virginia.”’
Before 1784 Virginia extended indefinitely from the Atlantic
coast to and beyond the Ohio River, while the boundaries of
West Virginia were not established until 1863. Then, too, the
country was so thinly settled and localities so uncertainly
named that to ascribe definite geographic places to collected
plants was impossible to the traveller. Further research, how-
ever, will doubtless add several names to this list.
White Sulphur Springs, in Greenbrier County, is remarkable
for the number of plants described from that locality. The
reason for this is that the well-known summer resort, often
7
visited by botanists, lies within the area of the shale barrens,
which possess the most interesting portion of the state’s flora,
including many endemics. These have since been discovered
in more remote districts, 100 miles or more from the original
locality.
A number of varieties and forms of common plants were
described by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh from Morgantown during
the tenure of his stay there as Botanist of the Agricultural
Experiment Station. The types of these plants are, for the most
part, filed in the Herbarium of West Virginia University. A
few appear to have been lost in the various vicissitudes to which
the herbarium was exposed before it reached its present per-
manent quarters in Science Hall.
Under each species in the list, the author has attempted to
give, usually quoted verbatim, the type locality, type number,
date of collection, and any other important data. Where pos-
sible the accepted name for each species is given when the name
listed has been found to be a synonym. Unless otherwise stated
the name is to be taken as representing a good species.
Forty-five species, varieties and forms are here listed:
1. Polypodium vulgare forma biserrata Millsp., Prel. Cat. FI.
W. Va. p. 479, 1892. “‘A form found upon mossy boulders
along the Blackwater Fork of Cheat; with regularly doubly-
serrate divisions of the thinnish fronds,” Mullspaugh.
,2. Polypodium vulgare var. deceptum Maxon, Proc. Nat. Mus.,
23: 628. 1901. ‘Type in the U.S. National Herbarium. Smith-
sonian Institution, collected by E. L. Morris, No 1215, on
rocks along the Guyandotte River below Baileysville, Wyo-
ming County., W. Va.,.Alt. 1100—-1250., August 13-19,
1900. This fern has already been briefly characterized by
Dr. Millspaugh as Polypodium vulgare forma biserrata. The
name, biserratum being already preoccupied by a Mexican
fern it becomes necessary, in referring to the West Virginia
plant, to substitute a new name.”’ (P. virginianum forma
acuminatum (Gilbert) Fernald, Rhodora 24: 141. 1922, fide
Wherry ms.).
3. Polypodium virginianum forma cambricoides F. W. Gray,
Amer. Fern Journ. 14: 5. 1924. Rock ledges northeast of
Peterstown, Monroe Co., Gray.
4. Camptosorus rhizophyllus forma angustatus F. W. Gray,
10.
qi1.
yi2.
9
Amer. Fern Journ. 14: 11. 1924. Boulder in field near Alder-
son, Monroe Co., Gray.
. Asplenium Stotleri Wherry, Amer. Fern Journ. 15:52. 1925.
Schist cliff on west bank of Shenandoah River, south of
Keys Ferry, Jefferson Co., Wherry.
. Brachyelytrum aristosum var. glabratum Vasey, MSS. Prel.
Cat. Fl. W. Va. 469. 1892. ‘‘A new variety discovered by
Mr. L. W. Nuttall. It agrees with the species except that it
is perfectly smooth, and has an awn-pointed second glume
which is about one-half the length of the flowering glume.
Its most striking peculiarity is that it has invariably two
culms from each root-stock. High rocky woods. Fayette,
near Nuttallburg, rare.”’
. Agrostis alba vulgaris forma aristata Millsp., Prel. Cat. FI.
W. Va. 469. 1892. ‘‘Damp meadow lands. Monongalia,
along Falling Run,” Willspaugh. 244. June 2, 1890. Type in ©
Herbarium of West Virginia University. =A. canina L.
. Poa compressa forma depauperata Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W.
Va. 472. 1892. “‘On rocks. Monongalia, along Falling Run,
especially at the Cascade,” Millspaugh.
. Panicularia nervata forma major Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W.
Va. 473. 1892. ‘“Monongalia: sand bars in Monongahela
River near Little Falls,” Millspaugh.
Carex Muhlengergit Schk. var. ———————— Millsp., Prel.
Cat. Fl. W. Va. 463. 1892. ‘‘Intermediate between type and
var. enervis Bailey.Valley Bottoms, Cricard, Randolph Co.,”’
Millspaugh 473. Type in Herbarium of West Virginia Uni-
versity.
Carex fraseri Andr., Bot. Rep. pl. 639. 1811. Described by
Muhlenberg, (Desc. iiber Gram., etc., 265. 1817) under C.
lagopus? Muhlenberg adds, ‘‘Habitat in Tyger-valley, Penn-
sylvania, eunde siccam habeo et vivam.” Tygart’s Valley
lies completely in West Virginia and, to my knowledge,
this plant has never been found in Pennsylvania. Original
collection by Matthias Kin, about 1800; type in Berlin
Botanic Garden.
Allium oxyphilum Wherry, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 15:
370-372. 1925. Open woods along road 1} mi. west-north-
west of Lillydale, Monroe Co., Type in United States
National Herbarium, Wherry.
4
Pave
13.
14.
15);
16.
18.
1
20:
AAU
10
Trillium erectum var. declinatum Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W.
Va. 453. 1892. ‘“‘Gilmer, near Glenville; Mason, near Point
Pleasant; Jackson, near Ravenswood,”’ Millspaugh.
Eriogonum Allenit Watson, in A. Gray, Man. Ed. 6, 734.
1890. “‘Near White Sulphur Springs, W. Va., T. F. Allen.”
Type in Gray Herbarium, Harvard University.
Polygonum persicaria forma albiflora Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl.
W. Va. 342. 1892. “A pure white-flowered form abundant
near Point Pleasant.’ Muillspaugh.
Syndesmon thalictroides forma rosea Millsp. Prel. Cat. FI.
W. Va. 319. 1892. “A beautiful rose-colored clump of the
species has persisted for two years. In Monongalia at Little
Falls near the Cascade,” Millspaugh.
Clematis albicoma Wherry, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 21: 198.
1931. “‘C. ovata of current manuals, not Pursh. So far as
recorded this plant was first collected on Kate’s Mountain
by Gustav Guttenberg in 1877. It differs from C. ovata in
the respects enumerated in the key, and accordingly re-
quires a new name, which is appropriately derived from its
most unique character, the whitish hairs on the achene-
appendages. It occurs on various shale-barrens; Kate’s
Mountain is taken as the type locality of the species, and
as type specimen should be designated: Guttenberg, July
31, 1877. (U.S. Nat’l. Herb.). (Viorna albicoma Moldenke.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 60: 57. 1933.) '
Delphinium tricorne forma albiflora Millsp., Prel. Cat. FI.
W. Va. 322. 1892. ‘‘Monongalia: Prevalent near Stump-
town. The flowers are pure white with no trace of blue,”
Millspaugh, May 9, 1892. Type in Herbarium of West Vir-
ginia University.
Aconitum vaccarum Rydb., Torreya 26: 31. pl. 1. 1926.
“Type collected on the east slope of Spruce Knob, West
Virginia, P. A. Rydberg. 9206. Herb. N.Y. Bot. Gard.”’
Heuchera alba Rydb., Torreya 26: 31. pl. 2. 1926. ““Type
collected on the northeast slope of Snowy Mountain, Pend-
leton County, West Virginia, opposite Simmons’ farm, June
17, 1925, P. A. Rydberg. 9026. Herb. N.Y. Bot. Gard.”’
Hydrangea arborescens var. Kanawhana Millsp., Prel. Cat.
Fl. W. Va. 363. 1892. ‘“‘Along the Little Kanawha River
from Kanawha Station to Glenville,’ Millspaugh 291, July
22:
23.
24.
20:
26.
aT.
28.
29,
11
1, 1890. Type in Herbarium of West Virginia University.
Spiraea virginiana Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 17: 314
1890. “‘On damp rocks along the Monongahela River, Mor-
gantown, West Virginia, collected by Dr. C. F. Millspaugh
in flower, June 20, 1890, and in apparently imperfect fruit
late in September.’’ Type found in Herbarium of New York
Botanical Garden.
Rubus odoratus var. columbianus Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W.
Va. 355. 1892. ‘‘Monongalia: cool woods, Tibbs Run,”
Millspaugh. (R. columbianus Rydb.). Type in Herbarium
of the New York Botanical Garden.
Rubus Millspaughii Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 18: 356.
1891. ‘“‘Near the summit of Point Mountain in Randolph
County at an altitude of 3,500 ft., also along the Gandy in
great profusion, C. F. Millspaugh.’’ Type in Herbarium of
the New York Botanical Garden.
Trifolium virginicum Small, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 4: 112.
tab. 75. 1894. ‘‘Growing on the rocky slopes of Kate’s
Mountain, Greenbrier County, W. Va., in company with
Clematis ovata (Small; Mackenzie; Heller 843).’’ Type in
Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.
Chamaecrista nictitans commixta Pollard & Maxon, Proc.
Biol. Soc. Wash. 14: 163. 1901. ‘Collected by Charles L.
Pollard and William R. Maxon in alluvial soil along New
River at Quinnimont, Fayette Co., W. Va., August 21,
1899. Their No. 31, the type, is in the National Herbarium
as No. 357,069.” (Cassia nictitans commixta (Poll. & Max)
Millsp. Liv. Fl. W. Va. 283. 1913).
Polygala sanguinea forma albiflora Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W.
Va. 333. 1892. “‘In the glades of Webster and Preston Coun-
ties,’ Muillspaugh 554, July 15, 1890. Type in Herbarium
of West Virginia University.
Acalypha virginica forma intermedia Millsp., Prel. Cat. W.
Va. Fl. 436. 1892. ‘‘A form apparently uniting A. virginica
L. with A. caroliniana Ell. especially in the matter of leaves
and bracts, is found near Nuttallburg, and Hawk’s Nest as
well as along New River opposite Hinton,” Mullspaugh,
1114, Aug. 11, 1891. Type in Herbarium West Virginia Uni-
versity.
Opuntia calcicola Wherry, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16: 12.
30.
Sle
S45
3)
34.
35
36.
Si.
12
fig. 1. 1926. “‘As the type locality may be designated an
occurrence on the west side of the B. & O. R.R. tracks, a
short distance north of Bolivar, Jefferson County, West
Virginia. Type specimens, collected here on June 9, 1925,
have been deposited in the U.S. National Herbarium (No.
1,242,156, type) and the New York Botanical Garden”
Wherry.
Ludwigia alternifolia var. linearifolia Bacon Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club i7331551890:
Oenothera argillicola Mackenzie, Torreya 4: 56. 1904. “Open
sunny clay banks and along rivers, in loose rocky soil. Near
White Sulphur Springs, August 27, 1903. Mackenzie 373.”
Type in Herbarium of New York Botanical Garden.
Oenothera fruticosa var. differta Millsp. Prel. Cat. W. Va.
Fl. 366. 1892. ‘“‘Damp meadows. Wood (County): near
Lockhart’s Run, the most common form,” Millspaugh 286,
July 1, 1890. Type in Herbarium of West Virginia Univer-
sity.
Kneiffia longipedicellata Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 23:
178. 1896. ‘‘Moist places, Long Glade, Webster Co., W. Va.,
Millspaugh 579, July, 1890. (Oenothera longipedicellata Rob-
inson, Rhodora 10: 34. 1908.) Type in the Herbarium of the
New York Botanical Garden.
Pseudotaenidia montana Mackenzie, Torreya 3: 159. 1903.
“In dry open woods, in a clayey soil intermixed with loose
rocks. Side of Kate’s Mountain, Greenbrier Co., August
29, 1903. Mackenzie.’’ Type in Herbarium of the New York
Botanical Garden.
Daucus carota forma rosea Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W. Va.
369. 1892. ‘‘With rose colored flowers, a frequent form in
Monongalia, near Morgantown, and along the Kingwood
Pike.”’ Millspaugh. Type in the Herbarium of West Vir-
ginia University.
Phlox Buckleyi Wherry, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. 20: 26.
1930. ‘‘Type locality, White Sulphur Springs, Greenbrier
County, West Virginia; type specimen collected by S. B.
Buckley in June, 1838: in Herbarium of Missouri Botanical
Garden.”’
Phlox Brittonti Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 27: 279. 1900.
‘The specimens upon which the species is based were col-
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44,
45.
13
lected by Dr. N. L. Britton at White Sulphur Springs, May
1898.” (P. subulata brittontit Wherry, Bartonia 11: 27. 1929).
Convolvulus Purshianus Wherry, Proc. Penna. Acad. Sci.
7: 163. 1933. Ridge back of Sweet Springs, Monroe Co.,
Wherry.
Scutellaria galericulata forma albiflora Millsp., Prel. Cat.
Fl. W. Va. 428, 1892. ‘‘Kanawha, near Charleston, Barnes.”
Type in Herb. of Wabash College.
Houstonia caerulea forma albiflora Millsp., Prel. Cat. FI.
W. Va. 375. 1892. ‘Grassy places, Permian formations,
Monongalia, near Cassville.’’ Millspaugh.
Lobelia inflata var. simplex Millsp., Prel. Cat. Fl. W. Va.
398. 1892. ‘‘Dry places. Randolph, near Cricard P.O. Char-
acters of the species, but simple-stemmed,”’ Millspaugh 483,
July 11, 1890. Type in the Herbarium of West Virginia
University.
Vernonia maxima pubescens Morris, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.
15: 25. 1901. ‘‘Collected among plants of the species along
Hound Creek below Baileysville, Wyoming County, alt.
1100-1200 feet, August 20, 1900, Morris 1274. Type speci-
men is deposited in the U.S. National Herbarium.”
Antennaria propinqua Greene, Brittonia 4: 83. 1899. ‘‘Col-
lected only by E. L. Greene, on an open hillside at Harper’s
Ferry, May 14, 1898; only one large patch seen, and that
male.’ Type in United States National Herbarium.
Senecio antennaritfolius Britton, in Britt. and Brown, Ill.
Fl. Ed. 1. 3: 478. 1898. ‘‘On loose slate hillside, near White
Sulphur Springs, Allen & Britton; Mackenzie.”’ Type in
Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.
Hieracium alleghaniense Britton, Man. ed. 2. 905. 1905. “In
the Alleghany Mountains near Aurora, Preston County,
W. Va., August 29, 1898. Mr. & Mrs. Steele.’’ Type in the
Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden.
WEsT VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
MorGANToOWN, W. VA.
JPINGIEIDY WRINS Ole AIse, (CILIONB
TRIP OF SUNDAY, OCTOBER 6, TO THE NORTH
EDGE OF THE PINE BARRENS
With a cold fall rain making the day bleak, only four of the
hardiest field hikers appeared at the Tinton Falls Inn for the
pine barren trip. The Tinton Falls immediately back of the mill
wash over an iron stone cliff about twelve feet high and on this
exposed escarpment on the south side we found the Ebony
Spleenwort and Woodsia obtusa, growing most luxuriantly.
Immediately below were Boltonia and a species of Coreopsis
both flowering freely despite hard frost the previous night which
had killed jewelweed, bracken and most of the tenderer plants.
We proceeded down Pine Brook to a typical wooded area in
the middle zone of New Jersey where other species of aster,
goldenrod, large patches of closed gentian, feathery stalks of
Selaginella and the last lingering blooms of Coreopsis mariana
made bright patches of color. Here again the ferns were the prin-
cipal attractions since both Mr. Fessenden and Mr. Jehlyn are
fern fans. The Marsh fern, New York fern, Cinnamon fern and
Crested Shield fern all abounded on the edge of the marsh. Both
the Crested Shield fern and Woodsia obtusa being surprises for
an area so near the pine barren conditions.
Along the foot of the wooded bluffs in better drained ground
were all of the Intermediate forms of Botrichium ranging from
the blunt leaved coarse type to the finely dissected form which
is known as the species dissectum. A few of the plants were so
vigorous as to carry two fruiting fronds instead of one. Fruits
of both the jack-in-the-pulpit and the skunkcabbage wereabun-
dant. Trailing arbutus, holly and the mountain laurel all were
particularly vigorous and healthy in the red sandy soil of the
lower slopes. The forest growth was principally of red, black
and chesnut oak, hemlocks and white pine with occasional
white oaks, red maples and gum trees.
The evergreen shield fern, christmas fern and hayscented
fern clothe the upper slopes in dense woodlands. The growth in
this area in all respects is typical of that of the middle and
northern part of New Jersey, the only species common in the
Pine Barrens being in the open fields where Andropogon, Les-
pedeza capitata and sweet fern made low brush thickets.
14
15
After luncheon we proceeded southward and within three
miles came to typical pine barren with Jonoctis linearifolia,
Aster spectabilis, and Solidago odora, the most conspicuous
flowers. In little sandy pockets of boggy ground the sphagnum
was dotted with sundew, cranberry and the dried fruit stalks
of Utricularia,—Lycopodium Chapmanui with its creeping stalk
and upright straw colored fruiting branches making diminutive
sentinels in these tiny patches of bog. On the higher ground
pitch pine, scrub oak, black and post oak competed for the
scanty nourishment in the white sand, the underbrush consist-
ing almost entirely of sweet fern and sheep laurel with dried
fronds of the eagle fern filling almost every open spot.
Then a trip of five miles westward brought us through an
old cedar swamp with sweet bay, climbing azalea, Pieris and
high bush huckleberry thickets to a particularly heavy tangle
with sphagnum, pitch pine, cranberries and one large patch of
the locally abundant climbing fern, Lygodium palmatum, as
the principal attraction. This particular station for the climbing
fern was reported by Rev. Samuel Lockwood about seventy
years ago, relocated by the undersigned about thirty years ago
and then left to its own devices until this fall. Meantime the
size of the stand has apparently decreased due to encroachment
of heavy thickets of maple and tall shrubs on what was origi-
nally low bushes and sphagnum bogs. Miss Wyckoff reported
that a friend of hers has found the same species of climbing fern
at still another station further east near Asbury Avenue, south
of Scobyville. This would be a good place to search out in an-
other trip as in that same general neighborhood the southern
mistletoe has been gathered within the past generation and is
probably still there, possibly constituting the most northern
station still extant of this plant. Heavier showers of rain coming
about three o’clock after we had gazed our fill on the climbing
fern dampened our ardor for any further exploring that day.
FoRMAN T. McLEAN
FIELD TRIP OF OCTOBER 13
Twenty members and friends made the trip to the Delaware
Water Gap. Colonies of three uncommon ferns were visited,
the rusty woodsia (Woodsia ilvensis), mountain spleenwort
16
(Asplenium montanum), and hairy lip-fern (Cheilanthes lanosa).
The region also proved a rich one for lichens.
S. FRED WRIGHT
FIELD TRIP OF OCTOBER 27
A warm day welcomed the group of six members and guests
who made the trip to the Pine Barren region near Lakewood,
INGE
The painted landscape seemed to grow more intense in color
as we progressed southward in the train. The red and brown of
oaks and the yellow, orange and crimson of red maples were set
off by the background of the ubiquitous pitch pines. Around
New York City the climax of autumnal coloration had already
passed but here it still presented a lovely warmth of color.
Our itinerary took us to Lake Carasaljo. We followed the
shore of the lake along the south shore and then the stream
which empties into it, later returning on the opposite side. A
swamp to the right of the railroad was our first hunting ground.
Many buttonball bushes were easily spotted by their rounded
fruits, Mikania scandens, the climbing hempweed, overflowed
the shrubs and herbs alike in clouds of feathery seeds. A stream
disclosed abundant fruit of the pickerel weed, each containing
many gelatinous coated seeds able to remain afloat all winter.
At the bottom of the railroad embankment the leader
searched for the brilliant blue of the bottle gentian, Gentiana
Andrewsii, which he had found while scouting the previous Sun-
day. Most of the petals had turned brown, but a few still showed
color. Specimens of Pycnanthemum virginianum, a very strong
scented mint, were bruised, as weré also the leaves of P. flexu-
osum, both of which were eagerly sniffed by those present.
Along the shores of the lake we found the red berries of
Ilex verticillata, and the shining red hips of the swamp rose,
Rosa caroliniata. Several fine plants of the water loosestrife,
Decodon verticillata, bearing excellent seed pods were also dis-
covered.
Few flowers were still blooming, among them being A S/er
spectabilis A. ericoides, Bidens bipinnata, Saponaria ocymoides,
Lepidium virginicum, Taraxacum officinale, Chrysopsis mariana
and the dying remnants of various goldenrods.—Solidago odora,
rugosa and perhaps ulmifolia.
17
Solidago odora was very common. The anise-like odor is
very pleasant and I understand colonial housewives often made
a palatable tea from the dried leaves. I brought some of the
leaves home, made the experiment and found that it had a
delicate pleasant flavor.
Betula nigra, the river birch, was fairly common at the head
of the lake. Its pink tinted, fuzzy bark and unevenly serrate
leaves are sure identifications. Noticeable also was the deep
green of the sweet bay, Magnolia virginiana, which forms ex-
tensive colonies wherever the ground is sufficiently damp.
During a mild winter the leaves do not fall off.
We noticed a few colonies of sensitive fern not yet touched
by the frost. Among them many fertile fronds of the chain fern
attracted attention. The recent spell of dry weather did not
allow the development of mushrooms, only two being seen,
Laccaria laccata, and a species of Entoloma, also a few clumps of
Indian pipe. We found many specimens of willow oak, Quercus
phellos, and some Spanish oak, Q. falcata. Quercus tlicifolia and
marilandica accompanied Pinus rigida wherever the typical
Pine Barren stretches prevailed. A few American chesnuts were
making their persistent and perennial attempts, to grow to
their ancient glory.
A real surprise not connected with botany was seeing a
woman leading on separate chains a silver fox and western
coyote. The glistening grayish black pelt of the fox with the tip
of the tail pure white formed an unusual picture. The coyote
was almost as large as a police dog and nearly the same color.
he was more amenable to our friendly demonstrations than the
fox who still showed some of his woodland reticence.
The party encountered several flocks of Myrtle warblers,
quite drab in appearance, except for the telltale yellow rumps.
Chickadees and juncos kept us company all the way.
GEORGE F. DILLMANN
FIELD TRIP OF NOVEMBER 17
The rain of the metropolitan area on November 17 consisted
entirely of snow and sleet in the Suffern to Ramapo country; as
a result the ground was completely covered with snow and ice,
and the study of liverworts and mosses was impossible.
Though the weather made it seem somewhat anomalous, it
18
was decided to substitute a search for signs of spring. The pre-
ceding period of more than two weeks of unseasonably high
temperature had given rise to frequent reports in the news-
papers of the flowering of fruit trees especially; though this is
not at all an unusual phenomenon, it was emphasized by the
opening of the buds of Forsythia, Ginkgo, and Acer within and
close to the city.
A study of the buds of our native plants, for comparison
with the cultivated genera mentioned above, was made. The
outer bud scales of the Shag-bark Hickory, Carya ovata, were
dropping in certain cases; those of the Cherry Birch, Betula
lenta, had elongated, so that the green portions of the scales
were exposed for a considerable distance between the brown
parts; and the buds of the Gooseberry, Ribes oxyacanthoides,
also seemed unusually far along. Aside from this meager evi-
dence, the obvious conclusion was that the overwhelming
majority of the plants examined gave no indication of preco-
cious development. One might expect, perhaps, flower buds of
Spice Bush, Flowering Dogwood, or the aments of the Alder
to show some effect of the warm weather; but the results were
negative in each case. Red Maple, Viburnum, Mountain Laurel,
Tulip Tree, Oaks, and numerous other genera were examined;
all of them were in the normal winter condition. The great
majority of the woody plants between Suffern and Ramapo
certainly showed no appreciable effect of the ‘‘warm spell.”’
EpwIN B. MATZKE
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF NOVEMBER 20, 1935
This meeting was held at the Boyce Thompson Institute at
3:30 P.M. There were thirty-five members present. Minutes of
the meeting of October 16th were read and approved.
The following people were unanimously elected to member-
ship in the Club: Mr. Erwin Magenheim, 20 So. Broadway,
Yonkers, N. Y.; Dr. Robert S. Snell, Department of Botany,
Miami University, Oxford, Ohio; Dr. J. J. Taubenhaus, Chief
of Division of Plant Pathology and Physiology, Agricultural
Experiment Station, College Station, Texas; Mrs. A. G. Vestal,
3093 W. Columbia Avenue, Champaign, IIl.
Dr. Anne M. Wellintz, Assistant Professor, Brooklyn Col-
lege, 66 Court Street, Brooklyn, New York, became a field mem-
ber in the Club.
Dr. P. W. Zimmerman of the Boyce Thompson Institute
gave a talk on ‘‘A General Discussion of Growth Substances.”
Dr. A. E. Hitchcock of the Boyce Thompson Institute gave
a talk on ‘“‘Absorption of Growth Substances by Plants and
Their Movements Within Plants.” A lively discussion followed
these talks. ForMAN T. McLEAN
Secretary
MEETING OF DECEMBER 3, 1935
This meeting was called to order at the American Museum
of Natural History at 8:15 P.M. by President Hazen. There
were thirty-five members present.
The following people were unanimously elected to member-
ship in the Club: Dr. William Randolph Taylor, Professor of
Botany, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.; Professor
L. R. Wilson, Department of Geology, Coe College, Cedar
Rapids, Iowa.
Mr. W. Stephen Thomas spoke on ‘‘Magic Haiti.’’ He gave
an account of adventures in Haiti and Santo Domingo, collect-
ing cryptogamic specimens for The New York Botanical Gar-
den. The talk was illustrated by motion pictures and colored
lantern slides.
Meeting adjourned at 9:50 P.M.
FORMAN T. McLEAN
Secretary
19
20
MEETING OF DECEMBER 18, 1935
This meeting was called to order at Columbia University
at 3:30 P.M. by President Hazen. There were forty members
present.
The following people were unanimously elected to member-
ship in the club: Professor H. M. Jennison, University of Ten-
nessee, Knoxville, Tenn.; Miss Mary Roscoe, Barnard College,
Columbia University, New York, N. Y.; Dr. H. H. York, Bot-
any Department, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia,
Penn.
The resignations of Miss Minna F. Koch, Miss Bessie J.
Nelkin and Mr. George L. Zundel were accepted with regret.
The death of Miss Helene Lunt and Professor David Grif-
fiths were reported.
Mr. W. G. Camp of New College, Columbia University, gave
a talk on “‘Growing Protoplasm for Experimental Purposes.”’
Professor J. S. Karling of Columbia University gave a talk
on “The Cytology of Cladochytrium replicatum.”’
Meeting adjourned at 5:00 P.M.
FoRMAN T. McLEAN
Secretary
MEETING OF JANUARY 7, 1936
The meeting of the Club was held at the Men’s Faculty
Club of Columbia University immediately following the annual
dinner.
The meeting was called to order at 8:20 P.M. with forty-one
members and guests present.
The following persons were elected to membership in the
Club: Mr. Marc. Appleton, 708 West 192nd Street, New York,
N. Y.; Mr. Henry de la Montagne, 198 Chatterton Parkway,
White Plains, New York; Mrs. James W. Marvin, Columbia
University, New York, N. Y.
The resignation of Miss Zaida Nicholson was accepted with
regret.
It was proposed by President Hazen and unanimously voted
by the Club that our Field Chairman, Mr. Raymond Torrey, be
delegated as representative of the Club at the New York, New
Jersey Trail Conference.
21
Reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Editor, Editor of Tor-
REYA, and of the Business Manager were read and approved.
Report of the Bibliographer was verbal, simply stating that
material covered by her work was all published in the Bulletin.
Dr. Dodge, as representative of the Club on the Council of
the New York Academy of Sciences, reported that he had at-
tended the meetings and represented the interests of the Club
there.
No report was made by the delegates to the American As-
sociation for the Advancement of Science, as neither of these
was present.
Dr. Hazen reported that he had attended the meetings of the
Board of Managers of the New York Botanical Garden as rep-
resentative of the Club.
It was moved by Dr. Karling and seconded by Dr. Harper
that a committee be appointed to consider the creation of two
new officers in the Club to share the duties now delegated to the
secretary, namely, a corresponding secretary and a recording
secretary; and to consider the creation of new classes of mem-
bership. It was moved by Dr. Matzke and approved by the
Club that Mrs. Marvin be designated Assistant Treasurer of the
Torrey Botanical Club.
The report of the meeting of the Council of December 18,
1935, was read in which the nominations of officers made by the
Council for 1936 were given.
It was then unanimously voted that the secretary be in-
structed to cast one ballot for this entire group of nominations.
The complete list of new officers is printed on the inside
front cover of this issue.
It was voted to extend a rising vote of thanks to Dr. Hazen,
Mrs. Harper, and Dr. McLean for their services to the Club.
It was voted that the Secretary write to our Associate Edi-
tor, Mr. G. T. Hastings, thanking him for his annual report and
expressing the Club’s regret at his illness and hope for a speedy
recovery.
The Secretary was also instructed to write to Dr. Zimmer-
man and Dr. Hitchcock congratulating them as members of the
Torrey Botanical Club, on their receipt of a special prize of one
thousand dollars for their research work which was reported at
the St. Louis meeting.
D2
Dr. Hazen then gave a brief retiring address telling about
the meetings at Amsterdam where he represented the Club in
the nomenclature discussion. He also spoke about the develop-
ment of the Council of the Torrey Botanical Club, on the work
of the field committee and of the Treasurer, especially concern-
ing the large investments of the Club which are administered by
the Treasurer.
Dr. Trelease and Dr. Matzke brought up the point that the
January number of the Bulletin, as sent out to them and to
other members, was in many cases defective and asked what
action should be taken. President Hazen was of the opinion that
these should be assembled and returned to the printers and that
the Editor and publishers be notified by the Secretary of the
defective copies.
The meeting adjourned at 9:50 P.M.
J. S. KARLING
_ Secretary
MEETING OF APRIL 18, 1934!
The meeting was held at the Boyce Thompson Institute for
Plant Research at Yonkers. Tea was served in the library at
3:00 P.M.
At 3:30 P.M. Dr. Zimmerman took charge of the program
which consisted of ‘‘Demonstrations of a Variety of Methods,
Technique, Apparatus, etc., developed at the Institute.’’ The
program was as follows:
1. Dr. Hartsell, in his own laboratory, gave a demonstration
of killing power of radio waves on animal and plant tissues.
2. Mr. Myers, who is in charge of the Dutch Elm Disease
studies at the Institute, gave a brief summary of recent discov-
eries by the various investigators.
3. Mr. Flory gave a brief talk on ‘‘Photographic equipment
and methods developed to meet requirements for plant re-
search”’’ and also demonstrated some of the apparatus em-
ployed.
1 Through an oversight, the minutes of this meeting of April 18, 1934,
were not heretofore printed. They are of importance, not only for recording the
interesting scientific program at the Boyce Thompson Institute, but also for
placing on record the formal adoption of the Amendments to the Constitution
and By-laws of the Club reported by a special committee at the meeting of
March 21, 1934, and published in Torreya for May-June of that year (34:82),
23
4. Mr. Youdir spoke on ‘‘The application of physical chem-
istry to biological projects’ and illustrated a number of in-
genious contrivances particularly in relation to photo-electric
cells.
5. Dr. Hitchcock demonstrated ‘‘Technique developed to
determine the cause of blue discoloration in Hydrangeas”’ and
also summarized the results of their investigations.
6. Dr. Zimmerman gave a short illustrated talk on their
work concerning the translocation of materials backward and
forward through the stems at the same time.
Vice-President Wodehouse took the chair at this time and
on behalf of those present expressed to Dr. Zimmerman their
appreciation of the afternoon’s program.
Approximately ninety persons were present for the first part
of the program. This included the Botanical Club of Barnard
College, present under the charge of Dr. Sinnott.
A business meeting was called and about twenty-eight mem-
bers remained. The minutes of the meetings of March 21st and
April 3rd were read and approved.
Mr. James Kezer, 10 Orchard Road, Chatham, N. J., was
unanimously elected to membership in the club.
The resignation of Miss A. Mabel Barrow, 1325 Pacific
Street, Brooklyn, N. Y., was accepted with regret.
Dr. Harper presented the Report of the Committee on
Amendments to the Constitution, and moved its adoption. It
was seconded by Dr. Karling and carried unanimously.
The meeting was adjourned at 4:50 P.M.
S. M. Papy
Acting Secretary
NEWS NOTES
At the meeting of the Botanical Society of America held in
St. Louis in December the following officers were elected: Dr. C.
Stuart Gager, president; Dr. H. A. Gleason, vice-president;
Dr. F. E. Denny, treasurer; Dr. C. E. Allen, member of the
editorial board of the American Journal of Botany. All of these
officers are also members of the Torrey Botanical Club.
The New York Botanical Garden and the Royal Botanic
Gardens of Kew, England, have arranged for an exchange of
student gardeners for this year. From New York Mr. Howard
Swift is being sent to represent the Botanical Garden. The
English Speaking Union is paying the travelling expenses of the
students. .
At Huntington College, Indiana, five acres of the partly
wooded campus has been set aside for an arboretum and botani-
cal garden. It is planned to grow in the garden as many of the
flowering plants, shrubs and trees of Indiana as will grow in the
region.
Dr. T. H. Goodspeed, leader of the botanical expedition to
the Lower Andes of the University of California, has reported
that a collection of 2,000 herbarium specimens has so far been
made during the trip. Dr. Goodspeed has given lectures before
the American Club of Peru, the University of Chile, the Scien-
tific Society of Santiago, and the Museo National de Historia
Natural in Chile (Science).
A new botanical society has recently been formed known as
the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club. The club will publish
a journal to aid in spreading knowledge of the flora of the region.
The officers of the club are, president, F. A. Gilbert, Marshall
College, Huntington, W. Va.; vice-president, Randolph Bog-
gess, Duke University; secretary, Paul R. Stewart, Waynesburg
College; treasurer, Nellie Ammons, West Virginia University;
editor, Earl L. Core, West Virginia, University.
F. A. Varrelman of the American University, Washington,
D. C., is spending a year in Europe studying botanical gardens
for a sub-committee of the Library Committee of the House of
Representatives. The study is undertaken with the idea of mak-
ing more complete the plans for a new botanical garden which
Congress hopes to develop in Washington. Mr. Varrelman’s
winter headquarters are at the Botanical Institute of the Bo-
tanical Garden of the University of Vienna.
24
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorreEYA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2pp. 4pp. 8pp. 12pp. 16pp.
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
507", * 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
i et dere 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
TOG 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
10s a a 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200 +“ 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12,20
500,: 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 1}4 cents
each, Plates: 100 for $1.00
Committees for 1936
Council
Ex officio ; A. H. GRAVES
M. A. Howe Mrs. G. T. HAsTINGS
H. A. GLEASON Mrs. Wm. MITCHELL
Re ES aie Field Committee
J.S: KARLING RayMonp H. Torrey, Chairman
E. B. MatzkKE Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
M. A. CHRYSLER “f E. Bape eke
7 EON W. Bo
R ay ieee Haroitp H. CLum
ihe oO f CLYDE FISHER
JAMES ORSHS VERNON L. FRAZEE
BE. W. SINNOTT 3
ARTHUR H, GRAVES
S. F. TRELE
sco ALFRED GUNDERSEN
1935-1937 RoBERT HAGELSTEIN
A. H. GRAVES GeEorGE T. HASTINGS
G. T. HastINnGs 5 W. Lincotn HiGHTON
Mrs. G, ie. ANDERSON MICHAEL LEVINE
R. P, WoDEHOUSE Harotp N. MotpENKE
1936-1938 James MuRPHY
H.-K. SvENSON ZAIDA NICHOLSON
H. H..Crum Henry K. SVENSON
R. H, CHENEY DANIEL SMILEY, JR.
R. H. Torrey WILLIAM GAVIN TAYLOR
Endowment Committee Program Committee
CAROLINE C. Haynes, Chairman J. S. Karyine, Chairman
Mrs. S. F. TRELEASE Wat, CROCKER
E. B. MATZKE A. H. GRAVES
Entertainment Committee T. E. Hazen
Mrs. R. A. HARPER ;
Local Flora Committee
Phanerogams:
R. H. CHENEY H. M. DENSLOW NORMAN TAYLOR
BAYARD LONG Hester M,. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON A. W. Evans T.E. Hazen CAROLINE C. HAYNES
M. A. Howe MiIcHAEL LEVINE F, J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict Lichens; Mrs. G. P. Anderson
Mosses: Hypocreaceae, Plectascineae, Tu-
Liverworts: A. W. Evans berineae: F, J. Seaver
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen Erysiphaceae: G, M. Reed
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe Sclerotium-forming Fungi: Arlow B.
Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. S. Stout
Burlingham Imperfecti; F. J. Seaver
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper Phycomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Polyporeae: M. Levine Yeast and Bacteria: Miss J, Broad-
Rusts and Smuts: P. Wilson hurst
Discomycetes: F, J. Seaver Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 62, published in 1935, contained 566 pages of text and 28
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN. |
Of former volumes, 24—62 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The MeEmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Schermerhorn Hall,
Columbia University,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 36 March-April, 1936 No. 2
TORREYA
A Bi-MoNTHLY JOURNAL OF BotaNicaL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Bibliographical Miscellany—II. Bentham’s specific names based on habit
GF the plant.) JOSEPH EWAN GME. Oo ees eRe 28 AALS. slots orale ame
Gey Ss WkeGs, Fo ELLIOTT. MCG LURE 0.188527 2 «lard basse sie wale Ube oka b 29
A new golden rod from Northern New Mexico. T. D. A. COCKERELL AND ©
PREV ES LONDRIS WS. 43eu sg va ops BAU Clee Wot oMiee ies ip Mle na Wel avekolotoh alla anene et a Papy 35
Trailing the dogwood. MartHa H. HOLLINSHEAD...........-0.0-0000+ 37
Book Reviews:
Pennell on Scrophulariaceae. H. A. GLEASON............0000-005 ~ 41
A new one-volume encyclopedia for gardeners. G. T, HASTINGS.... 45
Reid ttans Or the Osby 2.) Ar ets Ae, peta te ela a EU pha ea dlh et aiel de ee 47
Proceedings of the: Clubs) 07/2 eek canton. Uk tasphace Shy ald Nb Wiel ates w alee yalenans 49
TW WRTIOLCE Se 25 ifeihc enim wipe Sibieye atte ohare oiad aad oa lode} ay'ase pha, phevel buetaielalwie« $1
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Grorce BanTA PuBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AuNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1936
President
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents
HENRY A. GLEASON, P#.D.
FRANK E. DENNY, Pu.D.
Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA UNIversITY, NEw YORK
Treasurer
EDWIN B. MATZKE
SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK
Assistant Treasurer
MRS. JAMES W. MARVIN
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, P#.D. A. F. BLAKESLEE, Px#.D.
H. A: GLEASON, Pu.D. ; F. E. DENNY, Pu.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. - Hy A. GREASON®: Pe De
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Pu.D. R. A. HARPER, PH.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. J. S. KARLING, PH.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, PH.D. E. W.. SINNOTT, PH.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Pu.D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL- LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
JENNIE S. DODGE
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Px.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
GEORGE H. SHULL, Pu.D. WILLIAM CROCKER, Pu.D.
Representative on the Board-of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other com-
munications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to 450
Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer, Edwin B. Matzke.
Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, New York City,
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T, HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
TORREYA aarven
Vol. 36 March-April, 1936 No. 2
Bibliographical Miscellany—II. Bentham’s specific names
based on habit of the plant
JosEPH EWAN
Such strange specific names for plants as centranthifolius,
bartsiaefolia, and zizyphoroides will come to the notice of even
the casual student of the Californian flora for they present upon
first sight a wholly unfamiliar, if indeed not unpronounceable,
aspect. And, it may be wagered, the enigma will persist in-
definitely (except with the mentally irritated) until such time
as chance reading or conversation with an informed person sup-
plies an explanation for them. Upon noting the author of these
and many names of similar construction, it will be found that
George Bentham (1800-1884) is often responsible for their pro-
posal. Random notes on this phytographic device of Bentham,
along with a few illustrative instances from the Californian
flora and a postulated reason for its dextrous use by Bentham,
may be of interest beyond the field of examples given, for this
practice was carried widely into his descriptive botanical writ-
ings.
From his several analytical biographers! as well as from
personal examinations of his terse descriptions, it may be easily
discovered that Bentham was peculiarly gifted as a systematic
botanist, with, as Joseph Dalton Hooker remarked, ‘‘method,
grasp of subject, and thoroughness’ as his “‘watchwords.”’
Direct evidence of his attitude may be found in his own declara-
tion of the principles of systematic botany prefaced to the
“colonial floras’’ where, as in the Flora Australiensis (1863), he
proposed that ‘‘descriptions should be clear, concise, accurate
and characteristi@’’ The importance of this last quality bears
1 The best biography of Bentham with an estimation of his powers was
written by Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, embracing the materials of four earlier
accounts apart from his close personal friendship with Bentham (Ann. Bot. 12:
ix-xxx, with portrait. 1898).
2D
26
upon the best possible choice of specific name for it introduces
the ‘‘association”’ factor. A characteristic plant name brings to
mind the singular features of habit or morphology of a species
and aids in its subsequent ready recognition.
To Bentham species were characterful “individual plants”’
in a sense. And, to the end of designating species by alluding to
a distinctive character, he commonly employed a name which
would recall a genus or species, perhaps nearly or as often quite
distantly related, distinctly simulating the plant in question.
This simulation between species is commonly one of habit.
“The habit of a plant,’’ Bentham wrote, “consists of such
general characters as strike the eye at first sight.’’ Thus the
distinctive habit of a newly described plant is emphasized by an
allusion to that of a previously described genus or species, to
be sure often not well known to the resident of the country in
which the novelty grows: accordingly the allusion fails. Bentham
described for example Uranthus (now united with Eustoma)
chirontoides (Pl. Hartw. 47, 1840) from Chico, (?) Hidalgo,
Mexico, when Chironia (Gentianaceae), the genus alluded to,
is wholly of Africa and Madagascar in its distribution and un-
familiar to the Mexican botanist. Similarly he named Forestiera
phillyreoides (Benth.) Torr. from a Guanajuato collection, “‘phil-
lyreoides”’ being reminiscent to Bentham of the wholly Old
World oleaceous genus Phillyrea, but the name perhaps carries
no intelligible meaning to the student of the Mexican flora. It
will be seen however that an examination of the materials of
these comparable genera shows, as will be seen in certain ex-
amples given beyond, striking resemblances and it is easy to
see how a phytographer familiar with several floras of the world,
as was Bentham, would draw such comparisons in his choice
of specific names. It will be noted that Karl Sigismund Kunth
(1788-1850) and the DeCandolles employed this device of spe-
cific naming perhaps even before Bentham, as indeed it goes
back to the time of Linnaeus in a somewhat different and less
pronounced way, but it is in the writings of Bentham that it
proves “‘characteristic.”’
The amount of descriptive work accomplished by Bentham
was truly enormous. Thus his contributions to DeCandolle’s
Prodromus alone involved, according to Hooker, the descrip-
tions of 4,730 species. And this, it will be remembered, embraced
27
but five families in that work, viz. Ericeae, Polemoniaceae,
Scrophulariaceae, and Labiatae, and constituted but one of his
several major labors. It is to Bentham’s world-wide familiarity
with plant families and their finer composition, crystallized in
his co-authorship with Hooker of the Genera Plantarum, that
this fresh approach to the naming of plant species is probably
due in a large measure. This cosmopolitan familiarity, then,
coupled with his rule of designating characteristic attributes of
a species, especially of habit, has given rise to such unfaded
botanical names as are otherwise infrequent in the annals of
descriptive botany.
If some instances of this practice are examined in the light of
the plants referred to by such alluding specific names, the pre-
cision of choice on Bentham’s part becomes evident. Of the
several examples that have come to notice among the plants of
California described by Bentham there may be listed the follow-
ing from the three families, Polemoniaceae, Labiatae, and
Scrophulariaceae:
(a) Aegochloa (Navarretia) atractyloides Benth. Refers to the
composite genus Afractylis of the Mediterranean region and
temperate Asia, numbering some fifteen species. The Mediter-
ranean Atractylis cancellata L. is suggestive of the Californian
Navarretia in habit and congested inflorescence though the
heads in the composite are larger.
(b) Gilia pharnaceoides Benth. Alludes to the resemblance
of habit to the genus Pharnaceum of the Aizoaceae of South
Africa. Particularly does the Gilia species recall the habit of
Pharnaceum dichotomum L.f. In that species the arrangement
and shape of the leaves is very close.
(c) Pogogyne zizyphoroides Benth. The habit recalls another
menthaceous genus Zizyphora of the Mediterranean region and
central Asia, especially such species as Zizyphora tenuior L. of
Persia which has the flowers arranged in close-set ‘‘verticel-
lasters’’ in the manner of the Californian Pogogyne.
(d) Stachys ajugoides Benth. Habit suggestive of the Old
World labiate genus Ajuga which Bentham characterized as
‘“‘herbae annuae, perennes vel vix basi suffruticosae, saepe pro-
cumbentes vel adscendentes, nunc stoloniferae’’ (Lab. Gen. et
Sp. 690. 1835). It is this ‘‘procumbent”’ aspect which character-
izes the Californian Stachys. This species has been variously
28
misunderstood but it is a low, few-branched and lightly spread-
ing plant of the coastal marshes and does not penetrate far from
the coast. This singular habit among the Californian species is
aptly recorded in Bentham’s name.
Other Californian Labiatae species named by Bentham
which carry recognizable specific names of this type are Scu-
tellaria antirrhinoides, Lophanthus (A gastache) urticifolius, Sal-
via carduacea, Audibertia stachyoides, and Calamintha mimu-
loides. Bentham explains his unusual choice of name for Salvia
columbariae with the phrase “habitus fere Scabiosa colum-
bariae.” Scabiosa columbaria L. is a Mediterranean species with
a thin cluster of basal leaves of a pinnatifid filagree nature and
capitate inflorescence, all calling to mind the Californian Chia.
(e) Collinsia bartsiaefolia Benth. Alludes to the resemblance
of its leaves, diagnostic for this species, to the genus Barisia
(or Bartschia) numbering some thirty species in South America,
Europe and Africa. The Californian Collinsia resembles Bartsia
versicolor Pers. in habit, inflorescence and leaf-margin, although
the whole genus apparently exhibits the crenulate character of
the leaf which uniformly distinguishes the well-marked Col-
linsia.
(f) Penstemon centranthifolius Benth. Alludes to a small
European genus of Valerianaceae, Centranthus, and probably
precisely to the Mediterranean Centranthus ruber DC. with
which it perfectly agrees in the leaf shape and the firmness and
glabrous character of the foliage making up its distinct habit.
The leaves are sessile in the manner of the Penstemon and
borne in the same ascending fashion.
To Bentham’s observation that ‘“‘the aptness of a botanical
description, like the beauty of a work of imagination, will al-
ways vary with the style and genius of the author’’ may be
added aptness in choice of species names, an art in which he was
significantly proficient.
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA
BERKELEY
A city’s trees
H. Ettiotr McCLure
As a relief project the City of Danville, Illinois, instigated
a tree survey during the months of August, September, and
October of 1934, under the supervision of the street commis-
sioner. The object of the survey was to determine the condition
of all trees on public property and those of private property in
the front yards and to locate dying and diseased elms in an
effort to check or prevent further spread of the diseases that
seemed so common.
THE TREES OF DANVILLE, ILLINOIS
More than 18,000 trees were examined in the three months
and this was probably 90% of the trees within the main part
of the city. Of these trees 59% were healthy, 38% in need of
care, and 3% were dead; 29% of the trees, or 7,000, were on
public property and of these 61% were healthy, 36.6% needed
care, and 2.4% were dead. Of the 11,000 trees on private
property, or 71% of the total, 57% were healthy, 39.4% needed
care, and 3.6% were dead. Trees in the parks were, with the
exception of the elms, in uniformly good condition. Trees on
the boulevards were crowded and starved and were in poor
condition. As the trees on private property have more room to
grow, it would be expected that they would be in better con-
dition than those on the boulevards. This was not true for the
condition of trees in both situations was relatively the same.
There were 29 different groups of shade trees in the city and
of these, eight constituted 87%. These eight were soft maples,
elms, box elders, catalpas, ailanthus, hard maples, cotton-woods,
and oaks.
Sort MAPLES
Three thousand three hundred and thirty soft maples were
examined and of these 38% were on public property and 62%
on private. They constituted 17% of the city’s trees. Only 56%
of the trees were found to be healthy. This is due to the fact
that they have been butchered throughout the town. Soft
maples are very susceptible to heart rots and wherever they are
injured they tend to rot. Nineteen per cent of them had been
topped and in no instance was a topped tree found to be free of
29
30
heart rot. This holds true for practically every kind of tree.
This fact alone would condemn the practice of topping. Besides
topped trees, 19% of the untopped trees were rotten from
wounds and bad pruning. This means, then, that 38% of the
city’s most numerous trees have been ruined by neglect and
maltreatment. No diseases were apparent in sufficient abun-
dance to endanger the life of the trees and only 1.6% were dead.
As the summer was very hot, many of the soft maples had tip
burned, especially on boulevards where they were subjected to
intense heat from the pavement.
ELMS
The survey was deemed necessary from the continued and
extensive death of elms. For the past five years, elms, both
American and Slippery, had been dying in great numbers. For
the past three years the rainfall had been low in midsummer and
drouth had been long, so that the water table had been greatly
reduced. This lack of water has been attributed by many as the
cause of the death of the elms, but it was found that in addition
several diseases were killing the trees.
In Danville three diseases were most apparent and of them,
one was most injurious. Nearly 3,000 elms were examined and
of these 63% were healthy, 26% were sick, and 11% were dead.
Elms constituted 15% of the trees and more than 1,000 were
sick or dead. The one fungus causing most of this destruction
seemed to be Xylaria, a root disease. The other two diseases,
Coniothyrium and Vermicularia, limb diseases, were killing
fewer trees.
The apparent methods of attack for these diseases will be
given. Xylaria attacks first the young rootlets of the elm and
in the early stages the tree shows a slight thinning of the leaves.
Only after examining hundreds of elms does this early con-
dition become apparent and then all that can be said is that
the tree does not look quite right. The growth in the twigs will
be noted shorter for that year. Then as the disease works back
along the root it is killing, the tree shows this condition in two
ways: Either there is a general, very apparent thinning of the
leaves and the growth is short, or small limbs and individual
leaves throughout the tree will turn bright yellow and fall.
From then on, in the third or fourth year, the progress of the dis-
31
ease is very rapid, especially when the tree is subjected to
drouth conditions. Several conditions may occur simultaneously
or be manifested differently in different trees. A tree which
looks in fine condition except for the slightly sick appearance
will suddenly turn yellow and all but the tip leaves of the
branches fall off. Within two weeks it will be dead or nearly so
and loose bark or dead tissue may be found at the base of the
tree where the roots have died. In other trees the leaves are
small and not very numerous and loose bark may be found at
the base. These trees are the more resistant ones which dropped
their leaves the year before and attempted to survive the
following spring. In all cases where trees were dying or had
died, the twig growth for the last three to five years was steadily
shorter, showing a decline of the trees. There are several identi-
fying marks about X ylaria. In advanced stages when there is
no help for the tree, loose bark about the base over the dead
tissues can be found, and if this bark is peeled off it will be
noted that the diseased tissue extends up the trunk of the tree
twenty or thirty feet and finally dwindles to nothing. Even-
tually Xylaria can be cultured from the furthest tips of the
limbs, having permeated the whole tree. After a tree has been
dead for some time, or when it is dying, white hyphae may be
seen under the loose bark, the diseased wood is punky, and, if
a piece of wood is chiselled out, it will be found to contain an
irregular fine black line at distances ranging from the surface.
In most cases this is very easily demonstrated if the fungus is
present. On dead roots, occasionally, small upright horns about
an eighth of an inch high may be found. These are the fruiting
bodies.
Where isolated trees become sick and die from Xylaria it
seems probable that the fungus spores have been distributed
by the wind and have entered the soil. Where elms have been
planted in rows, the fungus travels from root to root and from
tree to tree. Invariably the tree that is sickened has diseased
roots on the side facing the dead tree. In this way rows of
25 or 30 elms have become infected.
Coniothyrium and Vermicularia are present in Danville in
some abundance but can be controlled and are not alarming.
Coniothyrium is a limb disease which enters twigs and kills
the cambium causing individual limbs to wilt and die. In these
32
i am As “ “Burund
papseu saa1} JoyjJo pue ‘saroysty ‘soyse AyIeeP] °g ‘sieyIdsayeD yuay *, “jodsyeay ‘g ‘Suiunid papasu syeo Ay3]eaTy *¢ “You
DaAND DhaNY “WIOMGEN “F ‘sie[Id1ayey ua, “¢ ‘ayatsg ‘swWIOMSe *Z “}1 YUM Suoim Zury} auo uey} s10W! pey uajjo 991} BUG “T
£OL8T | 96S GG T9OT TIC 968T | 89PE | 8ISE LVOTT 666T 86cIT 907S sjeqoL
Z Z Z (sue[snf) ynujajINg *6Z
¢ ¢ ¢ (snpejsouutAs))
dT sod Ayonusy *gZ
if T ¢ t (elingstes) o8yury “17
9 9 9 9 (Se1Jesses) seiyesseg 97
cl i I IT cr (sn3
-9b}eID) 9UIOYIMEFH “SZ
OT i ST Gi i (snjndog) 1e[dog 42A]IS “FZ
Ge ¢ 61 61 ¢ (uoipusporry) dyny “¢Z
WG i SC tI Or ¢ (snuniq) ArayD PIM “ZZ
Ch 6 ¢ T¢ P cE 9 (eIuIqoy) IsNI0T “{Z
LY I S Gi 6£ 8 (snjndoq)
iejdog Aprequio'T 0Z
1S 6 S S ¢ tPF eh 8 (e[NI9q) YONG “oT
19 I 4 ib 9 ¢ IS LT 6S ° II (sn[nosay) eAayong “gy
£6 P 68 19 ce (snwiy()) wy eseuryD “ZT
66 ¢ 66 gS ss 6 (sep) Attaqyoey “OT
eI 4 IT IT SZ OL OF 79 IT (XITBS) MOTI “ST
IZ Z i 8 OT 0OT 61 68 eT (sniow) Ataq(nyy “FT
Ay iG ¢ ¢ P LOT 19 8. 97 (snueje[q) a10uleoAG “ET
T8I Z S I It ZOT LG LOI LP (BIL) uepury “77
7E7 ST ¢ s9TT S0Z ral SOT 9 (eoysIF) AION “TT
LL7 ¢ 17 ce sO1T LET 6F ELT gs (snurxe1q) ysy “OT
8ZE ST 17£ 96£7 my 91 OLT 6t StI LOT eT (suepsnf) ynuleM “6
S8El OT Ne LZ ef F6 SZET o¢s PES $7 (snoianG) syxVQ “g
7SST 16 SOF | 2 9LL 197 OFZ FPL ZLS (snjndog) poomuojj}05 “4
L691 LT Cl Os 691 | 022 16ET S77 LS8 S19 (499V) a[deyy prey “9
6£8T 9 1871 9¢ £7 OLLI fOET OLP (snyjueyry)
UdIAPIFT jo 921 L aG;
Iz6l |v 91 ICPT | 2h 95 ST 0)! £98 (edjeqyeD) edjezea “F
1612 IZ |e+2d97 | €F eT logs || Ges || Ose 008 £791 19S (‘uur opuns
; -ON I39V) Japlq xog “¢
1987 23 PLL €P re a 98 TOST Teh 889T Stl (snwy) Wy °Z
Teee gs £9 c£9 | 7E9 | O09 698T ¢ 7hOT 987zI (499) a[depy os “T
SaSDa aUAN O
$994] povaq | sjaasuy “SUL P qi ee padqo], pe sqngs | Kyypvayy | syspg | kysadorg p4v0.
40. 40410) ep LEG NEL aad, {0 ampyy
l ON uo ONT | UO “ONT
18994] fo uonrpuo)
ee ee ee ee ee pee
“TH ‘ATIIANVO NI GANINVXE SAAUL AHL SNINYHONOD NOTLYWUYOANT “[T AIAV
33
diseased limbs may be found long brown streaks in the heart-
wood by which the fungus may be identified. Vermicularia is
similar in its attack of limbs, but leaves no brown streaks in
the wood. It may be identified by the complete browning of the
diseased cambium. This browning may be seen by peeling back
the bark. Both of these diseases will kill a tree if allowed to
progress, but as they begin locally, they may be controlled by
careful pruning.
Box ELDERS
More than 2,000 box elders, or 11% of the trees of Danville,
were examined and found to be in uniformly bad shape. They,
as well as the soft maple, have been topped and hacked. Only
36% were in a healthy condition and 64% needed care. They
were extremely tenacious to life and produced leaves even when
practically ready to fall from having been weakened by
rots. Twenty-eight per cent had been topped and were rotten,
and in addition 24% were gutted with rots entering from
injuries and bad pruning. Gleosporium, a twig blight, was doing
considerable damage and 2% of the trees were severely injured
by it.
Box elders are mainly obnoxious because of their numerous
insect pests. Practically every tree had a few box elder bugs
(Leptocoris trivittatus, Say.) and some were crimson colored
when the insects gathered on them in the sun. An extremely
heavy infestation of these insects occurred all over the city.
About 1% of the trees had tent caterpillars in them, but the
infestation was not heavy. The bagworms (Psyche) that attack
box elder trees had severely injured or defoliated 11% of the
trees. This heavy infestation was in local groups of trees at
different points in the city and could well have been controlled
by spraying. In some cases a single tree was topped, full of
heart rots, stripped by bagworms, infested with box elder bugs,
tip burned from the heat and infested with termites in the
rotted heart.
OTHER TREES
Information concerning the remaining trees in the city is
given in Table 1. Those listed as healthy had good color in the
leaves, were in good structural condition and had no noticeable
34
diseases or insect pests. Those trees which had been poorly
pruned are listed under “‘stubs.’’ Those badly infected with
heart rots from other causes than topping and those that had
been topped are listed separately. Under the heading ‘‘tip burn”
have been placed all those that showed sunburn, heat scald, etc.
Under the heading “other diseases’’ have been listed all those
showing the effects of diseases other than rots.
SUMMARY
Trees in the City of Danville, Illinois, were examined in
1934 for physical defects and diseases. Only 59% of the entire
tree population, 18,700, which was more than one tree to every
two persons, were healthy and 38% were in dire need of care.
Three per cent were dead at the time of the survey and more
elms have died since. This death of elms has been attributed to
a group of causes including drouth and disease. All of the trees
have been subjected to the unhealthy condition of the city and
most of them are showing the effects of this.
URBANA, ILLINOIS
A new golden rod from Northern New Mexico
T. D. A. CoCKERELL AND D. M. ANDREWS
The plant described below was found in some abundance by
D. M. Andrews on rocky slopes of Mount Capulin National
Monument, New Mexico, where it appeared to favor the driest
positions. When transferred to the moister garden it retained
essentially its natural habit, but the inflorescence became some-
what more ample in its branching.
Solidago capulinensis n. sp.
Caulis 8.5 dm., multicephalus, erectus, strigosus, rugosus,
purpurascens; rami laterales numerosis; foliis lanceolatis, al-
ternis, viridibus, paucedentalis, numerosis; capitulis long. prox.
5.5 mm., lat. 3.5; phyllariis subacutis, viridimaculatis; acheniis
quinquecostatis, glabris.
Erect, about 8.5 dm. high, with several to many strong
stiff stems from a compact crown, the very short runners from
base of stems being nearly erect; stems rough, striate, and
suffused with purplish; radical leaves spatulate or oblanceolate,
10-15 cm. long, 2 cm. or more in width, broadly acute or
rounded at the tip, pinnate-veined, serrate above the middle,
entire and narrowing toward the base, the whole margin of the
leaf ciliate with curved hairs; cauline leaves sessile, alternate,
lanceolate, rough but not canescent, remotely dentate beyond
the middle, the margins very briefly ciliolate with minute
curved hairs; inflorescence spreading, with many axillary
branches, but not at all flat-topped, heads densely crowded;
heads about 5.5 mm. long and 5 wide, the phyllaries in about
three rows, appressed, rather obtusely pointed, whitish, with a
large lanceolate green mark at upper end, having for its stem
the narrow green midrib; pappus white, about 3.5 mm. long;
corolla bright orange, about 5 mm. long. At maturity the slender
glabrous achenes become about 3 mm. long, and are strongly
5-ribbed. The phyllaries exhibit a faint striation or ribbing,
hardly apparent after drying, whereas those of Oligoneuron
rigidum (L.) have five parallel pale green lines. The plant differs
greatly from O. rigidum and its immediate allies in not having
the inflorescence at all flat-topped, and the heads smaller. In
contrast with O. rigidum, the leaves are bright green, much
35
36
smaller, narrower and more numerous, with the lateral veins
leaving the midrib at a much more acute angle; the small
uppermost leaves are narrowly lanceolate, not at all ovate or
broad cuneate. The lower stem-leaves are about 95 mm. long
and 18 broad, and are sessile, crowded on the stem. There are
about 27 florets in a head; the narrow corolla-lobes are about
1.7 mm. long. The inflorescence resembles Solidago oreophila,
but that has quite different leaves, and larger heads. The stem
is like that of S. puberula Nuttall.
In Rydberg’s key (Flora of Rocky Mountains) it runs near-
est to S. concinna Nels., a much smaller plant, with pubescent
achenes, those of our plant being quite smooth. In Small’s key
(Flora S. E. States) it goes to S. lindheimeriana Scheele, which
has entire leaves. In Britton and Brown (Ill. Flora) it will not
go satisfactorily anywhere, but the closest resemblance is per-
haps to S. hispida Muhl. In Rydberg’s Flora of the Prairies and
Plains it clearly falls in the Speciosae, and apparently nearest
to S. lindheimeriana.
In full flower the rather short broad heads have the phyl-
laries conspicuously marked with green apically, often to the
exclusion of the light margin seen in most species. This gives a
spotted effect, as in S. oreophila Rydb. Later, as the heads go
to seed, the phyllaries become more elongated, and paler, and
for the most part show only a pale suffused green central stripe,
more in the manner of S. concinna Nels. The pattern of the
phyllaries in most Solidago consists of a green central stripe,
with a variable amount of green extending suffusedly over the
apical part, but usually leaving a distinct light margin. S. mis-
souriensis Nutt. is exceptional in that there are two green
stripes, separated by a light median stripe.
Our plant may be a western derivative of S. puberula
Nuttall, with shorter, less acute phyllaries and rough stem.
Capulin, where the plant was discovered about August 18,
1930, is about 18 miles from the Colorado line, and two or three
times that distance from Oklahoma.
BOULDER, COLORADO
Trailing the dogwood
Martrua H. HoLLInsHEAD
It is a long way from the flowering dogwood and the Ata-
masco lily in South Carolina to the Pacific dogwood and the
mariposa lily in California. The lilies are not essential to the
dogwood but the pines of the South and the redwoods of the
Northwest are, for the dogwood does not grow in pure stands,
as the lumbermen say, but under and among other trees.
One day in April near Summerville, South Carolina, we
drove along a road exactly to our liking. We passed through
groves of the long-leaf pines to a road bordered by young mag-
nolia trees whose flowers were ‘‘just begunnen to open’’ our
colored driver said, and came to a so-called ‘“‘island’’ where
there were tall trees whose green tops overshadowed pink
clouds of azalea, greenish white foam of fringetree, and snow-
banks of dogwood. The level branches of the latter caught the
rays of the setting sun as they penetrated the dark woods and
made an unforgettable picture.
The flowering dogwood, Cornus florida, is found in that por-
tion of the United States bounded by the Great Lakes, Atlantic
Ocean from Maine to northern Florida, the Gulf of Mexico as
far west as Texas and east of a line drawn from Texas to Iowa,
so that it is quite familiar in the central, eastern and southern
States.
On the Pacific coast, other species of dogwood are found
from California to British Columbia. The Pacific dogwood,
Cornus Nuttallit, is one of the four species that grow to tree-size.
It is taller than Cornus florida and sometimes reaches a height
of 100 feet, while the eastern tree seldom rises above 40 feet.
In late April and early May in New Jersey and Pennsyl-
vania, the ‘“‘blossoms on the dogwood unfold their silken wings”’
and their beauty adorns the woodlands. In Pennsylvania, the
dogwood is associated with oaks, elms, maples, shrubby Cornus
and azaleas to make a lovely natural landscape. When planted
on lawns with the pink variety and some evergreens, it rivals
the Japanese cherry in attractiveness.
Frances Duncan says ‘‘The flowers lift their faces to the sun,
without a thought of turning so that the passer-by may have
a better look.’ There is a belief that the fisherman will have
37
38
luck if he casts his line when the dogwood is in flower. A poet
writes
White dogwood blossoms hold my heart,
But rare pink ones i know,
That make the wonder of this world
Into the heart’s deeps go.
White dogwood, ivory beauty rare,
Spreads far its net of dreams,
But where a rosy dogwood tree
Stands by two silver streams
My heart has lingered, lost to all
That makes a world.
Later in the year, C. florida leaves blaze with color. Its
berries are red. Cornus is patriotic, for some of the shrubby
species have white and some have blue fruits. In October, a
New Jersey woodland of pines towering above dogwoods and
edged with red gum-trees and with a carpet of bright huckle-
berry bushes makes a soul-satisfying sight.
Usually a symmetrical tree with almost horizontal branches,
the dogwood can adapt itself to varied habitats. It can be a
tree of considerable girth and height, or it can be a crooked,
spindly one pushing itself from between boulders and spreading
its bloom over the rocks as may be seen on the banks of the
upper Delaware River.
There are many species of Cornus. Most of them are shrubs.
The silky dogwood called Kinnikinnick grows with thickets of
witch hazel in Pennsylvania. Kinnikinnick means mixture.
Country people in former days mixed the dried leaves and
scraped inner bark with tobacco for their pipes.
From the bark of the roots and stems of the Pacific coast
dogwood was obtained a bitter extract which was used as a
substitute for quinine in fevers. In Edinburgh, an extract from
a Scotch dogwood is used in the examination of eyes. The
powdered bark may be used as a tooth powder.
The word Cornus means horn, the wood is hard, tough, fine
and smooth. It is used for shuttles, mallet heads, skewer tips,
pulleys, etc. It is high in price because of the limited supply.
The common name was given because the hard wood was used
39
in making dags (same word as dagger) or skewers for holding
the meat being roasted before an open fire.
Homer knew the strength of the hard wood and praised the
lances made from it. The species he knew was most likely
Cornus mas. Its fruit was fed to swine. The Basque people
believed there was magic in a wand made from a branch of the
dogwood tree.
Plutarch tells of the holy cornel tree that was close by the
steps where Romulus dwelt in Rome. Romulus threw a dart,
the staff of which was made of cornel, with such strength that
it struck deep into the ground and grew and ‘“‘produced a tree
of considerable bigness.’’ Posterity worshipped it and it was
held sacred. If anyone saw it withering, he made outcry and
people would run with pails of water to revive it. When Caius
Caesar, they say, was repairing the steps, the laborers dug too
close to the roots and the tree died.
The dogwood trail I know best in New Jersey is through
woodlands where Indians once lived in wattle huts. My cabin
is said to be on the site of the queen’s wickiup. Nearby is a
stream up which, a few years ago, beavers swam and cut several
small trees on the bank. They must have come down the Dela-
ware River to the Rancocas Creek and then to this branch
known as Haines Creek. Beyond is a grove of persimmon trees.
In the cabin flying squirrels made their winter quarters. At the
edge of the wood is beach plum. Did the Indians bring the fruit
there and leave the seeds, or is it there as a survival of an old
sea-beach? The dogwood grows with holly and sassafras under
pines and oaks. In season, one may find azalea, strawberry-
bush, moccasin flower, New Jersey tea, sweet fern, and wild
grape. When the sun is in the west and shining between the tree
trunks, the “‘ivory trays’’ of dogwood flowers are lighted up and
truly Cotoxon Pines is an alluring place.
In the Yosemite Valley, we saw thickets of dogwood, prob-
ably C. glabrata, growing in damp places. In the second week
of August, we saw more of this on a flat on the way to the
Tuolumne grove of big trees. It is associated with acres of blue
lupine and red fireweed and was a restful relief after a steep
and thrilling climb out of the valley on a rocky, one-way road
where we feared the automobile would not safely manage some
of the sharp curves as it toiled up the Sierras, for the Sequoias
40
grow at from six to seven thousand feet altitude. After entering
a region where the yellow pine and the sugar pine grew to great
size and height, we saw some large white blossoms of Cornus
Nuttalli. Near them was the mariposa lily, and beyond were the
giant redwoods.
The dwarf cornel, the bunch berry, pictures galore! One
cannot think of the north woods without it. It grows by the
trail, it grows by the rocks, it grows in the woods, it grows
singly, it grows in groups—sunshine or shade matters not. It is
quite as willing to be shy and delicate as sturdy and strong.
So symmetrical in form and arrangement are the bracts and
leaves that all have an equal share of sun and air.
On the carriage road up Mt. Washington masses of the
dwarf cornel with its bright red berries, and here and there a
belated white blossom, grow with the violets, the trailing
chiogenes and the wild strawberry by the roadside. On July 20
on Mt. Moat, New Hampshire, we saw specimens of C. cana-
densis with as many as sixteen berries—a real bunch.
The dwarf dogwood resembles the tree dogwood in its
ability to associate harmoniously with a wide range of plants
east and west, but its range does not extend so far south. We
like best to think of it in company with the pink Linnaea as we
saw them growing in the Selkirk Mountains in British Columbia.
Moorestown, NEw JERSEY
BOOK REVIEWS
Pennell on Scrophulariaceae'
A few years ago the late Dr. B. L. Robinson regretted the
dearth of thorough and comprehensive monographic studies by
American botanists. In this work by Pennell we have a re-
markable contribution to this need, written with such sanity,
clarity, accuracy and completeness that it would certainly have
pleased Dr. Robinson with his well known zeal for detail and
precision.
One needs only to read the introductory chapter of forty-
five pages to grasp the spirit of the author: originality, without
excessive manufacture of either species or varieties; modernism,
still with adherence to the traditions of the past; obedience to
nomenclatural rules, even though under mild protest; thorough-
ness, both in the field and the herbarium; and above all an
occasional admission of imperfectness in his knowledge which
deepens the confidence of the reader in the general accuracy of
the book.
The day of old-fashioned taxonomy is past, at least for such
countries as the United States. External morphology, derived
from herbarium specimens alone, is no longer adequate evidence
of specific limitations and relations. Pennell supplements struc-
ture with extensive field experience and correlates his results
carefully with geographic distribution and floral migrations.
Obviously no critic is competent to discuss the merits of
Pennell’s concept of species and varieties unless he can rely on
a personal experience as broad and as deep as the author’s.
I doubt if any such person exists. Certainly the keys, which
largely replace the conventional descriptions, convey a fine
impression of accuracy, of completeness and, especially, of
balance and uniformity. There is no impression of “‘splitting”’
in one genus and of “‘lumping”’ in another. His species all seem
to be solid and substantial. They appear to be separated from
each other by characters of generally uniform weight. One feels
that each one really denotes a definite race of plants.
Pennell’s idea of a species is eloquently discussed in his
1 Pennell, Francis W.: The Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North
America. Monograph 1. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, pp.
xiv+650. 155 maps, 43 figures. N. 27, 1935. $5.00.
41
42
introduction. “‘Although workers in other fields have some-
times urged that species are mere subjective concepts, to tax-
onomists they are usually surprisingly definite entities.’’ He
accepts Du Rietz’ definition of species as the “‘smallest natural
populations permanently separated from each other by a dis-
tinct discontinuity in the series of biotypes.’’ If there is inter-
gradation between populations, the separate parts of the
species are regarded as subspecies, varieties or forms principally
on the basis of their geographical distribution, although they
are always separable morphologically. His maps illustrate the
distribution of each and in many cases they are quite convinc-
ing. In some, on the other hand, there is a very marked overlap
(e.g. Lindernia dubia and L. dubia major) and the distinction
must have been based primarily on structure.
The nomenclature of minor groups below the species has
always been a problem and unfortunately the existing rules
scarcely permit full expression of what we believe to be tax-
onomic relationship. The various components of a species are
regarded by Pennell as jointly constituting the species. The
bibliographically original element is distinguished by the ad-
jective typicus. This word, as Pennell carefully explains, is not
a part of the name of the plant, but is merely a Latin adjective
appended to it, it has no author’s name and cannot be referred
to any place of publication. There can be either varieties or
forms of a subspecies, depending on their importance, but the
author refuses to admit forms of a variety. Thus we may find
quadrinomials in use, as Lindernia dubia major var. inundata,
but a quinquenomial is impossible. This is certainly in pleasing
contrast to certain recent European work.
The 155 maps which accompany almost every species and
subspecies are nothing short of remarkable. There is a dot or
other symbol for every locality from which Pennell has seen a
specimen. They show not only the general range but also the
outlying stations; by their density they indicate abundance or
conspicuousness; by lacunae among them they often indicate
regions where collecting has been neglected. Correlation be-
tween geological or geographical features is clearly indicated
by superposed lines, marking, for example, the fall-line, the
limits of glaciation, and various other features as needed.
Gray’s Manual describes 123 species and named varieties
43
of the family from the well known manual range. Seventeen of
these are not discussed by Pennell, of which eleven are northern
and extra-limital, four are introduced and apparently not re-
garded as established in our flora, and Paulownia tomentosa is
excluded from the family. Only one remains unaccounted for,
Penstemon acuminatus Dougl., a name not appearing in Pen-
nell’s index. Matching the names in Gray against those in the
monograph is not always easy, since the author makes no
attempt to include all synonyms and unfortunately neglects a
few which are in current usage.
The monograph indicates 131 species or subspecies typica
and 30 subspecies or varieties in the manual range, which for
convenience has been terminated in the west at the Missouri
River. This is a net increase of 55, of which seven represent
extensions of range, twelve new introductions, one a redis-
covery, while the remainder are due to new concepts in the
separation of species and varieties. The whole monograph dis-
cusses 265 species and minor forms.
In the treatment of genera Pennell departs farther from the
usage of current manuals. Instead of the twenty-eight genera
(Paulownia excluded) of the Manual Range as presented in
Gray, we find forty. The following eighteen genera of Gray are
unchanged in both name and circumscription: Verbascum,
Antirrhinum, Collinsia, Scrophularia, Penstemon, Chelone,
Mimulus, Limosella, Digitalis, Buchnera, Castilleja, Orthocarpus,
Melampyrum, Euphrasia, Odontites, Pedicularis, Rhinanthus,
Schwalbea.
One genus is a new arrival in the region: Mazus.
Five genera have had changes of name: Conobea multifida
(Michx.) Benth. does not belong to the tropical genus Conobea
Aubl. It becomes Leucospora multifida (Michx.) Nutt. [lysanthes
Raf. becomes Lindernia All. ‘‘By the union of the four-anthered
Lindernia All. and Vandellia L. with the two-anthered J/ysan-
thes Raf. and Bonnaya Link & Otto is formed a large and
clearly natural genus.’’ Micranthemum micranthemoides (Nutt.)
Wetts. becomes Hemianthus micranthemoides Nutt. ‘The fea-
tures of calyx, corolla and styles*** warrant generic status’’
(apart from Micranthemum). Synthyris Bulla (Eaton) Heller
becomes Besseya Bullii (Eaton) Rydb., in accordance with the
segregation made by Rydberg. Seymeria macrophylla is generi-
44
cally distinct, under the name Dasistoma macrophylla (Nutt.)
Nate
Five remaining genera have been divided as follows: Linaria
Hill into Linaria Miller, Kickxia Dumort, Cymbalaria Hill, and
Chaenorrhinum Reich.; Bacopa into Bramia Lam., Hydrotrida
Small, Macuillamia Raf., Herpestis Gaertn., and Pagesia, Raf.;
Gratiola L. into Gratiola L. and Tragiola Small & Pennell;
Veronica into Veronicastrum Fab. (Leptandra Raf.) and Veron-
ica L.; Gerardia into Aureolaria Raf. Tomanthera Raf. and
Gerardia L. emend. Benth. The latter name is adopted accord-
ing to the International Rules but under protest. It is note-
worthy that only two of these, Hydrotrida and Tragiola, repre-
sent new segregations.
The author has examined the material in practically every
herbarium of consequence in the country, and in several foreign
institutions as well. Each specimen is cited in full, according to
state, county, locality, collector, and number. These citations
often occupy several pages and extend to several hundred speci-
mens. Surely he has had ample opportunity to test and prove
his taxonomic conclusions and the accuracy of his keys.
Many persons probably have the idea that Verbascum, with
its five anthers and nearly regular corolla, represents a point of
contact with the Solanaceae, and therefore the primitive genus
of the family. Pennell, on the contrary, regards Gratiola and
related genera as most primitive because of the separate stigmas
and substantiates his view with geographical evidence.
The author concludes his work with a fifty-page discussion
of the distribution of plants in eastern America, naturally sup-
porting his views chiefly by the known range of the Scrophu-
lariaceae. This chapter is too full of facts and theories to be
capable of adequate review, but it amounts to an excellent
résumé of modern distribution, migrations and geographical
origin of our flora.
As an appendix, there is an alphabetical list of about a
thousand collectors of Scrophulariaceae, naturally including a
vast majority of all our field botanists, with dates of birth and
death, their chief collecting regions, and the herbaria where
their material is chiefly deposited.
The whole book is excellently printed, very free from typo-
graphical errors, and so practical that it will doubtless be a
45
part of the working library of every careful taxonomist. In its
general concept and spirit it may well serve as a model for
future systematic research.
H. A. GLEASON
New YorK BOTANICAL GARDEN
A new one-volume encyclopedia for gardeners'
All growers and lovers of plants will find this volume a
treasure house of information. Every variety of plant cultivated
in the United States for ornament or for food, as well as most
others of economic importance and a large number of native
wild flowers, trees and shrubs are given a place here. Arranged
alphabetically, the plants are listed under both common and
scientific names. For each plant there is a description concise
but complete enough, especially as many are illustrated by
excellent line drawings, following this are directions for cultiva-
tion, lists of fungus and insect enemies with methods of control,
and brief descriptions of the species or varieties in cultivation.
Little is said of the parts of the country where different
plants may be expected to grow, mention being made merely to
hardy or not hardy north, needs much or little water, acid or
alkaline soil, etc. Most of the book is of course taken up with
descriptions of plants, but besides there are articles on almost
any topic the gardener may desire to know about: injurious
insects and insecticides; fungi and fungicides; special methods
of propagation and culture; the construction of various types
of gardens and green houses; kinds of soil and their treatment;
fertilizers; dish, window and roof gardens and terraria; birds and
their relation to the garden and farm; and a hundred other
topics that may be of interest and value. Of birds, besides four
and a half pages describing their value in the gardens and means
of attracting them, nearly thirty of the more common ones of
the east are briefly described in a table giving the character-
istic color, markings, size, habits, habitats, nests, food and eco-
nomic status. Under the last head it is said of the starling:
“Highly valued as destroyer of harmful beetles and insects.”’
Certainly there are parts of the country where the starling by
1 The Garden Encyclopedia, edited by E. L. D. Seymour. W. H. Wise and
Company, 1936. x+1300, 60 plates, numerous drawings. $4.00
46
its great numbers, its attacks on fruit, and its driving off of
native birds, is not ‘“‘highly valued.’’ Weeds receive a somewhat
similar treatment, a large number in tabular form, as well as
separate treatment of most of the more important ones.
A suggestion of temporary value is given to the encyclopedia
by giving names and addresses of the secretaries of such organ-
izations as the Cactus and Succulent Society of America, the
American Iris Society and the National Plant, Flower, and
Fruit Guild. Surely the volume will be of value and use long
after these organizations have changed their officers.
In any volume of the size and range errors are almost un-
avoidable. For example: “Angelica, a genus of herbs of the
Paisley Family resembling the common cow parsnip or water
hemlock, a species of Delphinium (which see).’’ Of course,
there is reference to neither cow parsnip nor poison hemlock
under Delphinium. Under ‘‘Nuts”’ there is given a botanical
description and a horticultural one—but neither corresponds
with the popular meaning of the term. A short list of true nuts
and so-called ones, includes the brazil nut as one of the true
ones, though it is really a seed. The scientific names used are the
commonly used ones, a proper conservatism in a volume of this
kind. Under Yucca we find ‘‘The great Yuccas of Southern
California known as ‘Candles of the Lord’...are Y. arbo-
rescens.’’ This name is often used as a synonym for Y. brevifolia,
the Joshua-tree correctly named in the same paragraph; the
“Candles of the Lord”’ being Y. Whipplei. The statement that
“snails, except the slugs with shells reduced to the vanishing
point are of no interest to gardeners,’’ will not be appreciated
in some regions, such as Southern California. But in general one
must hunt through many pages to find even such slight errors.
The book is plainly bound in dark green cloth, the 60 full
page plates and the more than 500 text illustrations add to the
value as well as to the attractiveness of the volume.
G. T. HASTINGS
FIELD TRIPS OF THE CLUB
TRIP OF SEPTEMBER 15
The trip had as its announced purpose search for possible
fern hybrids in certain swamps north and south of Newton,
N. J. On this occasion the Torrey Botanical Club was joined by
the American Fern Society, and the joint attendance, number-
ing 29, came from four or five states.
The Springdale region south of Newton was selected because
of the collections made there by Dr. Philip Dowell some thirty
years ago. Dr. Dowell had found two hybrids of Dryopteris
Goldiana at this place—D. Goldiana Xmarginalis and D. Clin-
toniana X Goldiana. These were referred to in his article in the
Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club, Vol. 35, 1908.
More recently Dr. Svenson had found a plant of the as-
plenioid hybrid, Asplenium platyneuronXCamptosorus rhizo-
phyllus (Scott’s Spleenwort).
The September trip was successful in finding a considerable
number of the hybrid, Dryopteris Goldiana Xmarginalis; one
isolated plant; and another group of thirty or forty plants in
a few square yards. The Goldie hybrid with Clintoniana was
not found on this occasion, but the region is well worth another
visit. The swamp was located on the private property of Mr.
Augustus Whittingham, to whom we are greatly indebted for
permission to visit.
In the afternoon, a large humus swamp north of Newton
was located—a place interesting for the way in which humus
deposits are being ‘‘mined.’’ One or two plants of the hybrid,
Dryopteris Bootit, were added to the morning’s find. The par-
ticular piece of swamp visited was very well guarded by a wide
moat with a precarious bridge, and barriers of blackberry and
catbriar.
In the report which is being published in the American Fern
Journal, a complete list of those in attendance is included.
R. C. BENEDICT
BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
Trip THROUGH FORT TRYON PARK, MARCH 28, 1936
Twenty-one members and guests of the Torrey Club took
the trip through Fort Tryon Park, commencing at the south
47
48
end, just above the 191st Street Station of the Independent
Subway. This new park, estimated at from 50 to 60 acres, runs
along the high rocky ridge which is the ‘“‘backbone”’ of upper
Manhattan, overlooking Riverside Drive and the Hudson
River to the westward. The park ends at the northern terminus
of Riverside Drive, where the latter comes in to Dyckman
Street. The land was acquired about five years ago by Mr.
John D. Rockefeller who, after having it landscaped, presented
it to the City of New York as a park. The landscaping has been
carried out in a most expert manner, and this, together with its
natural advantages, makes the area without doubt one of the
most beautiful parks in the eastern United States. About 1600
kinds of trees, shrubs, and herbs have been planted. In addition
to these are a large number of rare trees, planted many years
ago, and a wide variety of native trees and shrubs growing
mostly near the north end, so that, besides its scenic charm, it
contains an unusually comprehensive botanical collection.
Furthermore, Fort Tryon itself, which was located at the high-
est point of the ridge, was an old Revolutionary stronghold.
On this particular Saturday, much of the Swiss Heath,
(Erica carnea) along the ‘‘heather beds’’ was in flower; Jas-
minum nudiflorum, the Chinese Jasmine, which has been planted
high up on rocky cliffs, showed pendent festoons of its flowers
which mimic the Forsythia most convincingly with the:r shade
of yellow; the Silver Maples had finished flowering, and the
Red Maple buds were just ready to open. Cornus mas was just
commencing to unfold its yellow flowers.
Among the other trees and shrubs seen were: Ilex crenata,
glabra, and opaca, native Hackberries and Sassafras, Pinus
Strobus and Paulownia tomentosa, the two last apparently
planted long ago, Carya cordiformis, Prunus avium, and Prunus
serrulata varieties (the Japanese Cherries), and Buxus semper-
virens, the last housed during the winter in a burlap covering.
ARTHUR H. GRAVES
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF JANUARY 15, 1936
The meeting was called to order at the New York Botanical
Garden at 3:45 P.M. by Dr. H. A. Gleason, with 42 members
present. The minutes of the annual meeting of January 7 were
read and approved.
Miss Anna May Callan, 37 Washington Square, New York
City, was unanimously elected to membership. The resigna-
tions of Miss Norine Boetsch of 29 Bronx River Road, New
York City, and Mr. D. S. Carpenter, Middletown Springs, Vt.,
were accepted with regret.
Dr. J. K. Small of the New York Botanical Garden was
unable to address the Club because of illness, but Dr. E. J.
Alexander, Curator of the Local Herbarium of the Garden, gave
an interesting and stimulating talk on the ‘‘Phytogeographical
Regions Around New York.” This address brought out clearly
the lack of specimens in our herbarium from the Highlands of
the Hudson River, Pocono Mountains of Pennsylvania, and the
foothills of the Berkshire Mountains in Connecticut, and stim-
ulated considerable discussion about the overlapping of phyto-
geographical areas and the need of more extended field trips
into the less known regions to supplement our herbarium.
JouHN S. KARLING
Secretary
MINUTES OF MEETING, FEBRUARY 4, 1936
The meeting was called to order at the Museum of Natural
History by Dr. M. A. Howe at 8:25 P.M. with 55 members
present. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and
adopted.
Mr. Rodney B. Miller, 46 Second Avenue, Newark, N. J.,
and Mr. Arthur B. Hillegas, 106 Morningside Drive, New York
City, were unanimously elected to membership. Dr. Erwin H.
Eames, 540 State Street, Bridgeport, Conn., who has been a
faithful and worthy member of the Club for forty years, was
elected to honorary life membership. Following the election of
members, Dr. Alfred Gunderson, of Brooklyn Botanic Garden,
gave a stimulating address on ‘‘The Structure and Evolution
49
50
of Flowers.’’ His lecture was extensively illustrated by colored
lantern slides and beautiful diagrams and drawings made by
Miss Maude Purdy.
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
MEETING OF FEBRUARY 19, 1936
The meeting was called to order at 3:30 P.M. by Dr. M.A.
Howe with 31 members present. The minutes of the meetings
of December 19, 1935, and February 4, 1936, were read and
approved. The following were unanimously elected to member-
ship. Mr. Francis John Paladino, Miss Zaida Nicholson, Miss
Iris Marjorie Campbell, Miss Ruth H. Kennedy. The following
resignations were accepted with regret: Mr. Rheinhardt Heger,
Jr., and Mr. Carl E. Bliss.
The minutes of the Council meeting of February 4 were read
and approved with some slight alteration. The budget, sub-
mitted by the chairman of the Budget Committee was adopted.
The chairman of the Auditing Committee, Dr. B. O. Dodge,
reported that the treasurer’s books had been examined and
found to be correct. Two letters from Doctors Hitchcock and
Zimmerman and Doctor Eames expressing their appreciation
and thanks to the Club were read by the secretary. The chair-
man then appointed committees for the year, these are listed on
the inside of the back cover.
The scientific program consisted of two addresses, the first
by Mr. R. Pratt of Columbia University on ‘‘The Growth of
the Germ Tube of Erysiphe graminis in Heavy Water,’’ and
the second by Mr. Sydney C. Bausor on “‘Fasciation and its
Relation to Growth.”’
The meeting was adjourned at 5:20 P.M.
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
NEWS NOTES
Professor Oake Ames, Supervisor of the Arnold Arboretum
for the past eight years, and Professor J. G. Jack, connected
with the Arboretum for nearly fifty years have retired. The
staff at a recent meeting passed resolutions in appreciation of
the men and their work.
A news release from the U. S. Department of Agriculture
states that, as soy beans are being used in greater amounts for
commercial purposes, it will be necessary in developing new
varieties to consider the oil, protein, amino acids, lecithin,
iodine, minerals, texture and other characters. Among the uses
mentioned for the beans are flour, soy sauce, diabetic food, lard
and butter substitutes, candies, health drinks, paint, varnish,
glue, plastics, printing ink, linoleum, insecticides and glycerine.
Professor Fred C. Stewart, for thirty-seven years head of the
division of botany at the New York State Agricultural Experi-
ment Station at Geneva, will retire on July 1.
In order to increase the use of cotton in road building the
Agricultural Adjustment Administration has announced the de-
tailed specifications for bids for cotton mats and fabric. The
exact amount to be purchased depends on the requests from the
various states, but the amount authorized is 80,000 mats to be
used in curing concrete roads, and 10,000,000 square yards of
fabric, sufficient for 1,000 miles of road. The fabric is to be used
in reinforcing bituminous surface highways.
Extension of the Dutch elm disease quarantine to include
26 new townships in New Jersey and 13 new towns in New
York was announced on March 31 by Secretary of Agriculture
Henry A. Wallace. This extension was made necessary by the
finding in the new areas of a small number of trees which had
become diseased. Any recent spread of Dutch elm disease which
may have occurred cannot be definitely known until scouting
starts again as the trees come into leaf, according to Lee A.
Strong, Chief of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quaran-
tine, who is in charge of the department’s campaign to save the
American elm from destruction by this disease.
A vegetable breeding laboratory, the first of its kind in the
world, has been established by the U. S. Department of Agricul-
51
52
ture and 13 cooperating states near Charleston, S. C. ‘“‘The pur-
pose of the laboratory,” says Dr. E. C. Auchter, principal horti-
culturist and assistant chief of the Bureau of Plant Industry,
“is to breed high quality, disease resistant vegetables adapted
especially to the southern states.”’
Vegetable varieties from this and other countries will be
used in breeding work. To obtain hardy and disease resistant
vegetables not found in this country as well as several other
kinds of plants, expeditions under the direction of the Division
of Plant Exploration and Introduction are en route to India
and to Persia and Turkey. Excellent breeding materials have
been obtained from these countries in the past.
An exhibit of about 200 dainty little alpine plants, all in
bloom at the same time, was the Brooklyn Botanic Garden’s
striking contribution to this year’s Flower Show. To their
flowers most rock garden plants owe much of their peculiar
charm and interest. Therefore, by skilful forcing or holding
back, species that bloom normally from February to June all
were brought into flower at once.
The forcing was done by placing the plants in a greenhouse
for periods varying from two weeks to two months, and by in-
creasing the length of day (for late-blooming kinds) by the use
of electric light. The special lights were turned on at dusk and
shut off at 11:30 P.M. Such additional lighting was necessary
because a number of plants do not respond to the correct tem-
perature unless it is accompanied by the augmented light of a
longer day.
The appointment of Dr. Robert B. Gordon of the Botani-
cal Department, Ohio State University, as new director for the
Allegany School of Natural History, was made in connection
with the announcement that July 5 through August 22 are the
dates for the tenth season of the School. Dr. Gordon has been
a member of the School’s faculty during five of the nine previous
seasons.
The School, which is called ‘‘The School in the Forest,”’ is in
Allegany State Park, New York, only 80 miles from Buffalo,
and makes it possible for advanced students, and for beginners
with little or no experience out-of-doors, to study under experi-
enced naturalists in the field.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorreEYA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2pp. App. 8pp 12pp 16pp.
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
eS 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
See 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100 “ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
iso.“ 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200“ 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300“ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 14 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00
Committees for 1936
Council
Ex officio Entertainment Committee’
M. A. Howe Mrs. R. A. HARPER
H. A. GLEASON A. H. GRAVES
F. E. DENNY Mrs. G. T. HAsTINGs
T. E. Hazen
J. S. KARLING
E. B. Matzke
M. A. CHRYSLER
1934-1936
R. A. HARPER
JAMES MurpPHY
E. W. SINNOTT
S. F. TRELEASE
1935-1937
A. H. GRAVES
G. T. HASTINGS
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
R. P. WopDEHOUSE
Mrs. Wm. MITCHELL
Field Committee
RayMonp H. Torrey, Chairman
EpWARD J. ALEXANDER
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
GEORGE F, DILLMAN
VERNON L. FRAZEE
ARTHUR H. GRAVES
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
ROBERT HAGELSTEIN
Mrs. Inez M. HariInG
GEORGE T. HAsTINGs
MICHAEL LEVINE
JAMEs MurpPHY
1936-1938
H. K. Svenson Henry K. SVENSON
H. H. Cium DANIEL SMILEY, JR.
Ber Gao wine Faria A. WILEY
R. H. Torrey
Endowment Committee
CAROLINE C. Haynes, Chairman
Program Committee
J. S. KARLING, Chairman
Wn. CROCKER
Mrs. S. F. TRELEASE A. H. GRAVES
E. B. MAtzKE T. E. Hazen
Local Flora Committee
Phanerogams:
R. H. CHENEY H. M. DENSLOW NORMAN TAYLOR
BAYARD LONG
Hester M. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON A. W. EVANS
M. A. Howe
MiIcHAEL LEVINE
T. E. Hazen Carovine C. Haynes
F,. J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict
Liverworts: A. W. Evans
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
Marine Algae: M- A. Howe
Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. S.
Burlingham
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Rusts and Smuts: P. Wilson
Discomycetes: F, J. Seaver
Lichens: Mrs. G. P. Anderson
Hypocreaceae, Plectascineae,
berineae: F. J. Seaver
Erysiphaceae: G. M. Reed
Sclerotium-forming Fungi: Arlow B.
Stout
Imperfecti: F. J. Seaver
Phycomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Yeast and Bacteria: Miss J. Broad-
hurst
Tu-
Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
{
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
_published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Wol. 62, published in 1935, contained 566 pages of text and 28
full: page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers’find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN. .
Of former volumes, 24—62 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not .
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price: $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00. |
(3) Index. to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Schermerhorn Hall,
Columbia University,
New York. N.Y.
Volun_e 36 May-June, 1936 No. 3
TORREYA
A Bi-MonTuLy JouRNAL oF BotanicAL Notes AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
The us of enous Beate for instructional Bet DORES: W. G.
AMP.
The flora of the Watchung Mountains, Part L Geology. ign N.
MOLDENKE.
Growth form of Fiduin sean diiorain epadeed Re X-radiation. Enae L,
SURI SOM 8 copay seis chur 2on) atekeaie Port ee ee vs ele Polina Aa een nnn asad a's wih Oto
The status of Tiarella macrophylla Small. OLGA LAKELA.............
Book Reviews:
Tilden’s ‘‘The Algae and their Life Relations”. MARSHALL A. HOWE
Small’s New York Ferns. GEorGE T. HASTINGS...........+++0-
Pires Of the Clap. 5.502 os ON Sg OTE DAD AAS ben eens alta «cee ie eels
PEseeedinps pL tie Clibs cab ios Pao Rhee reo Ae a woe eke otele wate eels
News notes........
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue GeorceE BaNTA PUBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
53
57
62
65
66
69
71
74
75
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1936
President
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents
HENRY A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
FRANK E. DENNY, Pa.D.
Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
ScCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK
Treasurer
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Assistant Treasurer
MRS. JAMES W. MARVIN
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
A ssociate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. A. F. BLAKESLEE, Pu.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D. F. E. DENNY, Pu.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Pu.D. R. A. HARPER, PH.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. J. S-KAREING, “PHD:
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. E. W. SINNOTT, Pu.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, .M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Pu.D.
| | Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Px.D.
Bibliographer
JENNIE S. DODGE
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Pu.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
GEORGE H. SHULL, Pu.D. WILLIAM CROCKER, Pa.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
TorreEYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other
communications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to
450 Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer, Edwin B.
Matzke, Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, New York City,
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to ;
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
JUN 25 1936
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
TORKEY A
Vol. 36 May-June, 1936 No. 3
eh
The use of Myxomycete plasmodia for instructional purposes
W. G. Camp
During the progress of some studies on slime molds the
writer has had opportunity to use the plasmodia for purposes
of instruction in botany and biology classes. For studying the
general characteristics and properties of protoplasm, and proto-
plasmic streaming, this material is, in my opinion, very much
better than materials which have been commonly utilized for
these purposes. This account of the writer’s methods of collect-
ing, preserving and preparing plasmodia for classroom use is
presented with the hope that other teachers may find the in-
formation interesting and useful.
It is well known that the plasmodia of slime molds consist
of naked, multinucleate, mobile masses of protoplasm which
may be found inhabiting decaying wood and other organic
matter. They are found most frequently in the warm seasons
and in very moist or wet habitats. Those which inhabit rotting
wood are usually found only in the interior of the wood while
they are vegetating actively. Usually they emerge only at the
time of fructifying. The plasmodia of many of the most common
and widely distributed species are either pink or yellow and the
fact that they are rather highly colored facilitates finding them
on their natural substrata.
In collecting plasmodia it is well to be provided with a
collecting case or vessel in which pieces of moist, rotten wood
can be carried without danger of excessive drying. The ordinary
vasculum serves the purpose very well. In addition to a collect-
ing case, a hand-axe or some similar tool, with which decaying
logs and stumps can be cut and broken, will be very useful. The
writer has found plasmodia most frequently by examining the
interior of stumps and logs located so that they are partially
53
54
submerged in water or at least where they are kept more or less
constantly moist. The reticulated plasmodia may be found pene-
trating and distributed throughout fairly large portions of the
wood. Wood containing the protoplasmic reticulum may be cut
or broken into pieces of almost any size, suitable for carrying
in a collecting case, without danger of serious or permanent
damage to the plasmodial material.
Fig. 1. A plasmodium in the process of emerging from a sclerotium and
spreading over the surface of an agar plate.
Many living plasmodia, which have been collected in this
way, may be kept in the laboratory for weeks or even months
by simply placing the wood on which they are growing in a
vessel where it can remain constantly moist. However, the
habit of some of the Myxomycetes of forming sclerotia or rest-
ing stages can be utilized advantageously in preserving viable
55
material and obviates the necessity of culturing or maintaining
vegetative plasmodia for future use. One convenient method of
obtaining sclerotia is as follows: Place some decaying wood, in
which a plasmodium is growing, on absorbent paper which can
be moistened and kept moist. In the course of time, some part or
all of the plasmodium will creep from the wood to the surface of
the paper and after this has occurred the wood may be removed.
Fig. 2. A photomicrograph of a portion of a plasmodium showing the thick
vein-like channels along which rapid protoplasmic streaming takes place.
Following this, the plasmodium is subjected to gradual dessica-
tion by leaving the paper to which it is clinging under a bell jar
or similar vessel. This vessel should be provided with a_ small
opening through which a slow exchange of gases can take place
between the atmosphere of the vessel and the external atmo-
sphere. The optimum rate of dessication is unknown but the
writer has found it effective to allow about twenty-four hours
for completion of the process. If dessication is too rapid horny
non-viable masses are formed. In the process of sclerotization
plasmodia collect into more or less compact masses and cleave
into roundish or polyhedric cells. When fully formed, the sclerot-
56
ial masses are hard and brittle and they may be broken into
small pieces without danger of damage. When afforded proper
conditions of moisture and temperature living plasmodia will
emerge from sclerotia or sclerotial fragments.
In preparing material for class use the writer places pieces of
sclerotia on the surface of one per cent, non-nutrient agar which
has been poured into petri dishes. At room temperature plas-
modia emerge from the sclerotia within a few hours (fig. 1).
The lids of the petri dishes may be removed for periods of several
minutes without risk of excessive drying and the plasmodia can
be examined and observed both with and without a microscope.
As observed with the unaided eye plasmodia can be seen to
change their position on the substrata and their conformation
more or less continuously. Thus it is seen that they are endowed
with powers of locomotion and exhibit a creeping movement.
As viewed with a microscope, they are seen to consist of granular
protoplasm containing numerous inclusions and vacuoles. This
protoplasm exhibits a systemic circulation but the protoplasmic
movement is most noticeable in the thicker channels and veins
of the plasmodial sheet or reticulum (fig. 2). Through these
veins and channels the protoplasm streams in a very rapid cur-
rent which gradually comes to a pause in the space of a short
time, and then immediately reverses its course. A rhythmic
backward and forward flow is thus maintained, but it can be
observed to flow longer in one direction than in the other. The
flowing movement is generally of longest duration in the direc-
tion in which the plasmodium is creeping.
NEw COLLEGE, COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
NEw York, N. Y.
The flora of the Watchung Mountains
Haro_tp N. MoLDENKE
Part I—GEOLOGY OF THE REGION*
Five phytogeographic provinces are represented in the Local
Flora area. The area is therefore the most complicated, physio-
graphically and phytogeographically, of any similar-sized area
in all of North America. This fact must be borne in mind when
one studies the flora of any part of the local area, such as that
of the Watchung Mountains.
The Watchung Ridges (as they are termed by geologists)
or Watchung Mountains (as they are known locally) are three
in number.! Of these the longest is the First Watchung, which
is also the farthest east. It is approximately 50 miles in length,
through eastern Passaic Co. and western Essex and Union Cos.,
forming a bow-like curve from western Bergen Co. on the north,
terminating in northern Somerset Co. It passes through Pater-
son and just west of Orange and Plainfield, and at Bound Brook
turns sharply westward to Pluckamin. The Second Watchung
parallels the First, only a mile or so westward, and separated
by a belt of red sandy shales forming the shallow Washington
Valley. It runs through Little Falls, Caldwell, and Summit, and
in northern Somerset Co. swings sharply to the west and then
north, terminating at Bernardsville. The so-called Third
Watchung is really a series of 4 disconnected ridges closely
parallel to the First and Second, but lower and separated by a
narrow red sandstone belt. Still farther westward, wholly in
Morris Co., is a fourth ridge, very small and crescent-shaped.
The Watchung Mountains are in general about 500 or 600
feet high—the highest point being High Mt. (876 ft. above
sea-level) just north of Paterson in the Second Watchung. All
four series of ridges lie within the so-called Piedmont physio-
graphic and phytogeographic province and are made up of vol-
canic rock (basalt), with, in a very few isolated spots, narrow
intervening bands of red sandy shale of the same sort as makes
up the valleys between them. They are of Triassic age. They
* Part 2 of this paper, on the plants of the region, will be printed in the
next number of Torreya.
1 The author is deeply grateful to Dr. B. T. Butler, head of the Depart-
ment of Geology at the College of the City of New York, for the copious help
given him in the preparation of the geological portion of this paper.
57
58
are bounded on the east by the Coastal Plain province, which
is composed of more recent geologic formations (from the Cre-
taceous to the present). The Piedmont province is of older rock
eS AB
I,
isa salt)
structure, considerably planed down, and underlying the
Coastal Plain sediments. The northernmost portion of the Pied-
mont section is known geologically as the Piedmont Lowlands
and is of Triassic age, composed of red sandstones and red
on
\ 2)
shales, with igneous intrusions like the Palisades and the trap
ridges at Princeton and Hopewell and along the Delaware
River, and the Watchung ridges. The Piedmont plains are
usually 100 or 200 feet above sea-level, somewhat higher in the
BS ae 7 ae ee
i -
Mere
First Watchung Mountain: quarry West Orange—
showing columnar structure.
north. Westward and northward of the Watchung Mountains
lies the so-calied New England province, composed of geologi-
cally very old rocks (schists, gneisses, and much granite in-
trusive), all Pre-Cambrian and underlying the other two
provinces. Two prongs extend southwestward from New Eng-
60
land, separated by the Piedmont region. The eastern of these
(Manhattan Prong) forms Manhattan Island; the western
(Reading Prong) runs in a narrow belt across New Jersey
(Sussex, Passaic, Morris, Warren, and Hunterdon Cos.) to
Reading, Pa. The New Jersey Highlands and Ramapo Moun-
tains lie in this prong. It is separated from the Triassic Pied-
mont to the east by a gigantic fault scarp. This fault was doubt-
less begun during the Appalachian Mountain revolution and
formed the western edge of a large arid or semi-arid valley
which, through erosion from the mountains to the east and
west, filled with sand during the Triassic. The flows of lava
which now form the Watchung Mountains doubtless came up
along this fault and spread eastward over the valley of sands.
There were a number of lava flows, all in late Triassic time.
Both the First and Second Watchungs are made up of several
separate lava flows, those of the First being the oldest. In some
cases (like Eagle Rock and Garret Rock) the lava seems to have
come up through vents. Several large volcanoes were located
along the fault line during this time. The climate was generally
cool. Fossils of a few small fresh-water fish and some fragments
of land plants have been found. The fern fragments seem to
indicate that they were washed in by floods from the surround-
ing mountains. Cycads were common and there were a few
lingering pteridosperms. Some of the so-called algae described
from the region are not plants at all, but are merely ripple-
marks. They are commonly found in the old shallow lake-beds
along with abundant mud-cracks, attesting to the arid or semi-
arid climate. It was the early reptilian age, marked by the rise
of dinosaurs. Footprints of small dinosaurs are commonly found
through the region, mostly of the 3-toed, bird-like, carnivorous
species, which fed upon one another. The mountains surround-
ing this vast sandy valley may have been sparsely covered with
vegetation. The preceding geologic period had been very cold
and characterized by many vast glaciers which certainly ex-
terminated all the early plants of the region. The vegetation,
however, gradually came back during the Triassic and Jurassic,
so that in Cretaceous time there was an abundant flora over
the area, including grasses and primitive dicotyledons. In the
Triassic, conditions here were similar to those in valleys in the
West today. Heavy rains during the winter washed much sand
61
and gravel, often with plant fragments, into the valleys from
the mountains. There were some small lakes, and a few inter-
mittent streams existed, but there was apparently no large
river in the entire area that is now New Jersey, and the Wat-
chung region had no outlet to the sea.
After the Triassic lava flows had quite ceased, the intrusive
diabase masses forming the Palisades and similar southern
ridges were pushed up between the hardening sandstones. Dur-
ing the Jurassic the whole area was lifted up, probably into low
mountains, then subjected to erosion and planed down during
the Cretaceous (since late Cretaceous deposits overlay the
Tertiary in southern New Jersey). During the Jurassic climatic
conditions were changed until they became more as they are
today. No fossils are known from the Highlands rocks, but in
the Cretaceous beds they are numerous.
In Tertiary time the Atlantic transgressed over the entire
state of New Jersey (and New York up to the Catskill area at
least). Fossils from beds of this period represent a wholly
marine fauna, with shells and corals much like the modern ones.
In the Pleistocene came an uplift of the region and active
planing down of the land through erosion of the softer sand-
stones and shales, leaving the harder igneous ridges (such as
the Watchungs) exposed. This was followed by the southward
advance of the glaciers, with their accompanying glacial climate
—the ice extending as far south as Staten Island. The terminal
moraine runs just east of Plainfield, through the First Watchung
at Scotch Plains and through the Second Watchung at Summit,
then through the northern extremity of the southernmost ridge
of the Third Watchung to Madison and Morristown, just north
of the fourth ridge. The retreat of the glaciers left, just north
of the fourth ridge and west of the Third Watchung, the old
glacial Lake Passaic, of which the lake-bed can still be plainly
discerned. We see, thus, that approximately the northern two-
thirds of the First, Second, and Third Watchungs were glaciated
in the Pleistocene and the southernmost one-third not glaci-
ated. The fourth ridge was entirely unglaciated.
Growth form of Linum grandiflorum changed
by X-radiation
Epna L. JOHNSON
Plants which exhibit changed growth form in response to
X-ray treatment in the seedling stage vary in the character of
the type of branching which occurs. Tomatoes assume a more
bushy form because of the greater development of lateral
branches. This is true also for certain members of the Pink and
Evening primrose families. Other species such as the castor-oil
plant and sunflower are prone to show dichotomous branching.
Linum grandiflorum and Linaria maroccana when treated in the
seedling stage develop, as compared with the controls at ma-
turity, a greater number of main branches from the crown;
secondary branches at the bases of the main ones also occur in
greater abundance.
Lower portions of plants of Linum grandiflorum, the scarlet flax, to show
nature of branching. Above, controls; below, plants whose seedlings had been
exposed to one medium dose of X-rays. Note that the main central stalk has,
in two plants, been replaced by numerous branches. Greater production of
branches by the central stalk of rayed plants was noticeable in two groups of
Linum grown to maturity.
62
63
In the first group of Linum plants studied, the average
number of main branches of the X-rayed plants was exactly
twice that of the controls. Representative specimens of the
group portrayed in the figure exhibit the two most outstanding
features of the treated plants: a greater number of branches
sent up from the crown, and increased development of second-
ary branches from the central stalk. It is apparent that the
main central stalk, in certain plants, was replaced by numerous
branches of apparently equal size.
In the second study of scarlet flax, seedlings 15 days old
were irradiated for 20 minutes with the following ‘‘set-up’’:
91 K.V., 5 ma., distance 30 cm. A careful analysis of the
measurements taken at maturity made clear the fact that the
decrease in total height of the treated plants was caused by
lessened growth of the central stalk up to the point where it
divided to produce the terminal branches rather than to reduced
GROWTH OF LINUM GRANDIFLORUM (Group II) AFTER X-RADIATION
(15-day-old seedlings were treated with 1 dose from machine with
“set-up”: 91 K.V., 5 ma., 30 cm., 20 min.)
Percentage
Control Irradiated a ICNCEEE
treated
plants
No. of plants 15 15
Average height of plants (in cm.) 39.5 35) 55 —15).2*
Central stalk
Av. length to point of division into ter-
minal branches (in cm.) 28.5 D2 —19.5
No. of terminal branches 43 44 +2 .3
Avy. length of terminals per plants
(in cm.) 30.4 33.6 +10.5
Percentage of plants bearing laterals on
central stalk 59) 58) 86.7 +62.7
Av. no of lateral branches 1.9 4.0 +110.5
Av. length of lateral branches (in cm.) 6.9 26.1 +278.2
Average number of branches other than on
central stalk 14.7 14.5 —1.4
Av. no. of days before blossoming oc-
curred 124 126 +1.6
Av. no. of fresh blossoms at close of experi-
ment (165 days) 7.3 6.9 — 57.5
* The minus sign indicates that the treated showed less growth than the
controls; the plus sign that they exhibited greater growth.
64
growth of the terminal branches. The average length of the
central stalk was decreased 19 per cent while the terminal
divisions were increased 10 per cent over those present in the
controls.
The growth form was greatly changed by the increase in the
development of branches from the central stalk. Eighty-seven
per cent of experimental plants bore laterals on the central stalk
as contrasted with 53 per cent of the check plants. Not only
did the number of laterals on the central stalks of the former
average twice as many as on the controls but their average total
length per plant was almost four times as great. The number of
branches other than those from the central stalk was practically
the same in the two groups.
Blossoming was slightly retarded in the treated specimens.
In the first group particularly, the treated plants looked un-
usually handsome because the flowers on the numerous branches
all blossomed at about the same time.
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
BOULDER, COLORADO
The status of Tiarella macrophylla Small
OLGA LAKELA
Dr. John K. Small in 1903 described Tiarella macrophylla
as an additional eastern representative of the genus.' The
curious fact that no plant has since been found to answer this
description has been of prolonged interest to the collectors of
the region. Dr. Small himself makes the following comment?:
“It is impossible to tell whether this species is starting on its
career or if its restricted range is the remnant of a former wider
distribution.”’
In connection with a monographic study of the genus 77a-
rella now under way, the writer has examined the type specimen
of T. macrophylla, through the courtesy of the New York
Botanical Gardens where it is deposited. The specimen was
collected by A. M. Huger, 1896, on Tryon Mountain, North
Carolina. It is small wonder that it has never been duplicated,
since upon careful study it has been found to consist of the
basal leaves of Heuchera villosa and the flowering stems of
Tiarella. {
On the sheet are an entire flowering stem bearing cauline
leaves, and a part of another inflorescence, both in framt and
flower. The cauline leaves attached to one of the inflorescences
are typical leaves of the southern form of 7. cordifolia. Neither
runners nor attached basal leaves are present. The two detached
basal leaves, the only ones on the sheet, each with the base of
the petiole broken off and missing, are obviously the leaves of
Heuchera villosa with which they agree, not only in morphology
but in the anatomy of the petiole, which is very different from
anything found in the genus 7 7arella.
According to the International Rules, a name is to be re-
jected when it is based on altogether incoherent elements.
Tiarella macrophylla Small seems completely to fulfill this re-
quirement.
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
1 Flora of the Southeastern United States. p. 502. 1903.
2 Manual of the Southeastern Flora. p. 594. 1933.
65
BOOK REVIEWS
Tilden’s ‘‘The Algae and their Life Relations’!
Professor Tilden, who is well known to students of the algae
through her monograph of the ‘‘Myxophyceae of North America
and Adjacent Parts’’ and other important works, has recently
published her magnum opus under the above title. It is designed
especially to give students an outline of the fundamentals of
phycology, and the term ‘‘algae’’ is interpreted in its broadest
sense, including the Blue-greens (Cyanophyceae) and Yellow-
greens (Chrysophyceae), as well as the Greens, the Browns, and
the Reds. A geological time-table, showing the supposed se-
quence of the larger groups of algae, with the Cyanophyceae
the oldest (early Archaeozoic). and the Chlorophyceae the latest
(Proterozoic), and showing also the sequence of the higher
groups of plants, occupies the frontispiece. The author con-
siders the development of the main lines to have been, for the
most part, parallel rather than branching and tree-like.
A general work of this kind can hardly aim to be complete
in its references to genera and species, but most of the larger
and more important genera are briefly described and many of
them are illustrated. While the author appears to be usually
accurate and up to date in discussing the general morphology
and cytology of the algae, the reader may be a bit surprised to
find her writing of Caulerpa ‘‘method of reproduction un-
known,’ when the presence of swarmers in Caulerpa was an-
nounced by Dostal as early as 1928. This was confirmed by
Schussnig in 1929, by Ernst in 1931, and by Iyengar in 1933,
the later observers noting two sizes of the supposed gametes.
The bibliography, though occupying 23 pages of small print
and seemingly very full, shows several curious lacunae. Thus
J. Agardh, whose books and papers on the algae include more
than 40 titles and who is one of foremost writers in this field,
is wholly missing in the list, and his distinguished father, C.
Agardh, is represented only by the first part of the first volume
of his classic “Species Algarum.’’ Also, the names of Montagne,
Schmitz, and Foslie, each with numerous important papers to
his credit, are among the missing. Bornet & Thuret are repre-
1 Tilden, Josephine E. The algae and their life relations. 8-vo. Pp. i-xii
+1-550. f. 1-257+ pl. 1-9. 1935. The University of Minnesota Press, Minne-
apolis. Price $5.00.
66
67
sented by their ‘‘Notes algologiques,’’ but not by the classic
folio ‘‘Etudes phycologiques.’’ Gardner appears only through
his codperation with Setchell, Wille’s numerous and important
contributions are represented only by a four-page paper, and
Mme. Weber-van Bosse’s principal work, her 535-page, beauti-
fully illustrated quarto, ‘‘Liste des algues du Siboga”’ is omitted,
as is also Sirodot’s monograph of ‘‘Les Batrachospermes,”’ with
its 299 quarto pages and 50 plates.
An expression that will mystify both amateur and pro-
fessional mathematicians occurs in connection with magnified
figures published on several of the later pages of Professor
Tilden’s book, as on page 498, where it is stated that the figures
are ‘‘X1000. The true measurement was multiplied by 5 mm.”
Whether ‘‘the true measurement”’ was in millimeters, lines, or
what-not, the orthodox arithmetician will find difficulty in
multiplying it “by 5 mm.”’!
The chapters on ‘‘Algal Food of Animals’ and ‘Marine
Algae, Our Richest Source of Vitamins: Algae as Food for
Man” will prove of special interest, both to the botanist and
to the layman. Some of the paragraphs of these chapters are
quoted below:
‘Although it is not generally recognized as a fact, it is the
algae of the ocean, consisting of both attached seaweeds and
plankton forms, that constitute the basal link in the food chain
of all our important food fish. These in turn are consumed by
man, who forms the terminal link in the chain.
‘That animals are not able to manufacture food is a matter
of common, but generally neglected, knowledge. Plants are the
only organisms able to perform that function. Marine algae,
then, must manufacture all of the food consumed by marine ant-
mals. When one stops to consider the countless numbers of
creatures—ranging from microscopic organisms to huge mon-
sters—which swim in the sea, when one contemplates the sum
total of energy expended by these animals and the amount of
food required to supply this energy, it seems incredible that all
the proteins, carbohydrates, fats, and vitamins had their origin
in the microscopic cells of marine algae. This, however, is a fact,
a fact that demands attention. It is time that the primary links of
the food chain receive due recognition. The algae, and the animals
which feed directly upon algae, should be studied with all pos-
sible care, both asa scientific problem and asa basis for practice.”
68
‘“‘Since the marine algae are even richer in iodine and some
of the other food factors than are marine animals, they es-
pecially should be in human diet. The writer had the good
fortune to live for a time in Tahiti while the natives were still
living on a diet consisting largely of fruits, vegetables, and sea
foods, including marine algae, or rimu. The people were vigorous
in body and mind, handsome and healthy, and they had perfect
teeth. Another visit to the island was made after pastry shops
and ice-cream wagons had been introduced into this paradise.
The bad effects of the foreign diet were already apparent.
Tahitian children today have soft, crumbling, and badly de-
cayed teeth. .
‘From time immemorial marine algae have formed a very
important part of the food of the Japanese people. At present
perhaps six or seven different kinds of seaweeds are used at a
single meal. Goiter is unknown in Japan. Without doubt the
hitherto almost national diet in Japan, consisting of rice, fish,
and seaweed, has had much to do with the good health, and the
consequent high degree of general intelligence and unusual ar-
tistic, literary, and scientific attainments of this race. Among
the people of China the same thing is true. In the ‘extraordinary
physical capacity and endurance of her people there is the
physical basis of their success throughout the ages’.”’
‘Already two or three firms in the United States and one in
England are selling seaweed products made from the large kelps
under special trade names. One marine plant consisting of the
fronds of the large kelp Macrocystis pyrifera (L.) C. A. Agardh,
processed in such a way that its valuable minerals are pre-
served, has been thoroughly investigated by chemists and its
effects checked by physicians. This dried kelp is found to con-
tain iodine, iron, copper, calcium, phosphorus, sodium, po-
tassium, magnesium, sulphur, manganese, aluminum, zinc, and
chlorine, with traces of other elements. It is also a good source
of vitamins B and D and an excellent source of vitamins A and
E. (The fresh seaweed of course possesses vitamin C.) No other
known food contains such a wealth of minerals and vitamins.”
The illustrations are generally excellent, the press work is
good, and, withal, Professor Tilden’s book seems destined to
play an important part in popularizing the study of the algae.
MarsuALt A. HOWE
New York Ferns!
Following Dr. Small’s Ferns of the Southeastern Flora this
volume is the second in a series which may in time cover the
entire United States. The area covered is known to the mem-
bers of the Torrey Club as the Local Flora Area, the region
within one hundred miles of New York City. Fifty-eight ferns
and thirty-two of the fern allies—horsetails, club mosses, quill-
worts, and floating ferns—are described. For each, except some
of the quillworts, there is a full page plate showing the habit of
the plant with sketches of pinnae or pinnules enlarged to show
details of the veins and sori. The drawings are all clear and in
most cases show the characteristics of the fern so well that
accurate identification of the species can be made from them
without reference to the text.
Following an introduction of 14 pages in which the area is
divided into major and minor regions with the ferns character-
istic of each listed, comes a series of keys to the orders, families,
tribes and genera. Unfortunately there are no page references
with the keys, so that after having determined the genus by aid
of the key one must thumb over the pages hunting, or use the
index. In genera with two or more species keys are given.
Genera and species are described fully. Following the descrip-
tions is a paragraph giving something of the history of our
knowledge of the fern, its relationships, habitats and adapta-
bility to the garden. The scientific names used are those which
were first applied to each. The genera Aspidium and Asplenium
of the earlier authors have been divided in an attempt to “‘inter-
pret the fern-plants involved in more simple or natural generic
concepts.’ The smaller, non-evergreen shield ferns with simple
or 1-forked veins are put in the genus Thelypteris, the evergreen
species—the marginal, crested, spinulose, etc.—in the genus
Dryopteris. The spleenworts now are in four genera, the small
evergreen species—wall-rue, maiden-hair spleenwort, ebony
spleenwort, etc.—are still Asplenium; the lady ferns—both
upland and lowland are recognized—are in the genus Athyrium;
the silvery spleenwort is now Diplazium acrostichoides ; and the
narrow-leaved spleenwort had had a new genus, Homolosorus,
1 Ferns of the vicinity of New York. John Kunkel Small, 1935, The Science
Press, 285 pp. 85 plates. $2.50.
69
70
made for it by Dr. Small and becomes H. pycnocarpus. Exactly
half of the names used for the ferns, and a much larger pro-
portion for the fern allies are those used both in Gray’s New
Manual and in Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora. And of
the others at least one half are the names used in one or the other
of these works.
In an effort to make the book useful to the beginner in fern
study not only have the keys and descriptions been made as
simple as is consistent with accuracy, but Anglo-Saxon terms—
such as leaf and petiole— are used instead of the terms of Latin
or Greek derivation, such as frond and stipe. The amateur fern
student, however, may object to the common names of the
ferns being given inconspicuous places at the end of the formal
descriptions. We note, too, that in the descriptions of Salaginella
and Isoetes the terms antherids and archegons are used but
under Salvinea the terms antheridia and archegonia—the latter
forms are the only ones used in the glossary.
At the end of the book there is a Taxonomic List of the
different names given each fern, with the places of publication
and the dates, a Comparative List of the names in this volume
and in Gray’s Botany and Britton and Brown’s Flora, a list of
Authorities Cited, a Glossary and the Index.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
FIELD TRIPS OF THE CLUB
Trip OF MARCH 22, TO THE PINE BARRENS AT
LAKEHURST, VICINITY OF WRANGEL BROOK
Each trip through the Pine Barren Region of southern New
Jersey has brought to my attention traces of the successive in-
roads that civilization has made in exploiting this area.
The first settlers who touched the western edge of the
Barrens were the Swedes who came in 1638 to establish trading
posts. About this same time the Dutch had received grants in
the Cape May Peninsula and had commenced to clear acreage
for farms. With the surrender of New Amsterdam in 1664, a
large influx of English settlers came from Connecticut and
Massachusetts to settle the coast at Tuckerton, Barnegat, and
elsewhere.
Before the year 1700 thriving villages along the Delaware
and the coast sought communications across the Pine Barrens.
An old Indian trail which started from Great Egg Harbor and
followed the river northwestward and then to the Delaware
was used by the early surveyors and timber cruisers. One of
the first routes opened by the whites extended from Barnegat
through Cedar Grove and South Pemberton to Burlington on
the Delaware.
In those days the Pitch Pine grew to 75 feet in height, while
now, chiefly due to repeated fires, it seldom reaches 50 feet.
The White Cedar, due to its lightness and durability, was tim-
bered to such an extent in the Cape May section that Benjamin
Franklin in his Poor Richard’s Almanac in 1749 advocated
judicious reforestation. Yet even today white cedar is cut for
local consumption.
The damming up of streams to make cranberry bogs ma-
terially affected the flora. The natives also found that nurseries
were a ready market for dried sphagnum moss to use as packing
material.
At one time American Holly was carted away by the crate
for Christmas greens as was also Laurel, and Mistletoe. When
in bloom Water Lilies, Sweet Bay, Arbutus and the Pink
Azalea suffered depredations.
Finally we came to the real estate promoter who slashed
out huge developments with avenues and streets, labeling them
71
72
with inviting names. But today the Pitch Pine fills the streets,
covering up the scars, persisting in spite of the axe, fire and
farming.
As the group followed the sand roads, there was ample
evidence that the Barrens are still a retreat for wilderness
lovers.
Buds of the following were studied: Clethra alnifolia, Nyssa
sylvatica, Magnolia virginiana, Azalea viscosa, Rhus vernix,
Lyonia mariana, Vaccinium corymbosum, Comptonia aspleni-
folia, Sassafras officinalis.
In low sandy ground the evergreen clumps of Xerophyllum
asphodeloides were noted. Where the water table was just below
the level of the ground Kalmia angustifolia and Chamaedaphne
calyculata blanketed large meadows. In favorably exposed
places the first buds of Pyxidanthera barbulata showed white.
Blueberry buds were swelling; red maples opened to show their
stamens and the buds of sweet bay had waxed fat with the
lengthening days.
Lichens of the genus Cladonia had not reached maturity.
Cladonia papillaria podetia appeared as whitish dots on the
grayish green thallus. C. verticillata, calycantha, fimbriata and
a new form of caroliniana, probably prolifera, were encountered
in a cedar swamp. The tar-like patches covering the bare sand
everywhere in the Barrens area lichen, Lecidea uliginosa, later
covered by sessile apothecia no larger than pinheads.
It seemed hardly possible that in the midst of such perfect
isolation we were only 70 miles from New York.
GEORGE F. DILLMANN
FIELD TRIP OF SATURDAY, APRIL 18, To SITE OF
Dr. JOHN ToORREY’s HoME, PALISADES, N. Y.
About twenty members of the Torrey Botanical Club en-
joyed an unusual field trip on Saturday, April 18, to Palisades,
Rockland County, N. Y., to visit the site of the home occupied
by Dr. John Torrey, about 1858, above the Palisades cliffs
south of Sneden’s Landing. This interesting excursion was
offered through the hospitality of Mrs. Robert C. Hill, member
of the club and active in the Garden Club of America, whose
country home, Niederhurst, adjoins the estate of Thomas W.
Lamont, which includes ‘‘Torrey’s Cliff,’’ above which stood
73
Dr. Torrey’s house. Mrs. Hill’s kind thought was relayed to the
field committee by Miss Margaret McKinney, Secretary of the
City Garden Club. Mrs. Hill fixed the date for April 18 because
about three acres of ‘‘Dutchman’s Breeches’’ Dicentra Cucul-
laria, on her own place and underneath ‘‘Torrey’s Cliff’? would
then be in full bloom. So they proved to be, and an astonishing
display of this plant they were, on the talus of the cliffs, running
south from Niederhurst. None of the members had ever seen
such a display of these plants, with their delicately divided
leaves, and quaint, cream colored, white, or somewhat pinkish
double spurred blossoms. They are protected by the situation,
inaccessible from highways, from extermination.
Mrs. Hill persuaded her neighbor, Mr. Lamont, to call his
whole estate of about 300 acres, ‘““Torrey’s Cliff,’ as it was
known during Dr. Torrey’s occupation, which seems to have
been about 1850-1860 (?) before the Torrey family moved to
Sterling, N. J.,in Morris County. Mr. Lamont has Dr. Torrey’s
early botanical works in his library. Mrs. Hill led the party
through her rock garden, where Erythronium americanum,
Claytonia virginiana, and Dicentra Cucullaria, Sanguinaria
canadensis, Trillium erectum and Arisaema triphyllum were in
bloom together with interesting spring flowering exotics, along
the cliff path to the great expanse of fully flowering Dutch-
man’s Breeches. The path then climbed into Mr. Lamont’s
rock garden, near which, on a flat spot overlooking the Hudson,
was the site of the house occupied by Dr. Torrey. Mrs. Hill
has a photograph of it, which the field committee proposes to
reproduce in the 1937 schedule. Thomas W. Lamont, 3rd, Mr.
Lamont’s grandson, a bright, handsome lad who is interested
in natural history, became the leader here and took the party
about the grounds above the cliff.
Returning to Mrs. Hill’s home, some interesting blooming
exotics were viewed, most striking being the Pacific Coast
Erythronium Hendersoni, with mottled foliage like our eastern
E. americanum, but with deep purple flowers; also Scilla si-
birica, obviously well established and happy. Mrs. Hill has
some fine trees, including a notable weeping beech. She enter-
tained the party with tea, and a period of botanical talk ended
a pleasant afternoon, an event which all concerned hoped may
become an annual one in the field schedule.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF MARCH 3, 1936
The meeting was called to order at 8:30 by Dr. M. A. Howe,
with 53 members present. The three following members re-
quested transfers from regular to field membership, which were
unanimously granted: Miss Mabel E. Newman, 3016 Bronx
Park East, New York City; Mrs. Wm. Gavin Taylor, The
Beechmont, Arlington, N. J.; Mr. Wm. Gavin Taylor, The
Beechmont, Arlington, N. J. The resignation of Professor E. B.
Babcock of the University of California was accepted with
regret.
The scientific program consisted of an address by Professor
E. B. Matzke of Columbia University on ‘“‘Motion Picture Aids
to the Teaching of Botany.’”’ The address was well illustrated
with motion picture reels of various phases of plant life which
are used in the botanical laboratories at Columbia for teaching
purposes.
The meeting was adjoured at 9:45 p.m.
J. S. KARLWIG
Secretary
74
NEWS NOTES
Mr. T. G. Harbison, curator of the herbarium of the Uni-
versity of North Carolina, died in January, He had collected
extensively in the southeastern states, especially in the moun-
tains of North Carolina, where he had made his home for
nearly fifty years, and had published several articles in the
Biltmore Botanical Studies and elsewhere. He described sev-
eral new species, and had a few named for him.
The Allegany School of Natural History, in addition to the
four regular seven-week college credit courses offered, plan a new
popular course, ‘“‘Afield With Plants and Animals,’ in units
a week long for those with short vacations. This latter course
will be given by Dr. Albert E. Shadle, of the University of
Buffalo and Prof. William P. Alexander of the Buffalo Society
of Natural Sciences.
The cypress swamp near Bucksville, Alabama, described by
Dr. Roland M. Harper in Torreya of October-November 1934,
has been recently lumbered and the best trees cut out. In his
article Dr. Harper expressed the fear that lumbermen might
invade this swamp. The fears have been realized sooner than
expected.
During the latter half of April an exhibit of Colonial Folk
Arts and Customs Pertaining to Plants was held by the Na-
tional Committee on Folk Arts in the United States. The exhibit
was arranged by Mrs. Alice Earle Hyde. It included 175 speci-
mens of seeds of medicinal plants, pot-herbs and sweet herbs,
each with an attractive painting of the flower and fruit. Among
these are pure white closed gentian, Canadian thistle, and
cardinal flower, each of which had been seen for several succes-
sive years by Mrs. Hyde. Other exhibits were a series of home-
made wines—cherry, blackberry, grape, strawberry and elder-
berry; medicinal ‘‘herb-teas’’ from boneset, sassafras, Joe Pye-
weed, wormwood, pumpkin seeds, etc.; ‘‘Meeting seed and Sab-
bath day nibblins,’’—roots and seeds carried to church and nib-
bled during the long and often dreary sermons; sweet fern and
cornsilk ‘“‘smokings’’; divining rods of apple, witch hazel and
other woods; home made valentines of pressed flowers; and a
variety of others.
75
76
The Grande Medaille a l’effigie d’ Isidore Geoffroy St. Hilaire
has been awarded by the Societe Nationale d’Acclimatation de
France to Sir Arthur Hill, Director of the Royal Botanic Gar-
dens, Kew, and to Dr. V. Van Straelen director of the Royal
Museum of Natural History Brussels.
John F. Preston, forester for the Hammermill Paper Com-
pany, Erie, Pa., has been named head of the woodland manage-
ment section of the Soil Conservation Service. Mr. Preston. will
supervise the forestry and woodland phases of the soil erosion
control program now being carried on in 141 demonstration
areas and more than 450 CCC camps throughout the country.
He also will maintain cooperation with the Forest Service and
other agencies interested in woodland work.
Dr. Edmund W. Sinnott, Professor of Botany at Columbia
University, has been elected a member of the National Academy
of Sciences. Among the fifteen scientists elected this year, Dr.
Sinnott is the only botanist.
The western summer meeting of the Botanical Society of
America will be held at the University of Wyoming Camp after
the close of the Camp School on July 27. Information can be se-
cured from Dr. Aven Nelson, chairman of the local committee,
Laramie, Wyo.
Professor M. T. Munn has been put in charge of a new re-
search division established at the New York State Experiment
Station at Geneva. The new division is known as the Division
of Seed Investigation and will have charge of seed inspection
and of research into the physiology of germination, the problems
of seed-borne diseases, and other problems connected with the
growth of seeds.
Dr. Elmer D. Merrill, director of the botanical units of Har-
vard University, and formerly director of the New York Botani-
cal Garden has been elected an honorary member of the Bo-
tanical Society of Japan. Dr. Merrill was also awarded the
honorary degree of LL.D. by the University of California at
the commencement this spring. ’
Mr. Henry Teuscher, dendrologist at the New York Bo-
tanical Garden for the past three years, has been made super-
intendent and horticulturist of the new Botanical Garden of
Montreal, Canada.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of Torreya in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2pp. 4pp. 8pp 12pp. 16pp.
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
BO" fcr 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
a 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
1007.0" 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
Toi 4)" 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200 ~‘* 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300“ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 114 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00
Council
Ex officio
M. A. Howe
H. A. GLEASON
F. E. DENNY
T. E. Hazen
J. S. KARLING
E. B. MaAtzKE
M. A. CHRYSLER
1934-1936
R. A. HARPER
James Murruy
E. W. SINNOTT
S. F. TRELEASE
1935-1937
A. H. GRAVES
G. T. HAstincs
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
R, P. WopEHOUSE
1936-1938
H. K. SvENsSON
fi. H.. Crum
R. H. CHENEY
R. H. Torrey
Endowment Committee
CAROLINE C. Haynes, Chairman
Mrs. S. F. TRELEASE
E. B. MATzKE
Committees for 1936
Entertainment Committee
Mrs. R. A. HARPER
A. H. GRAVES
Mrs. G. T. Hastincs
Mrs. Wo. MitcHELL
Field Committee
RAyMOND H. Torrey, Chairman
Epwarp J. ALEXANDER
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
GEORGE F, DILLMAN
VERNON L. FRAZEE
ARTHUR H. GRAVES
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
ROBERT HAGELSTEIN
Mrs. Inez M. Harinc
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
MiIcHAEL LEVINE
JAMEs MurPHY
Henry K. SVENSON
DANIEL SMILEY, JR.
Faripa A. WILEY
Program Committee
J. S. Karvine, Chairman
Wma. CROCKER
A. H. GRAVES
T. E. Hazen
Local Flora Committee
Phanerogams:
R. H. CHENEY
Bayarp LonG
H. M. DENSLOW
Hester M. Rusk
NORMAN TAYLOR
Cryptogams:
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON A. W. Evans
M. A. Howe
MicHarEL LEVINE
T. E. HAzEN CAROLINE C. HAYNES
F. J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict
Liverworts: A. W. Evans
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. S.
Burlingham
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Rusts and Smuts: P. Wilson
Discomycetes: F. J. Seaver
Lichens: Mrs. G. P. Anderson
Hypocreaceae, Plectascineae,
berineae: F. J. Seaver
Erysiphaceae: G. M. Reed
Sclerotium-forming Fungi: Arlow B.
Stout
Imperfecti: F. J. Seaver
Phycomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Yeast and Bacteria: Miss J. Broad-
hurst
Tu-
Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 62, published in 1935, contained 566 pages of text and 28
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25. —
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24—62 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to !
EpwIn B. MATZKE
Schermerhorn Hall,
Columbia University,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 36 July-August, 1936 No. 4
TORREYA
A Br-MonTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Pollen im hayfever. R.'P./ WODEHOUSE... 40). a es oe oe be vale an 77
The flora of the Watchung Mountains, part 2. HAarotp N. MoLDENKE 88
The replicate species of Phlox of the Pacific northwest. HARoLp St.
JOBN. 22... 94
irelditrins of ‘the Chile ca. acer ces Wee oe He eo he wie ee 100
mrocecuirs of the ClO tc.) 2os oe od 5 oem Ee Wnt O ate hoa te talons Od
DEAE SS oa 8 5s Bea io nt bona Spe eee WEN ee eae EP odeertd oe Ee ae as 109
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue GeorceE BANTA PUBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 Annaip STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1936
President }
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents é
HENRY A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
FRANK E. DENNY, Px.D.
Secretary
JOHN S; KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN Hat
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK
Treasurer i.
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Assistant Treasurer
MRS. JAMES W. MARVIN
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs :
»-BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu#.D. . A; F.. BLAKESLEE, PHD.
H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D. FE. BE: DENNY, Pu.D.
TRACY -E: HAZEN, Px.D. H. A. GLEASON, Px.D.
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Pu.D. R. A: HARPER} 'Pu.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, PH.D. J. S. KARLING, PH.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. : , W. en hear: PH.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE.T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, PxH-D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Px.D.
Bibliographer
“JENNIE S. DODGE
Delegate to. the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
. DODGE, Pu.D.
Representatives on the hineat of the American Association he the
Advancement of Science —
GEORGE H. SHULL, Px.D. WILLIAM CROCKER, Pu#.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
ToORREVA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other
communications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to
450 Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer; Edwin B.
Matzke, Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, New York City,
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave., — -
New York, New York
ivuy
LIBRARY
NEW YORK
BOTANICAL
GARDEN
TL OUR RR YA
Vol. 36 July-August, 1936 No. 4
Pollen in Hayfever *
R. P. WoDEHOUSE
All true hayfever is caused by pollen. Now that this point
is quite certain ‘pollinosis’ would be a more appropriate name
for the malady, that is if one wishes to be strictly scientific and
correct. But now that we all know that hayfever is not a fever
and is not caused by hay there can be no harm in calling it
hayfever. Indeed the term has the advantage of picturesqueness
and falls into the same category as welsh rabbits, cow-catchers,
and dog-tooth violets. Of course there are other substances
which cause the symptoms of hayfever, such as orris root in
face powder, box-wood sawdust of the jeweler, castor pumice
used as fertilizer, or even ordinary wheat flour used in baking,
but symptoms from these causes are by definition excluded and,
anyway, they generally resemble asthma more closely than
hayfever.
Since all true hayfever is due to pollen the malady follows
the cycle of the seasons. First there is the early spring hayfever
which comes, in the Torrey Club area and several hundred miles
around in all landward directions, in the earliest spring, almost
as soon as the frost leaves the ground. This is due to the early-
flowering trees which take advantage of their leafless condition,
perhaps also of the comparative scarcity of hungry insects, to
scatter their wind-blown pollen. This is followed in May by the
early summer type of hayfever which is called ‘‘rose cold,” a
practice which cannot be condoned because it sometimes leads
the uninitiated to believe that roses have something to do with
it. In reality it is caused almost entirely by grasses, helped a
* A second part of this paper, dealing with the structure of pollen grains
will be published in the September-October number of Torreya.
77
78
little, perhaps, by plantain. Toward the end of July this type
of hayfever gradually dies out as the common grasses begin to
set their seed. Patients may even have comparative freedom
from symptoms for two or three weeks, or until the middle of
August when the third and worst hayfever season begins. This
is of the type which is called ‘‘ragweed fever,’’ and with justi-
fication because it is almost entirely due to the pollen of the
ragweeds and their closest relatives. It goes on until all such
weeds, dry up, as they often do toward the end of summer, or
their flowering is stopped by an early frost.
These three seasons differ greatly in their relative impor-
tance. Early-spring hayfever is comparatively unimportant in
the eastern part of the country, unimportant only because there
are few cases, not because such are milder for they may be very
severe. Among the earliest trees to flower in our region are the
elms. Generally the first elm pollen may be detected in the air
about the first of April, and very soon thereafter the elm-hay-
fever patients begin to have their troubles. Farther south where
spring comes earlier the tree hayfever season also begins earlier.
I once knew of an elm-hayfever patient who came north just
ahead of the flowering of the southern elms, then returned south
just ahead of the flowering of the northern elms. It was con-
sidered a very satisfactory way to spend a short vacation.
There are several other trees belonging to this very early
period but of considerably less importance. Of these the willows
begin to flower at about the same time as the elms, but they do
not shed nearly so much pollen consequently they claim fewer
victims and these are less affected, but their troubles may be
greatly prolonged because there are so many kinds of willow
flowering at different times that as soon as one kind has finished
another takes its place. The season starts with the pussy willows
as, for example, Salix discolor and S. purpurea flowering very
early, generally in March much before the opening of the leaves.
It is continued with the tree willows such as the crackle willow
(S. fragilis) and the black willow (S. nigra) which flower either
at the same time or just after the leaves unfold, continuing the
season to nearly the end of May. Also belonging to the early
season are the poplars. Though they shed excessive amounts of
pollen, cases of hayfever from it are rare in the eastern states
and generally of a mild character. The same is true of the
79
maples. They begin flowering in March or April with the silver
maple, followed by the red, sugar, Norway, and three-leaved
maples, ending up with the sycamore maple toward the end of
May. Of all these, however, only the three-leaved maple is
strictly wind pollinated, and it is the only one of which the
pollen gets into the air in any great abundance. Perhaps this is
why the maples claim relatively few victims during their ex-
ceptionally long flowering season.
The worst hayfever trees of all in the eastern states are the
birches and oaks. They both flower in our region in May. The
birches begin about the first of the month. Each species has
only a short flowering period, lasting generally less than a week,
but all together they extend through most of May. In our region
the first to flower are the cultivated European birches, mostly
Betula alba, followed by the native gray, yellow, and black
birches (B. populifolia, B. lutea and B. lenta). Before the birches
have finished flowering the oaks begin. All of the numerous
species of oak that we have in our region flower at very nearly
the same time so that the entire flowering period of the oaks
lasts only about two weeks. This always occurs in May but
varies with the season, sometimes beginning in the first week
and sometimes the second. Both the birches and oaks are prolific
pollen shedders. As a consequence their victims often suffer
severely.
Before the tree hayfever season is over the late spring or
early summer season begins, in our region about the first of
May. This type of hayfever is almost entirely due to grasses
and these, unlike the trees of the previous season, are so closely
related that if a person is susceptible to the pollen of one he is
likely to be susceptible to that of them all. The season is
heralded in by the flowering of sweet-vernal grass. This is not
quite the first grass to flower; the so-called annual blue grass
(Poa annua) springs up from its roots of the previous season
several weeks ahead of sweet-vernal grass, flowering sometimes
even in March, but not until the sweet-vernal grass comes into
flower do hayfever patients feel any discomfort from grass
pollen. Toward the middle of May June grass and orchard grass
begin to contribute their pollen to the air, and reach their
maxima during the first week in June; these two grasses are
accountable for nearly all the hayfever during the latter part of
80
May and the first part of June, after which they gradually go
to seed. But before they have waned enough to permit much
relief to hayfever sufferers timothy and red top take their place
as pollen distributers. Starting during the last week in June,
they reach their maxima early in July, begin to set their seed
toward the middle of July and before the end of the month
their pollen ceases to trouble the hayfever patient.
These five grasses, sweet-vernal grass, June grass, orchard
grass, timothy and red top, probably account for nearly all the
grass hayfever in the northeastern states, but there are a few
others which, even though by comparison with these are of only -
secondary importance, deserve consideration. For example there
is the red fescue which comes into flower at about the same time
as June grass. It is a tough wiry little plant, unlike June grass,
not at all particular where it grows; it is characteristic of dry
sandy hills and impoverished soils. I have seen it in what ap-
peared to be nothing but ashes seeming to rejoice in the total
absence of competition. Then there is meadow fescue which is
somewhat similar in appearance but grows only in rich moist
meadows. Both these and some of the other species of fescue
are prolific pollen shedders and would undoubtedly rank among
the grasses of first importance in hayfever if they were more
abundant. To this list should also be added quack grass, abun-
dant enough it is true, but only a weak pollen shedder, the darnel
and perennial rye grass which rank high as pollen producers
but in most places not abundant enough to be very important.
And there are many others still less important for, as we have
seen, grasses are all grasses to the. hayfever patient, their im-
portance being conditioned by their abundance and their pro-
pensities for producing pollen. Each one helps the other in
making life miserable for the hayfever sufferer and so much
mixed up are they that the victim is at a loss to tell just where
to put the blame.
English plantain (Plantago lanceolata) is a lone invader
among hayfever plants. It sheds large quantities of light pollen
during the latter half of May and most of June, continuing right
to the end of summer in reduced amounts. Its pollen does not
interreact with that of the grasses. That is to say, a patient may
be highly sensitive to the pollen of grasses and not respond in
the slightest degree to that of plantain, and vice versa. English
81
plantain has several relatives which are common weeds, for
example, Rugel’s plantain and common plantain (P. Rugelli and
P. major) but these are far too chary with their pollen to ever
be seriously considered as causes of hayfever no matter how
common the plants themselves may be. Like the trees, English
plantain claims but few victims but those it does are likely to
suffer severely.
Most of the grasses mentioned above, all the worst ones, are
grasses of agriculture, and plantain is a weed of agriculture, and
so it has always been and always will be that man wherever he
invades new territory takes his hayfever with him. In warm
countries it is Bermuda grass, the worst hayfever grass through-
out the south, and in dry places it is Johnson grass, a particu-
larly bad hayfever plant throughout much of our middle west.
In the northeastern states after the flowering of timothy
and red top there is relatively little pollen in the air and as the
season advances hayfever patients may even enjoy comparative
freedom from symptoms until the middle of August when comes
the late-summer hayfever period. This begins in the Torrey
club area almost exactly on the fifteenth of August, the cause,
the tall and short ragweeds. The first flowers of tall ragweed
open on about the first of August and the first of the short a
week later, but not until the fifteenth do their combined efforts
produce sufficient concentration of pollen to cause serious in-
convenience to hayfever sufferers. The pollen is very light and
of an extremely buoyant character so that as the plants con-
tinue to grow the air becomes more and more heavily charged
with pollen. It has been estimated that over New York City
the air carries several tons of pollen at the height of the season
which occurs during the last week in August and the first in
September. From this peak the pollen load of the air gradually
declines as the ragweed plants go to seed but during September,
before the ragweed pollen in the air has tapered off enough to
bring much relief to the hayfever sufferer, the cockleburs begin
to make their presence felt, for, on account of their close rela-
tionship to the ragweeds, their pollen is essentially the same in
its toxicity to hayfever patients. At this time also the golden-
rods offer their contribution. It is not much and does not usually
count at all, except on gusty days, for its pollen does not have
the buoyant character of that of ragweed, but it does have a
82
similar toxicity and sometimes adds a little to the troubles of
the hayfever sufferer. Still, in spite of these additions, the load
of toxic pollen in the air gradually tapers off, but does not
actually reach zero until well into October, unless halted by an
early frost.
In California and the southwestern states there is the western
ragweed (Ambrosia psilostachya) similar in appearance to the
eastern short ragweed. In the South, eastern Texas, and the
lower Mississippi valley, is the western giant ragweed (A.
aptera), and in the mid-western prairie states, Louisiana and
eastern Texas, is the southern ragweed (A. bidentata). In Florida
there is the coast ragweed (A. hispida) which, however, appears
to be a negligible factor in hayfever. It is safe to say that not
a state in the Union is entirely free of ragweeds. Besides this
the ragweeds have a number of very close relatives which are
essentially the same in their effects on hayfever patients. There
is the genus called the false ragweeds (Franseria) so close to
the true ragweeds in appearance that it is difficult to tell them
apart. Two of these are counted as very bad hayfever plants;
the bur ragweed (F. acanthocarpa) is a common weed almost
throughout the Rocky Mountain states and westward to the
coast range, and the slender ragweed (F. tenuzfolia) is character-
istic of the arid plains of our southwestern states from Kansas
and Oklahoma to southern California. Still another genus, not
quite so closely related to the ragweeds yet close enough to be
nearly the same thing as far as the hayfever patient is con-
cerned, is the genus of marsh elders (/va). In the east we have a
marsh elder common in tidal marshes along the Atlantic coast.
In the Torrey Club area it is known as Jva oraria. It extends
from Massachussets southward along the Atlantic coast. Some-
where in Virginia its name is changed and from there it extends
on as Iva frutescens around Florida and along the Gulf coast.
It causes little trouble to hayfever sufferers, none outside of the
immediate vicinity of the tidal marshes, but its pollen reacts
almost as violently as that of ragweed. The rough marsh elder
is a real hayfever plant of our midwestern prairie states from
Iowa and Nebraska southward, and the poverty weed (J.
axillaris) is often a factor of importance throughout much of
the huge region from southern Manitoba to Oklahoma and
westward almost to the Pacific coast. Still another member of
83
this group of ragweed relatives is the prairie ragweed or “Bur-
weedmarsh elder.”’ Its correct name is Cyclachaena xanthitfolia.
Throughout much of its range which extends from Michigan to
Washington and southward to Oklahoma and New Mexico, it
is as important a cause of hayfever as any of the ragweeds.
The ragweeds and their relatives constitute one of the 14
tribes of the composite family, the tribe most closely related to
the sunflower tribe. The connection between these two tribes
has been clearly established by George Bentham, the great
English botanist of last century and the greatest student of the
Compositae of all time. The complete interaction which aller-
gists have found between the pollen of the two tribes, and the
forms of their pollen grains proclaim their relationship. In fact
the morphology of their pollen grains shows that the ragweed
tribe may be regarded as a group of wind-pollinated derivatives
of the sunflower tribe. In spite of this there is a tendency among
modern botanists to treat the ragweed tribe as a separate
family, misled, perhaps, by the extreme modification in out-
ward appearance that these plants have sustained in response
to wind pollination. This treatment is misleading to allergists
because it removes the implication that the other members of
the composite family should be regarded as potential hayfever
plants, an implication that is abundantly sustained by experi-
ence.
Another large group of Compositae—but in another tribe,
the Anthemideae,—is the group of sage brushes, wormwoods
and mugworts (Artemisia). All of the many species of this huge
genus appear capable of producing hayfever providing they are
abundant enough and their pollen sufficiently copious. In the
eastern states the few species of Artemisia which are found can
never be counted as more than minor contributary causes of
hayfever, but in the Prairie states and the Great Basin area,
where several species are much more abundant, the sage
brushes, mugworts and wormwoods are frequently primary
causes of hayfever.
We have seen that all of the hayfever plants of this latter
season belong to the composite family. As with the grasses, the
ability to cause hayfever would seem therefore to be here a
family character. But what of the other Compositae, the asters,
daisies, coreopsis, thistle, and dandelion? We know that they
84
do not cause hayfever. The answer is found in their mode of
pollination. There are two ways in which the majority of flower-
ing plants are pollinated, viz. by insects (entomophily) and by
wind (anemophily). Plants which are insect pollinated and per-
fectly adapted to this mode of pollination cannot cause hay-
fever. Thus the orchids, milkweeds, sweet peas, and many
others of the more highly specialized flowers produce their
pollen in such a way that it remains in the flowers until re-
moved by the insect which is to carry it to another flower. But
by no means all insect pollinated flowers are so perfectly adapted
to entomophily as orchids, milkweeds and sweet peas. All stages
of imperfection in this adaptation are found. For example, if a
flowering branch of goldenrod is placed in water in the house,
after a few days pollen will be found scattered on the table
beneath the flowers. Out-of-doors this pollen, if not carried
away by insects, is blown away and even at times may become
a menace to hayfever sufferers; certainly it can easily be de-
tected on pollen slides far from the flowering goldenrods, An
oustanding example of imperfect entomophily is found in the
willows. Some of the standard manuals of botany state that
willows are wind pollinated others that they are insect pol-
linated. Both are right; willow flowers are brightly colored,
sweet scented, provided with nectaries, and attract to them-
selves many insects which effectively carry their pollen from
flower to flower; so they are insect pollinated. On the other hand
their stamens are exserted and their pollen is not very sticky so
that, if it is not removed by insects, it is easily blown away by
the wind. Indeed willow pollen is often caught on pollen slides
several miles away from flowering willow trees; so they are
wind pollinated. Another example of such a dual method of
pollination is found in the red maple which appears to be about
equally wind and insect pollinated. The maples are not all alike
in this respect. In fact the several species comprise a nicely
graded series ranging from the Norway, Sycamore, and striped
maples which are entirely entomophilous, through the silver,
red and sugar maples which are both insect and wind pollinated,
to the three-leaved maple (Acer Negundo) which is entirely
anemophilous. As we pass along this series we note that the
flowers become less showy and attractive to insects but produce
more pollen and of a less sticky character. The flowers of the
85
three-leaved maple are drab colored and of no interest to in-
sects but produce enormously more pollen than the bright
yellow flowers of the Norway maple which are the delight of
honey-gathering insects.
Anemophilous flowers may generally be recognized as such
by their lack of attractiveness to insects. Thus the poplars,
while closely related to the willows, are entirely anemophilous.
Their flowers lack the sweet scent, yellow color and nectar of
the willows, and are left severely alone by flower-visiting in-
sects, but they produce enormously more pollen. The oaks,
elms, birches, and, in fact, most of our forest trees are of this
character. It is only among such plants with drab inconspicuous
flowers that one need look for the real causes of hayfever.
It does not necessarily follow that all wind pollinated plants
cause hayfever. This characteristic belongs only to relatively few
families. Besides those already mentioned the family of the
chenopods possess it to a degree; for example. Russian thistle
is an important hayfever plant throughout much of the western
part of the country. The closely related family of the amaranths
also possess it; for example, the western water hemp in Okla-
homa and neighboring states. The Knot-weed family possess it
to a still lesser degree; for example, cases of hayfever from such
wind-pollinated members as the docks have been recorded. On
the other hand the cattails are among the most prolific pollen
shedders, yet, I believe, no authentic cases of cattail hayfever
have been recorded. Pine is the most universally abundant
pollen in the atmosphere yet no cases of pine hayfever have ever
been recorded. In fact none of the conifers or other gymno-
sperms, except Mexican cedar, seem to be capable of producing
hayfever in spite of the fact that they are all outstanding prac-
titioners of anemophily. Mexican cedar is a curious exception.
It grows on the limestone hills of Texas and, flowering in
December and January, is said to cause a severe type of winter
hayfever in the city of Austin. It is a juniper (Juniperus mext-
cana), yet the several other members of the genus which are
common almost throughout North America seem to be harmless
to hayfever patients. In order to be a real cause of hayfever
pollen must possess three characters: it must be buoyant and
easily distributed in the air; it must be abundant; and it must
be toxic.
THE ARLINGTON CHEMICAL Co.
YONKERS, N.Y.
86
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I
Beginning at the top and following down to the bottom the grains are
named and their diameters given in microns.
Top, left—Timothy, Phleum pratense L., 28.5
Top, center—Plantain, Plantago lanceolata L., 30
Top, right—Birch, Betula alba L., 26, polar view, drawn as if partly cut away
to show optical section
Second, left—Oak, Quercus alba L., 34.2, polar view
Second, right—Dandelion, Taraxacum officinale Weber, 34.2, polar view
Third, left—Carpet weed, Mollugo verticillata L., 32.3, showing four, and the
ends of four more, of its twelve furrows
Third, right—Goldenrod, Solidago speciosa Nutt., 22
Bottom, left—Portulaca, Portulaca grandiflora Hook., 80.6
Bottom, right—Russian thistle, Salsola Pestifer A. Nels., 27.5
87
G
Nes] Wane,
=? i
oe
=
?
4
4
i
A i!
i aN N
| VEIW\ wes
= ee
WobDEHOUSE: POLLEN Plate I
The flora of the Watchung Mountains*
Haroitp N. MoOLDENKE
Part JI—THE FLORA
The Watchung Mountains, lying wholly within the Piedmont
phytogeographic province, whose geologic history we have just
reviewed, have a native flora which is, on the whole, quite
characteristic of this province, although doubtless the close
proximity of four other important phytogeographic provinces,
viz., the Coastal Plain, the New England, the Appalachian
Valley, and the Appalachian Plateaus, has aided materially in
building up the remarkably rich flora which is to be found in
these hills. Far greater contributions, however, have come due
to the proximity of the area to the port of New York City,
through which so many scores of foreign plants have entered.
Very representative of the region is the flora of that part of
the Watchung Mountains at the town of Watchung itself, and
in its immediate vicinity. Here, in a total area of less than 25
square miles, the present writer has recorded no less than 1355
different species and varieties of wild plants, fully 85 per cent
of which can be found in an area of 5 square miles.! Although
he has worked in his spare time for the past 9 years on the
compilation of a complete list of the wild flora of this region,
the writer is nevertheless convinced that the recorded list is still
far from complete. If the cryptogams of the region could be
as thoroughly collected and as accurately identified as have the
phanerogams, the total for even this very small portion of the
area under discussion would most certainly mount to well above
two thousand species and varieties. Among the botanists who
have collected in the region should be mentioned William Henry
Leggett, Ezra Brainerd, Frank Tweedy, Nathaniel Lord Brit-
ton, Per Axel Rydberg, George Valentine Nash, Kenneth Kent
* A correction should be made in part I of this article, in the May-June
number of Torreya: on page 61, beginning on line 10 the sentence should read:
“and planed down in the Cretaceous and Tertiary Periods (since late Creta-
ceous deposits are overlain by Tertiary in southern New Jersey).”’
1 The observed flora of Watchung, N. J., and its immediate vicinity. Ed.
3. The Elsinore Press, Watchung, N. J. 1934. Also supplements.
88
89
Mackenzie, Mintin Asbury Chrysler, Waldron de Witt Miller,
Percy Wilson, Norman Taylor, Gladys Pomeroy Anderson,
and Edward J. Alexander. The collections of Mackenzie,
Miller, and Tweedy are probably the most extensive made in
the region before the present survey was begun.
In the Watchung area, out of the total of 1355 species and
varieties recorded, 1105 (or 81 per cent) are native—the re-
maining 250 (or 19 per cent) are introduced. Some of these
foreign introductions have become very widely naturalized and
constitute what may in many cases be designated as pernicious
weeds. Others have become only sparingly naturalized; a few
have been found only as waifs. Species existing in the area only
in cultivation are, of course, not here considered. Of the 250
introductions to the region, 164 are indigenous to Europe, 12 to
Eurasia, 26 to Asia, 1 to the Old World tropics in general, 14 to
tropical America, and 23 to other portions of North America.
In addition, 10 species and varieties usually ascribed to horti-
cultural origin have escaped from cultivation and have become
more or less naturalized.
Some of the more interesting naturalized species of the region
have been described in a previous article.2 Elaeagnus umbellata,
a handsome Japanese shrub with silvery foliage, and Berberis
Thunbergit, the common barberry hedge, also from Japan, are
widespread through the fields, along the streams and throughout
the woods on both the First and Second ridges. Their distribu-
tion is doubtless explained by the fact that their fruits are
fleshy and highly relished by birds. Azalea japonica would
spread through the open fields far more rapidly even than it has,
were it not so relentlessly hunted and uprooted. Lonicera
Morrowt, Symphoricar pos albus var. laevigatus, Monarda didyma,
Symphytum officinalis, Phlox paniculata, Convolvulus japonicus
and C. arvensis, Vinca minor, Ligustrum obtusifolium, Atlanthus
altissima, Amygdalus persica, Malus sylvestris, Pyrus communis,
Chaenomeles lagenaria, Spiraea Billiardiit and S. prunifolia var.
plena, Poterium Sanguisorba, two varieties of Deutzia scabra,
Cleome spinosa, Chelidonium majus, Pleuropterus cuspidatus,
Aristolochia macrophylla, two species of Narcissus, Asparagus
officinalis, Ornithogalum umbellatum, and four kinds of Hemero-
calliis are other noteworthy introduced members of the flora.
2 Torreya 31: 29-36. 1931.
90
The European Sedum triphyllum is very common, as also are
Allium vineale, Salix alba, S. fragilis, and S. purpurea, Humulus
Lupulus, Broussonetia papyrifera, Bilderdykia Convolvulus,
Ambrina ambrosioides, Mollugo verticillata, Dianthus Armeria,
Lychnis alba, Silene latifolia, Ranunculus acris and R. bulbosus,
Campe verna, Sisymbrium Nasturtium-aquaticum, Norta altis-
sima, Prunus avium, Abutilon Theophrasti, Pastinaca sativa
var. sylvestris, Lysimachia Nummularia, both the white- and
the yellow-flowered Verbascum Blattaria, V. Thapsus, and
Lonicera japonica. Eight European mints are common—Lamium
purpureum, Glecoma hederacea, Leonurus cardiaca, Mentha genttlis,
M. piperita, M. spicata, Nepeta Cataria, and Prunella vulgaris.
Leucanthemum vulgare, from Europe, is one of the most con-
spicuous summer flowers in open fields and along roadsides, and
Galinsoga ciliata, from South America, together with Portulaca
oleracea, from Europe, are among the most persistent and
pernicious of garden weeds. Other common introduced com-
posites are Arctium minus, Chamomilla suaveolens, Cirsium
arvense and C. lanceolatum, Senecio sylvaticus and S. vulgaris,
Tanacetum vulgare, Tussilago Farfara, blue and white chicory,
dandelion, and two forms of Lactuca virosa. Of the 8 species of
hawkweed, 4 are native and 4 European. Hieracium murorum
is found in one large colony in the area—one of the half dozen
records of this species for America.
Without doubt the rarest and most interesting of all the
native plants of the region is Obolaria virginica, a saprophytic
member of the gentian family, which has been found in sizable
colonies in many localities on the Second Watchung. Orchids,
too, are well represented. Thus far 17 species, representing 11
genera of this family, have been found in the vicinity of
Watchung, including Blephariglottis grandiflora, B. lacera, B.
psycodes, Corallorhiza maculata and C. odontorhiza, Goodyera
repens var. ophioides, Isotria verticillata, Limodorum tuberosum,
Liparis lilitfolia, Galeorchis spectabilis, Malaxis unifolia, and
Perularia flava. Four species of ladies-tresses (Spiranthes) are
there found, and the moccasin-flower (Fissipes acaulis) is rather
abundant in some localities. None of these orchids, however,
can justly be designated as common and should therefore be
afforded all the protection and conservation that it is possible
to give them. Other species, common in the region up to a
91
very few years ago, must now also be afforded protection, such
as the cardinal-flower (Lobelia cardinalis), the butterfly-weed
(Asclepias tuberosa), the great blue lobelia (Lobelia siphilitica)
and the pale spiked lobelia (L. spicata), the golden-club
(Orontium aquaticum), the yellow field lily (Lilium canadense)
and the wood lily (L. philadelphicum), prince’s-pine (Chimaphila
umbellata) and spotted wintergreen (C. maculata), pinxter-
flower (Azalea nudiflora), wild columbine (Aquilegia cana-
densis), trailing arbutus (Epigaea repens), fringed gentian
(Anthopogon crinitum), closed gentian (Dasystephana An-
drewsit), rose-pink (Sabbatia angularis), and Virginia bluebells
(Mertensia virginica). Four other species, formerly very abun-
dant in the region, are being relentlessly persecuted by unthink-
ing persons who yearly destroy hundreds of the plants and thus
year by year bring the species nearer to extermination. These
species are the trailing Christmas-green (Lycopodium flabelli-
forme), the bayberry (Cerothamnus carolinensis), the climbing
bittersweet (Celastrus scandens), and the flowering-dogwood
(Benthamidia florida).
~ In addition to the Obolaria mentioned above, 3 other sapro-
phytic phanerogams occur in the area—Hypopitys americana,
Monotropa uniflora, and Thalesia uniflora. The Indian paint-
brush (Castilleja coccinea) is still to be found in some localities
and 3 species of gerardia (Agalinis) are fairly abundant. The
true American ginseng (Panax quinguefolium) still occurs in at
least one locality, and another rarity is Ilex bronxensis. The
American bladdernut (Staphylea trifolia) occurs in scattered
localities, as does also the redbud (Cercis canadensis). All the
plants mentioned in this and the preceding paragraph deserve
conservation, and, indeed, in many cases urgently need our
protection. They are the true ‘‘vanishing Americans.”’
Plainfield was for some time the headquarters of Ezra
Brainerd who was fascinated by the wealth of wild violets in
the Watchung area. No less than 33 distinct species, varieties,
and named hybrids have been recorded from the region, includ-
ing the rare Viola Bissellii, V. conturbata, V. columbiana, V.
erratica, V. Malteana, V. modica, V. Napae, and V. ravida. The
sugar maple (Acer saccharum) and the Canada hemlock (Tsuga
americana) both occur native in Wetumpka Notch and on other
portions of the First and Second Watchungs; 11 species of tick-
92
trefoil (Desmodium) have been recorded, and 13 species and 2
hybrids of Rubus. Robinia viscosa occurs in numerous localities
as though native; Rubacer odoratus is abundant; and Crataegus
uniflora quite common. Of the 11 species of willow recorded, at
least 5 are native and the rest so widely naturalized as to appear
indigenous.
The wide occurrence of the yam-root (Dioscorea viliosa) in
the region comes as rather of a surprise, as does also the abun-
dance of the sweet-gum (Liquidambar styraciflua) and of Achillea
asplentfolia. Other interesting natives are Celtis crassifolia,
Asarum reflexum, Triosteum aurantiacum and T. angustifolium,
Menispermum canadense, and Corydalis flavula. Nine kinds of
Ranunculus, 6 of Rosa, 5 of Lespedeza, 4 of Xanthoxalis, 8 of
Asclepias, 4 of Cuscuta, 4 of Scutellaria, 5 of Physalis, 5 of
Veronica, 7 of Galium, 6 of Viburnum, 7 of Eupatorium, 5 of
Senecio, 15 of Solidago, and 7 of Scirpus occur in the neighbor-
hood of Watchung. The largest genus, however, in this area is
Carex with 85 recorded species. The lichen Cladonia has 32
forms in the area, Panicum coming next with 25, and Aster
taking fourth place with 24. Of ferns and fern-allies there are 32,
of grasses 97, of sedges 113, and of composites 132 species and
named varieties. Culver’s-root (Veronicastrum virginicum),
milk-purslane (Chamaesyce maculata), and two species of yellow
false-foxglove (Aureolaria) are abundant in many localities,
and turtle-head (Chelone glabra), monkey-flower (Mimulus
ringens), and 3 species of forget-me-not (Myosotis) may be found
in wet places. Ditch-stonecrop (Penthorum sedoides), green-
milkweed (Acerates viridiflora), white baneberry (Actaea pachy-
poda), entchanters’-nightshade (Circaea latifolia), and 4 species
of loosestrife are abundant. Azalea prinophylla occurs sparingly,
as do also Cirsium muticum and Pedicularis lanceolata. Other
rarities are Chamaelirium luteum, Melanthium latifolium and
M. virginicum, the large-flowered wake-robin (Trillium grandi-
florum), Indian cucumber-root (Medeola virginiana), and car-
rion-flower (Nemexia herbacea). Along watercourses are to be
found Heteranthera reniformis, Zosterella dubia, Ceratophyllum
demersum, Utricularia gibba, lizard’s-tail (Saururus cernuus),
spatterdock (Nuphar advena), 2 species of pondweed (Pota-
mogeton pusillus and P. diversifolius), 2 of bur-reed (Sparganium
androcladum and SS. eurocarpum), the common arrowhead (Sagit-
93
taria latifolia), water-plantain (Alisma subcordatum), and the
ubiquitous Spirodela polyrhiza (smallest of all known flowering
plants), duckweed (Lemna), and cattail (Typha). The sweet-
flag (Acorus Calamus) is very common, and a pinweed (Lechea
Leggettit) abounds in open woods, while the sticky-flowered
Cuphea petiolata is widely distributed in dry fields. Two species
of yellow false-flax (Cathartolinum) and two of partridge-pea
(Chamaecrista) are common, but the presence of Plantago
halophila, Melampyrum lineare, Grossularia hirtella, Ribes triste,
and Micranthes pennsylvanica comes as a surprise. Three species
of Apocynum often grow almost side by side in Washington
Valley, from which locality 84 forms of lichens, 52 species of
mosses, 55 agarics, and 13 polypores have also been recorded.
Extremely showy is the tall purple-flowered gayfeather or
blazing-star (Liatris spicata). Very noteworthy is the presence
of the cranberry-bush (Viburnum trilobum) and of the purple
virgin’s bower (Atragene americana).
Other plants of the region worthy of mention are the common
eastern rush (Juncus effusus var. solutus), the northern pitcher
plant (Sarracenia purpurea), the swamp-honeysuckle (Azalea
viscosa), the round-leaved sundew (Drosera rotundifolia), the
northern prickly-pear (Opuntia compressa), the walking fern
(Camptosorus rhizophyllus), the northern hornbeam (Carpinus
caroliniana var. virginiana), the common American reed (Phrag-
mites maximus var. Berlandiert)® and the sassafras (Sassafras
albidum var. molle).
In a future article the author hopes to compare the northern
(glaciated) with the southern (unglaciated) portions of the
Watchung Mountains and the eastern ridges (First and Second)
with the western ones (Third and Fourth).
NEw York, N.Y.
5 Phragmites maximus var. Berlandieri (Fourn.) Moldenke, com. nov.
Phragmites Berlandieri Fourn., Bull. Bot. Soc. France 24: 178. 1877. In regard
to the application of this varietal designation to our American reed, see Fer-
nald, Rhodora 34: 211 (1932) and in regard to the new specific designation,
_ see E. D. Merrill, Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. New Ser. 24?: 79-80 (1935).
The replicate species of Phlox of the Pacific northwest*
HAROLD St. JOHN
Certain species of Phlox (Polemoniaceae) have the hyaline
membranous intercostal portion of the calyx-tube replicate or
folded out into conspicuous sacs. Such is the case, for instance,
in Phlox longifolia Nutt. This species and its relatives form the
object of the present study:
The Herbarium of the State College of Washington is rich
in material and contains some of the types of this group. Then,
too, through the kindness of Dr. Aven Nelson, it has been
possible to borrow some of the Elias Nelson types from the
Rocky Mountain Herbarium. Dr. B. L. Robinson has likewise
aided by lending original specimens from the Gray Herbarium.
The first northwestern replicate species to be described was
Phlox longifolia Nutt. This was based on plants collected by
Capt. Nathaniel J. Wyeth, “In the valleys of the Rocky Moun-
tains generally.’’ The specimens were collected by Wyeth on
the return journey of his first expedition to Oregon. They prob-
ably came from western Montana, though Wyeth’s Journal
does not mention them definitely. This Wyeth collection, now
in the Gray Herbarium, consists of four branches. Three of them
are glabrous or nearly glabrate on the calyces, peduncles, and
leaves, and agree with the phrase in the original description,
“foliis ... glabris.’”’ The remaining specimen is white puberu-
lent on the calyces, peduncles, and stems. All have filiform
leaves 0.5—-1 mm. wide. Dr. Asa Gray maintained! the species,
describing it as ‘nearly glabrous or pubescent, . . . leaves
mostly narrowly linear.”
The next member of this group of plants with the replicate
calyx was collected by Charles A. Geyer in the “‘valley of the
Kooskooskie River and the adjoining plains,” or as it is now
known, the lower Clearwater River, Idaho, and the Palouse
Country of Idaho and adjacent Washington. It was published
by Sir W. J. Hooker as P. speciosa Pursh, var. linearifolia.? A
* Contribution No. 46 from the Department of Botany, State College of
Washington.
1 Syn. Fl. N. Am. 2, pt. 1: 133, 1878.
2 Journ Bot. Kew Miscell. 3: 289, 1851.
94
95
duplicate type specimen of this, Geyer 340, from the Gray
Herbarium shows a large branch, with linear leaves, 2—2.7 mm.
broad, and a white puberulence on the calyx, pedicels, and
leaves. Dr. Gray raised this variety to specific rank,® describing
it in Latin, then eight years later translated his description into
Englisht as ‘‘Glabrous, above sometimes minutely hirsute-
pubescent, . . . leaves very narrowly linear (an inch or two long,
about a line wide).”’
The next general treatment of these plants was by Elias
Nelson in 1899 in his Revision of the Western North American
Phloxes. Like Dr. Gray, he maintained the two plants as species,
but characterised P. longifolia as with leaves 2—3 mm. wide, and
P. linearifolia with leaves 1-1.5 mm. wide, and allowed both
to have the leaves either glabrous or pubescent. He described
several other species of the same general affinity.
A later monographic revision was published in 1907 by A.
Brand.® He maintained P. longifolia as an aggregate species,
giving it a general inclusive range and description, but not
citing any specimens or including any subsp. or var. typica
along with the others. He treats as subsp. linearifolia (Gray)
Brand the plants with leaves 1-2 mm. broad, and either
puberulent or glabrous. Since the name started with Hooker,
this authority should, of course, be corrected to read subsp.
lineartfolia (Hook.) Brand.
The original descriptions of these two plants are short and
somewhat indefinite. The Wyeth type of P. longifolia Nutt. in-
cluded a mixture of three glabrate plants with one puberulent
plant. Dr. Gray’s treatment allowed both variations of pubes-
cence in both species. So also did Elias Nelson, but he divided
the plants primarily on the width of the leaf. The latter student
apparently did not see the type specimens of these two, or he
could not have called the narrow leaved plant linearifolia and
the broad leaved one longifolia, which is just the reverse of the
nature of the original specimens. Brand continued this same
error, at least for linearifolia. The treatments by the authors of
the various current floras so closely follow these monographic
treatments that they will not be discussed here in detail.
3 Proc. Am. Acad. 8: 255, 1870.
Syn kl Ne Ami 2; pt: 1551353,1878:
5 Panzenreich IV, fam. 250: 65, 1907.
96
A recent revision of this group by Dr. Aven Nelson ap-
peared® in 1931. His treatment is not essentially different from
that of Elias Nelson, but he keys P. longifolia as with ‘‘Leaves
3 mm. or more broad, 4-8 cm. long,” and P. linearifolia as with
‘Leaves 2 mm. or less broad, 3—6 cm. long.”’
A prolonged study of this group has made clear that the
width of the leaf is a markedly variable character. A large
series of specimens shows a gradual progression from ones as
narrow as 0.5 mm. to those up to 3 mm. Even if 2 mm. is chosen
as an arbitrary division point, it will separate the plants into
two piles, but each of these will contain both glabrous and
pubescent plants. If the plants are sorted on the pubescence
character, particularly that of the calyx, the division into
groups is much more clear and convincing. Were other char-
acters correlated, it would be logical to maintain both as species,
as did Gray and E. Nelson. However, some collections show
intermediate conditions, even in the pubescence of the calyx.
One such from Palouse Falls, Washington, St. John & Pickett
6152, contained five branches with the glabrous calyces, five
with markedly hispidulous calyces, and one scarcely so. These
were growing side by side, were collected as one number, and
show a blending of the characters. The pubescence of the leaves
is usually similar to that of the calyces, but some specimens
recombine these characters. The ranges of the two plants are
nearly identical.
There is also a glandular pubescent plant which has to be
considered. All in all, the writer is convinced that this group is
most truly classified as one species, Phlox longifolia Nutt., with
several varieties.
Key to Phlox longifolia and its Varieties.
Plant not glandular pubescent,
Calyx glabrous; leaves glabrous or with sparse basal ciliations.
Phlox longifolia.
Calyx hirsute; leaves usually so, or puberulent.
Var. linearifolia.
Plant glandular puberulent. Var. puberula.
Phlox longifolia Nutt., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 7:
41-42, 1834. Perennial, 1-4 dm. tall; tap-root yellowish, elong-
6 Am. Journ. Bot. 18: 441-442, 1931.
97
ate, up to 2 mm. in diameter; crown becoming multicipital,
stems repeatedly bushy branched, woody, usually glabrous;
leaves 1.2—8 cm. long, 0.5—2 mm. wide, linear, acute, glabrous
or villous ciliate at base, the midrib heavy; cymes few flowered,
loose; pedicles 3-33 mm. long; calyx 7-14 mm. long, the inter-
costal portions membranous, saccate extruded at base, the
lobes subulate, with a strong green rib; corolla deep pink, the
tube 12-14 mm. long, slightly broader above, pilose within at
base; the lobes 8-16 mm. long, elliptic-oblanceolate, obtuse;
anthers 1.5-2 mm. long, elliptic-oblong; style equaling or well
exceeding the calyx, shorter than the corolla; capsule 4-5 mm.
long, ellipsoid, yellowish, punctate; seeds 2.3 mm. long, ellip-
soid, compressed, brown.
Type locality: In the valleys of the Rocky Mountains gen-
erally. (Probably western Montana.)
Specimens examined:
British Columbia: Lake Osoyoos, June 1, 1905, J. M. Macoun 68712;
Dog Lake, April 20, 1906, J. R. Anderson; Fairview, April 26, 1906, J. R.
Anderson; Penticton, July 26, 1918, W. B. Anderson.
Washington: Asotin Co., open hillsides, mouth of Grand Ronde, Sect.
19, T. 7 N., R. 47 E., May 9, 1925, H. St. John 3517. Adams Co., sandy sage
brush soil, Washtucna, May 23, 1903, J. S. Cotton 1035. Franklin Co., Pasco,
May 25, 1896, H. H. Hindshaw 19; Pasco, May 26, 1899, C. V. Piper 2959.
Lincoln Co., Sprague, May 30, 1892, L. F. Henderson. Yakima Co., sand plains,
Sunnyside, May 17, 1901, J. S. Cotton 500; North Yakima, 1894, Mrs. W. L.
Steinweg; dry sage brush land, North Yakima, May 25, 1892, L. F. Henderson
2415; North Yakima, April 22, 1898, C. V. Piper; gravelly sage brush lands,
head of Moxee Valley, May 31, 1902, D. Griffiths & J. S. Cotton 31 and 32.
Idaho: Nez Perce Co., hillsides, May 1892, J. H. Sandberg.
Oregon: Wallowa Co., grassy hillsides, 1500 ft., Yreka Creek, T.1.S., R.
50 E., May 21, 1927, C. English & E. Hardin 925.
Montana: Valleys of the Rocky Mts. generally (Nutt. from Wyeth).
P. longifolia Nutt., var. linearifolia (Hook.) new comb.; P.
speciosa Pursh, var. linearifolia Hook., Journ. Bot. Kew Miscell.
3: 289, 1851; P. linearifolia (Hook.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad.
8: 255, 1870; P. longifolia Nutt., subsp. linearifolia (Gray)
Brand, Helios 22: 80, 1905. Stems glabrous or pilose; leaves
1.2-6.5 cm. long, 0.5-3 mm. wide, glabrous to puberulent or
hirsute; calyx hirsute; corolla lobes obtuse or acute.
Type locality: Only in the valley of the Kooskooskie River
and the adjoining plains. June (C. A. Geyer) n. 340. (Clearwater
River valley near Lewison, Idaho).
98
Specimens examined:
British Columbia: Summerland, April 22, 1906, J. R. Anderson.
Washington: Asotin Co., Asotin, April 7, 1908, R. K. Beattie. Adams Co.,
dry soil, Washtucna, May 18, 1903, J. S. Cotton 973. Columbia Co., Dayton,
May 16, 1921, Mrs. Jennie A. Reehes. Franklin Co., gravelly hillside, Kahlotus,
May 20, 1903, J. S. Cotton 1011. Grant Co., Quincy, April 20, 1912, A. D.
Foster 6. Lincoln Co., Sprague, June 10, 1918, W. P. Taylor 371. Spokane Co.,
Spokane, May 19, 1899, C. V. Piper; Hangman Creek, 1510 ft., May 23, 1893,
J. H. Sandberg & J. B. Leiberg 62; Spangle, June 24, 1899, C. V. Piper; low
prairie at Spangle, June 29, 1916, W. Suksdorf 8657b; sparse, on dry grassy
hillside, Bonnie Lake, May 30, 1923, H. St. John, F. L. Pickett & F. A. Warren
3199. Whitman Co., head of Rock Lake, hills, common, May 28-30, 1904, R.
K. Beattie & W. H. Lawrence 2428; dry rocky hillside, Rock Creek, west of
Winona, April 10, 1924, H. St. John, J. A. Cary, F. L. Pickett & F. A. Warren
6265; St. Johns, May 21, 1904, R. K: Beattie 2317; dry bluffs above Palouse
River, Colfax, July 9, 1922, C. S. Parker 578; Snake River bluffs, near Lewiston
Idaho, April 14, 1900, Byron Hunter 31; dry stony hillside, 2 mi. below sp. at
fork of road, Wawawai Canyon, May 19, 1922, C. S. Parker 366; Wawawai,
May 16, 1892, E. R. Lake 594; Wawawai, May 18, 1892, W. R. Hull; Wawawai,
May 13, 1893, C. V. Piper 1513; bluffs of Snake River, Wawawai, June 17,
1899, C. V. Piper 3009; Wawawai, April 23, 1921, H. St. John 9751; Almota,
May 27, 1893, C. V. Piper; Pataha, July 5, 1892, W.R. Hull 594. Walla Walla
Co., Waitsburg, April 21, 1897, R. M. Horner 159; April 2, 1911, G. A. Hill.
Yakima Co., in clumps of sage brush, Rattlesnake Mts. May 1901, J. S. Cotton
348. :
Idaho: “Oregon,’’ valley of the Kooskooskie, Geyer 340. Bear Lake Co.,
abundant on the hills and flats, Montpelier, May 15, 1910, J. F. Macbride 12.
P. longifolia Nutt., var. puberula E. Nels., Rev. W. N. Am.
Phloxes, Ninth Rept. Wyo. Agr. Coll. 26, 1899 P. puberula (E.
Nels.) A. Nels., in Coult. & Nels., New Man. Bot. Centl. Rocky
Mts. 397, 1909; P. viridis E. Nels. 1.c. 24, 1899.
Plant glandular puberulent at least above; pedicels 2—45
mm. long; corolla lobes obtuse, acute, or emarginate.
Type locality: Evanston, Wyo., June 5, 1898, Aven Nelson
4544.
Specimens examined:
Washington: Wenatchee, April 12, 1900, K. Whited; Wenatchee, April 24,
1900, K. Whited; Wenatchee, K. Whited 9; Wenatchee, May 28, 1896, K.
Whited 39; Wenatchee, May 2, 1898, K. Whited 628; Wenatchee, May 25,
1899, K, Whited 1037; Wenatchee Flat, April 12, 1900, K. Whited; Wenatchee
Flat, April 15, 1900, K. Whited; near Malaga, May 21, 1899, K. Whited 1037.
Douglas Co., scab lands, Waterville, April 22, 1900, K. Whited 1212; Badger
Mts., April 24, 1900, K. Whited 1212. Klickitat Co., dry hillsides near Colum-
bus, April 23, 1909, W. Suksdorf 6508. Yakima Co., bunch grass lands, between
99
Wenas and Umtahnum Creeks, June 5, 1903, J. S. Cotton 1152; Ellensburg,
June 5, 1897, K. Whited; Naches, May 10, 1923, E. Nelson 1451.
Idaho: Ada Co., open inclines, alt. 2880 ft., May 6, 1911, J. A. Clark 4.
Canyon Co., bench lands, volcanic ash, alt. 220 ft., Falks Store, April 22, 1911,
J. F. Macbride 761.
Oregon: sterile ridges of the S. Blue Mts., 4-5000 ft. alt., generally distrib-
uted, June 1897, W. C. Cusick 1646.
— Wyoming: Uinta Co., Evanston, June 5, 1898, Aven Nelson 4544.
UNIVERSITY OF HAWAII,
HONOLULU, HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
FIELD TRIPS OF THE CLUB
Trip oF APRIL 12—EASTER SUNDAY—TO BRANCHVILLE, CONN.
Easter Sunday was not the warm, sunny day that people
usually look forward to; instead the day was cold, damp and
overcast. However Torrey members are hardy and a group ap-
peared. Because it had rained almost every day the preceding
week the mosses and lichens were in excellent condition.
Bartrania pomiformis was discovered for the first time in the
region in many isolated patches and Buxbaumia aphylla was
really almost common. It was gratifying to note the interest
aroused in these tiny plants as everyone eventually knelt down
to examine a fruiting body with a hand lens. One magnificent
fruiting patch of Baeomyces roseus was seen in the morning.
It is always a delight these days to find virgin forest. The
hemlock forest of the morning trail is one of rare beauty. The
stand of Cypripedium acaule was just making its appearance
above the ground in the center of the hemlock forest. However,
everyone could imagine what a magnificent sight so many
orchids in bloom would make.
Plants were easily identified but few were in bloom. Hepa-
tica, Trillium, Early Saxifrage, Antennaria, and Golden Saxi-
frage were the only herbaceous plants in flower.
Recognition of plants by taste proved to be an interesting
topic. Those who had never tasted partridge berry, wintergreen,
black birch, water cress, toothwort, and dwarf ginseng partook
of the opportunity.
We digressed from our botanical studies for a short time
in the afternoon to become amateur herpetologists. The leader
brought some spotted salamander eggs from out a pond in the
woods and discussed the two types of masses laid by one species.
Wood frog tadpoles and water newts were also seen.
Yellow Birch and Beech were dominating species of the
forest trail taken in the afternoon—both attaining to unusual
sizes. An Alternate-leaved Dogwood was the rarest tree ob-
served.
Dr. Sharp, director of Life’s Camps peped us up for our long
afternoon trek by making a large fire in the Recreation Hall
fireplace of Life’s Girls’ Camp and preparing a huge pot of
coffee.
ELEANOR FRIEND
100
101
Trip OF APRIL 25 TO THE LOCAL FLORA SECTION
OF THE BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
About 25 members and guests of the club came to the
Brooklyn Botanic Garden to visit the Local Flora Section, now
about 5 years old. As Dr. Svenson was away on a collecting
trip in the South, the group was met by a substitute leader.
In spite of the cold weather which delayed the flowering of
many plants, about 50 species were seen in bloom, all in their
characteristic habitats prepared for them in the Garden.
In a shallow sandy pond the bare spikes of Orontium
aquaticum stood up; and around the border of this pond
Myrica carolinensis and Myrica asplenifolia were showing stam-
inate catkins. In a typical sand barren the flowers of Corema
Conradii were still out, and those of Viola pedata var. lineari-
loba were just beginning to open.
Kalmia polifolia was in bud in the bog; and in the moist area
around its borders Chamaedaphne calyculata, Helonias bullata,
and Myrica Gale (staminate) were still in flower, and Rhodo-
dendron canadense almost ready to burst into bloom. In a sandy
area near the bog Leiophyllum buxifolium was full of tiny buds
and Pyxidanthera barbulata in full bloom. A little patch of
Epigaea repens was blooming in dry sand; and in the shelter of
a rock wall on the southwest was Viola rotundifolia. Saxifraga
virginiensis was the only plant in bloom on the serpentine slope.
Along the brook were flowers of Coptis trifolia, Viola affinis,
and Mertensia virginica, as well as old flowers of Symplocarpus
foetidus; and in the meadow at the outlet of the brook Caltha
palustris and Trollius laxus were blooming and fruiting both
at once.
The rich woodland section was full of spring flowers, some
of the most interesting of which were Trillium grandiflorum and
Trillium erectum, Uvularia grandiflora (buds), Asarum cana-
dense, Caulophyllum thalictroides, Jeffersonia diphylla, Podo-
phyllum peltatum (in bud), Sanguinaria canadensis, Mitella
diphylla, and half a dozen species of violets.
The more open wooded slope was almost a solid mass of
Viola latiuscula, with a few other species intermingled, such as
Claytonia caroliniana and Claytonia virginica, Hepatica acuti-
loba, Ranunculus fascicularis, Ranunculus hispidus, and Aqui-
legia canadensis. HEsTER W. Rusk
102
MoHoNK WEEK-END Trip—May 1 To 3
The week-end spent at Lake Mohonk by 20 members and
friends of the club was delightful beyond description. The high
mountains, lichen-covered rocks, and broad vistas were exhilar-
ating and demanding to those interested in botany, ornithology
and herpetology.
Mr. Smiley, who was an excellent host and leader thruout
the week-end, led an all-day trip on Saturday. Among herba-
ceous plants seen in flower were Houstonia caerulea, Anemonella
thalictroides, Anemone quinquefolia, Viola conspersa, V. cucul-
lata, V. sororia, V. pallens, V. rotundifolia, V. pubescens, Coptis
trifolia, Medeola virginiana and Asarum canadense. Amelanchier
canadensis was at the height of its bloom while Acer pennsyl-
vanicum, A. spicatum, Kalmia latifolia and Tsuga canadensis
were prevalent. Most of our native trees were represented, some
in unusually attractive stands.
The rarest of ferns seen was a small clump of Camptosaurus
rhizophyllus. Aspeenium ebenoides was quite common in par-
ticular areas altho it was not growing on or near limestone.
Bartramia pomiformis was abundant on the west slope of one
of the hills.
Birds quite naturally claimed our attention at intervals, for
the unspoiled hemlock and deciduous tree associations are
havens for birds. Mr. Smiley listed the following species during
course of day: Black and White Warbler, Turkey Vulture,
Towhee, Crow, Ruffed Grouse, Junco, Red-Tailed Hawk, Chic-
adee, Ovenbird, Blackthroated Green Warbler, Myrtle Warbler,
Hairy Woodpecker, Wood Thrush,. Phoebe and Blue-headed
Vireo.
A party of three including our host went on a herpetological
trip after dark. As we neared our destination a chorus of frog
voices mingled with whip-poor-wills greeted us. Pickeral frogs
which were most numerous were singing above and under water
and their egg masses were numerous. Upon examination of
masses it was seen that they were in all stages of development.
Green frogs, bull frogs and spring peepers were also observed
and a few taken to exhibit in the School Nature League Room
at the American Museum of Natural History. Three water
snakes and numerous painted turtles were seen in the pond. A
103
spring and its stream were investigated for red salamanders but
only very large dusky salamanders were found.
After being rewarded for getting up in the wee small hours
and hiking up to sky-top by seeing the sun rise between showers,
a few of us went ‘“‘birding.’’ More birds were heard than seen
due to dense foliage. Those recorded were: Robin, Chipping
Sparrow, Towhee, Flicker, Ovenbird, Black and White Warbler,
Chicadee, Black-throated Blue Warbler, Junco, Hawk (Buteo
sp.), White-throated Sparrow, Winter Wren, Blue Jay, Blue-
headed Vireo.
A few of us who were not to be phazed by a little rain spent
Sunday morning exploring on wooded hills and in a swamp.
Mosses and lichens were in excellent condition due to the rain.
Umbilicaria Muhlenbergit was seen growing with U. pustulata,
U. Dillenii, and U. pennsylvanica. A lichen expert would have
been an asset to the party.
Trillium undulatum in flower and a sturdy stand of Clintonia
borealis were revealed to us and afforded us more pleasure than
any other specimens seen during the week-end. Caltha palustris,
Panax trifolium, Trillium erectum, Dentaria diphylla and many
others were seen in flower. A splendid stand of Viburnum
alnifolium in flower was seen growing with Kalmia latifolia along
the edge of the swamp.
ELEANOR FRIEND
FIELD Trip oF May 3
In alternate sunshine and thunder showers, ten members and
guests of the Club explored the ledges and valley of Inwood
Park, Manhattan, on Sunday afternoon, May 3. Sixty-three
species of woody plants were seen, of which twenty-five were in
bloom. Of these, the most conspicuous was the cloud of fragile
white flowers of the shadbush (Amelanchier canadensis), and
the most interesting were the greenish flowers of the hackberry
(Celtis occidentalis), with their curious horn-like stigmas, long-
pointed and recurved.
The fine stands of oaks on the hillsides, and the tall tulip
trees in the Glen appear to be but slightly affected by the exten-
sive draining, grading, and road-building operations which are
still in progress. But the delicate herbaceous plants in Shor-a-
kapkok Glen are fast retreating before the advance of the steam
104
shovel. Despite the ‘improvements,’ however, the Dutchman’s
breeches (Dicentra Cucuilaria) seems to be holding its ground,
for a number of fruiting plants were found, as well as a few
belated flowers. The robust jack-in-the-pulpit, too (Arisaema
triphyllum), is determined, apparently, to survive. Several
patches of toothwort (Dentaria laciniata) were in bloom, and
one plant of D. diphylla. The blue cohosh (Caulophyllum thalic-
troides) was in flower, but very few specimens were seen.
The famous old giant tulip tree near the spring, now in the
last stages of decrepitude, still stands at the edge of Spuyten
Duyvil. But only the glacial pot-holes at the head of the Glen,
together with the Indian caves in the shelter of Cock Hill cliff,
remain unchanged by the swirl of progress around them.
HILDA VILKOMERSON
FIELD Trip oF May 17 To Mr. Lewis’ ESTATE
Eleven members of the club enjoyed the trip on Sunday,
May 17, to ‘‘Skylands,”’ the estate of Mr. Clarence McK. Lewis,
at Sterlington, N.Y. With Mr. Longmuir, the head gardener,
as guide, the party walked through the gardens. An extensive
wild garden where Japanese primroses and species of American
plants are naturalized was particularly charming. Of much in-
terest was a plantation of Meconopsis Bazley1, of perhaps fifty
or sixty robust plants, with a number about to bloom. Had the
trip been a week later, a long border of Oriental poppies in full
bloom would have made a grand display.
After lunch the group, again with Mr. Longmuir as guide,
climbed the mountain that overshadows the gardens and took
pleasure in the view from the summit, including the Wanaque
Reservoir. :
It is hoped that the club may enjoy a trip to “Skylands”’
another year. The estate bears testimony to Mr. Lewis’ great
interest in horticulture.
J. Harry LoGAN
FIELD Trip oF May 24 To NEw HAVEN
Members of the club particularly interested in lichens visited
New Haven and vicinity on Sunday, May 24, as the guests of
Dr. Alexander W. Evans, of Yale University. The forenoon was
105
devoted to examination of Dr. Evans’ large and growing collec-
tion of Cladoniae, in the Osborn Botanical Laboratory, at
Prospect and Sachem Streets. It is now one of the largest and
most representative herbaria of American species, with many
foreign ones as well. A considerable number of the packets bore
the names of members of the Torrey Botanical Club, who have
sent specimens of Cladoniae to Dr. Evans for determination,
including Mrs. Gladys P. Anderson, George F. Dillman, John
Thomson and others.
In the afternoon, the party motored to Bethany, ten miles
north of New Haven, under the guidance of Dr. Evans and Dr.
Nichols. There a swamp, containing much Chamaecyparis
thyoides, with a quaking bog in the center which is one of Dr.
Evans’ favorite collecting spots, was visited. A Cladonia new
to this writer, which is common here, around the roots of
Chamaedaphne calyculata, was C. glauca, not yet reported from
southern New York or New Jersey, but which should be looked
for in similar boggy situations, in our range. C. rangiferina, mitis
and tenuis were frequent in spots above the water level. Drosera
and Sarracenia occurred in the open bog, and Calla palustis in
the wet woods bordering it.
RAYMOND H. ToRREY
BRANCHVILLE NATURE OUTING, May 22 To 24
About seventy members and guests of the Torrey Club
gathered at The Pines, Branchville, N.J., for the eleventh an-
nual nature outing. On other years the members were greeted
on arrival by Mr. Stephen Smith, proprietor of the inn and a
member of the club. It was he who had kept the surroundings
in their natural beauty and encouraged the growth of native
wild flowers in the woods. His recent death cast a shadow over
the gathering, though Mrs. Smith carried on so well that nothing
was left undone for the comfort of those attending the outing.
On Friday evening Dr. Henry Kummel, Director of the New
Jersey State Department of Conservation, gave a talk on the
geology of Northern New Jersey, illustrating the talk by the
aid of a large geological map. Dr. Kummel also distributed
mimeographed sheets describing the geological formations to
be seen on the trips of the following days. Mr. Oliver P. Medsger
106
entertained the group with a talk on Nature Poetry, quoting a
wide variety of poems, ancient and modern. Saturday morning
Mr. and Mrs. S. Harmsted Chubb led an early morning bird
trip. Another bird trip was taken later, after breakfast, and
still another on Sunday morning early. The birds seen were in
general the same ones observed at Branchville in other years.
The semi-palmated plovers by the pond below the Inn were
new to the region as far as observations by the party went.
Other trips were led by Dr. Benedict for ferns, with the dis-
covery of several hybrids of the crested shield fern; by Dr.
Svenson for the study of flowering plants; by Mr. Medsger for
nature study and by Professor Green for the study of trees.
Another program on Saturday evening featured a talk on ferns
by Dr. Benedict, illustrated with growing plants brought from
the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, and a talk on Wild Animals I
have Known by Prof. Green describing especially Radio Kelly,
the rattlesnake, Tiny and Punsxy the baby bears, and the
raven that became a college pest as well as a pet.
Though the region has been visited so many times by the
club new things are noted every year. Many members were
thrilled by the considerable number of adder’s tongue fern,
Ophioglossum vulgatum, found in the wet meadow below the
Inn. Smilax hispida with its bristly black stems and a meadow
rue, Thalictrum revolutum, different from the best-known ones,
were other plants new to many of the party.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF MARCH 18, 1936
The meeting was called to order at 3:30 p.M. at the New
York Botanical Garden with Vice-President H. A. Gleason
presiding. Forty-six members were present. The minutes of the
meetings of February 19 and March 3 were read and adopted.
The resignation of Mr. George Buckland was accepted with
regret. The following members were unanimously elected: Prof.
Carl D. La Rue, Department of Botany, University of Michi-
gan, Ann Arbor, Mich.; Mr. C. E. Foweraker, Canterbury Col-
lege, University of New Zealand, Christchurch, New Zealand;
Mr. Arthur Dauman, 96-27 136th Ave., Ozone Park, N.Y.;
Miss Rhona E. Lawrence, 511 Juniper St., Quakertown, Pa.;
Mr. Frederick Adams, 165 Harrison Place, West Brighton,
Staten Island, N.Y.
In reply to the invitation of the Botanical Society of Edin-
burgh to send a representative of the Club to its centennary
celebration on July 1, 1936, Professor T. E. Hazen, of Barnard
College, Columbia University, was elected as the delegate.
The secretary was requested to express the views of the Club
in opposition to a bill now pending before the House of Repre-
sentatives in Washington which would permit entry upon, use,
and appropriation for mining purposes of the lands in the
Glacier Bay National Monument in Alaska.
A motion was presented and passed instructing the treasurer
and editor to prepare for insertion a notice in the publications
of the Club that missing numbers lost in the mail will be sup-
plied if the Club is notified within a reasonable period of time
after date of issue. Thereafter numbers will be furnished at the
rate of single numbers as long as they are available.
The scientific part of the program consisted of an illustrated
lecture by Mr. C. E. Foweraker of Canterbury College, Christ-
church, New Zealand, on ‘‘Plant Associations in New Zealand.”’
This address was beautifully illustrated and presented very
interesting and stimulating descriptions of the various types of
plants to be found in the diverse environmental conditions of
that island.
The meeting was adjourned at 5:00 P.M.
107
108
MEETING OF APRIL 7, 1936
The meeting was called to order at 8:25 p.m. at the Museum
of Natural History by Vice-President F. E. Denny, with 62
members present. Miss Laura W. Abbot, R.F.D. #1, Bristol, Pa.,
was unanimously elected to field membership.
The scientific program consisted of an address by Dr.
William Crocker, Director of the Boyce Thompson Institute
for Plant Research, on ‘‘Time Lapse Motion Pictures of Plant
Movements,” which was illustrated by two motion picture
films. This address stimulated an unusual amount of discussion,
particularly in relation to ethylene as an anesthetic and as a
means of hastening the ripening or coloring of fruits.
The meeting adjourned at 9:30 p.m.
NEWS NOTES
The degree of Doctor of Science was conferred on Ira N.
Gabrielson, Chief of the United States Biological Survey, at
the commencement exercises of Oregon State College on June 1.
The following tribute was read by Dr. W. J. Kerr, chancellor
emeritus and former president of the college: ‘‘Ira Noel Gabriel-
son—Biologist; naturalist; authority on alpine plants; for 20
years a trusted representative of the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture in charge of rodent control in Oregon; executive of large
resources and scientist of wide recognition, long cherished as one
of Oregon’s leading citizens, and recently honored by being ad-
vanced to the high post of chief of the U. S. Bureau of Bio-
logical Survey.’
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of Torreya in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2pp. 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp.
25 copies 1.85 7. 4.10 6.35 6.95
SD.i“ 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.7
Fae: 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100“ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
150 “ 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200.“ 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300“ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 114 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00
Council
Ex officio
M. A. Howe
H. A. GLEASON
F. E. DENNY
T. E. HAzen
J. S. KarRLInG
E. B. MATZKE
M. A. CHRYSLER
1934-1936
R. A. HARPER
James Murpuy
E. W. Srynortr
S. F. TRELEASE
1935-1937
A. H: GRAVES
G. T. HAstiInGs
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
R. P. WODEHOUSE
1936-1938
H. K. SVENSON
H. H. CLum
R. H. CHENEY
R: H. Torrey
Endowment Committee
CAROLINE C. HAyNEs, Chairman
Committees for 1936
Entertainment Committee
Mrs. R. A. HARPER
A. H. GRAVES
Mrs. G. T. HASTINGS
Mrs. Wa. MircHELL
Field Committee
RayMonpD H. Torrey, Chairman
Epwarp J. ALEXANDER
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
GEORGE F. DILLMAN
VERNON L. FRAZEE
ARTHUR H. GRAVES
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
ROBERT HAGELSTEIN
Mrs. Inez M. HAariInG
GEORGE T. HAsTINGS
MICHAEL LEVINE
JAMEs MurpPHY
Henry K. SVENSON
DANIEL SMILEY, JR.
Faripa A. WILEY
Program Committee
J. S. KARLING, Chairman
Wa. CROCKER
Mrs. S. F. TRELEASE A. H. GRAVES
E. B. Matzxe T.E. Hazen
Local Flora Committee
Phanerogams:
R. H. CHENEY H. M. DENSLOoW NorMAN TAYLOR
BayArRD LONG Hester M. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON A. W.Evans T.E.HaAzeEN CAROLINE C. HAYNES
M. A. Howe
MICHAEL LEVINE
F, J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict
Liverworts: A. W. Evans
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. S.
Burlingham
_ Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Rusts and Smuts: P. Wilson
Discomycetes: F. J. Seaver
Lichens: Mrs. G. P. Anderson
Hypocreaceae, Plectascineae, Tu-
berineae: F, J. Seaver
Erysiphaceae: G. M. Reed
Sclerotium-forming Fungi: Arlow B.
Stout
Imperfecti: F. J. Seaver
Phycomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Yeast and Bacteria: Miss J. Broad-
‘hurst
Myxomycetes: R: Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 62, published in 1935, contained 566 pages of text and 28
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24-62 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished ony when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Voiume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Schermerhorn Hall,
Columbia University,
New York. N.Y.
Volume 36 September-October, 1936 No. 5
TORRETA
A Bi-MonTHLY JOURNAL OF BoTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Pollen in hayfever. Part 2. R. P. WoDEHOUSE........-...---+-4-4-. 109
Studies of the Monroe Collection of Asters. HERMANN C. BENKE..... 117
Pine and cherry from the Calvert Miocene. EpwArp W. BERRY....... 124
Gopper.m- plants: Do DT. MacDouGAb, ok ns oa ee ee 128
mean tana ot the. Chih co, 22232 Fats anaes a Be As aha Rs wid ot 129
BREWS INOLES 0022 i oO aes oN AE UR CA in + gual semi eect ee We 131
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Georce BANTA PuBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1936
President
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents
HENRY A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
FRANK E. DENNY, Pu.D.
Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
- SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK 5
Treasurer
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Assistant Treasurer
MRS. JAMES W. MARVIN
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. © A. F. BLAKESLEE, Pxa.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D. F. E. DENNY, P#.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Pu.D. R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. _J. S. KARLING, Pu#.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. E. W. SINNOTT, Px.D,
; For Torreya
GEORGE 'T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S: MORRIS, Pu.D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
JENNIE S. DODGE
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B..O.. DODGE, Pu.D:
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
GEORGE H. SHULL, Pu.D. WILLIAM CROCKER, Pu.D,
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
TorRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other
communications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to
450 Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer, Edwin B.
Matzke, Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, New York City,
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York. New York
OCT 16 1936
Y
AK
7 JPirral «CAL
Laan. GN
TORREYA
Vol. 36 September—October, 1936 No. 5
Pollen in Hayfever
Part 2
R. P. WopEHOUSE
If one wishes to discover which kinds of pollen are abundant
in the air and likely to cause hayfever it is only necessary to
expose a microscope slide with a small spot lightly coated with
glycerine jelly to which has been added an appropriate dye such
as basic fuchsin. After exposing for about 24 hours the slide is
brought in, warmed gently and covered with a thin cover glass.
Examination with the microscope will then show the pollen
deeply stained, fully expanded, and properly imbedded in an
excellent medium for their identification. If the microscope has
a mechanical stage it is a simple matter to count all the different
kinds of pollen encountered and so determine the relative abun-
dance of each in the air.
For purposes of identification one should have a reference
collection of the pollen of all the different kinds of anemophilous
species of the region and as many as possible of the more abun-
dant entomophilous species. Most of these have been described,
illustrated,and keyed out in the author’s book, ‘‘Pollen Grains,’”!
but there is no substitute for a good reference collection. The
specimens should be mounted in glycerine jelly and stained with
the same dye that is used for making the atmospheric pollen
slides.
On atmospheric pollen slides grains of both entomophilous
and anemophilous species will be found but the latter always
greatly outnumber the former. The anemophilous species are
naturally of the greater interest from a hayfever standpoint,
but to the pollen morphologist they are distinctly less interest-
ing because they are generally characterized by extreme sim-
1 Pollen Grains. The McGraw-Hill Book Co. New York. 1935.
109
110
plicity. Like wind pollinated flowers they have suffered reduc-
tions in response to anemophily. The grains of the grasses which
are all anemophilous are smooth and globular, ellipsoidal, or
ovoidal. Those of all species are very much alike, differing main-
ly in size. They may always be recognized by their thin outer
coat and single small germ pore slightly raised and provided
with a small operculum. The grains of English plantain are
somewhat similar but are provided with 7 to 14 pores and their
outer coat is slightly mottled. The grains of Rugel’s plantain
are sometimes caught on pollen slides too, but may easily be
distinguished by their rougher coat and fewer pores, 6 to 10
in Rugel’s and 4 to 6 in common plantain. The pollen grains of
birch are likewise smooth, generally provided with three pores
arranged around the equator, each elevated above the surface
so as to give the grain a triangular outline. The pollen grains
of all the birch family are like this. These grains, though simple,
are not primitive; they have achieved this simplicity by evolving
away from the central basic forms of angiospermous pollen
grains. In reverting to the primitive gymnospermous habit of
anemophily they tend to assume in some respects the gymno-
spermous simplicity of form, yet they can nearly always be
distinguished from them. We are reminded in this of the whales
and porpoises; upon returning to their remotely ancestral aquat-
ic habit they assumed in part the outward form of their fishy
ancestors but retained all the more important anatomical fea-
tures of their less remote mammalian ancestors.
The goldenrod pollen grain may be taken as an example of
the basic form of those of the higher dicotyledons. It is a small
globular body about 23y in diameter with a thin elastic but
unperforated inner coat and a thick semi-rigid outer coat, quite
appropriately likened to the inner tube and outer casing of an
automobile tire, and, like the latter, the outer coat of the pollen
grains of different plants exhibit an enormous variety of sculp-
turing, which is extremely convenient in enabling one to tell
which plant was responsible for their genesis. In the golden rod
pollen grain the outer coat is covered with short but sharp-
pointed conical spines. Since these grains are designed to be
carried by insects it might be assumed that these are ‘‘non-skid”’
spines, so to speak, which help to keep the grains from slipping
off the insects. This may be partly their function, but under the
uit
microscope they are seen to serve also the purpose of keeping
properly distributed a relatively very thick layer of viscous semi-
fluid oil with which these grains are provided. This is a matter
of minute contours in relation to surface tension and finds its
analogy in the fact that you must roughen with sandpaper a
newly varnished surface before applying the second coat, or the
new coat, while still fluid, will gather into droplets instead of
remaining smooth and even. It is this enveloping layer of oil
which serves to stick the grains to each other and to the insects
which are to carry them; pollen grains lack the weight to make
their spines or other sculpturing effective in preventing skidding.
Pollen grains are nearly always very susceptible to changes in
moisture. So rapidly do they absorb moisture from their sur-
roundings that it is difficult to accurately weigh a gram or two
of most pollen in ordinary air. As the grains take up moisture
they expand consequently they must be provided with some
mechanism for accommodating such volume changes without
prematurely rupturing the non-distensible outer coat. In the
goldenrod pollen grain volume changes are accommodated by
three meridionally arranged furrows. When such a grain is dry it
is ellipsoidal in form with three deep longitudinal grooves, the
delicate inner coat completely covered by the protective outer
coat. This is the resting condition of the pollen grain. But as
soon as it is quickened by the touch of a little moisture the fur-
rows open, very much as the eye opens after sleep, and each
furrow is seen to be crossed by a delicate membrane like the
cornea of the eye, and in place of the pupil is a central open-
ing, the germ pore, through which may protrude the germinal
papilla, accounting for still further internal expansion of the
grain. As the furrows expand the grain changes its shape from
elongate ellipsoid to spheroid thereby greatly increasing its
volume without materially affecting its linear dimensions.
The three-furrowed type of grain is by far the commonest
among the higher dicotyledons, accounting for about two-thirds
of all species, and may be regarded as the basic form from which
all others are derived. The sculpturing varies with the genus,
tribe or family. In most of the tribes of the composite family it
is echinate like the goldenrod grain, but in the chicory tribe the
surface is thrown into an elaborate system of ridges with the
spines on their crests, as in the grains of dandelion. In the
112
olive family the surface is covered with a beatuiful reticulate
pattern, as in the grains of privet. In the holly the surface is
pebbled. All possible modifications and combinations of these
and many other sculpturings are found in association with the
basic three-furrowed form of grain.
But not all dicotyledonous pollen grains have only three
furrows. Some have 4, 6, 9, 12, 15 up to 30, and even sometimes
more. As a rule these conform in arrangement to very definite
geometrical patterns. For example, dahlia pollen grains always
have six furrows arranged according to the edges of a tetrahe-
dron. Those of the carpet weed (WMollugo verticillata) have
twelve furrows arranged according to the edges of a cube, and
the beautiful grains of the garden portulaca often have thirty
furrows arranged according to the edges of a pentagonal dodeca-
hedron. But this is a most exceptional kind of grain because as
the number of furrows increases they must shorten, and this
they do without losing much in width, thus becoming circular
and coinciding in extent with their enclosed germ pores. There
are whole families with pollen grains of this kind, provided with
round holes instead of furrows, the plantains, the mallows, the
four-o’clocks, most of the cucurbits, the amaranths, the cheno-
-pods, and many others. These we call pored grains in order to
distinguish them from furrowed grains. These pores, of course,
cannot function as furrows in accommodating changes in vol-
ume but the germinal papillae can be protruded and withdrawn,
and in this way they accomplish the same end, making up in
numbers their loss of mechanical action. Still other pollen grains
have only one furrow, but these are not found among the higher
dicotyledons; the one-furrowed grain is the sign of the gymno-
sperms, the lower dicotyledons, and most monocotyledons, all,
in fact, except such Helobieae as the arrow-heads and water
plantains which appear to be badly misplaced in our plant classi-
fications for they show their strongest affinities with the crow-
foot family among the dicotyledons. Thus the grains of such
gymnosperms as the cycads and ginkgo are long and boat shaped
with one long furrow reaching from end to end. Those of the
dicotyledonous magnolias and peppers are almost exactly the
same, so also are those of the lilies and some of the arums among
the monocotyledons. The one-furrowed type of grain is im-
mensely ancient, even older than the pollen grain itself, tracing
113
its origin back to the Pteridosperms, and is even dimly fore-
shadowed in the spores of the ferns. The three-furrowed grain
and its many-furrowed and many-pored derivativesare by com-
parison quite modern, appearing nowhere below the higher
dicotyledons.
Pollen grains, like the plants themselves, are greatly modi-
fied by adaptation to their environment, but their environment
is very much simpler than that of the plants. In fact all their
environmental factors resolve themselves into just one, their
mode of pollination. So, while grains which are decorated with
spines and ridges and covered with a layer of sticky oil may be
just right to be carried off by insects, they would never do if
they are to be carried by wind. Such must freely separate from
each other and must not stick to anything until they reach the
stigma which is designed to catch them. And so it is that ane-
mophilous grains must abandon their golden yellow layer of
sticky oil and their beautiful sculptured patterns.
So far is this simplification carried that it is often difficult to
even guess from their pollen grains to what entomophilous group
of plants an anemophilous plant is related. For example the
pollen grains of willows which are primarily insect pollinated
have a rather thick outer coat bearing a beautiful reticulate
pattern and covered with a thin layer of sticky oil, and are
provided with the customary three furrows. The pollen grains
of the poplars, on the other hand, which everybody agrees are
closely related to the willows but which are entirely wind pol-
linated, are almost perfectly smooth, with no oil, with an ex-
tremely thin—almost fragmentary—outer coat, and no trace
of furrows. Another example is found in the tansies and sage
brushes. These two genera are very closely related. In fact the
sage brushes may be regarded as a group of wind pollinated
derivatives of the insect pollinated tansies. The pollen grains of
the tansies are provided with a thick spine-covered outer coat
like those of most Compositae and covered with sticky oil,
while those of the sage brushes have a much thinner outer coat,
scarcely any oil and with only occasionally the merest traces of
spines. Still another example is found in the ragweed pollen
grains. They are characterized by a rather thick exine which is
provided with short conical spines and covered with a thin layer
of oil and have three small slit-like furrows. One would naturally
114
conclude from appearances that such a grain must be ento-
mophilous. It does have some entomophilous characters, but, if
compared with the pollen grains of their truly entomophilous
relatives, these characters are seen to be very much suppressed.
For example the pollen grain of the related sunflower has a
much thicker exine which is provided with long stiletto-like
spines, covered with an abundant layer of oil and provided with
three broad and freely functional furrows. The spines and oil
of the ragweed grains must be regarded as only vestiges, harping
back to their entomophilous ancestors. In the pollen of the
closely related cocklebur which appears to be older in anemoph-
ily these characters are more completely suppressed; the
grains are almost smooth, with only a trace of oil and with
furrows reduced to small pits which could be of no possible use
in adjusting the grain to changes in volume. Such a function is
rendered unnecessary by the thinness of the exine.
Such, then, is the result of anemophily. In most anemophi-
lous plants both the reduction of their pollen grains and the
simplification of their floral structures have been carried so far
that we have scarcely any clue to their relationships. The grass
family affords an example of this. Their pollen grains present a
single pore, showing that these plants probably belong to the
basic monocotyledonous stock but further than this their pollen
grains tell us nothing. Other examples are the birch family, the
walnut family and others of the wind-pollinated Amentiferae.
Their pollen grains tell us that they belong to the basic dicotyle-
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II
Beginning at the top and following down to the bottom the grains are
named and their diameters given in microns.
Top, left—Ginkgo, Ginko biloba L., 28.5 long, ventral view.
Top, center—Pepper, Piper nigrum L., 13 long, ventral view, above dry, below
moist.
Top, right—Willow, Solix purpurea L., 20.5, polar view.
Second, left—Poplar, Populus tremuloides' Michx., 28.5.
Second, right—Tansy, Tanacetum vulgare L., 26, polar view, optical sec-
tion.
Third, left—Mugwort, Artemesia vulgaris L., 28. 5, polar view, optical sec-
tion. ;
Third, right—Ragweed, Ambrosia elatior L., 17, side view
Bottom, left—Sunflower, Helianthus annuus L., 29, side view.
Bottom, right—Cocklebur, Xanthium canadense Mill., 27, side view.
115
eee 4
WoDEHOUSE: POLLEN Plate II
116
donous stock but nothing more. They are, however, enough dif-
ferent from each other so that we generally may easily recognize
the family, often the genus and occasionally even the species of
anemophilous pollen which is caught on atmospheric pollen
slides. And this is always a great help to the student of hayfever.
Just which of the various kinds of pollen found in the air
affect a hayfever patient may be determined by what is known
to physicians as the skin test. The theory of the skin test is
based on the fact that if a person is sensitive to any particular
kind of pollen or other substance in such a way as to cause nasal
or other respiratory symptoms the same sensitization extends
to all parts of the body, so the customary way of performing the
skin test is to make the tiniest possible nicks in the skin and
apply to them drops of solutions extracted from the different
kinds of pollen to be tested. When the right extract is applied
the harmless-looking nick in the skin will immediately take on
all the characteristics of a good lusty mosquito bite, including
the swelling, itching and surrounding reddish irritation. The
test belongs to that class of physiological reactions known as
anaphylaxis which includes such phenomena as serum sickness
and anaphylactic shock, and is characterized by an explosive
violence out of all proportion to the quantity of the irritating
material applied. For this reason the test should never be at-
temped except by the trained practitioner with standardized
materials.
After the kinds of pollen in the air have been determined
and which of these affect the patient, he has the choice of going
elsewhere when the offensive pollens appear, or else of develop-
ing his tolerance beforehand. This is accomplished by adminis-
tering a series of small but gradually increasing doses of extracts
prepared from the pollens to which he is susceptible and likely
to be exposed. In this the dosage must be carefully controlled.
Too little is useless but too much is dangerous, so this also
should be attempted only by a skilled physician.
YONKERS, N. Y.
Studies of the Monroe Collection of Asters
HERMANN C. BENKE
One of the outstanding collections in the Department of
Botany of the Public Museum at Milwaukee is that of the genus
Aster of the late Charles E. Monroe, a distinguished attorney
of that city.
For many years Mr. Monroe was particularly interested in
this genus using all the time possible from his profession to make
a wide collection and study of it, both in the field and in her-
baria. His collections cover an extended territory of eastern
Wisconsin, besides gifts and exchanges from other collectors;
among them Dr. H. V. Ogden, Dr. A. B. Stout, and the Messrs.
Sam. C. Wadmond, Howland Russel, Wm. Finger, Wm. V.
Wright, and the writer. In addition, he made a number of col-
lecting and study trips into Illinois and eastward into Ohio,
Connecticut and Massachusetts.
In September, 1913, a pamphlet was published by Mr.
Monroe as a Bulletin of the Wisconsin Natural History Society,
devoted mostly to his findings in Wisconsin asters, but also
treating the work done by former workers on the genus in the
state from the earliest records, 1838, to the date of his publica-
tion.
Mr. Monroe’s herbarium specimens are models of neatness
and precision—numbered and arranged by species and their
variations in leaf-form, coloration, pubescence and other char-
acters. This arrangement, together with its extensiveness, care-
1 Through the courtesy of Albert M. Fuller, Curator of Botany at Mil-
waukee Public Museum, and H. W. Cargill of Oberlin College, a few lines of
biography can be given:
Charles E. Monroe was born March 28, 1857, at Oberlin, Ohio and died
there May 12, 1931, at the age of 74. He was a graduate of Oberlin College
and of the Law School of the University of Michigan. In 1924, he was married
to Marie Jussen, a niece of Carl Schurz—soldier, statesman, journalist.
Mr. Monroe collected most of the asters himself, but his sister, M. K.
Monroe, who passed away in 1917, did some collecting, particularly of violets,
and his wife collected quite a number of the asters of the eastern states.
“In the museum herbarium we have 5,341 catalog numbers, consisting
of 17,975 sheets. The bulk of his collection which he gave to us in 1924 we have
kept intact as a collection. We must have at least 5,000 miscellaneous numbers
which he gave to us before 1924, which are in our general herbarium.’’—Fuller.
107
118
ful and conservative determinations and copious notes gives to
the collection its special value, hence the Department of Botany
of the Milwaukee Museum is keeping it together. Workers may
thus note how a species will, in cases, gradually approach ex-
treme characters that quite blend into an extreme of a related
species.
Mr. Monroe’s collection of the Biotian asters is thoroughly
representative, and the macrophyllus group is arranged in a
series from delicate, thin-leaved, narrow-bracted specimens to
those of heavy, vigorous form with large bracts, spreading in
some cases, and long rays. Since Prof. Edw. S. Burgess’ exhaus-
tive studies in this group were available to Mr. Monroe, no
further findings will here be attempted except as regards the
species A. furcatus,
His assemblage of A. furcatus and A. leptocaulis appear to
merge into each other. Many of them are without any sign of
leaf laciniations, as his nos. 107 and 109 with ‘‘small heads”
(12 mm. wide, well pressed) and nos. 106 and 108 with much
wider heads (15-18 mm.), all of the same height, however, 10
mm., and about the same in number, though the lower cauline
leaves on the latter plants have conspicuously longer petioles.
They are all from Tweedy’s Woods, Milwaukee County,” Aug.
28, 1910. These four numbers are revised to A. furcatus Bur-
gess, f. elaciniatus Benke.? Mr. Monroe wished to ascertain the
northern limit of this species, it not being well defined at the time,
and by exchange material from me the forma was found as far
north as Sheboygan County, Sept. 5, 1913, Benke mus. no.
28650.4 Other specimens are from further north, but these have
the typical leaf-base laciniations,® hence not the forma: Aster
furcatus, Manitowoc, Aug. 31, 1913, Benke mus. nos. 28766
and 28770; also, Sept. 9, 1914, Benke mus. no 30123. Mr. Mon-
roe reported having seen a specimen in the Field Museum Her-
barium from yet further north. I have found it to be WISCON-
2 When-no state is given in this paper, Wisconsin is understood, and when
no collectors name, Chas. E. Monroe.
3 Benke, Am. Mid. Naturalist. XIII: 326 (1932).
4 Numbers of the specimens are listed as those of Mr. Monroe; if unnum-
bered by him, those of the museum are given.
5 Burgess, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, XIII: 246 (1923) ‘... with broad
laciniate-leaf bases.”’
119
SIN: Kewaunee County, July 30, 1892, J. HI. Schuette Field
Mus. no. 377243.5
In looking over herbarium specimens, it is noted that rays of
this pure white species have a tendency to turn bluish. We see
the importance of recording colors promptly in the field, which
Mr. Monroe made a special point of doing.
Mr. Monroe uncovered a new color, very rare in this species.
It is represented by his nos. 97-100, and by another series, nos.
118-122, all collected in Tweedy’s Woods near Milwaukee, |
Aug. 2, 1914, the specimens stand out startlingly distinct even
yet, some twenty years later, showing surprising fixedness in
their rose-red tintings. Full justification is felt in separating
this color form:
. _ Aster furcatus Burgess, f. erythractis, f. nov., a specie
radiis 11-19 roseo-rubris vel paullo’ purpurascentibus facile
distinguitur—WISCONSIN: Tweedy’s Woods, Milwaukee
County, Aug. 2, 1914. Chas. E. Monroe 97 (TYPE, Milwaukee
Public Museum).
Rays 11-19, rose-red, to slight admixture of violet. All spec-
imens examined, the nine numbers above listed, showed more
or less leaf-base laciniations.
In his collections of A. Shortit are represented probably all
its variations and forms besides the typical plants with blue rays
and elongated ovate-lanceolate leaves. In several instances he
has found the rare form with rose-red rays, or as he is wont to
refer to this tinting, ‘“‘pink’’—A. Shortit Hook., f. Gronemannti
Benke. Among these are: Story’s Woods, Wauwatosa, Milwau-
kee County, Sept. 8, 1905, no. 1574; Waukesha, Waukesha
County, Sept. 8, 1905, no. 1576; and OHIO: Elyria, Lorain
County, Sept. 19, 1913, no. 1595.7
One variety of this species stands out boldly from the rest in
his assemblage. It is of lusty growth and the middle and lower
leaves are only about twice longer than broad—measurements
of some: 4.5 X7 cm.,6X9.5cm., 4.5 X8.5 cm. differing from the
6 The revision of the name from A ster corymbosus Ait. bears the initials of
Mr. Monroe over the label.
7 A specimen of this form he donated to me—later by me to Field Museum
herbarium—may be seen there. It is WISCONSIN: Story’s Woods, Milwaukee
County, Sept. 8, 1895, Monroe 936.
120
usual leaf-form, 3 to 4 times as long as broad. It is considered
worthy of varietal rank, so I would segregate it as:
Aster Shortii Hook., var. Monroei, var nov., planta robusta;
folia caulina media et inferiora duplo longiora quam lata inter-
dum ovata vel fere rotundata; capitala vulgo paullo majora et
bracteae latiores quam in forma typica—WISCONSIN: Berry-
ville, Kenosha County, Oct. 4, 1903. Chas. E. Monroe 1576
(TYPE, Milwaukee Public Museum).
Plants robust; middle and lower cauline leaves about half
as wide as long, sometimes cordate-ovate or almost round; heads
usually somewhat larger and bracts wider; otherwise with the
species.
It is with genuine pleasure that I name this handsome
variety for my friend and co-worker with the genus Aster,
Charles E. Monroe.
This variety is rare in its Wisconsin-Illinois range, but ap-
pears to be common eastward, as specimens collected by Mr.
Monroe in Ohio key to it. Two examples can here be cited,
OHIO; Elyria, Lorain County, Oct. 1, 1909, no. 1577 (middle
leaves about 5.5 X9 cm.) and Lorain, Lorain County, Sept. 20,
1909, no. 1578, similar. A specimen,—WISCONSIN: Cale-
donia, Racine County, Sept, 14, 1902, no. 1590, has almost
round leaves, and this specimen is not alone in this tendency in
the assemblage.
Further, Mr. Monroe revealed yet another form having pure
white rays, which has never been seen by me, either in the field
or on record in hortus siccus. It is evidently very rare and here
proposed as:
Aster Shortii Hook., f. candidus, f: nov., ligulae albae; forma
rarissima—WISCONSIN: Johnson’s Woods, Wauwatosa, Mil-
waukee County, Sept. 23, 1905. Chas. E. Monroe 1594 (TYPE,
Milwaukee Public Museum).
With the species; rays pure white; form very rare.
No case of A. patens Ait. has been uncovered, although col-
lectors have diligently searched for it, nor does it escape when
cultivated. It has at times been erroneously listed from Wiscon-
sin.
A. novae-angliae L., f. genesseensis House, quite rare, was
taken by Mr. Monroe on one of his trips east, viz. OHIO: Ober-
lin, Lorain County, Sept. 28, 1909, no. 3110. Likewise, he has
121
some narrow-leaved specimens of A. laevis with leaves which
grade in a series to the extreme measurement of 115 cm.
He records these as A. concinnus Willd.; like Gray he suggests
ambiguity of this species—even hybridism in cases. Specimens
of these are WISCONSIN: Whitefish Bay, Milwaukee County,
Aug. 17, 1903, no. 3082, and Lake Woods Ravine, Milwaukee
County, Sept. 10, 1904, no. 3083.
Another series graduating in an interesting scale is that of
Aster pilosus Willd., var Pringlet (Gray) Blake. Some were
collected in central Wisconsin, about Kilbourn, Sauk County
where soils are light and sandy, and others are from North Bay
in Door County, another region of light soil—an ecological fact-
or which must not be disregarded in determining the taxonom-
ic position of these plants. Mr. Monroe has entered them on
his labels and in his lists under the name then commonly applied,
A. Pringlei (Gray) Britton. The more northerly specimens (from
North Bay) remind one of A. polyphyllus in general appear-
ance.
In nos. 3331 to 3335, a series is listed as A. commutatus
(T. & G.) Gray, all collected in Town of York, Racine County,
Oct. 11, 1903. Later he doubted this determination himself.°
My examination of them leads me to confirm his later suspicions
and regard them as lusty extremes of A. ericoides L. (A. multi-
florus Ait.),1° the number of rays (about 20) and all other ele-
ments concurring. By this evidence, A. commutatus should be
excluded from any Wisconsin list.
On one of my visits to him I gave Mr. Monroe some typical
specimens of A. longifolius which I had collected in central
Wisconsin," which pleased him greatly as he had vainly sought
this species, the typical plant being of rare occurrence. They
are: Wautoma, Waushara County, Aug. 9, 1913, Benke nos.
3847 to 3849. In these the smooth outer bracts are almost en-
tirely green, subequal with the inner and the purple rays have a
shade of roseate admixture. Nearly all plants of this species
seen in herbaria deviate much from the type in leaf-form, in the
bracts usually in a well defined series rather than subequal and
8 Blake, Rhodora 32: 140 (1930).
’ Monroe, Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc. 11: 99-100 (1913).
10 Blake, Rhodora 32: 138 (1930).
1 Monroe, Bull. Wis. Nat. Hist. Soc. 11: 102 (1913).
22
in having white rays; in many cases they agree better with re-
lated species.
A. prenanthoides is to be regarded as local in Wisconsin,
ranging scarcely beyond the confines of Milwaukee County.
Yet in this limited state-range Mr. Monroe has shown a striking
new color form:
___ Aster prenanthoides Muhl., f. milwaukeensis f. nov., ligulae
albae; forma rara et ut videtur localis——-WISCONSIN: Lake
Woods, Milwaukee County, Sept. 10, 1904, Monroe 3908
(TYPE, Milwaukee Public Museum).
Rays pure white, the form rare and apparently local.”
In his collection is also found a pure white-rayed sample of
A. puniceus L., f. albiflorus Farwell, Elkhart Lake, Sheboygan
County, Sept. 21, 1902, no. 3936—his field-notes state: ‘‘Rays
glistening white.”’
A. umbellatus Mill., var. pubens Gray is rare in Wisconsin,
though the species is quite common. The well defined specimens
are: Nekoosa, Wood County, Sept. 14, 1912, Benke 4016;
Saltenberger Lake, Vilas County, Aug. 19, 1915, Milwaukee
Science Club, mus. no. 32318; Kinnickinic, St. Croix County,
Sept. 8, 1923, A. M. Fuller mus. no. 68718. Mr. Fuller’s speci-
men has much wider leaves than the other two, it should be
noted, leading to the var. latifolius Gray, of which it might be-
come a forma on further study.
A. linariifolius is rare in the state, Mr. Monroe having col-
lected but a single specimen. It is: Kilbourn, Adams County,
Sept. 3, 1905,no. 4121. Other collectors, too, found it but rarely,
as Busseyville, Jefferson County, 1850-1860, T. Kumlien (Kum-
lein?) mus. no. 425; (locality not given), Jefferson County,
Sept. 24, 1892, John W. Dunlap, mus. no. 9305; and Baraboo,
Sauk County, Sept. 13, 1912, Chas. Goess] mus. no. 30416.
Hybridism, which makes determination difficult at times,
does not occur as often as some may believe. It is more likely
that extreme forms of leaf, inflorescence, pubescence and other
taxonomic factors in related species that may almost merge,
should be regarded as either varieties or formas, depending on
the view-point of the taxonomist, rather than as hybrids. During
12 Another specimen is Lake Woods, Milwaukee County, Oct. 10, 1903,
no. 405 given me by way of exchange (Feb. 13, 1913), now in Field Mus. of
Nat. Hist. Chicago.
123
my experience over much territory and many years I have seen
countless plants, for example, of A. novae-angliae grow with A.
ericoides, yet have very seldom met with A. amethystinus evi-
dently a hybrid of these two.'* Mr. Monroe was chary of declar-
ing hybridism; he rather considered the influences of environ-
mental factors in working with difficult specimens.
When a series of diverging specimens in a species is arranged
from one extreme to another the gradations become apparent,
acting to deter workers from announcing a multiplicity of
varieties and forms to which they might well be tempted if
intermediate patterns were missing.
Special thanks are owing Curator Albert M. Fuller of the
Department of Botany, through whose kindness every facility
of the Milwaukee Public Museum was placed at my disposal.
CuHIcAGo, ILL.
13 Benke, Rhodora 32: 1-2 (1930).
Pine and cherry from the Calvert Miocene
EpWARD W. BERRY
The presence of land plants in the marine sediments of the
Middle Atlantic States Miocene is an infrequent occurrence and
is for the most part confined to a very limited number of locali-
ties in the near shore deposits of the Calvert formation.
In 1916 twenty-six species of plants were enumerated :! 16
from Richmond, Virginia, and 17 from two localities in the Dis-
trict of Columbia, 7 being common to the two regions. This
flora included a Salvinia, 2 conifers and 23 dicotyledons. Legu-
minous leaflets and oak leaves predominate among the last and
cypress was the most common form at Richmond.
These plants indicated a middle Miocene age, probably to
be correlated with the Tortonian stage of Europe. Ecologically
the Richmond forms appeared to indicate a low coast lined with
cypress swamps and an inconsiderable run-off, and the District
of Columbia forms indicated that they grew among coastal
dunes.
Despite the fact that the fossiliferous Miocene of tidewater
Maryland and Virginia has attracted the attention of geologists
for more than 2 centuries and is visited annually by scores of
students interested in collecting shells, the bones of marine
mammals and other sea life preserved in these Miocene sedi-
ments, no traces of land plants have, so far as I know, been
recorded from the classic outcrops such as those of the. Calvert
Cliffs along the western shore of Chesapeake Bay or those along
Potomac River until the summer of 1933, when two specimens of
a new species of walnut were discovered—one in Zone 11 ata
locality 13 miles south of Plum Point in the Calvert Cliffs, and
the second at Richmond, Virginia.?
During the summer of 1935 a fairly well preserved pine cone
was collected from Zone 11 at a point 1.7 miles south of Plum
Point, and a stone of a Prunus was collected from the Nomini
1 Berry, Edward W. The physical conditions indicated by the Flora of
the Calvert formation. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper 98, pp. 61-73, pls. 11,
12, 1916.
2 A Walnut from the Chesapeake Miocene. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci., vol.
24, pp. 227-229, 1934.
124
120
Cliffs on the right bank of the Potomac in Westmoreland
County, Virginia. It is the purpose of the present note to de-
scribe these two occurrences.
Pinus collinsi n. sp. Figure 2
Although the pine cone is too incompletely preserved to be
given a distinctive diagnosis it is probably a new species, since,
Fig. 1. Prunus calvertensis, Berry, n.sp.
Fig. 2. Pinus collinsi, Berry, n.sp.
with the exception of the seed of a Pinus to be mentioned pres-
ently, it is the only trace of Pinus known from eastern North
America in the interval between the Eocene and the Pleistocene.
The specimen clearly belongs in the genus Pinus and since it
seems preferable to give it a specific name it is named for the
collector, R. Lee Collins.
The specimen, which is incomplete at the base, is 8 centi-
meters long and about 3 centimeters in diameter. The scales are
thin; somewhat, but not greatly thickened and umbonate distad,
unarmed, about a centimeter in width and 2 centimeters or
126
slightly more in length in the central part of the cone, becoming
progressively smaller in the upper part of the cone.
The specimen had evidently been in the water a long time
before it sank to the bottom and was buried by sediment, since
some of the basal scales had dropped off and the lignite is
brittle and structureless. It is impossible to locate the fossil
among the different sections of the genus. It could belong to the
white pine group among the soft pines, although our modern
species in this group have larger cones, or it could be related to
some of the pitch pines in which the prickles may be poorly
developed or fall when the cones open.
Naturally one does not expect a Miocene species to be espe-
cially close to an existing species and I have no useful compari-
sons to make with recent cones. Nor is there any merit in com-
parisons with Miocene cones from other and far distant floral
provinces. Almost any modern unarmed pine cone of about the
same size would have much the appearance of this badly pre-
served fossil specimen.
It is interesting in this connection to call attention to a
_ single, and not especially well preserved, seed of Pinus described
from the District of Columbia.* This could easily belong to the
same botanical species as the present cone. -
Locality: 1.7 mi. south of Plum Point, Calvert Co., Md.
Horizon: Zone 11 of Calvert formation, about 6 ft. above the
base of the zone.
Collector: R. Lee Collins, July, 1935.
Prunus calvertensis n. sp. Figure 1
Stone somewhat compressed, néarly circular in profile, about
1.41.6 centimeters in length and width, and 8 millimeters in
maximum thickness. The lignite is structureless, but after
photographing the single specimen it was cut across and the
interior is completely filled by what is interpreted as a single
seed. The surface of the stone is rugose throughout as shown in
the accompanying illustration.
The specimen has been compared with various Cornaceae,
Tiliaceae, Elaeocarpaceae, Celtis, Zizyphus, Grewia, Zanthoxy-
long, etc. with unsatisfactory results and appears to belong to
3 Op. cit. p. 66, pl. 12, figure 1.
127
Prunus. Naturally a single stone (pit) is not much of a basis for
a new species, but the likelihood of finding even a second speci-
men is remote.
The genus is widely distributed in modern floras of the North
Temperate Zone with about 125 species and many cultivated
varieties. Baillon segregated it in 9 sections and Focke uses
seven. Several of these, e.g. Amygdalus are undoubtedly entitled
to generic rank. The fossil obviously does not belong to the
plum, almond or peach tribes but might well be related to the
cherries.
No useful comparisons with existing species are possible nor
does the fossil appear to be close to any of the existing North
American species, but it is impossible to get far with the stones
alone, nor de we know the factors making for rugosity, although
some authors are inclined to think it has a relation to increased
size of the fleshy exocarp, and this is partly borne out by the
features in horticultural hybrids.
No leaves of Prunus are known from the Miocene of eastern
North America. Without checking the identifications it may be
said that about 80 fossil species of Prunus have been described
ranging in time from the Upper Cretaceous through the Pleisto-
cene and reaching a maximum in the Miocene. They are all
confined to the Northern Hemisphere, and beginning with the
Eocene a considerable number, about half the total known, are
represented by fruits. Among these the one which appears most
similar to Prunus calvertensis, although it is doubtful if this
is of any real significance, is aform from the Pliocene of Swal-
men, Holland which is referred by the Reids to Prunus spinosa
Linné.
Locality: Nomini Cliffs (bluff named Horsehead on Coast
Survey Chart).
Horizon: Zone not determined.
Collector: Charles T. Berry, June, 1935.
JouNs HopxKINs UNIVERSITY
BALTIMORE, Mp.
Copper in plants
D. T. MacDouGaL
The recent note by Dr. R. M: Harper in DorreyareNo-
vember—December 1935, dealing with copper in plants, impels
me to recall a note by myself on this topic in the Botanical
Gazette, January 1899, page 69. This note was descriptive of
the presence of copper in the wood of a tree of Quercus macro-
carpa which had been submitted to the Department of Chemis-
try of the University of Minnesota for analysis. The metal was
found “‘in the form of finely divided, reddish brown particles in
the tracheides, vessels, and medullary parenchyma.” This de-
posit was marked in about ten of the annual rings and in a quan-
tity amounting to 500 mg. to each kilo of dry wood, of which it
thus formed a proportion by weight of 0.5 per cent.
Although no investigation was made of the soil in which the
tree grew it was assumed that the metal was absorbed from
float copper from the formations in the Lake Superior region.
While at the time the examination was made it was assumed
that the tree had been absorbing copper for a decade it is now
known that the ascending sap in the oaks may occupy many
layers at one time. The tree may have therefore taken up all the
copper found in one year. Whether its death was the result of
such absorption was not known.
My own studies in movements of sap in plants throws no
fight on the mechanism by which this metal was found to be
chiefly concentrated in the bark of several plants including the
willow, as cited by Harper. No case of actual excretion from the
sap conducting layers out through the cambium is known and
the presence of a high proportion of metal in the bark conse-
quently presents an interesting puzzle.
At the time of the preparation of my original note I had
access only to the paper by Skertchly, mentioned by Harper,
and to one by Lehman (Der Kupfergehalt von Pflanzen und
Thieren in kupferreichen Gegenden. Archiv fiir Hygiene 27: 1.
1896). The last named found that specimens of plants grown in
ordinary soils may contain as much as 30 mg. of copper to each
kilo of dry matter while others in copper-rich soils yielded as
much as 560 mg. of the metal per kilo of dry matter.
CARMEL, CAL.
128
FIELD: TRIPS} OF THE CLUB
Trip oF May 22-24 To ‘“‘THE PINEs,”’
BRANCHVILLE, NEW JERSEY
The rapid succession of geological formations in this delight-
ful region of northwestern New Jersey still makes it possible for
any botanist to find much of interest: the limestone ridge on
which the hotel stands, with its ledges which shelter rock ferns
such as Asplenium cryptolepis, Pellaea atropurpurea and Camp-
tosorus rhizophyllus ; the high sandstone escarpment to the east-
ward with purple-flowering clematis, and the intervening gorge
with its perpetually cool boulder slopes supporting a rich growth
of hemlock, red-fruited elder, and a variety of ferns, among them
Goldie’s; the dry shale hilltops with a profusion of dwarf
Amelanchier and Viburnum. Even in this often-visited area,
surprises are constantly appearing, and we can now report a
most unusual sedge, new to New Jersey and to the Torrey Club
range. It is a northern species, Carex Backw (C. durifolia of
Britton & Brown's Illustrated Flora), growing in clumps a foot
in diameter, with narrow glossy leaves and an inflorescence
enveloped by gigantic bracts; its nearest New York outposts
are, so far as I have been able to discover, in Jefferson and St.
Lawrence Counties, and otherwise it approaches us closely only
in southwestern Vermont, and on Mount Toby near Amherst,
Massachusetts. The colony, growing on the shaded limestone
ridge about a hundred yards north of the hotel, consists of only
a dozen plants.
In woodlands adjacent to the hotel grounds, one finds
abundant colonies of the larger yellow Lady Slipper and two
interesting liliacous plants, Chamaelirium luteum and Melan-
thium latifolium, clumps of the low grass-like Scirpus plantfolius,
and occasional patches of Carex gracilescens Steud., one of the
uncommon segregates of C. laxiflora. Among the plants found
around an old quarry a half mile south of Branchville were
Sisyrinchium mucronatum and Convolvulus spithamaeus, the
latter not yet in flower.
As a flying squadron of automobiles, we proceeded on Satur-
day afternoon to Moody’s Rock, a somewhat inaccessible re-
treat among the eroded limestones just to the northwest of
129
130
Springdale. This overhanging ledge borders on a bog, somewhat
similar to the extensive bog-center of Muckshaw Swamp, lying
a short distance to the southwest. Here were pitcher plants,
cranberries, Eriophorum viridi-carinatum, the curious native
buckbean (Menyanthes trifoliata var. minor), dwarf birch (Betula
pumila), bog willow (Salix pedicellaris var. hypoglauca), and
numerous plants of Carex seorsa, one of the most infrequent
members of the Stellulatae group. A small pond, lying between
the bog and the Springdale road, filled with the golden spikes of
Orontium, showed also small patches of the yellow Cow-lily
(Nymphozanthus advena), and its shores were lined by clumps of
Carex diandra, a northern species of wet calcareous habitat.
Orontium itself shows the most amazing diversity of habitat;
being equally at home in the acidic pine barrens of New Jersey,
the dense swamps of Georgia, in shallow streams of the Cumber-
land Mountains, and in the marly ponds of western New Jersey.
Toward its existence the enormously deep roots are probably
the most important contributor.
With the owner’s permission, we later visited the extensive
Muckshaw Swamp, with a few clumps of the showy ladies’
slipper (Cypripedium reginae) still to be seen, and an abundance
of yellow ladies’ slippers, both large and small-flowered. Flowers
of the small variety, confined to wet swampy places, were oc-
casionally found to have a delicious fragrance. At the margin of
one of the numerous embayments we saw again, as we had found
it in the previous year, the splendid stand of Goldie’s Fern, and
the luxuriant plants representing a natural hybrid between this
species and the marginal shield fern.
To the list of plants observed in 1935 at the “‘Pines’’ by Dr.
Moldenke may be added: Marchantia polymorpha, Carex cepha-
lophora, C. convoluta, C.amphibola C. oligocarpa, C. Backu, C.
laxiculmis, C. laxiflora, C. histricina. Polygonatum pubescens,
Staphylea trifolia, Quercus rubra, Krigia amplexicaulis, Carda-
mine pennsylvanica.
HENRY K. SVENSON
TRIP OF JUNE 20 TO ENGLEWOOD CLIFFS
A small group went through the woods on the Palisades and
along the brook to a swamp. Besides the usual plants of such
131
situations, a number of less common ones were seen, most of
them pointed out by Dr. Svenson.
Eupatorium trifoliatum and E. purpureum were found to-
gether, growing abundantly along the road.
In spite of the constant cutting of wood on the area, such
plants as Adiantum pedatum, Mitchella repens and Asclepias
phytolaccoides were still in evidence. Melanthium latifolium was
found on a hillside, Conopholis americana under an oak, and
along the brook Athyrium acrostichoides and Isoetes Engelmannt.
Typha angustifolia, far from its usual salt marsh habitat, was
found in a marsh along with 7. latifolia. Some of the less com-
mon sedges seen were Carex projecta, C. prasina, and C. laeviva-
ginata.
HESTER W. Rusk
NEWS NOTES
Dr. A. H. Reginald Buller, first professor of botany at the
University of Manitoba, has resigned the chair which he has
held for over thirty years and has been appointed professor
emeritus. He proposes to continue his botanical studies in
England with headquarters at the Herbarium of the Royal
Botanical Gardens, Kew, Surrey.
At the commencement exercises at Harvard University in
June the doctorate of science was conferred on Dr. Elmer D.
Merrill, until last year Director of the New York Botanical
Garden and now Administrator of the Harvard botanical units.
The citation accompanying the degree was ““Elmer Drew Mer-
rill, a botanist famed for his investigations of the flora of the
Philippines, an administrator marked by his effectiveness in
many posts.”
In the Twenty-fifth annual report of the Brooklyn Botanic
Garden, Dr. Arthur H. Graves reports on the work being done
toward breeding a chestnut that will be of timber value and
immune to the chestnut blight. At present there are growing on
trial grounds at Hamden, Conn., specimens of American, Span-
ish, Chinese and Japanese chestnuts with a large variety of
hybrids between the various species. Last year seeds were
secured of a cross of the American and Chinese species, using
132
the American as the female parent. Some of the hybrid trees
have been attacked by the blight but others seem to be immune.
The 1936 drought is one of the most serious and widespread
the nation has ever experienced. Not only have there been un-
told suffering by the local residents and terrific losses in crops,
but other forms of life over considerable areas are showing the
effects of abnormally high temperatures and deficient precipita-
tion. Just how serious some of these effects are remains to be
seen.
As information on drought resistance of trees and shrubs is
sadly lacking, the present affords an unusual opportunity to
obtain data of outstanding value. Consequently, it is hoped that
those who are in a position to do so will take notes on the reac-
tion of various plants to the drought.
The Forest Service is undertaking the collection of data on
the drought damage. In this it is seeking the aid of botanists,
and other interested individuals throughout the drought area.
Anyone with observations on species behavior should communi-
cate them to the Division of Silvics of the Forest Service at
Washington, D. C. Data are desired especially on such features
as the nature, extent, and character of the damage, the relative
resistance of trees growing on different sites, the comparative
ability of native and exotic trees to withstand drought and the
nature and extent of the damage to stands or to shade or orna-
mental trees, shrubs, etc. A questionnaire covering these points
has been drawn up to aid observers in reporting the effects of
the current drought.
Boris A. Krukoff, of the New York Botanical Garden, sailed
recently for Brazil, where he will continue his work on the poi-
sonous plants of the Amazon territory. (Science)
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorReEyA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2pp. 4pp 8pp 12pp 16pp.
25 copies 1.85 2,35 4.10 6.35 6.95
50.‘ 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
1 ae 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100“ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
150“ 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200“ 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300.“ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 1144 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00
Council
Ex officio
M. A. Howe
H. A. GLEASON
F, E. DENNY
T. E. Hazen
J. S. KARLING
E. B. MatzKE
M. A. CHRYSLER
1934-1936
R. A. HARPER
‘JAMES MuRPHY
E. W. SINNottT
S. F. TRELEASE
1935-1937
A. H. Graves
G. T. HAsTINGS
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
R. P. WopdEHOUSE
1936-1938
H. K. SVENSON
H: AH: Cuum
R. H. CHENEY
R. H. Torrey
Endowment Committee
CAROLINE C. HAYNEs, Chairman
Committees for 1936
Entertainment Committee
Mrs. R. A. HARPER
A. H. GRAVES
Mrs. G. T. HAsTINGS
Mrs. Wm. MITCHELL
Field Committee
RAYMOND H. Torrey, Chairman
EpWarp J. ALEXANDER
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
GEORGE F, DILLMAN
VERNON L. FRAZEE
ARTHUR H. GRAVES
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
ROBERT HAGELSTEIN
Mrs. Inez M. HARING
GEORGE T. HasTINGs
MicHAkEL LEVINE
JaMEs MurRPHY
Henry K. SVENSON
DANIEL SMILEY, JR.
FaripA A. WILEY
Program Committee
J. S. KarLInG, Chairman
Wm. CROCKER
Mrs. S. F. TRELEASE A. H. GRAVES
E. B. Matzke T. E. Hazen
Local Flora Committee
Phanerogams:
R. H. CHENEY H. M. DENsSLow NORMAN TAYLOR
BAYARD LONG Hester M. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Mrs. G. P. ANpERsoN A. W. Evans. T. E. HAZEN CAROLINE C. HAYNES
M. A. Howe
MICHAEL LEVINE
F. J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict
Liverworts: A. W. Evans
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. S.
Burlingham
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Rusts and Smuts: P. Wilson
Discomycetes: F. J. Seaver
Myxomycetes:
Lichens: Mrs. G. P. Anderson
Hypocreaceae, Plectascineae,
berineae: F, J. Seaver
Erysiphaceae: G. M. Reed
Sclerotium-forming Fungi: Arlow B.
Stout
Imperfecti: F.. J. Seaver
Phycomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Yeast and Bacteria: Miss J. Broad-
hurst
R. Hagelstein .
Tu-
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 62, published in 1935, contained 566 pages of text and 28
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24-62 can be supplied separ at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memoirs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4. 00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
EpwIn B. MATZKE
Schermerhorn Hall,
Columbia University,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 36 November-December, 1936 No. 6
TORREYA
A Bi-MontTHLy JOURNAL OF BoTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Deuterium and living organisms, ROBERTSON PRATT............-.-..- 133
An interesting oak in New York City, with brief notes on Quercus
Richtert Bach.) LEON CROAT = eythane t wale Aeyep tN 139
Is Acorus Calamus native in the United States? RoLAND M. HARPER... 143
Book review:
A new revision of a popular manual of trees. GEorGE T. HASTINGS.... 148
CI GATINS OL tHe Chis Ph! it. DEE Efe CR A edhe VR ate Lies ee eh cit setekaters 150
Broceedings: of the clp72t.)..\i65 te) Aa hvnse pl cep sie seein tebe ea ele Witeeehe aatihe ss 156
Mews Notes tig cai (ees Ae SR ON Ge eae! cide thd alors Ande Be 158
Dates of Publication of Torreya, Volume 36......................... 158
ANGE tO) V GINS) SOA cess ered ere NT A ak eric ed EEA > he Mls 159
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Georce Banta PusBLisH1nG COMPANY
450-454 AuNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1936
President
MARSHALL AVERY HOWE, Pu.D., Sc.D.
Vice-Presidents
HENRY A: GLEASON, Pu.D.
FRANK E. DENNY, Pa.D.
Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA. UNIVERSITY, NEW YORK
Treasurer
EDWIN B. MATZKE
Assistant Treasurer
MRS. JAMES W. MARVIN
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. : A. F. BLAKESLEE, Pa.D.
H. A. GLEASON, PH.D. F. E. DENNY, Pa.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A. GLEASON, Pa.D.
MARSHALL A. HOWE, Pu.D. R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. J. S. KARLING, PH.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. ‘ E: W. SINNOTT, : Pa.D.
For Torreya ;
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Pu:D.
Business Managér
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
JENNIE S.’ DODGE
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B..0. DODGE, PHD.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
GEORGE H. SHULL, Pu.D. WILLIAM CROCKER, Pu.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, ‘Px.D:
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
TorrEYa is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should ‘be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other
communications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to
450 Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer, Edwin B.
Matzke, Schermerhorn Hall, Columbia University, New York City,
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York. New York
ree LEAD
b .OMAKY
NEW YORK
~
TORREYA &“*
Vol. 36 November—December, 1936 No. 6
——@xq=- a ___<_
Deuterium and living organisms
ROBERTSON PRATT
The existence of more than one variety of water is of great
interest to physiologists, and during the three years that deuter-
ium oxide, or heavy water, has been available for research many
investigators have studied its influence on plants and animals.
Soon after Urey and his associates (33, 34)'isolated deuter-
ium, an isotope of hydrogen, methods were developed for the
concentration of DO, or deuterium oxide, from water by means
of electrolysis. Nearly all samples of water, whether from the
ocean, fresh water lakes, or formed by the combustion of or-
ganic matter, contain about 1 part in 5000, or 0.02 per cent,
D,O by weight. To isolate the D.O from water, use is made of
the well known fact that when an electric current passes through
water, oxygen and hydrogen are liberated at the electrodes.’
At first relatively more light than heavy hydrogen is liberated.
Consequently as the treatment proceeds the ratio of heavy to
light hydrogen in the residue increases and ultimately oxygen
and deuterium are liberated. The gases are then burned and
just as two atoms of hydrogen (mass=1) may combine with one
atom of oxygen to form a molecule of H,O, so two atoms of
deuterium (mass=2) combine with one of oxygen to form D,O.
The cost of the current consumed is the greatest item of expense
in this procedure, but improved methods and increased effi-
ciency have combined to reduce the cost of production from
about one dollar to approximately ten cents a drop.
Influence of D,O on growth—High concentrations of D.O
have been found in a number of cases to exert a depressing ac-
tion on the normal growth of plants and animals. Tobacco
seeds were found to sprout slowly in 50 per cent D.O and not
at all in 100 per cent DO (14, 15). Seeds were not killed, how-
1 Numbers in parentheses refer to literature citations.
2 In practice a dilute sodium hydroxide solution is prepared with the water
to be concentrated. This facilitates electrolysis (4).
133
134
ever, for upon removal after three weeks to ordinary water they
sprouted, although their development was somewhat abnormal.
In other studies the rate of development of frogs’ eggs decreased
as the concentration of D.O increased from 5 per cent to 30
per cent (35) and the development of fertilized sea urchins’ eggs
was promptly arrested when they were placed in contact with
99.5 per cent D.O (17).
Neither bacteria nor lower plants are immune to the action
of D.O. Species of luminous bacteria and of Euglena failed to
grow in concentrated heavy water, but it was observed that
transfer to ordinary water after forty-one and nine days, re-
spectively, resulted in renewal of normal growth (11). Other
investigators found that different species of unicellular green
algae did not grow if the D.,O content of the nutrient solution
exceeded 85 per cent, although cells survived exposure to high
concentrations for several days and resumed growth when re-
turned to culture media with low concentrations (25). Fungus
mycelia behaved similarly (13). The spores of the fungus that
produces the powdery mildew disease of wheat also proved to
be useful in a detailed study of the influence of D.O on growth
(22a). Elongation of the germ tubes was studied in concentra-
tions ranging from 0.02 to 100 per cent. It was found that D.O
reduced the maximum rate and final amount of growth, that elon-
gation of germ-tubes was promptly arrested when spores were
placed in 100 per cent D2O, and that spores were more sensitive
to the deleterious action of D,O after growth had begun in H.O.
Practically no growth occurred when the D.O concentration
was greater than 75 per cent.
Within certain limits of time, spores were not killed by ex-
posure to 100 per cent D;O, since upon return to H,O they re-
sumed growth. It was clear, however, that the injury resulting
from prolonged exposure was, at least in part, irreversible. With
exposures ranging from 24 to 124 hours, the length which germ
tubes attained and the duration of the growth period in H,O
were inversely related to the previous period of immersion in
100 per cent D,O.
Since high concentrations of D.O exert a marked depressing
action on normal growth, several investigators have tested this
agent as a possible tool to be used in the treatment of cancers
and other abnormal growths. Their efforts have all been unsuc-
cessful. Under the conditions of the experiments, rodent tumors
135
and cancers have outwardly been entirely unaffected by con-
centrated or dilute D.O (23, 29, 30, 37).
One experimenter failed to note any significant effect of 94
per cent D,O on cell division of germinating wheat embryos
(19) and another reported that the growth of Staphylococcus
sp. and the typhus bacillus was unaffected over a period of 70
days by 92-94 per cent D.O (10).
Stimulation of organisms exposed to dilute D,O—1.e., con-
centrations less than 1 per cent—has been reported. Improved
growth of various species of protozoa, bacteria, algae, fungi,
and green plants has been said to result from treatment with
0.05-0.13 per cent D.O (1, 9, 20, 26). Slight inhibition of the
germination of Lupinus seeds and growth of the seedlings has
also been reported (18).
Other workers, however, have been unable to detect any in-
fluence of carefully purified dilute heavy water on living organ-
isms. In a number of experiments cultures of several species of
protozoa, luminous bacteria, soil bacteria, and different patho-
genic organisms (in vivo and in vitro) were not influenced by
dilute D.O (5, 11, 27). In other tests, fungi and the roots of
wheat plants grew equally well in 0.46 per cent D.O and in H,O
(i122).
Influence of D2O on photosynthesis —A study of the influence
of D,O on photosynthesis is of particular interest, since water
enters directly into the chemical reactions at one stage of the
process. Many investigators have determined the effect of vary-
ing CO, concentration, light intensity, temperature, and other
factors upon the photosynthetic process, and important hypoth-
eses and theories of the mechanism of photosynthesis have
been derived from their observations. For obvious reasons, how-
ever, it has been difficult to determine the réle of H,O in the
process, but now the use of D,O suggests an approach to this
important problem.
Preliminary reports from different laboratories show that
photosynthesis is considerably reduced in heavy water. For ex-
ample, it was found from direct measurements that with 99.9
per cent D.O photosynthesis in the unicellular green alga Chlo-
rella sp. was 0.41 of that with H.O (8). This figure closely ap-
proximates the earlier estimate (based on chemical analyses of
algae cultured in D,O) that D is assimilated 41 per cent as
rapidly as H (24).
136
Influence of D2O on respiration —The respiration of several
organisms has also been studied and found to be markedly re-
tarded in the higher concentrations of DO. In one series of
experiments the oxygen consumption of luminous bacteria de-
creased rapidly as the concentration of D.O increased from 0.02
to 86 per cent and extrapolation of the curve representing respi-
ration as a function of D:,O concentration indicated zero
respiration in 100 per cent heavy water (12). Other experiments
showed that the oxygen consumption of yeast (32) and green
algae (6) was reduced about one half in 100 per cent DO but
that dilute D.O had no influence on the respiration of wheat
seedlings (7) or of yeast (32).
Influence of D,O on muscles and nerves——There has been
much speculation concerning the effect of D2O on nerve and
muscle action, although few detailed experiments have been
reported. It is clear, however, that some muscles at least are
very sensitive to D,O. Carefully controlled experiments (36)
showed that the strength and frequency of the beat of isolated
frogs’ hearts were progressively diminished as the concentration
of D.O in Ringer’s solution was increased from 0.02 to 99.2
per cent. The deleterious effect on hearts and other muscles
was evident immediately, but D2O seemed to have no influence
on the nerves studied.
Mechanism of the action of D2O on physiological processes.—
The influence of D.O on the rates of several physiological proc-
esses is well known, but the cause of the action is not clear.®
Evidence in the literature indicates that, with the possible
exception of the membranes of mammalian erythrocytes (3, 21),
cell membranes do not differ significantly in permeability to
concentrated D.O and to H;O, and that the two liquids are not
markedly different in ability to participate in establishing os-
motic pressure (8, 17, 22).
Numerous chemical studies have shown that when sugars,
cellulose, and many other organic and inorganic compounds are
placed in contact with D,O labile H atoms are quickly replaced
by D atoms, and that the activity of the deuterium compound
formed usually differs to a greater or lesser extent from that of
the original compound (22). Similar exchanges probably occur
3 It should be observed that the sensitiveness of different species of organ-
isms to D.O varies considerably and is not clearly correlated with their phylo-
genetic positions.
137
when living cells are immersed in D.O (2). Thus the activities
of different intracellular compounds, and hence the relative
velocities of various reactions, may be altered when cells are
exposed to D.O. Since disturbance of the normal relative rates
of physiological processes may cause serious injury to plants
and animals, it seems possible that D2,O influences life processes
by altering the established rate relations of mutually depend-
ent intracellular reactions. Other chemical studies have shown
that the ratio of the dissociated to the undissociated forms of
several compounds changes when D,O is substituted for H.O as
the solvent (16, 31). The ratio of dissociated to undissociated
molecules in protoplasm might, therefore, be quite different in
the two liquids. This kind of disturbance might seriously alter
the relative rates of essential reactions in living cells and account
for the observed effect of D.O on living organisms.
D as an indicator in metabolism.—Although the initial and
end products of many physiological processes are known, the
intermediate steps by which one is converted into the other are,
in many instances, unknown. Recent investigations indicate
that the metabolic systems of mice and dogs are unable to dis-
tinguish some fatty acids hydrogenated with deuterium from
those similarly treated with hydrogen. The analytical chemist
can, however, detect the slight difference. Thus by feeding these
compounds to animals and later analyzing their body fluids it
is possible to trace the intermediate steps in different processes
and to obtain elusive information about normal metabolism.
For example, physiologists found that even when animals were
fed a diet insufficient to maintain their weight, the fat in the
diet was not available for use directly, but had first to be de-
posited in the fat depots (28), and in another experiment it was
possible to trace several intermediate steps in the metabolism
of the important substance cholesterol in dogs and to obtain
information concerning its behavior in man.
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
NEw YorK CIty
Literature Cited*
1. Barnes, T. C. 1934. Science 79: 370.
2. Bonhoeffer, K. F., and O. Reitz. 1934. Naturwissenschaften 22: 744.
4 For a more complete bibliography of the biological effects of DO see
Pratt (1936).
138
Brooks, S. C. 1935. Jour. Cell. and Comp. Physiol. 7: 163.
Brown, W. G., and A. F. Dagget. 1935. Jour. Chem. Physics 3: 216.
Castellani, E. 1935. Boll. Soc. Internat. Microbiol. Sez. Ital. 7: 396.
Craig, F. N., and S. F. Trelease. 1937. Amer. Jour. Bot. 24. (In press.)
Curry, J., R. Pratt, and S. F. Trelease. 1935. Science 81: 275.
, and S. F. Trelease. 1935. Science 82: 18.
Ewart, A. J. 1935. Australian Jour. Exp. Biol. and Med. Sci. 13: 9.
Hansen, K., and E. Blegen. 1935. Klin. Wochenschr. 14: 1113.
. Harvey, E. N. 1934. Biol. Bull. 66: 91.
, and G. W. Taylor. 1934. Jour. Cell. and Comp. Physiol. 4: 357.
. Klar, R., and H. Zickler. 1934. Des Naturf. 11: 205.
. Lewis, G. N. 1933. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc. 55: 3503.
, 1934. Science 79: 151.
, and P. W. Schutz. 1934. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc. 56: 1913.
. Lucké, B., and E. N. Harvey. 1935. Jour. Cell. and Comp. Physiol. 5: 473.
. Macht, D.I., and M. E. Davis. 1934. Jour. Amer. Chem. Soc. 56: 246.
. Melot, G. J. 1934. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. and Med. 32: 79.
. Meyer, S. L. 1934. Science 79: 210.
. Parpart, A. K. 1935. Jour. Cell. and Comp. Physiol. 7: 153.
. Pratt, R. 1936. Amer. Jour. Bot. 23: 422-431.
, 1937. Amer. Jour. Bot. 24. (In press.)
. Rea, C. E., and S. Yuster, 1934. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. and Med. 31: 1058.
. Reitz, O., and K. F. Bonhoeffer. 1935a. Zeitschr. Physik. Chem. A 172: 369.
, and K. F. Bonhoeffer. 1935b. Zeitschr. Physik. Chem. A 174:
424,
. Richards, O. W. 1934. Jour. Bact. 28: 289.
. Riviére, R. D. de la, and E. Roux. 1935. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris
200: 984.
. Schoenheimer, R., and D. Rittenberg. 1935. Science 82: 156.
. Suguira, K., and L. C. Chesley. 1934a. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. and Med. 31:
1108. >
, and L. C. Chesley. 1934b. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. and Med. 31:
659.
. Svedberg, T., and I. Eriksson-Quensel. 1936. Nature 137: 400.
. Taylor, G. W., and E. N. Harvey. 1934. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. and Med. 31:
954.
. Urey, H. C., F. G. Brickwedde, and G. M. Murphy. 1932. Phys. Rev. 39:
164.
, F. G. Brickwedde, and G. M. Murphy. 1933. Phys. Rev. 40: 1.
. Ussing, H. H. 1935. Skand. Arch. Physiol. 72: 192.
. Verzar, F., and C. Haffter. 1935. Pfluger’s Arch. Ges. Physiol. Menschen
u. Tiere 236: 714.
. Woglum, W. H., and L. A. Weber. 1934. Jour. Amer. Med. Assoc. 102:
1289.
An interesting Oak in New York City with brief notes
on Quercus Richteri Baen.
LEON CROIZAT
A curious Oak has recently come to the attention of the
writer in Fort Washington Park, Manhattan. The specimen
grows very close to the drive projected along the Hudson River
and now in course of construction. Thanks to the interest of
Mr. G. D. Clarke, consulting landscape architect, and of the
officials of the Department of Parks efforts are being made to
preserve this tree.
This Oak is slightly more than 22 inches in diameter and
about 55 feet tall. It is located approximately one quarter of
a mile north from the foot of the slope crowned by the Pavilion
on Riverside Drive, which on the city maps stands almost in
line with West 190th Street, across Fort Tryon Park.
The bark at the bole does not materially differ from the bark
of specimens of the red oak (Quercus borealis) of like size. The
main limbs arise 20 feet above the ground and tend to be pendu-
lous in the lowest tiers, wholly ascending above. The crown is
open, nearly dome-shaped.
The leaves are borne in lax whorls at the extremity of the
glabrous branchlets. Their texture, except where altered as ex-
plained below, is exactly that of Q. borealis. They are dark green
with more or less of a bloom beneath as usual with the leaves of
that species. A juvenile covering of minute fascicled and stel-
late hairs is suggested by the few persistent trichomes of adult
leaves at the margin of the blade. Leaves of late growth, how-
ever, are subglabrous to glabrous on unfolding.
The size of the leaf suggests the Red Oak’s but the outline is
not the usual one of the species. The upper half to two thirds
of the blade shows some 5 acuminate, long and narrow lobes,
1—5-toothed, the teeth long-aristate. The sinuses are mostly
narrow, irregular in outline, some triangular with the opposite
margins overlapping, others more or less openly quadrangular,
the bottom of the sinus almost parallel with the midrib. The
lower half or third tends to be abruptly constricted, the blade-
tissue in some leaves barely exceeding the thickness of the mid-
139
140
rib and of the primaries: here the lobes are much shorter, dis-
tinctly irregular as to depth, outline and indentation. In brief,
the blade is subflabellate, obovate in outline, much narrowed
at the base.
The irregularity of the veins matches that of the blade. In
the upper half to two thirds the primaries resemble in the main
those of Q. borealis. Below they are coarser; they usually start
at a narrow angle from the midrib, then turn sharply outwards
to end in the tip of the lobe. This peculiar design is matched by
the equally peculiar rough tissue of the blade; not infrequently
this tissue wears down to translucent patches like the calloused
margin of the blade. On the spurs of the twigs and branches
shallowly lobed or nearly unlobed leaves occur. Only occa-
sional leaves are not constricted at the base.
The wood of the twig is dark- to olive-brown usually with
a grayish glossy cast, quite brittle. The bud, seen in September,
is like that of Q. borealis but may have fewer scales. The fruit
also has the earmarks of the Red Oak’s. The cupule is cup-
shaped, short-pedunculate, glabrous inside, covered with about
10 rows of triangular scales puberulous at first, later glabrous
or sparingly scurfy-hairy at the margins. About % of the acorn
is inclosed by the cupule.
The possibility of the tree under discussion being a hybrid
between the Red and the Pin Oak (for which Q. Richteri Baen.
is believed to be valid) may be suggested but the writer believes
none of its characters warrant this assumption. Cultivars from
manifestly good species in Fagus, Acer, Tilia, etc., exhibit aber-
rant patterns of venation and leaf such as are also found in
certain hybrids of Quercus, Ulmus, Philadelphus, Sorbus, Cra-
taegus, Malus, Amygdalus, Aesculus and Tilia, and occasionally,
in single leaves of most any plant. The habit of a tree is apt to
show individual variations, and is always modified by the im-
mediate environment. In distinctly pubescent species (e.g.,
Tilia platyphyllos) leaves of late growth are normally glabrous
or subglabrous. The discussion could easily be extended notic-
ing, for instance, that an Oak of mixed descent (e.g., Q. run-
cinata) may bear fruits in fair amount, and that these fruits
are like those of one parent (Q. maxima), hybridism showing
almost exclusively in the leaf which thus may tend to assume
diagnostic value. The widest divergence of opinions obtains in
141
these matters. The balance of probability, however, indicates
that we are dealing with a teratological case involving an other-
wise pure strain of the Red Oak.
To dispose of this tree in nomenclature is not without diffi-
culty. It manifestly does not deserve rank as species, subspecies,
variety or form in the orthodox taxonomic sense. Its presenta-
tion as an horticultural variety seems to be not wholly objec-
tionable. The specimen belongs to a species well known in
cultivation, grows in a public park, and is a precise match of
such accepted varieties as Quercus robur var. heterophylla and
Acer platanoides var. laciniatum. It may be said that the use of
horticultural variety is unbecoming whenever the specimen on
which the variety is established is not in cultivation. The ob-
jection has some merit, but it assumes for certain that our Oak
will not be cultivated and reproduced. This much, of course,
does not belong to the record as proved. The writer, therefore,
announces: Quercus borealis Michx var. (hort.) nov. flabellata
—Lamina plerumque basi abrupte irregulariter constricta den-
tata, figura quoadmodum flabellata (Blade usually abruptly
and irregularly constricted dentate at the base, in outline more
or less flabellate) Type in the Herbarium of the N. Y. Bo-
tanical Garden, leg. Leon Croizat, August 31, 1936. Sizes: Leaf
up to 9 inches long, the petiole about 14 of an inch, the entire
median part of the blade not over 2—23 inches broad, with lobes
up to 23 inches long, 2 inches broad. Acorn to 1 inch long, 2 of
an inch broad, inclosed about } by the cupule; cupule up to
+ of an inch deep.
Baenitz presented (Allg. Bot. Zeitschr. 9: 85 et seg., 1903)
Quercus Richteri for Q. borealis var. maxima XQ. palustris. The
discussion that justifies the presentation of the binomial is con-
vincing so far as the cited text reads, and Q. Richteri has found
place in standard works, in some of which it is briefly described.
The writer, thanks to the kindness of Dr. E. J. Palmer, has
seen the specimens of Q. Richteri preserved in the herbarium of
the Arnold Arboretum. On the strength of an isotype (Dr. C.
Baenitz, Herbarium Dendrologicum No. —, Flora Silesiaca,
1/10-12/10 1902; without fruit) Q. Richteri is justifiably re-
duced to a synonym of Q. coccinea Moench. Three specimens
(Juli 1903 leg. Herrenhausen; 28.v.1904 “Original Baum”’; 28.v.
1904 leg. C. K. Schneider, Scheitniger Park Breslau, ‘“‘Original
vA
142
Baum ’’) from the ‘‘Herbarium Dendrologicum C. K. Schneider”’
confirm that Q. Richtert is synonymous with Q. coccinea. It
should be remarked that on the last cited sheet appears the
mss. note ‘‘Sieht aus wie (Q.) coccinea’”’ in which, it seems, C. K.
Schneider very mildly states the essential fact. The two Ameri-
can collections represent wholly distinct trees. One (Kellog,
Herbarium Americanum, October 11, 1907, Osage, Mo.) ap-
pears to the writer inextricable from certain critical forms of the
group Q. rubra-Q. palustris L. The other specimen (E.J. Palmer,
Plants of Missouri, No. 26358) is a very interesting sample.
The leaf suggests Q. ellipsoidalis E. J. Hill, but the acorn and
cupule resemble the fruit of Q. runcinata Engelm., consequently
that of QO. maxima (Marsh.) Ashe. This Oak may well represent
a hybrid but, unfortunately, can not remain under Q. Richter1
because the binomial must follow the type.
NEw YorRK CITY
Is Acorus Calamus native in the United States?
ROLAND M. HARPER
Acorus Calamus L., commonly known as calamus or sweet
flag which differs markedly from all our other Araceae in having
linear erect equitant leaves, and in being aromatic instead of
acrid, is generally treated in current manuals as _ native
throughout the eastern United States, and occurring also in
Europe and Asia. Its aromatic rootstock was formerly regarded
as an important medicine, though its popularity was evidently
waning as long ago as 1855, when John Darby said of it in his
Botany of the Southern States: “It was anciently much more
highly esteemed than at the present day.”’ In the South it seems
to be used mostly by negroes, and it is referred to in the ‘“‘Uncle
Remus” stories of two generations ago as a favorite condiment.
I do not have access to much botanical literature at present,
but will quote a few statements about Acorus that I have found,
which may be representative enough; taking them in chrono-
logical order.
Stephen Elliott, in his Botany of South Carolina and
Georgia (1821) says of it: ““Grows in wet places, around ponds,
etc., near settlements; naturalized but scarcely indigenous.”
William Darlington, in his Flora Cestrica (i.e., of Chester
County, Pennsylvania) (1837) says: ‘“‘Swampy meadows; about
springheads; frequent. . . . Our American Botanists speak of it
as being undoubtedly indigenous; but I have never seen it where
it did not appear like an introduced plant.”
Darby, in the book above referred to, gives its distribution
only as “‘wet places.’’ He was living at the time in Auburn,
Alabama, and may have seen the plant in that vicinity.
A. W. Chapman, in his Flora of the Southern United States
(1860), says of Acorus: ‘‘Wet places, Florida, and northward,
apparently introduced.”’
F. P. Porcher, in his Resources of the Southern Fields and
Forests (1863), says: ‘Diffused in bogs and morasses; I have
collected it in Fairfield and in Charleston districts’? (now
counties, in South Carolina). He devotes about a page to its
medicinal properties, citing several authorities who had written
about it.
143
144
Alphonso Wood, in his Class Book of Botany (various edi-
tions, around 1870), says: ‘‘Grows in wet soils throughout the
United States.”’
Britton and Brown, in the first volume of their illustrated
Flora (1896), give the habitat of Acorus as “In swamps and
along streams,” with a range from Nova Scotia to Minnesota,
Louisiana and Kansas, also in Europe and Asia. They make the
interesting observation that “In our territory fruit is rarely, if
ever, found.”’
Gattinger, in his Flora of Tennessee (second edition, 1901),
says of it: ““E. Tenn. Perhaps from imported stock. Cultivated
here and there.”
Mohr, in his Plant Life of Alabama (1901), gives its general
distribution elsewhere, and then says: “‘Scattered over the
State. Border of swamps. Mobile and Montgomery counties.’’
There is no hint that it may not be indigenous, and the same
idea prevails in Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States
(1903), and his Manual of the Southeastern Flora (1933). Mills-
paugh, in his Flora of West Virginia (1913), cites seven stations
for it, with no intimation that it might not have been there
always.
It may be noted that several of the writers previous to the
Civil War were skeptical about its being indigenous, but less
skepticism seems to have been expressed since; as if the plant
was gradually making itself more at home, so to speak.
My own experience with the species in question began about
the ‘‘turn of the century,’ when I used to see it frequently in
wet meadows in central Massachusetts, and a few years later in
one or two similar places on Long Island. In such places its
associates were practically all supposed native species, though
there is some reason to believe that the meadows themselves,
or some of them, occupy sites from which swampy forests were
cleared away by the early settlers.!
I never encountered it anywhere in the South until I came
across a patch covering several square yards in a marshy place
near some negro houses near the Warrior River in Tuscaloosa,
Alabama, on June 1, 1928. But as it grows in dense colonies in
wet places, and has leaves similar in size and shape to those of
several species of Jvis (though a little greener than most Irises),
1 See Torreya, 16: 269-270 (footnote). Jan. 1917.
145
it could easily be mistaken for an Jris at a little distance, es-
pecially at seasons when the latter is not in bloom. And I may
thus have overlooked it in all my car-window botanizing (which
has extended into or through about one-third of the counties
in the United States and a few in Canada).
It happens that not long after I found it in Tuscaloosa one of
the Birmingham papers started a series of daily articles (anon-
ymous) on Alabama plants; and the very first one, cn Sep-
tember 10, 1928, dealt with ‘‘Calamus, or sweet flag, as it is
commonly called by natives of Alabama, where it is found
growing abundantly in the swampy sections of the state.’’ The
article consisted mostly of folk-lore relating to the plant, be-
ginning with the Bible, and referring to India, and some early
customs of American Indians.’
As soon as possible I wrote a letter to the paper, challenging
the statement about the abundance of calamus in Alabama, and
asking if any readers knew of localities for it. That brought a
few prompt replies (one from a correspondent about 75 miles
away reaching me the same day my letter was published), the
gist of which was that each writer knew of the occurrence of the
plant long ago in one or two localities. It should be mentioned
here that in a copy of Darby’s Botany that belonged to Dr.
Eugene A. Smith there is a marginal annotation for Acorus
Calamus, ‘‘Ala.,’’ which evidently means that he had seen it
somewhere in the state in the 70’s, possibly in Tuscaloosa,
where I did many years later.
I left Alabama a few days after the inquiry just mentioned,
and did not return to the state to work for three years, or do
much botanizing again until 1933. After that I located a few
more stations for Acorus. On May 17, 1934, I saw a small patch
of it, in bloom, in the western edge of Athens, Limestone
County, close to buildings and in pretty weedy surroundings,
as in Tuscaloosa six years before. On April 16, 1935, I collected
it in a marshy pasture about 3 mile west of Stevenson, Jackson
County. A man who came along at that time to see what I was
up to suggested that the plants may have washed down from
2 In a History of Agriculture in the State of New York, U. P. Hedrick,
1933, Sweet flag—Acorus Calamus—is given in the list of Indian food and in-
dustrial plants in the section ‘‘Native plants, used but apparently not culti-
vated.”’ (Editor.)
146
some negro houses which were plainly visible across the rail-
road. A letter received quite recently from Mrs. Lillian V.
Porter, an amateur botanist of Chattanooga, Tenn., whom I
had told about this find, states that she had a cook who came
from a negro settlement a few miles from Stevenson, and said
the people there cultivated the calamus (‘‘calomel root,” as
they called it), and used it medicinally. A few plants that I saw
along a partly shaded small stream in the western edge of
Hamilton, Alabama, on June 2, 1936, were said to have been
planted there by negroes.
During a visit to Atlanta at the end of October, 1936, while
most of this article was in the hands of the editor or printers, I
picked up an interesting bit of evidence. A friend who helped me
verify the ‘‘Uncle Remus’”’ reference (dimly remembered after
more than forty years) in his collection of Georgia books, asked
his negro cook if she knew anything about calamus. She replied ~
that she had some of it growing in a box on her back porch; and
she brought a leaf the next morning for verification.
When once established the plant seems to propagate in-
definitely by rootstocks, and that doubtless explains why it
seldom fruits, as noted by Britton and Brown. The same tend-
ency is exhibited by numerous other plants.
As for its distribution in states adjacent to Alabama, Gat-
tinger’s observations in Tennessee have already been quoted.
I have been in every county in Georgia but one, without ever
seeing it there, but could have overlooked it, as previously sug-
gested. The author of ‘‘Uncle Remus,’’ who seems to have been
familiar with the plant, lived in Georgia all his life, and may
have known of one or more localities for it, wild or cultivated.
Wood and McCarthy listed it in their Wilmington (N. C.)
flora, 1887, but without comment.
Chapman’s report of it from Florida may have been au-
thentic, though he did not specify any locality, and it does not
seem to have been confirmed by any recent observations. Dr.
E. N. Lowe, in his Plants of Mississippi (Miss. Geol. Surv. Bull.
17. 1921), says of it: ‘In ponds, South Mississippi (Wailes).
Lafayette Co.”
It would be interesting to have testimony from others who
may have seen acorus anywhere in the United States where
it appears to be indigenous, or who have reliable records of its
147
intentional or unintentional introduction, with approximate
dates. Some detailed notes on its distribution and habitat in the
Old World, and on the other species which is said to grow in
Japan, would also be valuable. If our plant grows in India it
may also in Africa, and the ancestors of our negroes may have
become acquainted with it there.
Most introduced and cultivated plants prefer comparatively
dry soils, that have been or could be tilled; but there are a few
other plants indigenous to Europe whose American habitat is
similar to that of Acorus,.and which may have had a similar
history. The well-known mints, Mentha piperita and M. spicata,
grow spontaneously in marshy places in all or nearly all the
eastern states, but are said to have been introduced from
Europe. Like the calamus, they are cultivated in some places
for their aromatic properties.
The water-cress, called at various times Nasturtium offici-
nale, Roripa Nasturtium, and Sisymbrium Nasturtium-aquati-
cum, appears perfectly at home in many of our limestone springs
and the streams issuing from them, but is said to be of Old
World origin. Like the mints, it is a commercial crop in some
places.
Of similar habitat to the Acorus, but with more restricted
range, and no known economic properties, is Lythrum Salicaria,
a showy plant of wet meadows in some of the northeastern
states and Canada, appearing like a native, but believed to have
been naturalized from Europe.
UNIVERSITY, ALA.
BOOK REVIEW
A new revision of a popular manual of trees!
The fourth edition of Schaffner’s Field Manual of Trees is
but little changed from the third edition. The first edition ap-
peared in 1914. The book contains keys to trees in summer,
based on the leaves with some use of bud, twig and pith charac-
ters; in winter, based on twig and bud characters; and to
flowers and “‘other characters present at the time of flowering.”
This last key will probably be used infrequently, as the others
serve the purpose of determining the trees admirably. In the
appendix is a brief key to woods. The descriptions of genera
and species are concise and complete enough for the purpose
for which the book is intended.
The arrangement of the families and genera follows the
Besseyan system as modified by Schaffner. Thus the trees fall
in three phyla, the Cycadophyta including only the ginkgo,
the Strobilophyta, with the remaining gymnosperms, and the
Anthophyta, with all the rest of the trees. Under the last
phylum the subclass Amentiferae with the orders Platanales,
Urticales, Fagales and Salicales instead of following the conifers,
as in the classification used in our common manuals, follows
the Sapindales, the order to which the maples belong and is
followed by the orders including the dogwoods and viburnums
at the end of the series. This arrangement, it is stated in the
preface, ‘‘will enable one to acquire some idea of the evolution
of the higher plants... and will also indicate the direction of
the general evolutionary movements,’’ which seems to indicate
a strictly linear development.
The names used have been changed in a few cases from those
in the third edition and in both editions the names are of-
ten at variance with those commonly in use. Quercus rubra
is now Q. maxima, while Q. triloba of the earlier edition becomes
Q. rubra. In this case the former names are given as synonyms,
but in only one or two other cases are synonyms given. The
black cherry, commonly known as Prunus serotina, is P. vir-
1 Field Manual of Trees. John H. Schaffner. R. G. Adams and Co. 160
pages. $1.50.
148
149
giniana, and the choke cherry commonly known as P. vir-
giniana, is P. nana. For each species only one common name
is given, though a few others are found in the index. Choosing
from the many common names in use is difficult and the names
adopted will not satisfy those who have been using others.
Those who have been endeavoring to have Gray Birch used for
Betula populifolia will not be satisfied with American White
Birch. And it seems too bad not to use Basswood and Mountain
Laurel but to substitute American Linden and Mountain
Kalmia. Also it is not to be expected that ‘“‘common”’ names will
every be commonly used for the 52 species of Crataegus. Those
who can distinguish the species will find the scientific names
easier than Martha’s Vineyard Hawthorn, Marshall’s Hawthorn,
Caughuawga Hawthorn and so on through the list. In fact the
common names are given here apparently for consistency, as at
the beginning of the genus it is noted that ‘“‘many of the specific
English names are also unsatisfactory.”
A few errors are due to the printer; Cotinus Adans. instead
of Cotinus Adans., Populus grandidentaea, instead of P. grandi-
dentata, Hamamelis instead of Hamamelidaceae for the family
name, and a few other comparatively unimportant mistakes
that will confuse no one.
But mistakes are few and the matter of classification is only
an incidental thing in the book. Its main purpose is to furnish
a simple way of becoming familiar with the trees one meets.
This the book does very satisfactorily. The book can be used
easily by boy and girl scouts and other young people interested
in the out-of-doors but is also suitable for students taking
courses on trees in college. All the trees native to the north-
eastern United States and Southern Canada as well as the more
common introduced trees are included.
The book is attractively bound in red cloth, of a size to fit
easily into a coat pocket or handbag and should prove a most
valuable companion for those who wish to become familiar
with the trees of the roadside and woods.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
FIELD TRIPS OF THE CLUB
Trip OF JUNE 20-21 To HANGING HILLs,
MERIDEN, CONN.
Meriden Mountain, the highest point of the range called the
Hanging Hills, with an altitude of 1,007 feet, the highest trap
dike in the State of Connecticut, was the principal objective of
the week end trip of June 20-21. The geology of the region was
explained, from this viewpoint, by Mr Lougee, of the Depart-
ment of Geology, Columbia University, who has been making
a study of the region. He said that the Hanging Hills are part
of a basalt sill injected into the Triassic formations of eastern
North America. A series of cross faults in this rock allowed
greater weathering in such faults where the rock was crushed,
and the Hanging Hills are the remaining harder portions.
The party spent the night in the home of the writer’s father,
built in 1766, and the first Congregationalist parsonage in the
Town of Southington. Nearby is a rounded hill, a beautiful
example of a kame, or water laid deposit of glacial debris, near
the edge of the continental ice sheet of the Ice Age.
In a nearby pond, several amphibians were collected, includ-
ing the somewhat rare Spadefoot toad Scaphiopus Holbrookit.
A local botanist, Mr Howard Whitney, joined the party and
was very helpful in identifying the flora. About 125 species
were checked, some of the most noteworthy being:
Menispernum, Moonseed; Caulophyllum thakctroides, Blue
Cohosh; Corydalis glauca; Polygala polygama; Geum album;
Fragaria vesca, Wood Strawberry; Cornus circinata, Round
Leaved Dogwood; Sambucus racemosa, Red Berried Elder;
Campanula rotundifolia, Harebell; Arctostaphyllos uva-urst,
Bearberry, growing in large mats on the summit of Meriden
Mountain; Gentiana crinita, Fringed Gentian; Lilium phila-
delphicum, Wood Lily.
Photographs were made of lichens, including a beautiful
colony of Stereocaulon paschale, with both the normal and the
dense form, conglomeratum, on a shelf on the top of the cliffs
on the west side of the mountain, also of the orchids, Calopogon
pulchellus, Grass Pink and Pogonia ophioglossoides, Snake’s
Mouth.
Louis W. ANDERSON
151
Trip OF JULY 12 TO SUREBRIDGE SWAMP, INTERSTATE PARK
Surebridge Swamp, a high, cold, forested swamp, at an alti-
tude of about 1,000 feet, in the western part of the Harriman
Section of the Palisades Interstate Park, was visited on July 12.
A new station was found in the depths of the swamp, unusually
penetrable owing to dry weather, for the Virginia Chain
fern, Woodwardia virginica. The red fruited sorediate lichen,
Cladonia incrassata, not common in the Hudson Highlands, was
rather extensive here about bases of red maple trees. On the
“Lichen Trail,’’ climbing the ledges of Hogencamp Mountain,
the only really ample station in the Hudson Highlands, of the
Iceland Moss lichen, Cetraria itslandica, was noted, other lichens
on the glaciated ledges and boulders lying on them were
Stereocaulon paschale, Rinodina oreina, and Lecanoras. Cladonia
rangiferina, the Reindeer Moss, C. sylvatica, C. chlorophaea, and
C. strepsilis occur along the edges of the open ledges.
A sally off the trails into a gully leading off the west side
of Hogencamp Mountain, disclosed some very clear slicken-
sides, another evidence of the great over-thrusting which oc-
curred on the west side of the Highlands of the Hudson in the
Taconic Revolution. Swamps traversed on the way out to the
Crooked Road past Island Pond, disclosed many robust mosses,
especially large Mniums, and the hepatic, Bazzania trilobata,
was common.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
Trip oF AUGUST 9 TO GARDINER’S ISLAND
The train and boat trip to Gardiner’s Island, at the east end
of Long Island, one of the most interesting events of the field
schedule, turned out this year to be a veritable armada, with
two boats required to carry the 48 members and guests from
other groups. The trip was made possible by the kindness of
Mr. Clarence H. MacKay, lessee of the island.
When the boats landed, after the eight mile sail across
Gardiner’s Bay, the party broke up into groups interested in
plants, birds, or geology. All saw the old Gardiner burying
ground, with stones dating from the middle of the seventeenth
century, all but the very newest decorated with young to very
ancient colonies of the lichen, Rinodina oreina, derived, evi-
dently, from a red granite boulder transported from somewhere
52
in New England by the ice sheets, and covered almost com-
pletely with this lichen.
The botanical party, some of the members of which had ex-
amined the north side of the Island last year, tried the south
side this time. They followed the woods along the west side of
Tobacco Lot Pond, rousing the angry cries of ospreys nesting
in the trees. A blooming plant of Habenaria psycodes was an
interesting find. A planted area of Catalpa has done well with
the trees uniformly large and well grown. Toward the south
end, the moraine hills are open, with short grass, and a good
deal of the Golden Aster, Chrysopsis. The shallow borders of
Tobacco Lot Pond contain some extraordinarily tall Cat-tails,
Typha latifolia. The ospreys for which the island is famous,
were more numerous than ever, nesting everywhere in trees,
and on boulders along the shores or in the water. One member
offered an observation which was new to this writer, that
Ospreys were early discoverers of the principle of stream-lining,
now the rage in automobiles and railroad trains. He asked us to
note then when an osprey dived, caught a fish and rose to carry
it to its nest, it always held the fish head first, so that it would
give the least resistance. And so they did.
One really does not have time to do justice to the flora of
Gardiner’s Island, in the five hours we had ashore. The woody,
swampy areas are probably rich in slime moulds, for one thing,
as Robert Hagelstein found in his first visit there last year. The
general flora is about like that of eastern Long Island. The oaks,
maples and sourgums in the woods on the south end of the
island, are fine specimens, but not quite as large and impressive
as those at the north end, which we saw last year. To get the
most out of a short visit, the north side, with the big oaks, and
the colored clay cliffs, is most interesting, and the terminal sand
spit at the northern extremity, with its scattered red cedars,
looks worth intensive study on another expedition.
RAYMOND H. TorRREY
CATSKILLS TRIP, SEPTEMBER 12-14
About a dozen members of. the club greatly enjoyed the
week end trip under the direction of Mrs. Inez Haring, of Wood-
land, Ulster County, Sept. 12-14 in the southeastern Catskills.
153
A novelty was the trail over Giant Ledge and Panther Moun-
tain, only recently finished by the State Conservation Depart-
ment, with C.C.C. labor, affording interesting plants of the
balsam fir-spruce forest association above 3200 feet, and wide
views in every direction.
On Saturday the party motored to Watson’s Hollow, west of
the Ashokan Reservoir, and, although caught in a shower,
found many flowering plants, ferns and mosses. An unusual
moss found by Mrs. Haring was Anomodon apiculatus. On Sun-
day, the enlarged party climbed the yellow-blazed state trail
from the camp ground at the head of Woodland Creek, up to
the new trail, which was followed north to Giant Ledge. Views
of the old slide, of 1820, with three new slides, made in the
flood of 1933, on the north face of Slide Mountain, 4204 feet,
highest of the Catskills, were clearly seen from the southern
ledges. The new trail passes along the brink of the 200-foot cliff
on the east side of Giant Ledge, for half a mile. It then descends
into a notch and climbs about 800 feet to the highest summit of
Panther Mountain, at 3750 feet.
On these mountain tops are many vertical ledges, bearing
large, dense colonies of the Rock Tripe Lichen, Umbilicaria Muh-
lenbergi, of extraordinarily large size, specimens a foot in widest
diameter being common and the largest measuring fourteen
inches. Heavily fruiting specimens of the Mountain Ash, Pyrus
americana, made a brilliant display with their bright red berries.
Several asters and goldenrods made up the greater part of the
flowering plants. Fleshy fungi, including fine specimens of
Hydnum caput-urst, were numerous after a wet spell. Parmelia
Cladonia, the lacy tree lichen first reported in the club range on
Panther Mountain, thirty years ago, by Mrs. Carolyn Harris,
was common on dead and on some living firs and spruces, and
it is now known to occur on most high Catskill summits. The
most common Cladoniae were gracilis, squamosa, and contocreae,
although on the northernmost high summit of Panther, an open
ledge bore colonies of C. rangiferina. Cetraria atlantica, pinastri
and oakesiana were noted.
Some of the party followed the new trail all the way through
to Fox Hollow and State Route 28, in the Esopus Valley. This
would make an interesting trip in late spring, when more flower-
ing plants would be in bloom. In open pastures in Fox Hollow,
154
the Basil, Satureja vulgaris, a characteristic late summer plant
of such situations in the Catskills was very common.
FARIDA WILEY
Cape May County NEw JERSEY, OCTOBER 3-4
The week end trip in Cape May County, N.J., returning
through the Pine Barrens with stops at various points, on Oct.
3 and 4 proved unusually interesting. We were fortunate in
having as a guide Mr. Otway H. Brown, of Cape May, a local
expert on the flora, particularly so on the grasses, sedges and
rushes, which were numerous. Dr. J. M. Small, Assistant Pro-
fessor of Botany at the New Jersey College for Women, who
was in the party, with Mrs. Small and three of his students, and
who is thoroughly acquainted with the South Jersey flora and
with stations for rarer species, also made the trip highly in-
structive.
To the writer, the high light of the trip was the finding of
an ample and secure station for Cladonia leporina, a beautiful
branching member of this genus, resembling C. Boryi or some
of the sub-genus Cladina in its densely branching structure, but
with scarlet apothecia. This station was probably known to the
late Dr. J. H. Eckfeldt, of the Philadelphia Academy of Sci-
ences and Philadelphia Botanical Club, who collected in Cape
May County, 40 years ago, with Mr. Brown, who recalled
Dr. Eckfeldt’s finding of many lichens. But as no specimen was
deposited in any herbarium, when Dr. Alexander W. Evans,
of Yale University, leading American worker on Cladoniae,
compiled his paper on ‘‘The Cladoniae of New Jersey,’ which
appeared in the July—Aug. 1935 issue of Torreya, he listed the
record of C. leporina as inconclusive, in the absence of available
material, although he suggested it might be expected in New
Jersey.
George F. Dillman, a member of the Torrey Botanical Club,
found this station, which is in the Witmer Stone Bird Sanc-
tuary, at Cape May Point, on Sept. 6, and sent me a box of it,
not knowing it but suspecting it to be unusual. I recognized it,
from material I had received from Arkansas and North Caro-
lina, determined by Dr. Evans, and sent it to him. He was much
pleased to have it definitely restored to the Cladoniae of New
Jersey.
155
The station is on the west side of aswamp, north of the rail-
road tracks which run to a sand sorting plant on the edge of
Delaware Bay, at Cape May Point. It covers several acres, one
open area of about two acres of sandy soil being almost exclu-
sively carpeted by it, and other colonies are scattered in the
sandy woods nearby. It may be the most northern station for
this Cladonia, which is recorded mostly from farther south by
Tuckerman.
Two other Cladoniae of southern range, according to pub-
lished records, but which have been found in recent years, in
South Jersey, were also found by the writer on this trip. Another
station for Cladonia santensis, found for the first time in New
Jersey in Ocean County, in 1934, and since then in Atlantic,
Cumberland and Cape May Counties, was discovered at
Quaker Bridge, on Batsto River, south east of Atsion, Burling-
ton County. An ample station for Cladonia floridana, until
recent years not reported north of Maryland, but now known
from New Jersey and Long Island, was found at Hampton Gate,
Burlington County.
Among flowering plants, notable species were the great Pine
Barren Gentian, Gentiana Porphyrio, which Dr. Small showed
us near Atsion station on the Central Railroad of New Jersey,
and Lygodium palmatum, the Climbing Fern, in ample quantity
along at Hampton Gate.
At Cumberland Furnace, in Cape May County, a plant new
to us was Opuntia Rafinesquit, differing from O. vulgaris, of
northern New Jersey, Hudson Valley and Long Island stations,
in bearing, besides the clusters of small bristles, stout, longer
ones, up to an inch and a half in length, on the tips of the
fleshy stem sections. Polygala lutea, the Orange Milkwort, still
in bloom, in places where it had been mowed and sprung up
again, was strikingly attractive. Proserpinaca pectinata, in
ditches near Atsion, was another novelty to some of us. It oc-
curred with the strikingly three ranked sedge, Dulichium arund1-
naceum. A handsome grass named for us by Mr. Brown was
Glyceria obtusa. The sedge Scirpus Eriophorum, with its seeding
heads rusty brown, was common in wet spots. Persimmon trees
were heavy with fruit in the wet woods back of Town Bank,
north of Cape May Point. This dune strip, covered with red
cedars, is an interesting spot. Polygonella articulata was in full
156
bloom, along beaches, in dry fields, and along railroad tracks,
a dainty plant, the flowers very pretty under a hand lens.
RAYMOND H. ToRREY
EFROGCEEPDINGS OR THE Crus
MEETING OF APRIL 15, 1936
The meeting was called to order at 3:30 P.M. at the New York
Botanical Garden, by the president. Forty-eight members were
present. The minutes of the meetings of March 18 and April 7
were read and adopted.
The secretary presented a letter from the Smithsonian
Institution, Washington, D. C., with regard to some of the
Club’s publications which had been sent them for use in pre-
paring the International Catalogue of Scientific Literature, and
it was moved by Dr. Barnhart and seconded by Professor
Hazen that the secretary request the return of such publications
so soon as possible.
Another letter from the Ecological Society of America was
read by the secretary, calling the attention of the Club to a
rider on the Department of Interior bill calling for an irriga-
tion tunnel under Rocky Mountain National Park and the
consequences of such a tunnel on the water supply of that re-
gion. It was moved, seconded, and unanimously passed that the
secretary find out whether the bill had already been passed, and
if not to communicate to our congressman the Club’s disap-
proval of such a project.
The president brought up the question of disposing of our
surplus index cards at a reduced rate to various institutions
which had applied for them. The question was discussed pro
and con for some time and finally referred to a meeting of the
Council.
The secretary, in relation to the letter from the Smith-
sonian Institution, raised the question as to a change in our
committee on exchanges and the appointment of an additional
member who is more active in the affairs of the Club. This
matter was also referred to the coming meeting of the Council.
The scientific part of the meeting consisted of two addresses
—one by Professor E. W. Sinnott, of Barnard College, Co-
lumbia University, on ‘‘A Developmental Analysis of Four
157
Types of Shape Determinations in Cucurbita Fruits,” and the
other by Dr. Roger P. Wodehouse, of the Arlington Chemical
Company, on ‘‘Pollen Grains of the Ranunculaceae and Alisma-
taceae.’’ Both of these papers stimulated considerable interest
and discussion.
The meeting was adjourned at 5:00 P.M.
J. S. KARLING, Secretary
MEETING OF May 5, 1936
The meeting was called to order at the Museum of Natural
History at 8:25 p.m. by Second Vice-President F. E. Denny,
with 69 members and visitors present. Mr. H. Harold Hume,
Florida Agricultural Experiment Station, Gainesville, Florida,
was unanimously elected to membership, and Mr. H. B.
Fleischer was elected a field member.
The scientific program consisted of an exceptionally well
illustrated lecture by Dr. M. A. Howe, Director of the New
York Botanical Garden, on ‘‘Diatoms: Microscopic Beauties,”’
and a film showing diatoms in motion and the acquiring of
diatomaceous earth in California was exhibited by the Johns
Manville Company.
J. S. KARLING, Secretary
MEETING OF May 20, 1936
The meeting was called to order at 3:30 P.M. at the New
York Botanical Garden, the president presiding and forty-five
members present. The minutes of the meetings of April 15 and
May 5 were read and adopted.
The scientific part of the program consisted of two addresses:
one by Capt. B. Kingdon Ward, eminent horticulturalist and
explorer of plants, on the ‘‘Flora of Tibet,’’ and the other by
Dr. Michael Levine on the “Production of Cancer on Plants
by Chemical Agents.’’ Both of these addresses were well illus-
trated by lantern slides and stimulated a great deal of interest
and discussion. ?
The meeting was adjourned at 5:00 P.M.
J. S. KARLING, Secretary
NEWS NOTES
The Massachusetts Horticultural Society has awarded its
gold medal to Mr. Norman Taylor who was editor of Torreya
for ten years previous to 1921. The citation accompanying the
award reads ‘‘For your work in editing the Garden Dictionary,
considered the most notable Horticultural book which has
appeared in America in recent years.”
The Joshua Tree National Monument has recently been
created in San Bernardino and Riverside Counties of Cali-
fornia. The monument includes over 800,000 acres of desert
land over much of which the peculiar yuccas known as Joshua
Trees grow. The range of the Joshua Tree extends north from
the new monument into the Mohave Desert and east into parts
of Nevada, Arizona and Utah. The monument is to preserve
primitive desert life of all kinds.
Republication of Sargent’s Plantae Wilsonianae. This most
important publication on the flora of China, issued by the
Arnold Arboretum in 1911-1916, has been out of print for
several years. A facsimile reprint is now being prepared by the
off-set process by the Tri-Union Book Company of Peiping.
The three volumes, $15 for the set, may be ordered through the
Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain, Mass.
Dr. R. B. Harvey, director of the Florida Citrus Research
Laboratory, has been elected president of the American So-
ciety of Plant Physiologists for the coming year and Dr. O. F.
Curtis of Cornell University, has been elected vice-president.
Dr. Harry Briton-Jones, dean of the Imperial College of
Tropical Agriculture and professor of mycology and bacteri-
ology died in Port of Spain, Trinidad on November 7 following
an operation. He was forty-three years old.
DATES OF PUBLICATION OF TORREYA, VOLUME 36
Number 1, January—February March 3
Number 2, March—April April 27
Number 3, May—June June 22
Number 4, July-August August 21
Number 5, September—October October 14
Number 6, November—December December 24
158
INDEX TO VOLUME 36
The names of species and varieties described as new are in black faced type.
Abbot, Laura W., 108
Abutilon Theophrasti, 90
Acalypha virginica intermedia, 11
Acer Negundo, 32, 84; pennsylvani-
cum, 102; saccharum, 91; spi-
catum, 102
Acerates viridiflora, 92
Achillea asplenifolia, 92
Aconitum vaccarum, 10
Acorus Calamus, 93, 143
Acorus Calamus a native in the
United States? Is, Roland M.
Harper, 143
Actea pachypoda, 92
Adams, Frederick, 107
Adiantum pedatum, 131
Aegochloa atractyloides, 27;
cellata, 27
Agropyron repens, 6
Agrostis alba vulgaris, forma aristata,
9
Ailanthus altissima, 89
Allen, C. E., 24
Alexander, E. J., 49
Alexander, William P., 75
Alisma subcordatum, 93
Allium oxyphilum, 9; vineale, 90
Ambrina ambrosioides, 90
Ambrosia aptera, 82; bidentata, 82;
elatior, 114; hispida, 82; psilo-
stachya, 82
Amelanchier canadensis, 102, 103
Ames, Oakes, 51
Ammons, Nellie, 24
Amygdalus persica, 89
Anderson, Louis W., 150
Andrews, D. M., T. D. A. Cockerell
and, A new golden rod from New
Mexico, 35
Anemone quinquefolia, 102
Anemonella thalictroides, 102
Anomodon apiculatus, 153
Antennaria propinqua, 13
can-
Anthopogon crinitum, 91
Anthostomella, 3
Appleton, Marc, 20
Aquilegia canadensis, 91, 101
Arctium minus, 90
Arisaema triphyllum, 73, 104
Aristolochia macrophylla, 89
Artemesia, 83; vulgaris, 114
Asarum canadense, 101, 102; re-
flexum, 92
Asclepias phytolaccoides, 131; tuber-
osa, 91
Asparagus officinalis, 89
Asplenium cryptolepis, 129; eben-
oides, 102; platyneuron X Camp-
tosorus, 47; Stotleri, 9
Aster commutatus, 121; ericoides,
16, 121; furcatus, 118; furcatus
f. erythractis, 119; linariifolius,
122; longifolius, 121; novae-
angliae genesseensis, 120; pilosus
Pringlei, 121; prenanthoides, 122;
prenanthoides f. milwaukeensis,
122; puniceus, 122; Shorti var.
candidus, 120; Shorti var. Mon-
roei, 120; spectabilis, 15, 16;
umbellatus, 122
Athyrium acrostichoides, 131
Atragne americana, 93
Audibertia stachyoides, 28
Azalea japonica, 89; nudiflora, 91;
prinophylla, 92; viscosa, 72, 93
Babcock, E. B., 74
Baeomyces roseus, 100
Bartramia pomiformis, 100, 102
Bausor, Sydney C., 50
Bazzania trilobata, 151
Benedict, Ralph C., Field trip of
Sept. 15, 47
Benke, Herman C., Studies in the
Monroe collection of Asters, 117
Bentham, George, 25
159
160
Benthamidia florida, 91
Berberis Thunbergii, 89
Berry, Edward W., Pine and cherry
from the Calvert Miocene, 124
Betula alba, 79, 86; lenta, 18, 79;
lutea, 79; nigra, 17; populifolia,
79; pumila, 130
Bibliographical Miscellany—lII. Ben-
tham’s specific names based on
habit of the plant, Joseph Ewan,
25
Bidens bipinnata, 16
Bilderdykia Convolvulus, 90
Blephariglottis grandiflora, 90; lacera,
90; psycodes, 90
Bliss, Carl E., 50
Boetsch, Norine, 49
Boggess, Randolph, 24
Book reviews, Field Manual of
Trees, Schaffner, 148; The Garden
Encyclopedia, 45; New York
Ferns, Small, 69; Pennell on
Scrophulariaceae, 41; Tilden’s
the Algae and their Life Rela-
tions, 66
Botrychium dissectum, 14
Brachyelytrum aristosum glabratum,
9
Briton-Jones, Harry, 158
Bromus inermis, 6
Broussonetia papyrifera, 90
Buckland, George, 107
Buller, A. H. Reginald, 131
Buxbaumia aphylla, 100
Buxus sempervirens, 48
Calamintha mimuloides, 28
Callan, Annie May, 49
Calopogon pulchellus, 150
Caltha palustris, 101, 102, 103
Camp, W. G., 20; The use of Myxo-
mycete plasmodia for instruc-
tional purposes, 53
Campanula rotundifolia, 150
Campe verna, 90
Campbell, Iris Marjorie, 50
Camptosorusrhizophyllus, 93, 102,129
Cardamine pennsylvanica, 130
Carex amphibola, 130; Backii, 129;
cephalophora, 130; convoluta,
130; diandra, 130; fraseri, 9;
gracilescens, 129; histricina, 130;
laevivaginata, 131; laxiculmis,
130; laxiflora, 129, 130; Muhlen-
bergii, 9; oligocarpa, 130; pra-
sina, 131; projecta, 131; seorsa,
130
Carpenter, D. S., 49
Carpinus caroliniana, 93
Carya cordiformis, 48; ovata, 18
Castilleja coccinea, 91
Caulophyllum _ thalictroides,
104, 150
Celastrus scandens, 91
Celtis crassiflora, 92; occidentalis,
103
Ceratophyllum demersum, 92
Cercis canadensis, 91
Cerothamnus carolinensis, 91
Cetraria atlantica, 153; islandica, 151;
oakesiana, 153; pinastri, 153
Chamaecrista nictitans commixta, 11
Chamaecyparis thyoides, 105
Chamaedaphne calyculata, 72, 101,
105
Chamaelirium luteum, 92, 129
Chaenomeles lagenaria, 89
Chamaesyce maculata, 92
Chamomilla suaveolens, 90
Chelidonium majus, 89
Chelone glabra, 92
Chenopodium album, 5
Chimaphila maculata, 91; umbellata,
91
Chrysopsis mariana, 16
Circaea latifolia, 92
Cirsium arvense, 90; lanceolatum, 90;
muticum, 90
Cladonia calycantha, 72; caroliniana,
72; chlorophaea, 151; coniocraea,
153; fimbriata, 72; glauca, 105;
gracilis, 153 ;incrassata, 151; lepo-
rina, 154; mitis, 105; papillaria,
72; rangiferina, 105, 151; san-
tensis, 154; squamosa, 153; strep-
101,
silis, 151; sylvatica, 151; tenuis,
105; verticillata, 72
Claytonia caroliniana, 101; virginica,
73, 101
Clematis albicoma, 10
Cleome spinosa, 89
Clethra alnifolia, 72
Clintonia borealis, 103
Cockerell, T. D. A. and D. M.
Andrews, A new golden rod
from New Mexico, 35
Collinsia bartsiaefolia, 28
Comptonia asplenifolia, 72
Conopholis americana, 131
Convolvulus arvensis, 89; japonicus,
89; Purshianus, 13; spithamaeus,
129
Copper in plants, D. T. MacDougal,
128
Coptis trifolia, 101
Corallorhiza maculata, 90; odontor-
hiza, 90
Core, Earl L., 24; The type localities
of some plants first described
from West Virginia, 7
Corema Conradii, 100
Coreopsis mariana, 14
Cornus canadensis, 40; circinata, 150;
florida, 37; glabrata, 39; mas,
48; Nuttallii, 37
Corydalis flavula, 92; glauca, 150
Crataegus uniflora, 92
Crater Lake National Park, The in-
troduced flora of, F. Lyle Wynd,
5
Crocker, William, 108
Croizat, Leon, An interesting oak in
New York City and brief notes
on Quercus Richteri, 139
Cuphea petiolata, 93
Custis, O; F., 158
Cyclachaena xanthifolia, 83
Cyprepedium acaule, 100; reginae,
130
Dactylis glomerata, 6
Dasystephana Andrewsii, 90
161
Daucus Carota rosea, 12
Dauman, Arthur, 107
Decodon verticillata, 16
Delphinium tricorne albiflora, 10
Denny, F. E., 24
Dentaria diphylla, 103, 104; laciniata,
104
Deuterium and living organisms,
Robertson Pratt, 133
Deutzia scabra, 89
Dianthus Armeria, 90
Dicentra Cucullaria, 73, 104
Dillman, George F., Field trip of Oct.
27, 16; of March 22, 71
Dioscorea villosa, 92
Dodge, Bernard O., 21
Drosera rotundifolia, 93
Dryopteris Bootii, 47; Goldiana, 47
Dulichium arundinaceum, 155
Eames, Erwin H., 49
Elaeagnus umbellata, 89
Epigaea repens, 91, 101
Erica carnea, 48
Eriogonum Alleni, 10
Eriophorum viridi-carinatum, 103
Erythronium americanum 73; Hen-
dersoni, 73
Eupatorium purpureum,
foliatum, 131
Ewan, Joseph, Bibliographical Mis-
cellany,—II. Bentham’s specific
names based on habit of the
plant, 25
131; tri-
Field trips of the Club, 14, 47, 71,
100, 129, 150
Fissipes acaulis, 90
Fleischer, H. B., 157
Fowaker, C. E., 107
Fragaria vesca, 150
Franseria acanthocarpa, 82; tenui-
folia, 82
Friend, Eleanor, Field trip of Apr. 12,
100;.0f May 1-3, 102
Gabrielson, Ira N., 108
Gager, Stuart, 24
162
Galinsoga ciliata, 90
Galiorchis spectabilis, 90
Gentiana Andrewsii, 16; crinita, 150;
Porphyrio, 155
Geum album, 150
Gilbert, F. A., 24
Gilia pharnaceoides, 27
Ginkgo biloba, 114
Gleason, H. A., 24; review, Pennell
on Scrophulariaceae, 41
Glecoma hederaceae, 90
Glyceria obtusa, 155
Golden rod from New Mexico, A
new, T. D. A. Cockerell and
D. M. Andrews, 35
Goodspeed, T. H., 24
Goodyera repens, 90
Gordon, Robert B., 52
Graves, Arthur H., 131; Field trip of
March 28, 47
Griffiths, David, 20
Grossularia hirtella, 93
Growth forms of Linum _ grandi-
florum changed by X-radiation,
Edna L. Johnson, 62
Gundersen, Alfred, 49
Habenaria psycodes, 152
Hager, Reinhardt, 50
Harbison, T. G., 75
Harper, Mrs. Robert, 21
Harper, Roland M., 75; Is Acorus
Calamus native in the United
States?, 143
Harvey, R: B., 158
Hastings, George T., 21; Field trip
of May 22-24, 105; Ferns of the
vicinity of New York, review,
69; Field Manual of Trees, re-
view, 148; The Garden Encyclo-
pedia, review, 45
Hazen, Tracy, 20, 107
Helianthus annuus, 114
Helonias bullata, 101
Hemerocallis, 89
Hepatica acutiloba, 101
Heteranthera reniformis, 92
Heuchera alba, 10; villosa, 65
Hieracium alleghaniense, 13; muro-
rum, 90
Hill, Sir Arthur, 76
Hillegas, Arthur B., 49
Hitchcock, A. E., 19, 21
Hollinshead, Martha H., Trailing the
dogwood, 37
Houstonia caerulea,
albiflora, 13
Howe, Marshall A., 157; Tilden’s
The Algae and their life rela-
tions, review, 60
Hume, H. Harold, 157
Humulus Lupulus, 90
Hyde, Mrs. Alice Earl, 75
Hydnum caput-ursi, 153
Hydrangea arborescens Kanawhana,
10
Hypopitys americana, 91
102; caerulea
Ilex bronxensis, 91; crenata, 48;
glabra, 48; opaca, 48; verticil-
lata, 16
Introduced flora of Crater Lake Na-
tional Park, The, F. Lyle Wynd,
5
Ionactis linearifolia, 15
Isoetes Engelmanni, 131
Isotria verticillata, 90
Iva axillaris, 82; frutescens, 82;
oraria, 82
Jacks Gayo
Jasminum nudiflorum, 48
Jeffersonia diphylla, 101
Jennison, H. M., 20
Johnson, Edna L., Growth forms of
Linum grandiflorum changed by
X-radiation, 62
Juncus effusus solutus, 93
Juniperus mexicana, 85
Kalmia angustifolia, 72; latifolia,
102, 103; polifolia, 101
Karling, J. S., 20
Kennedy, Ruth H., 50
Kneiffia longipedicellata, 12
Knobloch, Irving William, Plant
163
records from southwestern New
York, 1
Koch, Minna F., 20
Kreigia amplexicaulis, 130
Krukoff, Boris A., 132
Laccaria laccata, 17
Lactuca virosa, 90
Lakela, Olga, The status of Tiarella
macrophylla, 65
Lamium purpureum, 90
La Rue, Carl, 107
Lawrence, Rhona E., 107
Lechea Leggettii, 93
Lecidea uliginosa, 72
Leiophyllum buxifolium, 101
Leonurus cardiaca, 90
Lepidium virginicum, 16
Lespedizia capitata, 14
Leucanthemum vulgare, 90
Levine, Michael, 157
Liatris spicata, 93
Ligustrum obtusifolium, 89
Lilium canadense, 91; philadelphi-
cum, 91, 150
Limodorum tuberosum, 90
Linaria macroccana, 62
Linum grandiflorum, 62
Liparis liliifolia, 90
Liquidambar styraciflua, 92
Lobelia cardenalis, 91; inflata simplex,
41; siphilitica, 91; spicata, 91
Logan, J. Harry, Field trip of May
17, 104
Lonicera japonica, 90; Morrowi, 89
Lophanthus urticifolium, 28
Ludwigia alternifolia linearifolia, 12
Lunt, Helene, 20
Lychnis alba, 90
Lycopodium flabelliforme, 91; chap-
manii, 15
Lygodium palmatum, 15, 154
Lyonia mariana, 72
Lysimachia Nummularia, 90
Lythrum Salicaria, 143
MacDougal, D. T., Copper in plants,
128
Magenheim, Erwin, 19
Magnolia virginiana, 17, 72
Malaxis unifolia, 90
Malus sylvestris, 89
Marchantia polymorpha, 130
Marvin, Mrs. James W., 20
Matzke, Edwin B., Field trip of Nov.
Lt UY |
McClure, H. Elliott, A city’s trees,
29
McLean, Forman T., Field trip of
Oct. 6, 14
Mecanopsis Baileyi, 104
Medeola virginiana, 92, 102
Melampyrum lineare, 93
Melanthium latifolium, 92, 129, 131;
virginicum, 92
Menispermum canadense, 92, 150
Mentha gentilis, 90; piperita, 90, 147;
spicata, 90, 147
Menyanthes trifoliata, 130
Merrill, Elmer D., 76, 131
Mertensia virginica, 91, 101
Micranthes pennsylvanica, 93
Mikania scandens, 16
Miller, Rodney B., 49
Mimulus ringens, 92
Michella diphylla, 101
Moldenke, Harold N., The flora of
the Watchung Mountains, 57,
88
Mollugo verticillata, 86, 90
Monarda didyma, 89
Monotropa uniflora, 91
Monroe collection of Asters, Studies
of the, Herman C. Benke, 117
Montague, Henry de la, 20
Munn, M. T., 76
Myers, 22
Myrica asplenifolia, 101; carolinensis,
101; Gale, 101
Myxomycetes plasmodia for instruc-
tional purposes, The use of, W.
G. Camp, 53
Nelson, Aven, 76
Nemexia herbacea, 92
Nepeta Cataria, 90
164
Newman, Mabel E., 74
News Notes, 24, 51, 75, 109,131, 158
Nicholson, Zaida, 20, 50
Norta altissima, 90
Nuphar advena, 92
Nymphozanthus advena, 130
Nyssa sylvatica, 72
Obolaria virginica, 90
Oenothera argillicola, 12; fruticosa
differta, 12
Ophioglossum vulgatum, 106
Opuntia calcicola, 11; compressa, 93;
Rafinesquii, 155
Ornithogallum umbellatum, 89
Orontium aquaticum, 91, 101, 130
Osmunda cinnamomea incisa, 2 :
Paladino, Francis John, 50
Panax quinquifolium, 91; trifolium,
103
Panicularia nervata major, 9
Parmelia Cladonia, 153
Pastinaca sativa, 90
Paulownia tomentosa, 48
Pedicularis lanceolata, 92
Pellaea atropurpurea, 129
Pennell, Francis W., The Scrophu-
lariaceae of eastern temperate
America, review, 41 ;
Penstemon centhranthifolius, 28
Penthorum sedoides, 92
Perularia flava, 90
Phleum pratense, 6, 86
Phlox Brittonii, 12; Buckleyi, 12;
linearifolia, 94; longifolia, 94;
longifolia var. linearifolia, 97;
longifolia var. puberula, 98;
paniculata, 89; speciosa, 94
Phragmites maximus Berlandieri, 93
Pine and cherry from the Calvert
Miocene, Edward W. Berry, 124
Pinus collinsi, 125; rigida, 17;
Strobus, 48
Piper nigrum, 114
Plant records from southwestern New -
York, Irving William Knobloch,
1
Plant suitable for classroom demon-
stration of growth, A, Const. J.
Alexopoulos, 3
Plantago halophila, 93; lanceolata,
80, 86; major, 81; Rugelli, 81
Pleuropterus cuspidatus, 89
Poa annua, 79; compressa depau-
perata, 9
Pogogne zizyphoroides, 27
Pogonia ophoglossoides, 150
Pollen in hayfever, R. P. Wode-
house, 77, 109
Polygala lutea, 155; polygama, 150;
sanguinea albiflora, 11
Polygonatum pubescens, 130
Polygonella articulata, 156
Polygonum persicaria albiflora, 10
Polypodium virginianum cambri-
coides, 8; virginianum deltoid-
eum, 1; vulgare biserrata, 8;
vulgare deceptum, 8
Populus tremuloides, 114
Portulaca grandiflora, 86; oleraceae,
90
Potamogeton diversifolius, 92; pusil-
lus, 92
Poterium Sanguisorba, 89
Pratt, R., 50; Deuterium and living
organisms, 133
Preston, John F., 76
Proceedings of the Club, 19, 49, 74,
107, 156
Proserpinaca pectinata, 155
Prunella vulgaris, 90
Prunus avium 48, 90; calvertensis,
126; serrulata, 48
Pseudotaenidia montana, 12
Purdy, Maude, 50
Pycnanthemum flexuosum, 16; vir-
ginianum, 16
Pyrus americana, 153; communis, 89
Quercus alba, 86; borealis, 139; borea-
lis var. flabellata, 141; falcata,
17; ilicifolia, 17; marilandica, 17;
phellos, 17; Richteri, 141; rubra,
130
165
Ranunculus acris, 90; bulbosus, 90;
fascicularis, 101; hispidus, 101
Replicate species of Phlox of the
Pacific northwest, Harold St.
John, 94
Rhododendron canadense, 101; maxi-
mum, 2
Rhus vernix, 72
Ribes oxyacanthoides, 18; triste, 93
Rinodina oreina, 151
Robinia viscosa, 92
Roripa Nasturtium, 147
Rosa carolina, 16
Roscoe, Mary, 20
Rubacer odoratus, 92
Rubus odoratus columbianus, 11;
Millspaughii, 11
Rumex Acetosella, 5; crispus, 6
Rusk, Hester W., Field trip of Apr.
25, 101; of June 20, 130
Sabbatia angularis, 91
Sagittaria latifolia, 92
Salix alba, 90; discolor, 78; fragilis,
78, 90; nigra, 78; pedicellaris
hypoglauca, 130; purpurea, 78,
90, 114
Salsola Pestifer, 86
Salvia carduacea, 28
Sambucus racemosa, 150
Sanguinaria canadensis, 73, 101
Saponaria ocymoides, 16
Sarracenia purpurea, 93
Sassafras albidum, 93; officinalis, 72
Satureja vulgaris, 154
Saururus cernuus, 92
Saxifraga virginiensis, 101
Scabiosa columbaria, 28
Schaffner, John H., Field Manual of
Trees, review, 148
Scilla sibirica, 73
Scirpus Eriophorum, 155; planifolius,
129
Scutellaria antirrhinoides, 28; galeri-
culata albiflora, 13
Sedum triphyllum, 90
Senecio antennariifolius, 13; syl-
vaticus, 90; vulgaris, 90
Seymour, E. L. D., The Garden En-
cyclopedia, review, 45
Shadle, Albert E., 75
Silene latifolia, 90
Sinnott, Edmund W., 76, 157
Sisyrinchium mucronatum, 129
Small, John Kunkel, Ferns of the
Vicinity of New York, review,
69
Smilax hispida, 106
Snell, Robert S., 19
Solidago capulinensis, 35: odora, 15,
16; rugosa, 16; speciosa, 86;
ulmifolia, 16
Sparganium androcladum, 92; euro-
carpum, 92
Spergularia rubra, 6
Spiraea Billiardii, 89; prunifolia
plena, 89; virginiana, 11
Spirodela polyrhiza, 93
St John, Harold, The replicate species
of Phlox of the Pacific north-
west, 94
Stachys ajugoides, 27
Staphylea trifolia, 91, 130
Stereocaulon paschale, 150, 151
Stewart, Fred C., 51
Strong, Lee A., 51
Svenson, Henry K., Field trip of May
22-24, 129
Swift, Howard, 24
Symphoricarpos albus laevigatus, 89
Symplocarpos foetidus, 101
Syndesmon thalictroides rosea, 16
Tanacetum vulgare, 90, 114
Taraxacum officinale, 16, 86
Taubenhaus, J. J., 19
Taylor, Norman, 158
Taylor, William Gavin, 74
Taylor, William Randolph, 19
Teuscher, Henry, 76
Thalesia uniflora, 91
Thalictrum revolutum, 106
Thelypteris spinulosa, 1; spinulosa
fructuosa, 1
166
Tiarella cordifolia, 65; macrophylla,
65
Tiarella macrophylla, The status of,
Olga Lakela, 65
Tilden, Josephine E., The Algae and
their life relations, review, 66
Torrey, Raymond, 20; Field trip of
Apr. 18, 72; of May 24, 104; of
July 12, 151; of Aug. 9, 151; of
Oct. 3-4, 154
Trailing the dogwood, Martha H.
Hollinshead, 37
Trees, Acity’s, H. Elliott McClure, 29
Trelease, Sam, 23
Trifolium virginianum, 11
Trillium rectum, 73, 101,
erectum declinatum, 10; grandi-
florum, 92, 101; undulatum, 102
Triosteum angustifolium, 92; auran-
ticum, 92
Trollius laxus, 101
Tsuga canadensis, 91, 102
Tussilago Farfara, 90
Type localities of some plants first
described from West Virginia,
The, Earl L. Core, 7
Typha angustifolia, 131;
131, 152
latifolia,
Ulmus americana, 30; racemosa, 30
Umbilicaria Dillenii, 103; Muhlne-
bergii, 103, 153; pennsylvanica,
103; pustulata, 103
Utricularia gibba, 92
Uvularia grandiflora, 101
Vaccinium corymbosum, 72
Van Straelen, Dr. V., 76
Varrelman, F. A., 24
Verbascum Blattaria, 90; Thapsus, 90
Vernonia maxima pubescens, 13
Veronicastrum virginicum, 92
1035
Vestal, Mrs. A. G., 19
Viburnum alnifolium, 103; trilobum,
93
Volkomerson Hilda, Field trip of
May 3, 103
Vinca minor, 89
Viola affinis, 101; Bissellii, 91;
columbiana, 91; conspersa, 102;
conturbata, 91; cucullata, 102;
erratica, 91; latiscula, 101; Mal-
tiana, 91; modica, 91; Napae, 91;
pallens, 102; pedata, 101; pub-
escens, 102; ravida, 91; rotundi-
folia, 101, 102; soraria, 102
Ward, B. Kingdon, 157
Watchung Mountains, The flora of,
Harold N. Moldenke, 57, 88
Wellintz, Dr. Anne M., 19
West Virginia, The type localities of
some plants first described from,
Earl L. Core, 7
Wiley, Farida, Field trip of Sept. 12—
14, 152
Wilson, L. R., 19
Wodehouse, R. P., 157; Pollen in hay-
fever, 77, 109
Woodsia ilvensis, 15; obtusa, 14
Woodwardia virginica, 151
Wright, S. Fred, Field trip of Oct. 13,
15
Wynd, F. Lyle, The introduced flora
of Crater Lake National Park, 5
Xanthium canadense, 114
Xerophyllum asphodeloides, 72
York, H. H., 20
Zimmerman, P. W., 19, 21, 22
Zosterella dubia, 92
Zundel, George L., 20
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorREyA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2pp 4pp. 8pp. 12pp 16pp
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
50 vei ' 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
(Jet Sa 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100‘ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
TSO, 2 f° 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200 = 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300.“ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 114 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00
Council
Ex officio
M. A. Howe
H. A. GLEASON
F. E. DENNY
T. E. Hazen
J. S. KARLING
E. B. Matzke
M. A. CHRYSLER
1934-1936
R. A. HARPER
James Murpuy
E. W. SINNoTT
S. F. TRELEASE
1935-1937
A. H. GRAVES
G. T. HastTINGs
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
R. P. WobdEHOUSE
1936-1938
H. K. SVENSON
H..H: Crum
R. H. CHENEY
R. H. Torrey
Endowment Committee
CAROLINE C. Haynes, Chairman
Mrs. S. F. TRELEASE
E, B. MATzKE
Committees for 1936
Entertainment Committee
Mrs. R. A. HARPER
A. H. Graves
Mrs. G. T. HAstTINGs
Mrs. Wm. MircHELL
Field Committee
RAYMOND H. Torrey, Chairman
Epwarp J. ALEXANDER
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON
GEORGE F. DILLMAN
VERNON L. FRAZEE
ARTHUR H. GRAVES
ALFRED GUNDERSEN
ROBERT HAGELSTEIN
Mrs. INEz M. Harinc
GEORGE T. HasTINGs
MiIcHAEL LEVINE
JAmMEs MurPuy
HENRY K. SVENSON
DANIEL SMILEY, Jr.
FaripA A. WILEY
Program Committee
J. S. KarLineG, Chairman
Wm. CROCKER
A. H. GRAVES
T. E. Hazen
Local Flora Committee
Phanerogams:
R. H. CHENEY
BayAarRD LONG
H. M. DENsLOW
NorMAN TAYLOR
Hester M. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Mrs. G. P. ANDERSON A. W. EVANS
M. A. Howe
MiIcHAEL LEVINE
T. E. HAzEN CAROLINE C. Haynes
F, J. SEAVER
Chairmen of Special Committees on Local Flora
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict
Liverworts: A. W. Evans
Fresh Water Algae: T. E. Hazen
Marine Algae: M. A. Howe
Russula and Lactarius: Miss G. S.
Burlingham
Cortinarius: R. A. Harper
Polyporeae: M. Levine
Rusts and Smuts: P. Wilson
Discomycetes: F, J. Seaver
Myxomycetes:
Lichens: Mrs. G. P. Anderson
Hypocreaceae, Plectascineae,
berineae: F. J. Seaver
Erysiphaceae: G. M. Reed
Sclerotium-forming Fungi: Arlow B.
Stout
Imperfecti: F. J. Seaver
Phycomycetes: A. F. Blakeslee
Yeast and Bacteria: Miss J. Broad-
hurst
R. Hagelstein
Tu-
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 62, published in 1935, contained 566 pages of text and 28
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24-62 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
EpwIin B. MAtTzKE
Schermerhorn Hall,
Columbia University.
New York, N.Y.
TORREYA
A Bi-MONTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL NOTES AND NEWS
John Torrey 1796-1873
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
VOLUME 37
New YorK
1937
eae
Se
Volume 37 January-February, 1937 No. 1
TORREYA
A Bi-MonTHLY JoURNAL OF BoTANICAL NoTEs AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Common names of common plants. GEORGE T. HASTINGS. .......-+.--- 1
A new station for Hemlock in Minnesota. E. 1. Roz and P.O. RupoLtpeH.. 10
Wool-waste grasses at Yonkers. H. A. GLEASON.. 1.2.2... eee eee ee eee 15
Notes on Fraser’s sedge in Pennsylvania. RALPH V. MOSTOLLER....... 16
Lichens on the Pilgrim Fathers. RAayMOND H. TORREY............2.5.- 16
reid rancor the Clue A eR ad eA op ae Aube ae Bhan 17
Proceedings of the Club.................4. PEP ES ANS Baan A Th 8 19
MarstalliaAvery Howes {000 re ait eee hed eee RMT Pint celta, ae 22
‘EB fu 22) ROME as 2 RRR URN FU, ESC HPH DAES SU IMME eg say Py OF 23
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Gerorce Banta PusBLtisHinc CoMPANY
450-454 Aunatp STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1937
President
JOHN H. BARNHART, M.D.
Vice-Presidents
FRANK E. DENNY, Pu.D.
SAM F. TRELEASE, Pu.D.
Corresponding Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN HALL
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK
Recording Secretary
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Treasurer
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE, Pu.D.
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. : BLAKESLEE, Px.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Px.D. DENNY, Ps.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. . GLEASON, Px.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. . HARPER, Pu.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. J. S« KARLING, Px.D.
E. W. SINNOTT, Pu.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, M.A.
CHARLES GRAMET, M.A.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Px.D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Px.D.
Bibliographer
ELLYS T. MOLDENKE
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Px.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
R. J. POOL, Px.D. FREDERICK McALLISTER, Px.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Lefe, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications.
7 >
p> p> I}
TorRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere,
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other com-
munications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to 450
Ahnaip Street, Menasha, Wisconsin, or to the Treasurer, Harold N. Moldenke,
New York Botanical Garden.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
FED 24 1997
TORK EY A
Vol. 37 January—February, 1937 No. 1
Common names of common plants: Plant
lore from the dictionary
GEorRGE T. HASTINGS
Many, or most, of the common names of our plants came
from Europe, either with the plants,—as the daisy, dandelion,
and hundreds of others brought in purposely or accidentally—
or given to native plants related to or resembling Old World
ones.! Thus our Witch Hazel, Hamamelis virginiana, is unre-
lated to European plants of the same name, one an elm, Ulmus
montana, another a hornbeam, Carpinus. The name is from an
Old English word, wice or wic, meaning weak; the pliant twigs
of the elm were used in making bows, those of the hornbeam for
divining rods. Possibly because the name has been changed to
witch, magical properties have been assigned to the plant. In
“Travels Throughout the Interior Parts of North America,”
written in 1778, supposedly by Jonathan Carver, it is stated
that ‘“‘The Witch Hazel... is possessed of the power of at-
tracting gold and silver, and twigs of it are made use of to dis-
cover where the veins of these metals lie hid.’’ Hemlock is an
old Anglo-Saxon name for several poisonous umbelliferous
plants, especially Cicutum and Conium, and given to our tree,
Tsuga, because of a slight resemblance of the leafy twigs to the
leaves of the poison hemlock, Conium. Mandrake is another
name applied to unrelated plants on opposite sides of the Atlan-
tic. In Mediterranean regions it is Mandragora officinalis of the
nightshade family, here it is the May Apple, Podophyllum pelta-
1 Most of the derivations of the names given here are from Webster’s
International Dictionary, others are from Murray’s New English Dictionary.
In the American Botanist Willard Clute has been publishing articles on Plant
Names and their Meanings since 1919, describing chiefly scientific names,
but occasionally the common names as well.
1
tum of the barberry family. The English name means man-like,
from a fancied resemblance of the forked roots of the European
plant toa human body. An ancient belief was that the plant had
animal life and would cry out when pulled from the ground. Ar-
butus, from the Latin arbor, a tree, is the name of a European
tree of the heath family to which our trailing arbutus, Epigaea
repens, has a slight resemblance in its leaves.
Few of our native plants have really native names. Cohosh
was the Indian name for the baneberries, Actaea; black snake-
root, Cimicifuga; and blue cohosh, Caulophyllum. Hickory is
the Indian name for a distinctly American genus of trees; it was
originally pohickory. Tamarack and hackmatack are Indian
names for the larches, Larix, of both eastern and western Ameri-
ca. The only other tree for which we use an Indian name is
the Osage orange, named for—not by—the Osage Indians in
whose part of the country it grew. Kinnikinnick, used for our
Cornus Amomum, is an Indian name meaning a mixture. It
was used for a number of barks, and so for the plants they came
from—smoked either alone or mixed with tobacco by the
Indians. A few other Indian names will be referred to later.
Some plant names explain themselves as descriptive of the
plant, its time of flowering or fruiting, or its uses. Such are coral
root, corpse plant, dangleberry, Dutchman’s breeches, everlast-
ing, June berry, morning glory, evening primrose, spring beauty,
and scores of others.
Other plants are named for heavenly bodies as the sun-
flower, the scientific name, Helianthus, from the Greek Helios,
the sun; sundrops; heliotrope (helios, the sun and trope, a turn-
ing), because the plant turns to face the sun, as does the sun-
flower. Heliotrope was used by the Greeks for some plant dif-
ferent from our cultivated one which is a native of Peru and of
course unknown to the ancients. But in Gray’s Manual the
name is said to have been given because the plant flowered at
the summer solstice when the sun turns from its northern jour-
ney to the south. Moonwort (wort is Old English for root or
plant) is another name for the cultivated honesty or Lunaria
(luna, the moon), the silvery septum of the fruit, often used in
winter bouquets, being like the full moon. Moon fern, for the
Botrychiums, especially B. Lunaria, because of the crescent-
shaped lobes of the frond. There are numerous star flowers, as
Trientalis americana; the star grass, Hypoxis; star of Bethle-
hem, Ornithogalum umbellatum ; starwort or common chickweed,
Stellaria (stella, a star); and the asters (aster, a star) also called
starwort.
Other plants are named for animals, sometimes because of
some fancied resemblance, or because eaten by the animal, but
in many cases the reason for the name is lost in the distant past.
All of our domestic animals have plants bearing their names.
Catnip (nip from an old Dutch word nippen, to sip, in English
becoming a drink of some intoxicant), cowbane, cow wheat,
dogbane, dog berry, horse tail, horse radish, colt’s foot, lamb’s
quarters (possibly because the plant was eaten with lamb),
sheep sorrel, pigweed, hog peanut, and others. Names of wild
animals are also used ;—bear berry, buffalo berry, buffalo grass,
deer berry, foxglove, monkey flower, moosewood, squirrel corn,
wolf’s bane, and others. Birds’ names appear in crowfoot, goose-
foot, partridge berry, pigeon berry, duckweed and hawkweed.
Other animal names are found in frog bit, frog spit (for floating
masses of filamentous green algae), toad flax, eel grass, pickerel
weed, snake root, turtle head.
In the early days when it was taken for granted that the
earth and everything in it was created solely for the use of man,
if a plant was not useful for food, fiber or beauty, its virtues
were considered probably to be for the cure of disease.
Excellent herbs had our fathers of old—
Excellent herbs to ease their pain—
Alexanders and Marigold,
Eyebright, Orris and Elecampane.
Anything green that grew out of the mould
Was an excellent herb to our fathers of old.
Our Fathers of Old, RUDYARD KIPLING
So we have plants bearing the names of the parts of the body
they were supposed to help; blood root, boneset, heart’s ease,
kidneywort, liverwort, lungwort, spleenwort.
Of course there are many names for which we cannot find
the meanings, ‘‘Many of our plant names were hoary with age
before upstart technical names were invented. In the course of
time, inattentive ears and careless tongues have obscured the
=
original sound of many, . . . ignorance is responsible for a num-
ber of curious errors and for the bestowal of plant names on
species to which they do not belong and other changes have
occurred until the task of discovering the original meaning is
far from easy, and in some cases quite impossible.’”
In our floras and manuals there are often found “‘common”’
names that never have been, and possibly never will be, used
commonly. These are often literal translations of the scientific
names. When the specific name is derived from the name of a
person or a region the resulting ‘‘“common”’ name is often too
clumsy for use.
A few of many names interesting because of their connection
or derivation are listed alphabetically.
ADDERS TONGUE, the fern Ophioglossum (Greek meaning
serpent’s tongue), also the dog-tooth violet, Erythronium, sup-
posedly from the tongue-shaped leaf. The name dog-tooth may
refer to the recurved, sharp pointed perianth parts of the flower.
ALFALFA, from the Spanish, derived from the Arabic al-fac-
facah, the best feed.
ALSIKE CLOVER, from Alsike, near Upsala in Sweden, men-
tioned by Linnaeus as a habitat of the plant.
AMARANTH, from a Greek word meaning unfading, because
the dry calyx and bracts do not wither in drying.
ANEMONE, from the Greek, meaning daughter of the wind,
because the flowers were supposed to open in the wind. This is
the derivation given in the dictionaries, but in Gray’s Manual
the name is said to be a corruption of Naman, the Semitic name
for Adonis, from whose blood the crimson-flowered anemone of
the Orient was said to have sprung.
AZALEA, from the Greek, dry, because the plant will grow in
dry places.
BACHELOR’S BUTTON, several species of buttercup, Ranun-
culus, with double flowers, the corn flower, Centaurea, and the
globe amaranth, Gomphrena. The name given ‘“‘for their simili-
tude to the jagged cloathe buttons anciently worn in this king-
dom, according to Johnson’s Gerarde; but to other writers as-
cribed to a habit of country fellows to carry them in their
pockets to divine their success with their sweethearts.’’ Dr.
Pryor.
? Willard N. Clute, Common Names of Plants, 1931.
BANE, an Old English word meaning destruction and applied
to any supposedly poisonous plant, as baneberry, bugbane,
cowbane, henbane, fleabane, etc.
BEARBERRY, because the bears are fond of the fruit. The
generic name Arctostaphylos is a translation of the common
name into Greek.
BEECH, Norse and Old German béke, béke, Old English boc,
the name of the tree in these languages. Our word book comes
from these words as in ancient Saxony and Germany runes
were written on thin slabs of beech wood and these made the
earliest books in those lands.
BEDSTRAW, Galium verum was long known as Our Lady’s
Bedstraw. This and other species were dried and used to fill
mattresses. A legend arose that the hay in the manger of Bethle-
hem turned into this plant with its mass of dainty flowers.
BONESET, Eupatorium perfoliatum, received its name because
it was used as a remedy for malaria or break-bone fever. It is
also called thoroughwort because the stem apparently goes
through the perfoliate leaves.
BONEWORT, a name given to a number of plants because of
supposed bone-healing properties. Among these plants are the
ox-eye daisy, golden-rod (the Latin Solidago means to join or
make whole), centaury, and the royal osmunda.
BUCKBEAN, Menyanthes trifoliata, probably a corruption of
bogbean.
BUCKEYE, Aesculus species, because the dark brown seed
resembles a deer’s eye. Also called HORSECHESTNUT, probably
because of the coarse nuts unfit for food,—the word horse is
frequently used in this sense as in horseradish, but Webster
says the nuts are said formerly to have been ground and fed to
horses, while Murray quotes Gerard’s Herbal, ‘‘for the people
of the east countries do with the fruits thereof cure their horses
of the cough .. . and such diseases.”’
BUCKWHEAT, from the Old English, boc, the beech tree, the
triangular seeds resembling miniature beech nuts.
BUGBANE, Cimicifuga, Old English bugge, a hobgoblin and
bane, to destroy. A charm made from the plant was used to
drive away hobgoblins.
BUTTERCUP, Ranunculus, also called butterflower and golden
cups, the cuckoobud of Shakespeare. In earlier writings always
6
written buttercups, possibly because of an idea that the yellow
color of butter was due to cows eating the flowers.
CAMOMILE or CHAMOMILE, Greek chamai melon, earth apple,
from the smell of the flower. The Latin name of the apple,
Malus, is from the Greek melon.
CENTAURY, Centaurium species, (already mentioned under
bonewort) is an old name applied by the herbalists to several
plants, from centwm, hundred and aurum, gold-piece, because
of their supposed priceless medicinal values.
CHESTNUT, Greek castana, a city of Pontus, where the trees
grew abundantly and whence they were introduced into Europe.
Castanets were so called because they were shaped like chest-
nuts, or possibly pairs of chestnuts were used at first to make the
clicking sound.
CLEMATIS, from the Greek clema, a tendril or twig. The
name was used by Dioscorides for some plant with long slender
branches.
COLUMBINE, from the Latin columba, a dove, perhaps from
the spurs or nectaries being beak-like, or like doves’ heads. The
scientific name Agquilegia probably comes from aquila, eagle,
from a resemblance of the nectaries to talons. But Drewitt* says
it is derived from aguilegus (aqua, water plus Jego, carry) and
suggests that the spurs represent ‘‘five pigeons perched around
something out of which they are drinking.”’
COWBANE, COW PARSLEY, COW PARSNIP, all poisonous um-
belliferous plants. Probably the name comes from the verb
cow, to cause fear, but it may possibly be because the plants
poison cows that eat them.
CRANBERRY, because the berries ripen in spring when the
cranes return, or, according to Murray, from the Gaelic crann,
a measure of capacity for fresh herrings. The name seems to
have been used by the American colonists and brought to Eng-
gland with the berries (Vaccinium macrocarpon) imported as
early as 1686.
DANDELION, French dent-de-lion, lion’s tooth from the ragged
teeth or lobes of the leaves.
DAISY, Old English dayesye, the day’s eye, open in the day.
The English daisy is Bellis perennis, our common daisy is the
English ox-eye daisy.
3 F, D. Drewitt, Latin Names of Common Plants, 1927.
DOGWOOD, originally dagwood, as dags or skewers made from
it were used in roasting meat, from an old Celtic word dag
related to dagger. It was adapted for this purpose because the
hard wood did not burn easily nor give taste to the meat. But
Murray says the name was given because the berries, unfit for
human food, were fit only for dogs.
FESCUE GRASS, Latin festuca, a straw. A straw or stick used
chiefly to point out letters to children learning to read.
GENTIAN, from an Illyrian king, Gentius, defeated by the
Romans about 160 B.c., who was said to have discovered the
tonic properties of the plant.
GERANIUM, Greek geranos, a crane, from the fruit like a
crane’s head and bill, so also called crane’s bill. When L’Heritier
de Brutelle divided the Linnean genus he put the cultivated
geranium into the genus Pelargonium, Greek pelargos, a stork,
and for the plant sometimes called stork’s bill he made the
genus Erodium, Greek erodios, a heron.
GILL-OVER-THE-GROUND or ground ivy, Nepeta Hederacea,
the first part of the name from Old English Gillian, feminine of
Julian. Gill came to mean a sweetheart or a flirt. Spelled Jill
we have it in the nursery rhyme, Jack and Jill.
GINSENG, a Chinese word jin-tsang, likeness of a man. The
forked root was supposed to resemble a man’s body. The
Chinese believe it to have extraordinary powers of curing
exhaustion of body and mind.
GOOSEBERRY, a corruption of the German krausberre, or
crisp berry. But Murray says ‘“‘The grounds on which plants of
fruits have received names associating them with animals are
so commonly inexplicable that the want of appropriateness in
the meaning affords no ground for assuming that the word is
an etymological corruption, e.g. of the German krausberre.”’
HACKBERRY, a variant of hagberry, Anglo-Saxon haga, a
fence or coppice.
HAWKWEED, Hieracium species, so called from an anc-ent
belief that birds of prey used the juices of the plants to
strengthen their vision.
HEAL-ALL or SELF-HEAL, Prunella vulgaris, was supposed to
be of value in healing wounds. It was also called carpenters’
weed and used especially for treating cuts made by carpenters’
tools.
HOLLY, Ilex species, the holy tree because used for decorating
churches at Christmas.
HORNBEAM, horn + beam, the latter an Anglo-Saxon word ~
for tree. So called because the wood is as hard as horn. Both of
our hornbeams, Carpinus and Ostrya, are called tronwood, a
name given to certain trees in many parts of the world.
JERUSALEM ARTICHOKE, Helianthus tuberosus, was cultivated
by the Indians before the coming of the white man. It reached
Europe early in the seventeenth century and for some reason
was given the name Girasole artichoke. The Italian gzrasole,
sunflower, has been corrupted to Jerusalem.
JIMSON WEED, Datura Stramonium, an Asiatic weed that
became naturalized near Jamestown, Virginia, and was called
Jamestown weed,—but James easily became Jim.
LABRADOR TEA, species of Ledum used for making tea in
British Columbia and Labrador during the Revolutionary war,
as was NEW JERSEY TEA, Ceanothus americanus, further south.
LOBELIA was named for Matthew Lobel or de |’Obel, a Flem-
ish physician to James the First. He travelled through Europe
in search of plants and wrote two books describing them.
LOOSESTRIFE, Greek /ysio, release from and mache, strife.
Pliny says that oxen made to eat it are rendered more willing
to pull together.
LOUSEWORT, Pedicularis species, supposed to make sheep
that feed on it lousy.
LUPINE, the Latin /upus, wolf, indicated the plant was sup-
posed to rob the soil of nourishment. (Apparently the Romans
had no idea of the value of leguminous plants to the soil.)
MAYFLOWER, the trailing arbutus, Epigaea repens. In Whit-
tier’s legend it was the first flower to greet the Pilgrims at
Plymouth and was named by them for their ship.
MALLOW, Greek malakos, soft, either because it could be used
to soften water or for the soft downy leaves.
MUSTARD, Latin mustum, the fresh juice of grapes. Mustard
was formerly prepared by mixing it with must.
NASTURTIUM, Latin nasus, nose, + torquere, torture or twist.
So the nasturtium is the nose twister because of its pungent
taste and odor. The name properly belongs to the water cress
and related plants of the mustard family. The garden nastur-
tium is a South American plant of the genus Tropaeolum.
9
OXALIS, Greek oxus, sour, as the leaves contain oxalic acid.
The acid, incidentally, gets its name from the plant. The name
SORREL applied to both Oxalis and Rumex A cetosella is from the
French sur, sour.
PENNYROYAL, Mentha Pulegium in Europe, [ledeoma pule-
gioides in America. A corruption of the Old English puliall
royal, derived from the Latin pulex, a flea (note too the specific
names of the two species). The name means good against fleas.
PRIMROSE, Latin primus, first, the first flower of spring. Our
evening primrose, blossoming in late summer, is certainly mis-
named.
RASPBERRY, Old English raspe, a rasp or coarse file, from the
prickly stem.
SAGE, Old English sauge, from the Latin salvia (the scientific
as well as the original common name of the plant) from salvus,
saved in allusion to its reputed healing qualities.
SAMPIRE, French, l’herbe de Saint Pierre. Any species of
glasswort, Salicornia. GLASSWORT because Salicornia and Sal-
sola were burned to obtain soda ash for glass making.
SOLOMON’S SEAL, the scars on the rootstocks left by the aerial
stems of past years suggest the marks made in wax with a seal
or signet.
SHADBUSH, flowers when the shad are running, or going up
stream to spawn. Also called JUNEBERRY because the fruit ripens
in June, and SERVICEBERRY from the Old English serves, berries.
In Europe serviceberry is the name for several species of Pyrus,
but in America the closely related Amelanchier.
SQUASH, a Massachusetts Indian name, asq, plural asquash,
raw or green, applied to vegetables eaten before ripe.
TEASEL, Anglo-Saxon taesan, to pluck or tease, because one
species, Dipsacus fullorum, with hooked bracts was used in
teasing or raising the nap on woolen cloth.
NEw YorK CITy
A new station for Hemlock in Minnesota
E. I. Rok and P. O. RuDOLF
A new location for eastern hemlock (Tsuga canadensis (L).
Carr.) in Minnesota, probably representing the westernmost
occurrence of this species in North America, was recently called
to the writers’ attention by officers! of the Division of Forestry
of the State Conservation Department. The fourth station for
this species definitely known to exist within the State at the
present time, it consists of a group of three trees (Figures 1 and
2) about 400 feet south of State Highway Number 27 (from
which they are plainly visible) in the northeast { of the north-
east 1 of Section 14, Township 43 North, Range 25 West, Mille
Lacs County.
The area was visited by the authors in early November, 1935
and the measurements taken which appear in the accompany-
ing table. Total height was obtained by means of an Abney
TABLE 1
Diameter Age at
Tree Breast Breast ene Crown Remarks
No. High* Height* g Class
Feet
Inches Years
1 20.2 100 to rot, 73. Dominant Last 9 feet of top
4 inches dead; general con-
from center dition good
2 8.1 110 38 Suppressed Good
by 1 and 3
3 13.9 106 to rot; 53 Codominant Fair; some dead
total prob- branches, possibly
ably about the result of expo-
160 sure
4 6+ — Dil a —_ Dead stub about 6
feet high; top on
ground
* 4% feet above the ground.
1 The trees were discovered by Ranger P. W. Swedberg of Moose Lake,
Minnesota.
10
11
Mille
k trees located near
Fig. 1. Distant view of hemloc
Lacs, Minnesota.
Ri
Wl oi
Ue
er
“Ah
rigs
Close-up of trees shown in Figure 1. Numbers
Fig. 2.
refer to tree numbers of Table 1.
12
level and 100-foot tape and diameter measured by a diameter
tape. Age was determined as accurately as possible from incre-
ment borings.
The trees are located near the foot of a slight slope rising
from a poorly-drained area. Although the soil is shown as peat
in the soil map of Mille Lacs County,’ a closer examination
showed it to consist of a somewhat sandy, clay loam, becoming
heavier in texture with depth. Orange and brick-red mottlings
at about two feet gave evidence of a fluctuating water table
which at that time was found at 33 inches. A thin layer of
leached, gray soil (A.) was noted in one place where the soil was
disturbed, but none was present in the profile taken.
The surrounding forest is composed of an all-aged stand
which is transitional between the white spruce-balsam fir-paper
birch type, the climax forest of northern Minnesota, and the
sugar maple-basswood type, the climax association of the south-
ern part of the State. In order of their observed importance the
trees present are balsam fir, yellow birch, black ash, white pine,
and white spruce. Some sugar maple and paper birch also occur
in small numbers, but basswood appears to be absent in the
immediate neighborhood of the hemlock. From the composition
it is evident that the stand, although transitional between the
two climax associations, tends more toward the white spruce-
balsam fir-paper birch type than toward the deciduous climax.
Since the area has been cut over at various times in recent
years for spruce and paper birch (birch stumps 16 to 18 inches
in diameter were seen), the stand is generally irregular and open.
In the proximity of the hemlock group, it is somewhat denser,
however. At present the area is also used for pasture.
Because of the cutting and the grazing, the future of these
trees and this botanical station is not very promising. Repro-
duction of hemlock and also of other species, probably because
of the grazing, was practically absent at least from the vicinity
of the old trees. Although only about a dozen one- or two-inch
hemlock seedlings were found, chiefly on an old, badly-decayed
stump of this species, others may possibly have been concealed
2 Bodman, G. B., et al, 1932, Soil Survey of Mille Lacs County, Minnesota.
U.S. Department of Agr. Bur. Chem. and Soils Series 1927, No. 37, 46 p.,
illus, map.
13
by the light cover of snow present at the time the observations
were made.
The snow also made it impossible to obtain a complete list
of all the species of vegetation in the proximity of the hemlock
group. However, the following species, some of which were
probably introduced along with the livestock, were noted:
Dryopteris intermedia, Carex spp., Maianthemum canadense,
Polygonum sp., Coptis trifolia, Mitella nuda, Ribes Cynosbati,
Fragaria sp., Rubus idaeus var. aculeatissimus, Trifolium repens,
Cornus canadensis, Verbascum Thapsus, and Lonicera canaden-
sts.
Specimens collected from the trees may be found in the
U.S. National Herbarium at Washington and in the herbarium
of the University of Minnesota.
At the present time the only hemlocks definitely known to
exist in Minnesota are: the Mille Lacs trees; two trees which
have been known for a few years in Jay Cooke State Park near
Duluth; a lone tree in Township 41 North, Range 17 West,
Pine County; and a few along the St. Croix River north of
Taylor’s Falls. In earlier days, according to Winchell,® the spe-
cies was known to occur in small groups or stands at several lo-
cations in the east-central part of the State, namely, in the
vicinity of Brookston and Paupores in St. Louis County (this
included a stand of about 300 acres), near Askov in Pine
County, near Moose Lake and in the neighborhood of Howell,
both in Carlton County. Although the State Division of For-
estry has made an exhaustive search for these trees in recent
years, all traces of them, with the possible exception of those
near Howell which are likely the same as the present Jay Cooke
Park trees, have been obliterated, probably by the severe fires
of 1918 or earlier years.
No previous record, however, is known to exist of the Mille
Lacs trees. Since these are about thirty miles farther to the
west than the westernmost of the stations reported by Winchell
(the Moose Lake trees), it is readily apparent that this location
represents a considerable extension in range for this species.
Rumors have been heard of hemlocks even farther west than
3 Winchell, N. H. 1896. Geology of Carlton County. Jn Final Report
Minn. Geol. and Natural History Survey 4:6.
14
the Mille Lacs station, but it seems doubtful if these are authen-
tic. On the other hand, it is believed careful study will reveal
others in the eastern part of the State, particularly in the St.
Croix Valley.
To prevent the species from being completely lost to the
State, the Division of Forestry is keeping close watch over both
stations and is collecting seed every time there is a crop. Some
2000 seedlings from seed thus collected are now being grown in
the State Nursery at Badoura. Although just what disposition
will be made of these seedlings is not known, it is believed they
will be used to restock some of the areas where the species oc-
curred in former days.
LAKE STATES FOREST EXPERIMENT STATION
St. PAUL, MINN.
Wool-waste grasses at Yonkers
H. A. GLEASON
On July 18 and September 24, 1898, Mr. George V. Nash
made small collections of grasses from the vicinity of a woolen
mill in Yonkers. These specimens were recently turned up
among some old papers at the New York Botanical Garden and
sent to Washington for identification by Mr. J. R. Swallen.
Twenty-three species are included in the collection, of which
nine are listed by Taylor in his Flora of New York. Dactyloc-
tenium aegyptium (L.) Richt. and Cynodon Dactylon (L.) Pers.
are noted by Taylor as rare weeds in our vicinity; Eragrostis
poaeoides (L.) Beauv. as a rare and local weed; Hordeum murt-
num L. as rare as a ballast weed; Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.)
Gray as known only from Fairfield County, Conn., perhaps
introduced; Heleochloa schoenoides (L.) Host as not very com-
mon as a weed. The other three are common weedy grasses.
Two species, Bromus japonicus Thunb. and Hordeum vul-
gare L., are not listed by Taylor, but are frequent over wide
ranges of territory.
Four are native American species with ranges extending from
our plains states south to Texas: Chloris virgata Sw., Sporobolus
airoides (Torr.) Torr., Sporobolus argutus (Nees) Kunth, and
Aristida adscencionis L. Five have ranges extending from Texas
to Arizona and southward into or through Mexico: Chloris
ciliata Sw., Trichloris mendocina (Phil.) Kurtz, Pappophorum
bicolor Fourn., Pappophorum mucronulatum Nees, and Tragus
Berteronianus Schult. The overlapping of these nine species in
Texas suggests very strongly that the wool in which seeds were
carried was imported from that part of the country.
There still remain two species not listed in Hitchcock’s
recent Manual of the Grasses, Pennisetum ciliare (L.) Link and
Andropogon Ischaemum L., and one other, Cenchrus barbatus
Schum., reported by Hitchcock only on ballast at Mobile.
NEw YorRK BOTANICAL GARDEN
New York, N. Y.
15
Note on Fraser’s sedge in Pennsylvania
RaLpuH V. MOSTOLLER
- Carex Fraserit Andrews. Fraser’s Sedge. This plant was first
collected by the writer on July 26, 1934, after being attracted
to it by its broad leaves, caespitose habit of growth, and because
it was growing deep in the woods. On June 21, 1935 this plant
was collected in bloom. This sedge was found in a rich hemlock
woods along Clear Run in Stoneycreek Township, Somerset
County, about 3 miles northeast of Shanksville. The manuals
state that it isa plant of the southern Appalachians, occurring
locally in southwestern Virginia, West Virginia, eastern Ten-
nessee, and North Carolina. According to records at the Carne-
gie Museum of Pittsburgh, this is the first record for the species
in Pennsylvania and is evidently a northward range-extension.
Specimens of this plant collected by the writer are now in the
herbarium of the museum.
STOYSTOWN, PA.
Lichens on the Pilgrim Fathers
While on a trip to Cape Cod, to collect Cladoniae, I stopped
in Duxbury, to see the little old pine covered cemetery, where
John and Priscilla Alden and Captain Myles Standish are
buried. On the graves of both of the Aldens are handsome
colonies of Xanthoria parietina, also a Lecanora, probably cin-
erea, and a Rhizocarpon. On the walls of the enclosure about the
grave of Myles Standish, with the boulder and cannon in the
centre, are well fruiting colonies of Physcia ciliaris, also Xan-
thoria parietina, Lecanora, sp., Rhizocarpon, sp., and Parmelia
cons persa.
The Cladoniae on Cape Cod are marvellously ample in num-
ber and vigorous in condition, with apothecia occurring on
species which we usually find sterile in the New York region.
Cladonia Boryt is by far the most numerous species, and, in the
form reticulata, is usually heavily fruiting, making a pretty
plant. But it will take more trips to gather material for a com-
plete account of the Cladoniae of the Cape, as a part of a work
on the Cladoniae of the Atlantic Coast, from North Carolina
to Cape Cod, which I am now planning.
Raymond H. TORREY
16
FIELD TRIPS*Or THE CLUE
WEEK-END AT THE LAKE MOHONK MOUNTAIN
House, OCTOBER 23-25, 1936
The majority of the group arrived on Friday evening and
stayed through until Sunday afternoon. The accommodations
were at the Lake Mohonk Mountain House. Eighteen members
and friends were present with Daniel Smiley, Jr., as leader.
On Saturday morning the start was made in a heavy fog,
accompanied by the notes of cornet across the Lake. Within
an hour it began to clear and soon the sun was out brilliantly
showing the late autumn foliage at its best. The route was
over roads and trails through a variety of country on the 7,000
acres of the Mohonk property. Rhododendron swamp was
visited. Box lunches were waiting for the party at the old log
cabin which was built about 1770.
The afternoon route led through a fine stand of hemlock,
through Glen Anna and eventually to Sky Top where the pano-
ramic view of the valleys and mountains in the late afternoon
light was enjoyed. The mileage for the day was 8.3.
On Sunday morning, 4.9 miles were covered, the route
being to Kleinekill Lake. On the return trip, the Mohonk Green
House was visited.
Due to the dampness on Saturday, mosses and lichens were
in particularly fine condition and many species were observed
with interest. A small colony of Selaginella rupestris was found
on Sunday. A goodly number of plants, actually in blossom,
were noted. The total being 42. (See attached list for species.)
Many of these were late blossoms from plants that had been cut
down earlier in the season. Of particular interest were the fruit-
ing plants of two species of Jlex, the common Winterberry J.
verticillata and the rare, large-leaved Holly, J. monticola. The
large berries of the latter made it a very showy shrub as we
found it along the trails.
Plants found in blossom included the following: Deptford
Pink, Dianthus Armeria; Bladder Campion, Silene latifolia;
White Campion, Lychnis alba; Buttercup, Ranunculus acris;
Corydalis, Corydalis sempervirens; Wild Strawberry, Fragaria
virginiana; Rough Fruited Cinquefoil, Potentilla recta; Red
Clover, Trifolium pratense; Alsike Clover, T. hybridum; Hop
17
18
Clover, T. agrarium; Yellow Sweet Clover, Meltlotus officinahs ;
White Sweet Clover, Melilotus alba; Cuphea, Cuphea petiolata;
Queen Anne’s Lace, Dacus Caroia; Indian Pipe, Monotropa
uniflora; Blueberry, Vaccinium vacillans; Stiff Gentian, Gen-
tiana quinquefolia; Vipers Bugloss, Echium vulgare; Self Heal,
Prunella vulgaris; Common Mullein, Verbascum Thapsus;
Butter and Eggs, Linaria vulgaris; Blue stemmed Goldenrod,
Solidago caesia ; Showy Goldenrod, S. speciosa; Hairy Goldenrod,
S. rugosa; Early Goldenrod, S. serotina; White Wood Aster,
Aster divaricatus; New England Aster, A. Novae-Anglae;
Heart-leaved Aster, A. cordifolius; Bushy Aster, A. dumo-
sus; White Top Aster, A. uwmbellatus; Lowrie’s Aster, A. Low-
rieanus; Lance leaved Aster, A. sp.; Daisy Fleabane, Evigeron
sp.; Black-eyed Susan, Rudbeckia hirta; Yarrow, Achillea Mul-
lefolium; Canada Thistle, Cirstum arvense; Field Thistle, Czr-
sium discolor; WKnapweed, Centaurea maculata; Chicory,
Cichorium Intybus ; Oyster Plant, Tragopogon pratensis ; Rattle-
snake Weed, Hieracium scabrum; Dandelion, Taraxacum offi-
cinale.
The following species of birds were observed: Ruffed Grouse,
Marsh Hawk, Red Tailed Hawk, Downy Woodpecker, Crow,
Starling, Bluejay, Ruby Crowned Kinglet, Chickadee, Hermit
Thrush, Gold Finch, Junco, White Throated Sparrow.
DANIEL SMILEY, JR.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF OCTOBER 21, 1936
The meeting was called to order by First Vice-President
F. E. Denny at 3:30 p.m. at the New York Botanical Gardens
with 38 members and visitors present.
The minutes of meetings of May 20 and October 6 were read
and approved. Mr. Eugene Gross, 30 Nye Avenue, Newark,
N. J., Miss Clara Ketcham, Bennett Avenue and Columbia
Street, Hempstead, L. I. were elected as Associates of the Club.
Prof. E. B. Babcock, University of California, Berkeley, Calif.;
Mr. Geo. M. Lash, 189-30 37th Avenue, Flushing, L. I.;
Mr. A. Rabinowitz, 1010 President Street, Brooklyn, N. Y.;
and Miss Viola Richtberg, 2305 Andrews Avenue, New York
City, Dr. C. E. Taft, Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio;
were elected to membership.
Prof. T. E. Hazen, official delegate and representative of
the Club to the Centenary Celebrations of the Botanical Society
of Edinburgh, reported that he attended the meeting in Scot-
land during July and was enthusiastically received.
The Club then voted to revise the resolution of Jan. 8,
1936, by substituting the word “‘associate”’ for ‘‘field member.”’
The Club also unanimously approved of the motion of the
Council that a printed ballot with nominees for each office be
mailed to all members of the Club prior to the Annual Meeting.
Dr. F. E. Denny, Chairman of the Committtee on Constitu-
tional Amendments, reported that this Committee had met and
taken into consideration the establishment of the offices of
Recording and Corresponding Secretary to replace the single
existing office of Secretary.
The scientific part of the program consisted of the relating
of summer collecting experiences of the members.
Mr. George T. Hastings reported the discovery of a peculiar
red oak on Riverside Drive in New York City, by Dr. Leon
Croizat. In this connection Dr. R. A. Harper called attention
to the existence of a grove of hybrid oaks at Cliffwood and em-
phasized the desirability of its preservation.
Dr. R. Fulling related that he had visited Virginia and the
Shenandoah National Park during the summer and found an
interesting fir whose cones are quite different from those of
19
20
Abies balsamia and Frazeri. He believes it is either a new species
or a variety whose distribution is limited to the Blue Ridge
Mountains.
Mr. Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman of the Field Committee,
reported on his botanical excursions to Gardners Island with the
Club by boat, and on a trip around the Gaspe Peninsula to
study the lichens of that region.
Mrs. G. P. Anderson related her experiences in the Great
Smokies collecting lichens and her visit to Williamsburg, Va.,
and the serpentine barrens in Pennsylvania.
Mrs. Mabel Merriman reported on her observations con-
cerning the ecological invasion and succession of plants in the
flooded areas of her farm in Northfield, Mass.
Dr. M. A. Howe, President of the Club, described his tour
through Vermont and a visit in New Hampshire to the estate
of Clarence Hays with its beautiful rock garden and display of
gentians.
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
MEETING OF NOVEMBER 18, 1936
The meeting was called to order by the President at 3:30
p.M. at the New York Botanical Garden with 38 members and
guests present. The minutes of the meeting of October 21 were
read and adopted.
The resignations of Charles F. Irish, Jerome Metzner, Pro-
fessor Lewis F. Tiffany, and Miss Marjorie Swift were accepted
with regret.
Mrs. Berry Hiss, Short Hills, New Jersey; Sister M. Hya-
cinth, 3901 Ridgway Avenue, Chicago, Illinois; Miss Emma
Johnson, 166-17 33rd Avenue, Flushing, Long Island; Mr.
Harry Sverdlick, 144-32 Liberty Avenue, Jamaica, New York;
and Dr. Geo. L. Zundell, Pennsylvania State College, State
College, Pa., were unanimously elected to membership.
Miss Francis Beardsley, 2289 Loring Place, N. Y. C.; Miss
Clara Elsaesser, 120 Auburn Street, Paterson, New Jersey;
Miss Mary Little, 387 East 29th Street, Paterson, New Jersey;
Mr. Jerome Metzner, 1014 Manhattan Avenue, Brooklyn,
N. Y.; Miss Irene Nelson, 524 East 236 Street, New York
City; and Miss Anne I. Stryker, 11 East 32nd Street, N. Y.C.,
were unanimously elected Associates of the Club.
21
The Secretary then reported the death of Mr. D. H. Grant,
an Associate of the Club.
Dr. F. E. Denny read the amendments which had been pro-
posed relative to the Office of Secretary and the Secretary was
instructed to send out a special notice to all members that these
amendments would be voted on at the next meeting.
The President then read a letter from the Chairman of the
Field Committee, Mr. R. H. Torrey, calling attention to lack
of interest and discussion of taxonomic and ecological problems
in our Tuesday evening meetings. After considerable discussion,
the matter was referred to the Council for consideration.
The Secretary called attention to the fact that the 3rd
Wednesday of December occurred a week before the Christmas
holidays. A motion was made and carried that an exception to
By-Law No. 3 be taken and a meeting held on December 16.
The Scientific Program consisted of talks by Dr. F. E.
Denny of the Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research on
“Production of Ethylene by Plants’’ and by Dr. Alan L. Martin
of Columbia University on ‘‘The Toxicity of Selenium to Plants
and Animals.’’ Both talks created animated discussion.
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
MEETING OF DECEMBER 1, 1936
The meeting was called to order by 2nd Vice-President
H. A. Gleason at 8:15 at the Museum of Natural History with
47 members and guests present.
Dr. David A. Krebs, Pennsylvania State Forest School, Mt.
Alto, Pa., and Mr. Standly Smith, 204 College Avenue, Ithaca,
N.Y., were unanimously elected to membership. The resigna-
tions of Leonard Irving, Mrs. Charlotte Stimson, Dr. Anne M.
Wellvitz, and Mrs. Sophie Wolfe, were accepted with regret.
The Scientific program consisted of an address by Dr. H. A.
Graves of the Brooklyn Botanical Garden on ‘‘Breeding Chest-
nut Trees.”’ The speaker presented the data which he had so far
secured in breeding hybrid chestnuts for resistance to Endothia
parasitica, the chestnut blight fungus. The address was illus-
trated with colored slides and stimulated vigorous discussion.
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
Marshall Aberp Howe
Dr. Marshall Avery Howe, President of the Tor-
rey Botanical Club, died at his home in Pleasantville
on December 24th of a paralytic stroke. Dr. Howe
had been connected with the Torrey Club for 39
years. In 1901 when the club decided on the publica-
tion of a magazine on the local flora and the activities
of the club Dr. Howe was chosen editor of TORREYA,
continuing with this work until 1908, when he be-
came editor of the Bulletin of the Club. After he re-
linquished this position he remained on the editorial
board of the club until his death. In 1922 and 1923
he served as secretary of the club and in 1936 be-
came president.
He was born at Newfane, Vermont, in 1867. He
graduated from the University of Vermont in 1890
and received the degree of Ph.D. from Columbia
University in 1898. From 1891 to 1896 he was in-
structor in cryptogamic botany at the University of
California, and from 1898 to 1901 he was curator of
the herbarium and instructor in botany at Columbia.
In 1901 he became a member of the scientific staff of
the New York Botanical Garden, becoming assistant
director in 1923 and director in October 1935.
Dr. Howe was an authority on the hepatics and
on marine algae. He was particularly interested in
growing dahlias, irises and peonies. The dahlia border
at the Garden, which attracts more visitors than any
other display there, was first developed through the
efforts of Dr. Howe in 1918 and has been under his
care since.
SSS SSS
22
NEWS NOTES
Dr. Frederick V. Coville, botanist of the United States De-
partment of Agriculture, died at his home in Washington on
January 9th in his seventieth year. Dr. Coville graduated from
Cornell University in 1887. For two years he remained at Cor-
nell as instructor in botany, then became assistant botanist in
the United States Department of Agriculture. In 1890 he was
appointed botanist of the Death Valley Expedition of the U. S.
Biological Survey and reached Death Valley about the first of
January 1891, spending nearly eight months in field work in the
valley and the neighboring mountains. His report, published by
the Smithsonian Institution, was a notable one, describing many
new species of plants as well as listing all the known forms the
party found. Dr. Coville is probably best known for his work in
“Taming the Wild Blueberry.’”’ The cultivation of blueberries
and the development of improved large varieties are direct re-
sults of his work. Dr. Coville was active in botanical work both
in the Department of Agriculture and in the Botanical Society
of America. He was also interested in geography and was a life
trustee of the National Geographical Society.
The U. S. Department of Agriculture has published a circu-
lar listing 193 plants widely used by wild life. Each of the plants
listed is an important source of food for at least ten kinds of
wild birds or mammals. Most of the plants are also recom-
mended for soil-erosion control. The circular, prepared by W. L.
McAtee, is No. 412 and may be obtained from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. for five cents.
The New York Academy of Sciences awarded the A. Cressy
Morrison prize for 1936 to Dr. Albert F. Blakeslee, A. Dorothy
Bergner and Amos G. Avery, of Cold Spring Harbor, for their
work on ‘‘The Geographic Distribution of Chromosomal Prime
Types of the Jimson Weed.”’
Norman Taylor, editor of the Garden Dictionary, has just
returned from England. He will continue as editorial adviser
for Houghton Mifflin Company for garden and natural science
books.
The Botanical Society of America at the business meeting at
Atlantic City, held in connection with the meetings of the
23
24
American Association for the Advancement of Science during
Christmas week, elected the following officers for 1937: R. E.
Coker, president; H. de Forest, vice-president; Orland Park,
secretary-treasurer.
The Museum of. Natural History of Syracuse University was
destroyed by a fire which destroyed the top floor of Lyman Hall
on January 1. The fire was first observed in the office of Dr.
Ernest Reed, head of the department of botany, who is in
Venezuela on a scientific expedition. Among the many speci-
mens destroyed, some of them irreplaceable, were more than
fifty rare plants that had not yet been identified.
The botany departments of Cornell University and Ohio
State University have arranged an exchange of instructors for
this spring. Dr. E. M. Palmquist, of Cornell, and Dr. C. E.
Taft, of Ohio State have been selected for the exchange. Both
will teach courses of general botany.
Llewelyn Williams, assistant curator of economic botany at
the Field Museum of Chicago, left early in January on an expe-
dition of several months in southern Mexico to obtain botanical
collections for the museum. Work will be concentrated on the
Isthmus of Tehuantepec. (Science)
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of ‘TorRREYA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2 pp 4 pp 8 pp. 12 pp 16 pp
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
04.7 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
eee 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100“ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
150 “ 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of TorrReEyA. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 114 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Council for 1937
Ex officio members
John Hendley Barnhart John Sidney Karling
Frank Earl Denny Harold Norman Moldenke
Sam Farlow Trelease Mintin Asbury Chrysler
Dora Elizabeth Marcy
Elected members
1935-1937 1936-1938 1937-1939
Gladys Pomeroy Anderson Ralph Holt Cheney Cornelia Lee Carey
Arthur Harmount Graves Harold Haydn Clum Robert Almer Harper
_George Tracy Hastings Henry Knute Svenson Edmund Ware Sinnott
Roger Philip Wodehouse Raymond Hezekiah Torrey Percy White Zimmerman
Committees for 1937
ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Helen M. Trelease, Chairman J. Ashton Allis
Caroline C. Haynes Clarence Lewis Henry de la Montagne
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
John S. Karling, Chairman (ex officio) William Crocker
Clyde Fisher Arthur H. Graves Forman T. McLean Edmund W. Sinnott
FIELD COMMITTEE
Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman
Edward J. Alexander Gladys P: Anderson Vernon L. Frazee Arthur H. Graves
Alfred Gundersen Robert Hagelstein Inez M. Haring Michael Levine
James Murphy Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Svenson Farida A. Wiley
Gustav L. Wittrock
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE
Helen S. Harper, Chairman Jennie S. Dodge Arthur H. Graves
Mary L. Mann Palmyre de C. Mitchell
LocaL FLora COMMITTEE
Henry K. Svenson, Chairman
Phanerogams:
Edward J. Alexander William J. Bonisteel William H. Camp
Herbert M. Denslow H. Allan Gleason Bayard Long
Harold N. Moldenke Hester M. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Gladys P. Anderson Edwin B. Bartram Ralph C. Benedict Bernard O. Dodge
Alexander W. Evans John M. Fogg, Jr. Robert Hagelstein. Caroline C. Haynes
Tracy E. Hazen John S. Karling Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke
Norma E. Pfeiffer John K. Small William S. Thomas
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, N. E. Pfeiffer, J. K. Small
Mosses: E. B. Bartram
Liverworts: A. W. Evans, C. C. Haynes, E. B. Matzke
Freshwater Algae: T. E. Hazen. Marine Algae: J. M. Fogg, Jr.
Fungi: B. O. Dodge, J. S. Karling, M. Levine, W. S. Thomas
Lichens: G. P. Anderson Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 63, published in 1936, contained 562 pages of text and 20
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue ~
contains the INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu- .
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24—63 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The MeEwmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4. 00. Volume We complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to is above publications should be
addressed to
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE,
New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 37 -March-April, 1937 No. 2
TORREYA
A Bi-MonTHLY JOURNAL OF BoTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
A review of some medicinal plants. Part 1.S. C. BAUsoR............ 25
Water content of leaves of Acer rubrum from different habitats and
SIMerene 1eVElsi LOIS POTIER 210) oe se dicts wine Sik ele Uefehe lejathas te 33
Sphaerophysa Salsula, new to North America. E. J. ALEXANDER..... 35
Book review:
Four recent texts in general botany. R. C. BENEDICT............. 37
Proceedings 0) hy 9s Cov ©} 15] 0 RRMA fg haat Ie ee a RD a Fo Se lo ne a 39
BME WB VINOLES obi) 08 Oe oe Cert ot pl Cen hee Oa ave aaa a eile othe stave > ARS 43
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Gerorce BANnTA PUBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1937
President
JOHN H. BARNHART, M.D.
Vice-Presidents
FRANK E. DENNY, Pa.D.
SAM F. TRELEASE, Pu.D.
Corresponding Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK
Recording Secretary
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M.
Treasurer
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE, Pu.D.
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, P#.D. - A. F. BLAKESLEE, Pu.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D. F. E. DENNY, Ps.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Px.D. R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. J. S. KARLING, PH.D.
E. W. SINNOTT, Pu.D. —
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, A.M.
CHARLES GRAMET, A.M.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Puz.D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
ELLYS T. MOLDENKE, A.M,
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Pu#.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
R. J. POOL, Pz.D. FREDERICK McALLISTER, Px.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, \Px.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications. Associates of the Club, $2.00 a year, have the privilege of at-
tending meetings and field trips and of receiving the Bulletin of the New York
Academy of Sciences.
ToRREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere,
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices, All subscriptions and other com-
munications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to the
Treasurer, Harold N. Moldenke, New York Botanical Garden.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
IID /
~ ae BR
A PemMAK )
NEW YORK
SOTANICA!
ie" yeu
LO rr! ;
TORREYA
Vol. 37 March-April, 1937 No. 2
A review of some medicinal plants
Part 1*
S. C. BAUSOR
A compilation of even a short list of plants is a cryptic
history of the accumulation of empyric knowledge by primitive
and civilized peoples throughout the world. The circumstances
leading to the original use of plants in combating disease can
only be conjectured. It seems quite natural that primitive man
should have known the virtues of the flora surrounding him,
since it provided him with sustenance. He learned by trial
and error to distinguish the food plants from the poisonous
ones and that the latter produced symptoms like disease. The
next progressive step was the application of these ‘‘disease-
producing”’ plants as a cure for disease itself. A similar principle
is used today in immunology by serum treatment and in der-
matology in the treatment of allergies.
History is fragmentary with respect to the first account
of medicinal plants. The earliest extant work is thought to be
that of a certain Dioscorides which is as recent as the begin-
ning of the Christian era. This work was used as an authority
through the Middle Ages. During the Renaissance physicians
attempted to describe with more accuracy the plants of Europe
having known or reputed medicinal value, in order to clarify
the confusion which had grown up around them as a result of
trying to recognize in them duplicates of the plants of the East
described by Dioscorides. The work of these herbalists! led
gradually to a broader view of the nature of plants in general
and of medicinal plants in particular.
* Part 2 of this paper, describing medicinal plants of our local flora, will
appear in the next number of Torreya.
1 Agnes Arbor, ‘‘Herbals,’’ 1912.
22
26
Following this start, pharmacognacists gradually brought
together the knowledge of medicinal plants from all parts of
the earth and sought to determine more accurately the chemical
and biological properties of these plants. Today this body of
data is collected encyclopedically in the Pharmacopoeias and
Dispensatories.’
Our most valuable medicinal plants are collected from far
and near. The following is a selection of some of the more im-
portant drugs of vegetable origin, their sources, and uses.
I—MostT IMPORTANT VEGETABLE DRUGS
1. Digitalis. The leaves of the flowering plant D. purpurea L.
(Foxglove) are dried and used in preparation of a fluidex-
tract, infusion or tincture. The active principles, gluco-
sides, also are employed. It is probably our most useful
heart stimulant. The infusion is used as a diuretic. Culti-
vated extensively.
2. Strophanthus. The ripe seeds of S. Kombe Oliv., of tropical
East Africa, are made into a tincture. Its action is similar
to that of Digitalis. Active principle: one or more gluco-
sides. The natives of Africa use it as an arrow-poison,
much as curare (Strychnos) is used among the South
American Indians.
3. Opium. Derived from the latex of the incised, unripe fruit
(capsule) of the opium poppy, Papaver somniferum L. It
contains many alkaloids of which morphine is the most
important. Its narcotic properties are well known. Culti-
vated in the Orient, chief source of the world’s supply.
4. Coca. The dried leaves of Erythroxylon Coca Lam., culti-
vated from time immemorial at high elevations in the
Andes. Cocaine is extracted from the leaves and used
chiefly as a local anaesthetic.
5. Ergot. The resting mycelium (sclerotium) of the fungus
Claviceps purpurea (Fries) Tulasne which replaces the
grain of grasses, especially rye. Ergot is prepared for use
as a fluidextract, infusion, or tincture. Its alkaloids also
are employed. The most valuable application is in the
* Official in this country are The Pharmacopoeia of the United States of
America, XI rev. Easton, Pa., 1936, and The Dispensatory of the United
States of America X XI ed., Philadelphia and London, 1926.
27
later stages of labor, since it causes contraction of the
muscles of the uterus.
The following drugs, Nos. 6-12, are used as purges. The
multiplicity of drugs with similar physiological properties is of
assistance to the physician in cases of individual idiosyncrasies
to a particular plant. In addition, these drugs have somewhat
different properties, all acting as cathartics, but in different ways.
6. Castor oil. Expressed from the seeds of Ricinus communis L.
Its purging action is followed by constipation and there-
fore it is valuable in cases of diarrhoea. Widely cultivated
in tropical and subtropical localities.
7. Rhubarb. The rhizome and roots of several species of Rheum,
especially R. officinale Baillon, growing in China and
Thibet. It is useful for diarrhoea in children.
8. Senna. The dried leaves of several species of Cassia. Pre-
pared as an infusion, fluidextract, syrup; a valuable
laxative not followed by constipation.
9. Cascara Sagrada. The dried bark of Rhamnus Purshiana DC.
In addition to its purging action it acts as a tonic. Pre-
pared as a fluidextract and aromatic extract. Native to
Northwestern United States and Canada.
10. Aloe. Juice of the leaves of Aloe Perryi Baker, A. vera L.,
A. ferox Miller. Prepared as a tincture and pills. Used in
cases of chronic constipation. Its purging action is slow.
11. Jalap. Root of Exogonium Jalapa (Nutt. and Core) Baillon.
Prepared as a fluidextract, tincture, etc. A hydragogue
cathartic.
12. Croton oil. Expressed from the seeds of Croton Tighum L.
This probably is the most powerful purgative known.
The dosage is very small, large doses being lethal.
13. Hyoscyamus. The leaves and flowering tops of Hyoscy-
amus niger L. (Henbane). Prepared as a fluidextract,
tincture, etc., it is used in cases of nervous disorder be-
cause of its sedative action. Its active principles are at
least two alkaloids, hyoscyamine and scopolamine.
Widely cultivated in Europe.
14. Valerian. The rhizomes and roots of Valeriana officinalis
L. prepared as a tincture. It contains a volatile oil which
has sedative properties.
16.
WT
18.
19,
XY),
Zale
Did
D3).
24.
28
. Asafoetida. The gum-resin from incised rhizomes and roots
of Ferula asafoetida L., and other species of Ferula.
Prepared as an emulsion, in pills, and as a tincture. Used
as an antispasmodic, expectorant, and as a carminative.
Its sedative properties are considered by some to be
psychic.
Viburnum. Bark of the root of Viburnum pruntfolium L.
(Black Haw) or V. Lentago L. (Wild Raisin). Prepared as
a fluidextract; claimed to be a uterine sedative.
Gelsemium. Rhizomes and roots of Gelsemium sempervirens
(L.) Persoon (Yellow Jasmine root). Prepared as a fluid-
extract, extract, and tincture. Useful as a sedative for
headache, asthma, whooping cough, etc.
Nux vomica. The seed of Sirychnos Nux-vomica L. contain-
ing the alkaloid strychnine. It is prepared for use as an
extract, fluidextract and tincture. This drug is probably
the most powerful nerve stimulant known to man.
Caffeine. An alkaloid obtained from tea (leaves) and coffee
(seeds), but also from other unrelated plants. Properties:
stimulant and diuretic.
Camphor. A ketone obtained from Cinnamomum Camphora
(L.) Nees and Ebermaier. It has many pharmaceutical
preparations such as liniments, ointments, etc. Its most
valuable application is as a stimulant in the crisis of an
illness.
Santonica. Unexpanded flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora
(Ledeb.) Weber, and other species. It contains santonin,
used to expel round worms.
Aspidium. The rhizome and stipes of Dryopteris Filix-mas
(L.) Schott (Male Fern). The oleoresin is used as a
taenicide. It is our most efficient remedy for tapeworm.
Thymol. Obtained by refrigeration of the oil derived from
Carum copticum Benth, and Hook. (Ajowan oil), Thymus
vulgaris L. (Oil of Thyme), and other plants. The former
is the most important commercial source. It is a powerful
antiseptic and is used internally in typhoid fever, dys-
entery, etc. It is a specific for hookworm.
Uva Ursi. The leaves of Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng.
(Bearberry). A fluidextract and infusion are made from
the leaves. It is valuable as a diuretic.
NIDINC) 318¥L393/\ 30
gonad LNvLuOdWT
JO NOMLNGIILSIG
<
ook \e)
W101 Glens
Se 3600
So MRONISY =
Sone WMWASTIS. “ “8
CS
WUSTHS
~ . WOINOWUBLSS ANNO
KBYIND GUM —SMidk WINS ©
Sun van —
SNWYADSOAH
AWAISIO ©
SAA BUM
DS
26.
Die
28.
29.
30.
Sil.
Se
So:
34.
615)
30
Buchu. Leaves of Barosma betulina (Thunb.) Bartling &
Wendland. Prepared as a fluidextract and infusion. Em-
ployed in genito-urinary diseases.
Squill. Bulb of Urginea maritima (L.) Baker. Prepared as a
fluidextract, etc; employed as a diuretic in dropsy. Also
used as an expectorant.
Black Mustard. Seeds of Brassica nigra (L.) Koch, widely
distributed in temperate regions. Used chiefly as a
counterirritant in the form of a poultice.
Flaxseed. The seeds of Linum usitatissimum L. Universally
cultivated. Prepared as an infusion it is used as a de-
mulcent to protect the mucous membranes of the
alimentary tract from irritation.
Olive Oil. Oil from fruit of Olea europoea L. It is valuable as
a demulcent and mild laxative.
May-apple. Rhizome and roots of Podophyllum peltatum L.
The resin and fluidextract are used. This drug is valu-
able as a liver invigorator and also as a slow purge.
Peppermint. The leaves and flowering tops of Mentha
piperita L. It contains a volatile oil used as a carmina-
tive. Menthol, an alcohol obtained from the oil, is used
to relieve head and tooth aches and in preparations for
nasal spray.
Ginger. Rhizome of Zingiber officinale Roscoe. Used as
fluidextract, oleoresin, syrup, and tincture; applied in-
ternally as a carminative, externally as a rubefacient. It
is sometimes used as snuff. Widely cultivated in tropical
countries. '
Gambir. The dried extract of leaves and twigs of Ourouparia
Gambir (Hunter) Baill. Prepared as a tincture. It owes
its properties chiefly to a high tannic acid content, and
is employed as an astringent. Useful in diarrhoea and
chronic gonorrhoea.
Galla. Galls produced on twigs of Quercus infectoria Oliv.
and other species of Oak. The powdered galls are prepared
as an ointment. Its astringent properties are due to a
high tannin content.
Myrrh. A gum resin obtained from several species of Com-
miphora. As a tincture it is used locally for spongy gums,
indolent ulcers, etc. It also has tonic properties.
31
36. Gentian. Rhizome and roots of Gentiana lutea L. Prepared
as a tincture, elixir, etc. It is employed asa tonic to whet
the appetite. (Angostura bitters, used in cocktails, con-
tains gentian as an ingredient.)
37. Senega. Roots of Polygala Senega L. Prepared as a fluidex-
tract, infusion or syrup. Used as an expectorant. It is
valuable for chronic bronchitis.
38. Tolu. A balsam obtained from Toluifera Balsamum L. Pre-
pared as a tincture or syrup; an expectorant.
39. Prunus Virginiana. Bark of Prunus serotina Ehrh. Prepared
as a syrup, sometimes used as a tonic or to soothe the
mucous membranes of larynx and bronchi.
40. Ipecac. Root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha (Brotero) A. Richard.
Prepared as a fluidextract, syrup, tincture, etc. It is used
as an expectorant in small doses and as an emetic in
larger doses.
41. Belladonna. Leaves and roots of Atropa Belladonna L. The
leaves are prepared as a tincture, ointment, and plaster;
the roots as a fluidextract, liniment, suppositories. It is
used to check secretions (sweat, urine, saliva). The alka-
loid atropin is used to dilate the pupil of the eye.
42. Pilocarpus. Leaflets of Pilocarpus microphyllus Stapf, or of
P. Jaborandt Holmes. Prepared as a fluid extract.
Stimulate the flow of sweat and urine. It contains the
alkaloid pilocarpine which acts as a myotic when applied
to the pupil of the eye.
42a. Calabar Bean. Seed of Physostigma venenosum Balfour
from which the alkaloid physostigmine is obtained. It
also causes the pupil of the eye to contract.
43. Cinchona. The dried back of several species of Cinchona
prepared as a tincture, elixir, infusion. It contains the
alkaloid quinine used as a specific in malaria.
44. Eucalyptol. Obtained from the oil of Eucalyptus globulus
Labillardiére; used as an expectorant in pulmonary dis-
eases, and also as an antiseptic dressing. The oil itself
is used for this purpose also.
45. Stramonium. Leaves of Datura Stramonium L. Prepared as
an extract or tincture, similar to Belladonna in physi-
ological activity. The dried leaves are smoked to relieve
asthma.
32
46. Lobelia. Leaves and flowering tops of Lobelia inflata L.
(Indian Tobacco). Prepared as a fluidextract or tincture,
used in the treatment of asthma.
47. Balsam of Peru. Obtained from Toluifera Pereirae (Royle)
Baill. It is applied locally in treatment of indolent ulcers.
48. Ephedrine. The alkaloid of Ephedra sinica Stapf. Its prop-
erties are similar to those of adrenalin but are more last-
ing in effect.
49. Staphisagria. Seeds of Delphinium Staphisagria L. Prepared
as a fluidextract which is employed externally to combat
lice and mites.
50. Chaulmoogra oil. From the seeds of Taraktogenos Kurzu
King. It is used as a specific in the treatment of leprosy.
The above list, though incomplete, contains most of the
drugs of vegetable origin used in the practice of pharmacy to-
day. The accompanying map shows the commercial source of
most of them. |
It will be noted that many of them are native or cultivated
in our own country. We need not go far afield to discover useful
medicinal plants. Our local flora is rich in species, many of
which, however, have fallen into disuse with the decline in the
preparation of home remedies, the substitution of cheaper or
more efficacious foreign products, and with the innovation of
synthetic substitutes.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
New YorRK CITY
Water content of leaves of Acer rubrum from
different habitats and different levels!
Lots JOTTER
The aim of the investigation was to obtain definite figures
regarding the relative water content of leaves from trees growing
in varying habitats, as well as a comparison of the water con-
tent of upper and lower leaves from the same tree.
METHODS
As three habitats, namely pineland aspen,? bog, and dry
aspen seemed to furnish the desired extremes for comparison,
as well as being characteristic of the region, trees were selected
from these habitats, and in addition from a fourth group com-
prised of trees growing in variable situations. The dry aspen
habitat was located on a very dry, sandy ridge, to some ex-
tent covered by typical aspen plants, but not a normal aspen
association due to the extreme lack of moisture and shade.
Acer rubrum trees, used because the species was present in all
of the desired situations, were located permanently for all but
the variable group, leaves being taken from the same trees at
each collection. In as far as possible, selected trees were com-
parable in height and spread of branches. From these trees
leaves were collected in the early afternoon, when the maximum
amount of evaporation would be expected.
Collections, made from the upper and lower portions of each
tree, consisted of typical, healthy leaves, cut off approximately
five millimeters from the point where the petiole joins the blade.
After cutting, leaves were put into tightly corked and properly
labeled bottles, and immediately upon return from the field
were weighed, then oven dried to a constant weight. The ex-
pression of water content was based on this dry weight of the
leaf.
DATA
The resulting data clearly indicates that the water content
of leaves varies with the habitat, as leaves from trees in the bog
had the lowest water content, those from the dry aspen area
1 Based upon work done under the direction of Dr. Frank C. Gates, during
July and August 1935, at the University of Michigan Biological Station.
2 This association is fully described in: Gates, F. C., Aspen Association in
Northern Lower Michigan. Bot. Gaz. 90: 233-259. 1930.
33
34
were intermediate, and those from the general aspen area had
the highest water content. The averages of percentage water
content as obtained from the various collections were as fol-
lows: bog situation—112, 126; dry aspen—121, 134; and gen-
eral aspen—142, 154. In each case the first figure given refers
to leaves from the upper portion of the tree, and the second
figure to the lower leaves.
The idea that trees in bog situations are as unfavorably
located in regard to the availability of water as are trees in a
dry situation, is supported by data indicating the much lower
water content for the leaves of the bog trees than for those
from the dry aspen area, in spite of the fact that transpiration
must be much less in the bog situation.
The fact that the trees of the general aspen area should have
a higher water content than those of the much drier aspen ridge,
shows the correlation between the availability of water and the
water content, as the situations are comparable in soil and in
plant association, with the amount of water in the soil and the
transpiration rate as the only variable factors.
The data also indicate that upper leaves of Acer rubrum
contain significantly less water than the lower leaves of the same
trees. A certain amount of correlation of the amount of water
present in the leaf with the general weather conditions is shown
by the fact that leaves collected after a prolonged period of hot,
dry weather had a water content markedly lower than that of
leaves collected only a few days after good rains. The lowest
percentage of water found in leaves, 107%, was in the upper
leaves of the bog trees on August 8, and the highest, 165%, in
the lower leaves of the general aspen habitat on July 3.
SUMMARY
An investigation of the water content of upper and lower
leaves of Acer rubrum from different habitats on northern lower
Michigan during the summer of 1935 showed that at the driest
time of the day upper leaves normally had less water than lower
leaves (126:140) and that leaves of trees in bogs had less water
in them than trees on dry ridges, and these in turn less than trees
in the general mesophytic aspen association (119:128:148).
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
ANN ARBOR, MICHIGAN
"A Sphaerophysa Salsula, new to North America
E. J. ALEXANDER
While driving along the highway in southern Colorado the
past August 27, near the town of Monte Vista, a bushy growth
bearing racemes of orange flowers drew the writer’s attention.
Upon examination, it was seen that the plant was a legume with
inflated papery pods. Now, as orange-flowered legumes are ex-
ceedingly rare in the North American flora, manuals were at
once searched for the plant’s identity. There seemed to be
nothing even related to it recorded, so specimens were made and
seed collected for future examination.
Recently, in looking over the specimens and making a more
complete check, the plant still could not be matched with any-
thing known in North America. In thinking over the various
leguminous genera with orange flowers, Colutea came to mind—
there might be an herbaceous species of that woody Asiatic
genus. Again a blank was drawn, so Bentham & Hooker’s
Genera Plantarum was consulted, and it was plainly indicated
that the plant belonged in the sub-tribe Coluteae. It being highly
improbable that an Antipodean plant could have established
itself in temperate North America, the Asiatic genera were
examined, and the plant was soon identified beyond doubt as
Sphaerophysa Salsula (Pall.) DC., native of northern and cen-
tral Asia, the genus merged by some botanists with Swainsona,
a strictly Australian genus. In either case, the discovery of this
plant adds a new genus and species to the North American
flora, but its source in that locality is a matter of conjecture.
In that section, the highway and railroad run parallel for some
miles, separated by a 100-foot strip of ground filled with grass
and weeds, a logical situation for an introduced plant. Sphaero-
physa grows in that strip of ground, in at least a half dozen
colonies scattered over as many miles, and always within ten
‘feet of the highway.
The plant is about three feet tall, gregarious, in general ap-
pearance much like an erect Astragalus, the stems arising from
underground, woody rootstocks. The leaves are alternate, 5—7
cm. long, with 9-19 elliptic to obovate leaflets 5-10 mm. long,
the pairs subopposite. The entire plant is closely strigose-
puberulent except for the upper surface of the leaflets and the
35
36
corolla. The flowers are 12-15 mm. long, and are borne in erect,
axillary, pedunculate racemes 6-15 cm. long, the peduncles
about the length of the subtending leaves. The pedicels are 5-8
mm. long. The calyx is campanulate, 3-4 mm. long, the teeth
about 1 mm. long, acute, the two upper separated from the
three lower by a broad, shallow sinus. The corolla is red-orange,
the upraised standard with a bilobed yellow spot at the base of
the blade, the keel yellow except for the apical third. The
stamens are diadelphous, the ovary stipitate, densely fine-
pubescent, the style barbate on the upper side, the stigma
capitate. The fruits are bladdery-inflated, one-celled, paper
legumes, rounded at the tip, finely pubescent and borne on
deflexed pedicels, the protruding stipes again reflexed, bringing
the pod to a horizontal position. The seeds are small and
numerous, black, orbicular-reniform.
NEw YorRK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Dec. 1936
Since writing the above, the writer has identified for the
Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, a specimen of Sphaerophysa Sal-
sula collected near Fruitland, Utah, by Margaret T. Doutt on
August 14, 1936.
Eee.
Jan. 1937
BOOK REVIEWS
Four recent texts in general botany
R. C. BENEDIC1
A comprehensive survey of the whole field of botanical
teaching in the United States would probably disclose upwards
of thirty different general texts in current use. For each some
special value or purpose might be advanced; e.g., adaptation for
particular teaching situations and courses; predilections of
teachers; tradition, etc. There are botanies designed for high
school courses; others for half year college courses, etc. The
present notes are not intended as an appraisal of the whole field,
or as a selection of any texts as the best in the field, but merely
to call attention to certain distinctive features of four volumes
recently examined, and all designed for use in a year course in
general college botany.
Brown, William H. The plant kingdom. Ginn & Co. 1936. $3.50.
Dr. Brown has drawn upon his long experience in the Philip-
pines for a great many illustrations of interest and significance
which are not to be found in other texts. While the plants illus-
trated are often strange and unfamiliar, their relevancy to the
topics justifies their use, and they constitute a feature of un-
usual value and interest. This volume is excellent, both for il-
lustrations and textual materials. In respect to primitive
Palaeozoic vascular plants, it is probably the most complete of
the general botanies. In this connection, however, it is surprising
to find the following too-broad generalization: ‘‘The structure
of the Psilophytales fits in very well with the long-accepted idea
that the Pteridophyta are derived from the Bryophyta.”
Sinnott, E. W. Principles of botany. McGraw-Hill Co. 1935
(3rd ed.). $3.50.
The Sinnott text is too well known to need any extended
characterization. It is featured by its logical organization, the
lucidity and accuracy of its statements, and by the special de-
velopment of pedagogical helps, i.e., review and problem ques-
tions. Designed as a text for a ‘‘principles’’ course, the book is
less encyclopaedic than a number of other recent volumes, a
point in keeping with its general plan. It is a matter of interest
af
38
to note that Dr. Sinnott classifies all vascular plants under one
phylum, the ‘“‘Tracheophyta,”’ thus dispensing with the tradi-
tional distinction between Pteridophyta and Spermatophyta.
The reviewer is in accord with the view but it may seem too
radical a change to some botanists.
Torrey, R. E. General botany for colleges. Appleton-Century
Co. (2nd ed.) 1932. $3.50.
The Torrey text is characterized by the originality of its
point of view and design; by a more distinctive philosophy of
teaching than is to be found in other botanies. The author’s
belief in the general significance of his subject and his enthusi-
asm for it are infused throughout the volume. The author’s con-
cept of ‘“‘general botany’’ comprises (1) a survey of the general
external structure and morphology of seed plants, along Asa
Gray lines, (2) a consideration of the comparative anatomy,
histology, and evolution of vascular plants, with ‘indebtedness
to Prof. E. C. Jeffrey,’ and (3) the “‘evolution of the plant king-
dom.’ Genetics is represented by a single mention of the
word in one of the early pages. Torrey has preceded Sinnott
in the idea of a monophyletic classification of vascular plants
on the basis of the tracheid. However he uses a name, “‘Tra-
cheata,’’ less acceptable than Tracheophyta, especially since the
former word already has a definite zoological significance.
The real test for such an original text would best be deter-
mined after its use, either as a regular text or as collateral refer-
ence. It seems likely, however, that students would gain a broad
perspective of the field of botany. It is difficult to be sure
whether this issue is a‘ first’’ or “second” edition. Apparently the
1932 issue under Appleton-Century Co. auspices has involved the
reissue of the original 1925 edition of the author, plus a Preface
and an Introduction.
Hill, J. B., Overholts, L.O. and Popp, H. W. Botany. McGraw-
Hill Co. 1936. $4.00.
This Penn State botany is the most compendious of the four
here reviewed, and perhaps the most extensive of the general
texts of American origin. Less individually distinctive in any
special way than the other three here reviewed, it commends
itself for its comprehensiveness of treatment. As a textbook and
39
as a reference work, it seems destined for widespread use. It
has a fine color plate for a frontispiece, and the illustrations have
_ been carefully chosen and prepared and are beautifully repro-
duced.
BROOKLYN COLLEGE, AND
BROOKLYN BOTANIC GARDEN
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF DECEMBER 16, 1936
The meeting was called to order by Vice-President H. A.
Gleason at 3:30 p.M. at the New York Botanical Garden with
28 members present. The minutes of the meetings of November
18 and December 1 were read and adopted.
The Secretary then read the following proposed amendments
to the Constitution and By-Laws which were unanimously
adopted:
To amend Article I1I—Officers—by (1) substituting in para-
graph 1 for “Secretary” the words Recording Secretary and Cor-
responding Secretary. (2) Inserting in paragraph 2 before ‘‘Secre-
tary’’ the word Corresponding.
To amend Article VII—Secretary—by striking out the ex-
isting paragraph and substituting the following:
Article VII—Secretaries
The Recording Secretary shall keep full and accurate records
of the membership and proceedings of the Club and Council;
notify each member of his election and report to the Treasurer
the name and residence of each member elected, and perform
other duties of a similar nature as may be assigned by the Club
from time to time.
The Corresponding Secretary shall have charge of the
Charter, Seal, Constitution, By-Laws, and Records of the Club.
He shall give due notice of all meetings, conduct the correspond-
ence of the Club and prepare all letters to be written in its
name, retaining copies of them. He shall serve as Chairman of
the Program Committee and Exchange Committee on Publica-
tions, and perform other duties of a similar nature as may be
assigned by the Club from time to time.
40
To amend Article 10—Council—by (1) changing in line 1,
paragraph 1, the word ‘‘nineteen”’ to twenty. (2) Inserting before
the first ‘““Secretary”’ in line 4, paragraph 2, the word Recording.
(3) By inserting after the word “‘or”’ in the last line of paragraph
3 the words ezther of the Secretaries.
To amend Article 14—Resignation of Members—by insert-
ing before “‘Secretary”’ the word Recording.
To amend Article 2i—Amendments—by inserting before
“Secretary’’ the word Corresponding.
To amend By-Law 6—Program Committee—by striking out
the last line and substituting the following: The Corresponding
Secretary shall be Chairman of the Committee.
In connection with these amendments the Secretary pointed
out that there was no provision in the Constitution of the Club
for the Business Manager, although he has been listed as an
officer and annually elected since 1919. It was further pointed
out that the Exchange Committee on Publications was not
listed in the By-Laws as a Standing Committee, although its
nature and character were as permanent as those of the Local
Flora, Field, and Program Committees.
Following the adoption of the amendments, the Chair ap-
pointed Professor T. E. Hazen as chairman of a committee to
arrange for the Annual Banquet and Meeting to be held on
January 5, 1937. The Secretary then brought up the question
as to the desirability of appointing a Budget Committee. Pro-
fessors E. B. Matzke, M. A. Chrysler, H. N. Moldenke, T.
E. Hazen, and Mr. G. T. Hastings were appointed and requested
to present a budget for consideration of the Council at its next
meeting.
The Chairman of the Field Committee, R. H. Torrey, told
of the efforts of the Hudson River Association to prevent the
stone quarry at Mt. Taurus from further defacing the cliffs of
the Hudson. Following this, it was moved that the Secretary
write to the Governor of New York endorsing the activities of
the Hudson River Association and urging him to exert utmost
pressure for the removal of this quarry.
The Scientific Program consisted of an illustrated talk by
Dr. H. N. Moldenke on ‘‘Five Thousand Miles Through Eu-
rope.’’ Dr. Moldenke related his experiences in the various her-
41
baria throughout Europe and exhibited numerous specimens
which were collected in different countries.
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
MEETING OF JANUARY 5, 1937
The meeting was called to order at 8:25 p.m. at the Faculty
Club of Columbia University following the Annual Dinner, by
Vice-President F. E. Denny, with 59 members and guests pres-
ent. Misses Clyde Chandler and Lela Barton and Drs. W. G.
Camp and R. Pratt were appointed by the Chair to count the
ballots for officers for 1937. The minutes of the meeting of De-
cember 16 were then read and adopted.
Miss Agnes Sullivan, 191-12 Hollis Ave., Hollis, L. I., was
elected to membership, and Misses Rhona E. Lawrence and
Ann M. Wyckoff and Mr. J. Landon Rhodda were approved
as Associates.
The resignations of Dr. Wm. Marquette, Dr. Bessie Gold-
stein, Mrs. Lucy Abbe, Miss Mary Jo Cobb, Mrs. Dorothy
Francis Allen, Miss Matilde Otero, Miss Fanny A. Mulford,
and Mr. B.A. Krukoff as Active Members, and Miss Mabel E.
Newman and Mr. Benjamin Wunder as Associates were ac-
cepted with regret.
The annual reports of the Secretary, Treasurer, Editor, As-
sociate Editor for Torreya, Business Manager, Bibliographer,
Delegate to the New York Academy of Sciences, and the Chair-
man of the Field Committee were read and adopted.
Under the heading of old business the Secretary again
pointed out that there was no provision in the Constitution
of the Club for the Office of Business Manager although this
officer had been elected annually since 1919, and urged that
some action be taken to bring the Constitution in line with our
practice. After some discussion, a motion was introduced by Dr.
R. A. Harper that the same committee which drew up the
amendments relative to the Offices of Corresponding and Re-
cording Secretary be appointed to take action on this matter.
The motion was unanimously carried.
The Secretary then read a letter from Dr. C. Stuart Gager,
Director of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, urging some con-
42
certed action by all metropolitan scientific societies in securing
the representation of science as such at the World’s Fair to be
held in 1939. No definite action was taken by the Club.
The Chair then appointed Drs. Harper, Dodge, and Graves
as a committee to draw up resolutions relative to the death of
our late President, Dr. M. A. Howe. Following this, the Treas-
urer presented the budget for 1937, which had been approved
by the Council, and it was unanimously adopted. Mrs. R. A.
Harper, Drs. R. C. Benedict, and F. T. McLean were appointed
to audit the Treasurer’s books for 1936.
Dr. E. D. Merrill, of Harvard University, then spoke of the
practice of the New England Botanical Club of giving under-
graduate and graduate students of botany junior membership
in its organization, which might later be changed to full mem-
bership if they desired, and suggested that this might possibly
be done by the Torrey Club. After considerable discussion, Dr.
Zimmerman moved that the matter be referred to the Council
for further consideration. Dr. R. Pratt then reported the results
of the annual election—the officers elected being those whose
names appear on the inside of the front cover.
The meeting adjourned at 9:45 P.M.
Respectfully submitted,
J. S. KARLING
Secretary
CORRECTIONS
On page 19 of the January-February number of Torreya the
date of the resolution given as January 8, 1936 should have been
January 8, 1935.
On pages 23 and 24 the officers given for the Botanical
Society of America should have been for the Ecological
Society of America. The officers elected by the Botanical So-
ciety, are Dr. E. W. Sinnott, president; Dr. Loren C. Petry,
vice-president; Dr. George F. Avery, Jr., secretary; Dr. F. E.
Denny, treasurer.
NEWS NOTES
INDOOR MEETINGS TO BE ARRANGED BY THE
FIELD COMMITTEE
With the approval of the President of the Torrey Botanical
Club, and of the Chairman of the program committee, the field
committee plans to hold a number of indoor meetings in the
spring and fall of 1937, to discuss subjects of chief interest to
those who enjoy the field trips, which may be classed under the
general title of “‘floristics,’’ including taxonomy, ecology, plant
distribution, etc. Since it was felt by the program committee
that the professional botanists in the club are interested in other
phases of botany, at the regular indoor meetings, and since there
was evidence of a demand for taxonomy, ecology, etc., on the
part of a number of amateur botanists, and active leaders of
fields trips, the field committee proposed to Dr. Barnhart and
obtained his approval, for the experiment of holding another
series of meetings for the presentation and discussion of sub-
jects of that sort.
It is planned to hold these meetings on the second or third
Mondays of spring and fall months, Mondays being chosen be-
cause many members will have been in the field the day before
and will have collected fresh material to bring in for determination
and discussion. It is expected that meeting places will be found,
at the American Museum of Natural History, at Columbia Uni-
versity, at the Newark Museum, Newark, N. J.; possibly also
at the building of the Horticultural Society of New York, and
at the Brooklyn Botanic Garden. Some dates, places and sub-
jects will be announced in the field schedule booklet, when it
appears about April 10; others may be left until fall, for perfec-
tion of their programs. Announcements will also appear in the
bulletin of the New York Academy of Sciences. This new series
of indoor meetings is an experiment, to be given a trial during
1937, and the response to and success of the gatherings will de-
termine whether they should be continued.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
Dr. Duncan Star Johnson, since 1906 professor of botany
and director of the botanical garden at the Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, died on February 16 at the age of sixty-nine years.
43
44
Benjamin Franklin Bush died on February 14 at his home
in Courtney, Missouri. For forty years, until his retirement a
few years ago, he was postmaster in his native village. He was
an authority on native plants, birds and reptiles. In 1898 and
1899 he made a trip covering 50,000 miles with the late Charles
S. Sargent of Harvard in a study of oaks. From 1900 to 1913 he
collected shrubs and other plants for Harvard.
Dr. William R. Maxon, since 1914 associate curator in
charge of the National Herbarium in the U. S. National Mu-
seum under the Smithsonian Institution, has been made cura-
tor. (Science)
Fifteen acres of woodland have been added to the Connec-
ticut Arboretum at Connecticut College, New London. The ar-
boretum has been set aside for the preservation of native plants
of the state.
Dr. William Henry Weston, Jr., professor of botany and
chairman of the department at Harvard University has been
appointed visiting professor of mycology at the Johns Hopkins
University. (Science.)
On March 2 Mr. John Grimshaw Wilkinson died at his home
in Leeds, England in his eighty-first year. Although blind he
had identified and classified more than a thousand plants by
the sense of touch. He was an honorary Master of Arts in Leeds
University.
The Brooklyn Botanic Garden sent out a special news re-
lease in early March regarding the flowering at the garden of a
tree rare in this country, Parrotia persica, the iron tree or
Temir-Agatsch, of northern Persia and the region of Mt. Ararat.
The tree is a member of the Witch Hazel Family with leaves like
those of our native witch hazel, but the bark scaling like that
of the sycamore. When the flowers open in early March the
thickly clustered stamens peeping from the green bud scales
look like young wild strawberries, but by the time the stamens
are ready to shed pollen the filaments have lengthened and
pushed the anthers out from the buds.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorReyA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
St PS ag 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
ie a 215 2.85 4,90 7.65 8.45
100“ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
HOOK \E* 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200... “ 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
SOOI« fr 7 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of TorreEyA. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 11% cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Council for 1937
Ex officio members
John Hendley Barnhart John Sidney Karling
Frank Earl Denny Harold Norman Moldenke
Sam Farlow Trelease Mintin Asbury Chrysler
Dora Elizabeth Marcy
Elected members
1935-1937 1936-1938 1937-1939
Gladys Pomeroy Anderson Ralph Holt Cheney Cornelia Lee Carey
Arthur Harmount Graves Harold Haydn Clum Robert Almer Harper
George Tracy Hastings Henry Knute Svenson Edmund Ware Sinnott
Roger Philip Wodehouse Raymond Hezekiah Torrey Percy White Zimmerman
Committees for 1937
ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Helen M, Trelease, Chairman , J. Ashton Allis
Caroline C. Haynes Clarence Lewis Henry de Ia Montagne
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
John S, Karling, Chairman (ex officio) William Crocker
Clyde Fisher Arthur H. Graves Forman T. McLean Edmund W. Sinnott
FIELD COMMITTEE
Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman
Edward J. Alexander Gladys P. Anderson Vernon L. Frazee Arthur H. Graves
Alfred Gundersen Robert Hagelstein Inez M. Haring Michael Levine
James Murphy Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Svenson Farida A. Wiley
Gustav L. Wittrock
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE
Helen S. Harper, Chairman Jennie S. Dodge Arthur H. Graves
Mary L. Mann Palmyre de C. Mitchell
LocaL FLorA COMMITTEE
Henry K. Svenson, Chairman
Phanerogams:
Edward J. Alexander William J. Bonisteel William H. Camp
Herbert M. Denslow H. Allan Gleason Bayard Long
Harold N. Moldenke Hester M. Rusk
Cryplogams:
Gladys P. Anderson Edwin B. Bartram Ralph C. Benedict Bernard O. Dodge
Alexander W. Evans John M. Fogg, Jr. Robert Hagelstein Caroline C. Haynes
Tracy E. Hazen John S. Karling Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke
Norma E. Pfeiffer John K. Small William S. Thomas
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, N. E. Pfeiffer, J. K. Small
Mosses: E. B. Bartram
Liverworts: A. W. Evans, C. C. Haynes, E. B. Matzke
Freshwater Algae: T. E. Hazen. Marine Algae: J. M. Fogg, Jr.
Fungi: B. O. Dodge, J. S. Karling, M. Levine, W. S. Thomas
Lichens: G. P. Anderson Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 63, published in 1936, contained 562 pages of text and 20
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24—63 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00. .
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE,
New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 37 May-June, 1937 Number 3
TORREYA
A Bi-MonTHLy JouRNAL OF BoTANICAL NoTEs AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
A review of some medicinal plants. Part 2.S.C. Bausor............. 45
Is Tilia americana L. valid? LEON CROIZAT... 2.5.0.0. 0. eee ee 55
Herbarium mounts in cellophane. D. DELISA....................... 58
Book Review:
A Monograph on the Genus Heuchera. H. K. SvENSON........... 60
field trips, on the, Club. anyone Ae de al epee ee oD teac in lacey hens oi 63
Proceedings of:the Chapin ees ook eh Se a ee aad soa sec Nualg s 66
ESPN ERIS Uo oc: cy Dylan We ey Tue h ceded ag AVY a ORS Soe wtohe evel eee a ae 71
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Grorce Banta PusLisHinG CoMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB.
OFFICERS FOR 1937
President
JOHN H. BARNHART, M.D.
Vice-Presidenis
FRANK E. DENNY, Pu.D.
SAM F. TRELEASE, Pu.D.
Corresponding Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
- SCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLtumBia UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK
Recording Secretary
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, A.M.
Treasurer
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE, Pu.D.
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
: For the Memoirs
BLAKESLEE, Pu.D.
DENNY, Px.D.
For the Bulletin
BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Pu.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. . GLEASON,. Pa.D.:
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. . HARPER, Pu#.D.
GEORGE M. REED, Pu.D. J. S. KARLING, PHD.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. E. W. SINNOTT, Pxa.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, A.M.
CHARLES GRAMET, A.M. -
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Px.D.
Business Manager -
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pua-D.
Bibliographer
ELLYS T..MOLDENKE, A.M.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Px.D.
- Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
R, J.. POOL, Px.D. FREDERICK McALLISTER, Px.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New Vork Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, ‘and (b) to receive all its
publications. Associates of the Club, $2.00 a year, have the privilege of at-
tending meetings and field trips and of receiving the Bulletin of the New York
Academy of Sciences.
7 he
D> > Eh}
TorrREYa is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere,
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other com-
munications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to the
Treasurer, Harold N. Moldenke, New York Botanical Garden.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
a ee
uke RAR Y
NEW YORE
BOTANICA!
TORREYA 0
Vol. 37 May-June, 1937 No. 3
_——————_————
A review of some medicinal plants
Part 2— Medicinal Plants of Our Local Flora*
S. C. BAUSOR
The following is a list of 100 of the more common plants
possessing remedial virtues, found within the range of the Tor-
rey Club’s field excursions.
1. Aspidium marginale (L). Sw. (Marginal Shield Fern). The
rhizome and stipes are used as a remedy for tapeworm.
It is closely related to No. 22, List I.
2. Lycopodium clavatum L. and other species (Club-Moss). The
spores are used to coat pills to prevent them from adher-
ing to one another. Also they are employed in the manu-
facture of some dusting powders.
3. Acorus Calamus L. (Sweet Flag). The rhizome is tonic and
may be eaten as such, or made into an infusion.
4. Veratrum viride Ait. (American White Hellebore). The rhi-
zome and roots prepared as a fluidextract or tincture are
used as a sedative. It has the effect of reducing the blood
pressure.
5. Polygonatum biflorum (Walt.) Ell. (Small Solomon’s Seal).
The rhizome was formerly used in fluidextract as a tonic,
for gout and rheumatism.
6. Trillium erectum L. (Birthroot), and other species. The
rhizome has been used as an oxytocic, hence its common
name.
7. Iris versicolor L. (Larger Blue Flag). An extract or fluidex-
tract of the rhizome is diuretic and cathartic, large doses
emetic.
* Part 1 of this paper appeared in the March-April number of ToRREYA.
45
46
8. Cypripedium parviflorum Salisb. (Smaller Yellow Lady’s
Slipper), also the Var. pubescens (Willd.) Knight (Larger
Yellow Lady’s Slipper). A tincture prepared from the
rhizome and roots stimulates the nervous system, acting
as an antispasmodic.
9. Salix sp. (Willow). The bark contains a glucoside called
10.
ile
iP
Se
14.
Se
16.
fe
salicin, and tannin, as its chief constitutents. In infusion
or decoction it was formerly employed as an antiperiodic.
Salicylic acid was originally derived from Salicin, but it
is now made synthetically from phenol. Salicylic acid is
used as a stomatic and its sodium salt is administered
hypodermically in.the treatment of rheumatism. It is a
constituent in the manufacture of Aspirin.
Populus candicans Ait. (Balm of Gilead). The buds are
covered with a resinous substance from which a fluidex-
tract is prepared and used as an expectorant. As an
ointment it is applied to indolent ulcers. -
Juglans cinerea L. (Butternut). The bark of the root pre-
pared as a fluidextract is reputed to be effective in the
treatment of dysentery and constipation.
Betula lenta L. (Sweet Birch). Contains a glucoside, Gaul-
therin, which is decomposed by water to oil of winter-
green. This is the commercial source of the oil. Oil of
wintergreen is used in liniments for muscular rheumatism,
Slee
Quercus alba L. (White Oak). Infusion or decoction of the
bark is used as an astringent. It owes its properties to a
high percentage of tannic acid.
Ulmus fulva Michx. (Slippery Elm). The inner bark con-
tains a mucilaginous substance, whence it is used as a
demulcent to alleviate irritation of the throat, etc.
Rumex crispus L. (Yellow Dock). The root is used in the
treatment of skin diseases; as a decoction, administered
internally and as an ointment or decoction, applied ex-
ternally.
Chenopodium ambrosioides L. (Mexican Tea, also called
American Wormseed). The oil, or a decoction made from
the ripe fruits, is used to expel worms, particularly in
children.
Phytolacca decandra L. (Common Pokeweed). The root was
18.
19.
20.
21.
LM
Da:
24.
26.
Dt.
47
formerly used in treatment of chronic rheumatism. It is
sometimes used for skin diseases applied externally as an
ointment; administered internally as a tincture or decoc-
tion.
Stellaria media (L.) Cyrill. (Common Chickweed). The herb
is sometimes used as a poultice for bruises, etc.
Portulaca oleracea L. (Common Purslane). The herb has
diuretic properties.
Castalia odorata (Ait.) Woodville & Wood (Sweet-scented
Water Lily). The rhizomes are highly astringent and
are recommended for cases of diarrhea and dysentery.
Ranunculus bulbosus L. (Bulbous Buttercup). The plant is
used as an irritant, causing the skin to blister.
Hepatica triloba Chaix. (Liverleaf). The leaves boiled into
a decoction are used as a tonic.
Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb. (Goldthread). The rhizome and
roots are mainly used. It is chewed or used as a mouth-
wash for cankersores, as a gargle for sore throat, and
sometimes as a tonic. Prepared as a decoction.
Cimicifuga racemosa (L.) Nutt. (Black Snakeroot). The
rhizome prepared as an extract or fluidextract affects
the circulation, slowing the pulse rate and lowering the
blood-pressure. It is used sometimes as digitalis. It is
useful in treatment of St. Vitus’s dance.
. Actaea alba (L.) Mill. (White Baneberry). The rhizome has
violent purgative and irritant properties.
Hydrastis canadensis L. (Golden Seal). The rhizome con-
tains two alkaloids, hydrastine and berberine. It is
prepared as a fluidextract, extract, tincture, or the puri-
fied alkaloids may be used. It is efficacious in remedying
chronic inflammation of mucous membranes in the
stomach, intestines, vagina, etc. It also has been used
to stop uterine hemorrhages.
Magnolia virginiana L. (Sweet Bay). The bark is prepared
as a decoction or made into a tincture with brandy. It
has tonic and diaphoretic properties and also is a remedy
for malaria.
27a. Liriodendron Tulipifera L. (Tulip Tree) has similar prop-
28.
erties.
Podophyllum peltatum L. (May Apple). See List I.
29.
30.
5)
32.
Se
34.
35.
36.
alle
38.
39.
40.
41.
48
Caulophyllum thalictroides (L.) Michx. (Pappoose Root).
The fluidextract of the rhizome and roots has been used
in treatment of hysteria, and also in uterine diseases.
Berberis vulgaris L. (Common Barberry). The root, con-
taining berberine among other alkaloids, is used as a
tonic.
Sassafras variifolium (Salisb.) Ktze. (Sassafras). The oil
distilled from the root is used as a flavoring, chiefly to
disguise the presence of disagreeable drugs. The pith
contains a gum which forms a mucilage with water and
is used to soothe inflamed eyes or as a medium for the
application of other drugs.
Sanguinaria canadensis L. (Blood Root). A tincture of the
rhizome is used as an expectorant in bronchitis. In
larger doses it is emetic. Applied locally it is used to
stimulate indolent ulcers and as a remedy for fungus
diseases.
Chelidonium majus L. (Great Celandine). An infusion of
the plant has sedative properties. The fresh juice (latex)
has been used in treatment of skin diseases.
Capsella Bursa-pastoris (L.) Medic. (Shepherd’s Purse).
The plant is diuretic and tonic.
Heuchera americana L. (Common Alum Root). The root
contains a high tannin content and is therefore an ex-
cellent astringent.
Hydrangea arborescens L. (Wild Hydrangea). A fluidextract
prepared from the roots is diuretic. It is claimed to expel
small stones from the kidneys.
Hamamelis virginiana L. (Witch Hazel). A distilled extract
or a fluidextract of the leaves is used as an astringent
lotion.
Potentilla canadensis L. (Cinquefoil). An infusion of the
herb is used as an astringent.
Rubus sp. (Bramble). A fluidextract or decoction or syrup
prepared from the bark of the rhizome is used as a tonic
and astringent. It is used also as a household remedy for
diarrhea.
Prunus serotina Ehrh. (Wild Black Cherry). See List I.
Cassia marilandica L. (Wild Senna). Has laxative proper-
ties. See No. 8, List I.
42.
43.
44.
45.
46.
47.
48.
49,
50.
ot.
5
33.
54.
She
49
Baptisia tinctoria (L.) R. Br. (Wild Indigo). The root pre-
pared as a decoction or tincture acts as a violent emetic
and cathartic. It also is used externally in lotions and
ointments for chronic ulcers.
Cytisus Scoparius (L.) Link (Scotch Broom). A decoction
of the tops of the plants has diuretic properties. Sparte-
ine, one of the active principles, affects the heart and
circulation and is sometimes used as a heart regulator.
Melilotus officinalis (L.) Lam. (Yellow Melilot) and M. alba
Desr. (White Melilot). The dried leaves and flowering
tops are prepared as a poultice to relieve pain.
Geranium maculatum L. (Wild Cranesbill). The rhizome is
administered as the powdered drug, or prepared by de-
coction. It is astringent and is useful in relieving internal
hemorrhages.
Ailanthus glandulosa Desf. (Tree of Heaven). The powdered
bark is used as a nerve depressant. It owes its properties
to a volatile oil.
Polygala Senega L. (Seneca Snakeroot). See Senega, List I.
Mercurialis annua 1. (Mercury). Used as an alterative in
syphilis. It is also used as a purge.
Euphorbia Ipecacuanhae L. (Wild Ipecac). The root had
emetic properties.
Rhus glabra L. (Smooth Sumach). An infusion of the fruits
is astringent and refrigerant and used as a gargle in
acute inflammation of the throat.
Acer rubrum L. (Swamp Maple). The bark is a mild astrin-
gent and was used by the Indians as a wash for sore eyes.
Impatiens pallida Nutt. (Pale Touch-Me-Not), also J.
biflora Walt. (Spotted Touch-Me-Not). An infusion of
the plant is used as a diuretic. The fresh juice is reputed
to soothe the effects of ivy poisoning.
Ceanothus americanus L. (New Jersey Tea). The root has
astringent properties due to a high tannin content. The
leaves were substituted for tea during the Revolution.
Psedera quinquefolia (L.) Greene (Virginia Creeper). A
fluidextract of the leaves has diuretic and refrigerant
properties which are due to the presence of tartaric acid
and tartrates.
Tilia americana L. (Basswood, Linden). and other species
56.
Sle
58.
Se
60.
61.
63.
64.
65.
66.
50
of Tilia. The flowers are used in infusion for ailments
due to a nervous condition, such as nervous headache
and indigestion.
Althaea officinalis L. (Marsh Mallow). The mucilaginous
properties of the infusion of the root are utilized as a
demulcent in cases of inflammation of the gastro-intes-
tinal tract.
Hypericum perforatum L. (Common St. John’s Wort). The
fresh plant when bruised has been used externally to
relieve pain, bruises, etc., and taken internally for chronic
catarrhal disorders.
Helianthemum canadense (L.?) Michx. (Frostweed). The
whole dried plant is used as a bitter or tonic, and some-
times as a mild astringent.
Epilobium angustifolium L. (Fireweed). A household rem-
edy used as an intestinal astringent.
Oenothera biennis L. (Common Evening Primrose). The
leaves and flowering tops of this species, prepared as a
fluidextract, control nervous spasms, hiccough, asthma
and whooping cough.
Aralia racemosa L. (Spikenard). The rhizome and roots are
prepared by infusion, decoction, or fluidextract for use
as a stimulant and diaphoretic.
. Aralia nudicaulis L. (Wild Sarsaparilla). Properties similar
lar to Aralia racemosa.
Conitum maculatum L. (Poison Hemlock). The action of this
plant, which depresses the motor nervous system, is so
unreliable and likely to be fatal that it is rarely admin-
istered internally. It is used externally as a plaster for
neuralgia and as a poultice to relieve pain caused by
cancer or ulcers.
Cicuta maculata L. (Spotted Cowbane). It has properties
similar to Conium and is sometimes used in lieu of it.
It is sedative and poisonous and demands the same
precautions as Conium.
Cornus florida L. (Flowering Dogwood). The bark of the
root prepared as a fluidextract is a mild astringent and
aromatic bitter.
Chimaphila umbellata (L.) Nutt. (Pipsissewa), and C.
67.
68.
69.
70.
‘i.
42.
iS:
74,
fo:
76.
ri
78.
51
maculata (Spotted Wintergreen). The leaves are pre-
pared as a fluidextract and exert a diuretic effect.
Ledum groenlandicum Oeder. (Labrador Tea). An infusion
is used as tea and is somewhat narcotic. It is sometimes
used in chronic bronchitis.
Epigaea repens 1. (Mayflower). The leaves in decoction are
used as a diuretic in cases of local irritation of the uri-
nary tract.
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi (L.) Spreng. (Bearberry). A diuret-
ic. See List I.
Limonium carolinianum (Walt.) Britton (Sea Lavender).
The root contains a high percentage of tannin and is
used as a gargle in treatment of ulcers of the mouth.
Fraxinus americana L. (White Ash). The inner bark is pre-
pared as a wine of white ash and the leaves are sometimes
used in infusion. The bark is a tonic and astringent; the
leaves are diuretic and purgative.
Sabatia angularis (L.) Pursh, and other species. These
plants are used as bitters and tonics much as gentian
is used to aid the appetite. See Gentiana in List I.
A pocynum cannabinum L. (Indian Hemp). The rhizome and
roots are prepared for administration in various ways:
infusion, tincture, fluidextract. It is a good diuretic. It
affects the circulatory system in a manner similar to
that of Digitalis (List I.)
Asclepias tuberosa L. (Pleurisy-root). The root is prepared
as a fluidextract which is diuretic and carminative, and
in large doses, cathartic and emetic. It is used in pleurisy
and pneumonia to stimulate perspiration.
Verbena hastata L. (Blue Vervain). An infusion or fluid-
extract of the herb is used as an expectorant and also to
stimulate perspiration. Large doses are emetic.
Marrubium vulgare L. (Common Horehound). The leaves
and flowering tops are prepared as candy or syrup and
used in bronchial affections.
Nepeta Cataria L. (Catnip). An infusion of the leaves and
flowering tops has been used as an emmenogogic and
sedative; also used to allay colic pains in infants.
Hedeoma pulegioides (L.) Pers. (American Pennyroyal). A.
OF
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.
86.
87.
88.
89.
90.
ot
92.
93.
52
stimulating aromatic used in treatment of dyspepsia
and colic.
Collinsonia canadensis \.. (Rich-weed). A hot infusion of
the root is used in the treatment of fever. It is tonic,
diuretic and diaphoretic.
Solanum Dulcamara L. (Bittersweet). The stem and
branches are used for making the powdered substance,
extract, decoction, etc. It produces diuresis and stimu-
lates the sweat glands. In large doses it is sedative and
hypnotic. However, it is used chiefly in the treatment
of skin diseases.
Solanum carolinense L. (Horse Nettle). The dried fruits
have properties similar to S. Dulcamara. .
Datura Stramonium L. (Stramonium). See List I.
Verbascum Thapsus L. (Common Mullein). The flowers
have been used to relieve tubercular coughs, but it is of
little value apparently. The leaves are mucilaginous and
are used as a demulcent.
Chelone glabra L. (Balmony). The herb is used as a bitter
tonic.
Veronica virginica L. (Culver’s Physic). The powdered
rhizome and roots act as a cathartic and emetic. Admin-
istered in substance or as a fluidextract.
Plantago major L.. (Common Plantain). The leaves applied
whole or as a poultice are sometimes used to stay a hem-
orrhage and also are applied to stimulate healing of
epidermal sores.
Mitchella repens L. (Partridge Berry). An infusion of the
stem and leaves has diuretic and tonic qualities.
Cephalanthus occidentalis L. (Buttonbush). The bark of
the root is used for treatment of colds.
Viburnum Opulus L. (High-Bush Cranberry), and V. prunt-
folium L. (Black Haw). See List I.
Lobelia inflata L. (Indian Tobacco). See List I.
Eupatorium purpureum L. (Joe-Pye Weed). The roots and
leaves have diuretic properties.
Eupatorium perfoliatum L. (Boneset). An infusion of the
leaves and flowering tops is tonic, in large doses laxative.
It is used mostly to abort incipient colds.
Erigeron annuus (L.) Pers. (Daisy Fleabane). An infusion
53
of the herb is diuretic. It also is used to stimulate the
appetite and aid digestion.
94. Ambrosia artemistuifolia L. (Roman Wormwood, Ragweed).
This plant is best known as a cause of Fall hayfever.
It is gratifying to know that it has some useful qualities.
The fluidextract of the flowering herb is astringent and
used locally to stop bleeding. It is a bitter tonic some-
times used for dyspepsia.
95. Achillea Millefolium L. (Common Yarrow). The flowering
herb is used usually in hot infusion, as a stimulant and
tonic.
96. Tanacetum vulgare L. (Common Tansy). The leaves and
tops are prepared especially as a hot infusion for a tonic,
the removal of worms from the intestines and as a febri-
fuge in mild fever.
97. Tussilago Farfara L. (Coltsfoot). The decoction or infusion
of the leaves is demulcent and tonic and is used in bron-
chial affections. The root is smoked to relieve coughs.
98. Senecio aureus L. (Golden Ragwort). A decoction or infusion
of the rhizome and roots or of the aerial parts has been
used as an emmenogogue.
99. Arctium Lappa L. (Great Burdock). A decoction of the root
is diuretic. It also alters the course of diseases such as
gout, rheumatism, syphilis and scrofula.
100. Taraxacum officinale Weber (Common Dandelion). A
fluidextract of the root is tonic, laxative and slightly
diuretic. It is used in treatment of dyspepsia and con-
stipation.
PREPARATION FOR USE
Medicinal plant materials usually require special prepara-
tion to facilitate administering and to concentrate or isolate the
active principles but the fresh or dried drug is sometimes used
as such, without any special preparation. The majority of
materials are brought into solution before using. The chief
methods by which this is accomplished may be summarized
briefly as follows:
1. Decoction—a method of extracting the active principle by
means of actively boiling water.
2. Infusion—a method of separating the desired constituents
54
by allowing the raw drug to macerate in water. Usually
a hot infusion is made by pouring boiling water over the
material and allowing it to cool gradually.
3. Percolation—a method of extraction in which the solvent
(menstruum) gravitates through the powdered material.
The solution passing through is called the percolate.
When the solvent is alcohol rather than water, the
resulting solution is called a tincture. Tinctures may be
made by maceration, and by percolation. The percolate,
concentrated so that one cubic centimeter is equivalent
to one gram of the dried drug, is known as a fluidextract.
When a percolate is evaporated to a solid or semi-solid,
the resulting product is called an extract.
4, Distillation—a process of evaporation followed by condensa-
tion. Volatile oils are collected in this way.
5. Special methods, used in purifying the active principles. The
chemical and physical nature of the compound deter-
mines the method applied.
In conclusion I wish to acknowledge thanks to my father,
Charles Bausor, for many suggestions in the preparation of this
paper.
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY
NEw YorRK CITY
Is Tilia americana L. valid?
LEON CROIZAT
Is 7. americana L. valid? The answer of Sargent is negative
(Bot. Gaz. 66: 424-425, 1918), and is presented with the sup-
port of evidence that seems to be uncontrovertible. 7. glabra
Vent., favored by Sargent, is used now in the majority of works
treating the flora of the Eastern States. Certain authors have
used in turn Linnaeus’ and Ventenat’s binomials. Many rule out
T. americana believing it to be species multtpla.
The American Linden of Linnaeus is presented (Sp. Pl. 1:
514. 1753) in a publication which, translated, reads as follows:
T. americana—Linden with staminodes. Kalm
Linden with somewhat broad mucronate leaves. Gron.
virg. 58
Linden with very broad glabrous leaves resembling our
native kind. Pluk. mant. 181
Hab. in Virginia and Canada. A tree.
Sargent tells us (o.c., 424), ‘‘Kalm’s specimen is not in the
Linnean herbarium, and it is impossible to identify it from the
description which applies as well to any one of the 3 species
which Kalm may have seen. Indeed both 7. neglecta and T.
heterophylla Michauxit are more common in the part of the
country which he visited than the tree which recent authors
have called T. americana, and it is impossible to identify Kalm’s
plant.”’
So far as the writer knows Kalm mentions the American
Linden once (Trav. N. Am. 1: 69. 1770) without describing it.
The locus classicus, ex Kalm, is Philadelphia. This type-locality
does not conflict with the habitat of the species, ex Linnaeus,
and does not exclude the Linden known to Sargent as T. glabra.
Kalm’s note applies to numerous species of 77Jia in America,
Europe and Asia, and it is undeniable that the presence or
absence of the staminodes is not primarily a specific character.
Gronovius polynomial is tantamount to nomen nudum, for it
describes no Linden in particular. Plukenet’s polynomial, how-
ever, is definite: it introduces a Linden with very broad glabrous
leaves ‘from Maryland,’’ which resembles one of the English
species of Tilia. It is unfortunate that Sargent pays attention
b6
56
to the statements of Kalm and Gronovius, but fails to com-
ment on Plukenet’s Linden which has glabrous leaves.
The European Lindens ‘‘with hexagonal fruit’”’ of Plukenet
are not directly mentioned by Linnaeus in the announcement
of T. europaea (Sp. Pl. 1: 514. 1753) and of its “‘varieties.”’
They appear, however, in cross reference for var. delta and
epsilon (cf. Ray, Syn. Pl. Angl. 3: 473, nos, 3, 4, 1724). The
former ‘‘variety’’ is doubtful, and it may be suspected that
Linnaeus accepted it through Ray, o.c. l.c., from Merret (Pin.
Rer. Nat. Brit. 118. 1667) for the sake of a well rounded record,
which is not surprising to botanists familiar with the method
and the practice of Linnaeus. Var. epsilon is undoubtedly T.
platyphyllos. Plukenet describes it, in translation, as follows
(Almag. Bot. 368. 1696), “‘Native wild Linden with broad hir-
sute leaves and a 4-5—6-angled fruit.’’ It is quite probable that
Plukenet had 7. platyphyllos in mind comparing the Linden of
Maryland with very broad glabrous leaves with the Linden of
England with broad hairy leaves. Anyone familiar with the
European and American Lindens must agree that the compari-
son between 7. platyphyllos and the Linden known to Sargent
as I. glabra is fundamentally a happy one. The American Lin-
den with glabrous leaves is not the species which modern authors
understand as 7. heterophylla, T. Michauxu or T. neglecta. All
these have more or less thickly tomentose leaves.
Sargent having underestimated Plukenet’s note, lays stress
upon Gronovius’ meaningless polynomial, wishing it to be
noted that a Linden from Clayton’s region cannot be 7. ameri-
cana. Sargent, unfortunately, misses the point that a proof
presented on grounds of habitat and phytogeography requires
a rigorous definition of geographic areas and a precise under-
standing of ecology. In the case under consideration the Vir-
ginia of Gronovius and of Linnaeus has the same value as the
Maryland! of Plukenet and the Canada of Linnaeus, and no
1 Plukenet (Mant. 181 1700) spells Terra Moriana, undoubtedly a mis-
print instead of Terra Mariana. No reference is implied to Terra Moriana or
Moriana (on modern maps Maurienne) in Savoy, France. The fruit of the
American Linden is said by Plukenet (o.c.l.c.) to be ‘identical to the fruit of
our (English) Lindens.’’ The note is to be broadly interpreted, because the
fruit of T. americana is usually smooth, and that of T. platyphyllos more or less
evidently ribbed. Plukenet in all probability alludes to the like nature of the
fruit of the two species.
57
one may decide, barring cogent evidence to the contrary, whether
Gronovius meant the mountains or the coast of Virginia, or the
mountains and the coast of a nearby State. The scanty value of
colonial maps is well illustrated by the proceedings of the meet-
ings in which the thirteen original States settled their boundaries
among themselves and with the Federal Government.
In conclusion: the presentation of 7. americana must be in-
terpreted in the absence of a type-specimen. It rests, conse-
quently upon textual evidence. Textual uncontroverted evi-
dence in Plukenet’s polynomial points to a Linden having broad
glabrous leaves. This Linden has a northern range, from Vir-
ginia to Canada, and the locus classicus, in a narrow sense, is
Philadelphia. Only the species that Sargent calls 7. glabra (Man.
Tr. N. Am. 733-734. 1922) answers this description and this
range. It follows that 7. americana is valid and rules out the
later 7. glabra Vent. To this extent the writer fully agrees with
Suringar (Meded. Rij. Herb. Leid. 56: 28. 1928), whose under-
standing of 7. europaea L., and “‘varieties,’’ will be discussed in
a coming article.
NEw YorK CITY
Herbarium mounts in cellophane
D. DELIsaA
During the summer of 1936 the writer began preparing her-
barium specimens by enclosing them in cellophane. Pierce’ has
since described an essentially similar method and has noted
that specimens mounted under cellophane preserve to a marked
degree the natural colors of the leaves and flowers. As this use
of cellophane has advantages not mentioned by Pierce, the
procedure used by the writer together with the advantages of
the method will be briefly reported.’
The procedure consists simply of enveloping in cellophane
the herbarium sheet with the attached specimen. The edges of
the cellophane are folded on the reverse side of the sheet and
fastened down along their whole lengths with strips of adhesive
cellophane. It was found, as Pierce also notes, that adhesive
cellophane is superior to the ordinary gummed paper strips for
fastening specimens to the sheet.
The most important advantage of this method is the pre-
vention of the disintegration of specimens. It should be espe-
cially practicable for classroom herbaria and other herbaria
which are subject to frequent handling. Since the enveloping
cellophane is perfectly transparent, no difficulty is encountered
in studying the specimen through a lens.
Much of the natural color is preserved by the use of cello-
phane. Although sufficient time has not yet elapsed to deter-
mine whether the colors are preserved indefinitely, the method
promises excellent results. Pierce’s statement that the exclusion
of air is an important factor in the preservation of plant colors
deserves to be borne in mind.
Another advantage is that periodic fumigation would prob-
ably be unnecessary if the mount were perfectly sealed. The
greatly increased attractiveness of the mount is a further ad-
vantage, although there is one disadvantage in that roots which
are too bulky cannot be included.
1 W. Dwight Pierce, Science, 84: 253-254, 1936.
* The writer’s attention has been called to an unsigned note in TORREYA
35: 161 which states that Fessenden used cellophane in preserving plant colors.
Details of the method are not given, but Fessenden apparently used some
chemical treatment to prevent the fading of colors.
58
59
For larger herbaria, cellophane envelopes whose single flaps
could be easily sealed might be procured. The type of cellophane
which is impermeable to gases and vapors would probably prove
superior to the ordinary type in preserving the plant over a
long period of time.
UNION COLLEGE
SCHENECTADY, NEw YORK
BOOK REVIEW
A Monograph on the Genus Heuchera!
This monograph, chiefly the work of Dr. Lakela, is a cul-
mination of previous treatments of this genus by Dr. Rosendahl,
and brings to us a finished review of a most difficult group of
plants, interesting especially because of its bicentric distribu-
tion in Western America and in the Appalachians. As in Dr.
Pennell’s admirable treatment of the Scrophulariaceae of east-
ern North America, this paper on Heuchera includes full cita-
tions of specimens (a necessity for monographic work), and we
look to Dr. Rosendahl and his associates for a similar, compre-
hensive treatment of all the Saxifragaceae. Heuchera has ex-
panded from 15 species known to Torrey and Gray in 1840 to
the 51 species, many with varieties and forms included, treated
in this paper. It is wholly a North American genus, most closely
related to Boykinia, Sullivantia, and Tiarella, and more remotely
to the genera centering about Mitella. Bovkinia, with individu-
ally closed carpels, is the most primitive of these. As in practi-
cally all large genera, many segregations have been previously
made, but only the monotypic Conimitella Rydberg (H. Wil-
hamsi), and the monotypic Elmera Rydberg (H. racemosa)
are maintained. A detailed account (pp. 6-9) of the morphologic
units relied upon for taxonomic differentiation: leaves, pubes-
cence, floral characters, etc., is accompanied by a full-page il-
lustration showing longitudinal flower-sections for each group,
delineating especially the angle assumed by the hypanthium
with respect to zygomorphy, and affording a better approach
to identification of taxonomic sections (and therefore of species)
than anything we have had in the past.
The outstanding interest in this paper, however, is the sec-
tion (pp. 15-18) devoted to hybrids of Heuchera. Most of these
are hybrids of H. sanguinea. At least one of the cultivated forms
is a remarkable bigeneric hybrid (between H. sanguinea and
Tiarella), but those of us who have vainly tried to place non-
flowering plants of Tiarella within the genus Heuchera are will-
1 A monograph on the genus Heuchera, Carl Otto Rosendahl, Frederic
K. Butters and Olga Lakela. Pp. 1-180, fig. 1-5, 1936. The University of
Minnesota Press, Minneapolis, $3.00.
60
61
ing to admit at least the close outward similarity of the genera,
despite their actual floristic divergency. Here are records of
greenhouse experiments, with actual production of hybrids
between //. Richardsoni var. hispidus and []. sanguinea (a
Mexican species), illustrated by good pictures of growing plants
and flowers of parents and hybrids. Hl. Richardsoni with
strongly zygomorphic, yellowish-green flowers belongs to the
section Heruchea; H. sanguinea, in which the flowers are bril-
liant red and almost campanulate, belongs to Rhodoheuchera.
The hybrids resemble large-panicled 7. Richardsoni1, but the
flowers are ‘‘tubular campanulate, moderately irregular in form,
and pink in color with greenish sepal-tips.’’ Segregation of Fy»
in Mendelian fashion brought out variants in height, color of
flowers, and character of hypanthium. These gradually sifted
out to about six strains, preponderantly like H. Richardsonu,
and it is assumed that the Sanguinea-forms, being less hardy,
died out first. ‘“‘Just how to treat, taxonomically, such inter-
breeding groups is something of a puzzle. Obviously they have
not quite attained to the full stature of species, as species occur
in such a genus as Carex. They have reached a similar degree of
morphological differentiation without attaining full biological
independence. They are kept distinct in nature not through any
biological incompatibility but merely by the accident of geo-
graphical isolation or, in a few cases, by differences in flowering
periods; and these accidental barriers, whether of space or time,
may at any time break down as a result of climatic changes
resulting in extension of range or change in the time of flowering.
In some instances this sort of thing appears actually to have
happened in the not-distant past. Thus extending ranges of H.
americana and of H. Richardsoni appear to have recently over-
lapped, and the two species are completely blended over an
area of more than a hundred thousand square miles, though
elsewhere they are perfectly distinct and are not even closely
related. Presumably the failure of other groups to blend in a
similar manner is due far more to geographical and historical
than to biological causes’’ (p. 18).
In the accompanying map (fig. 5) these hybrids between /7Z.
americana and H. Richardsonii are seen to occur in a triangle
extending from Michigan to Arkansas and Minnesota. Fitting
such plants into ordinary taxonomy is accomplished by “‘recog-
62
nizing as species those entities with well-marked characters
that maintain these characters over a considerable part of their
range, even though they intergrade completely with some other
species in certain regions, particularly where this intergradation
is between forms that are obviously not closely related.’”’ These
observations are bound to have an important place in all future
treatments of natural hybrids.
The Villosae and Micranthae are the most primitive forms
of the genus and both groups have species in the southern
Appalachians. Although they represent primitive Tertiary
stock, time has not been sufficient for them to spread into Asia.
The Hemsleyanae of western United States appear to have come
from certain Micranthae, isolated in the mountains of Mexico
at an early period.
With the Western species and their subdivisions in the main
taxonomic treatment (pp. 26-174), the reviewer has not had
sufficient contact to pass judgment, but reduction of H. macro-
rhiza of the Alleghenies to a variety of H. villosa receives his
whole-hearted approval.
This paper has been prepared with care, as may be seen
from the geographic notes on obscure places and the cited de-
tails of Nuttall’s itinerary in ‘““Oregon”’ (p. 163, 164). Even the
little slip-ups, which inevitably occur in a work of this scope,
for example ‘‘Hort. Bldg.” for “Hort. Belg.” (p. 175, 176), are
very infrequent; one obvious error, the lack of a specific name
for Heuchera alpestris (p. 104) has been subsequently supplied
by the authors themselves. The publication under review is not
only the last word on Heuchera for systematic botanists, but it
should be in the hands of all geneticists who are interested in
the actual occurrence of hybrids in nature, and of horticulturists
who contemplate growing these attractive plants.
H. K. SvENSON
RIELD: TRips Gialtne CLUB
TRIP OF SUNDAY, FEBRUARY 28, 1937
An innovation in conducting field trips of the Torrey Botani-
cal Club, which the field committee plans to make general dur-
ing the 1937 season, proved very enjoyable on the trip led by
Mr. G. G. Nearing, in the vicinity of Ridgewood, Bergen
County, N. J. The morning and early afternoon were devoted
to field study in woods and swamps, north and west of Ridge-
wood, the afternoon to indoor study, with high-powered micro-
scopes, of lichen spores.
The party assembled in automobiles at Mr. Nearing’s
rhododendron nursery, on East Ridgéwood Avenue, near Para-
mus Road, Ridgewood, at 10 A.M. They went first to an old
farm owned by Mr. Nearing’s family north of Ridgewood, where
among the gray birches and red cedars, were found three Lyco-
podiums, L. complanatum, clavatum and obscurum; several
Cladoniae, including C. cristatella, ff. Beauvoisw, vestita and
scyphulifera; C. mitrula; C. borbonica; C. coniocraea, ff. cer-
atodes and pycnotheliza; C. tenuis; C. subcariosa; and C. apodo-
carpa. Aspidium cristatum was found among other ferns, in a
swamp, with plenty of mosses, including much of Georgia pel-
lucida.
The party then moved to a swamp, north of Midland Park,
which was visited last year under the leadership of Mr. and
Mrs. J. Van Saun, which is interesting for its survivals of
species now rare in Bergen County, inluding Larix laricina,
Sarracenia purpurea, Drosera rotundifolia, Vaccinium macro-
carpon, and Coptis trifolia, and which is rich in mosses, and liver-
worts, among the latter Pallavicinia and Cephalozia. In ex-
ploring this swamp we moved around to its south end which we
had not visited before, and found it contained about a dozen
specimens, none very large, but with some small natural repro-
duction, of a spruce, probably Picea mariana, although in the
absence of cones, we were not quite sure. This is probably the
last remaining station for spruce, growing wild, in Bergen
County, as former stations for P. mariana and P. rubens (rubra)
on the east side of the Hackensack Meadows, near New Dur-
ham, and on the west slope of the Palisades are now probably
extinct, due to cultivation and residential and industrial de-
63
64
velopments. This part of the swamp is on the property of Mr.
Dent Smith, an investment dealer in New York City, who has
his country place there. He has built plankwalks through the
swamp, for access in high water. Although he has been annoyed
by the vandalism of blueberry pickers, when he learned our ob-
jectives, he was very cordial, told us of his purpose of making
the swamp a plant sanctuary, showed us his plantations of
evergreens and hardwoods, and invited us to come again.
We then returned to Mr. Nearing’s home and spent the rest
of the afternoon, very enjoyably and instructively, examining
lichen spores and material collected in the morning, under mi-
croscopes provided by Mr. Nearing, Mr. A. T. Beals and Mr.
Louis W. Anderson. The beauty and complexity of internal
form of the lichen spores were a revelation to those of us who
had not seen them under magnification. Mr. Nearing also
showed us a chart he is making, based on Fink’s Manual of
North American Lichens, to run down species on macroscopic
and microscopic characters, which, when completed, should
have great practical value for lichen students. Altogether the
event, the first one so largely attended in the 1937 schedule,
was a very enjoyable start for the season and proved the value
of such combinations of field work, study and discussion.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
WEEK END TRIP oF APRIL 30-—MAy 2 To LAKE MOHAWK
Sheer cliffs, woods, fields, swamps—all have a fascination
for those with seeing eyes. And so-the thirty-one Torrey mem-
bers and their friends took up the trail again—a trail which on
Saturday and Sunday led us through such diverse country that
many types of plant associations were observed. Only a few
herbs were seen in flower namely: Bloodroot, Fawn Lily, Dande-
lion, Wake Robin, Hepatica, Trailing Arbutus, Marsh Mari-
gold, Pusseytoes, Round-leaved Violet, Early Saxifrage, Rue
Anemone, Wood Betony, Painted Trillium, Dwarf Ginsena,
Sweet White Violet, Crinkleroot, Golden Saxifrage, Downy
Yellow Violet, Dog Violet and Pale Violet.
Distinctive vistas and botany claimed the interest of the
majority of the group but a few of us were interested in Mo-
honk’s biota-total life-community. Twenty-three species of
65
birds were observed; a ribbon black snake caught; green
pickerel frog, wood frog and spotted salamander eggs were col-
lected, also adult red-backed and dusky salamanders. The prize
capture was a snapping turtle which weighed between 25-30
lbs. (for evidence see author’s snapshots).
Evening programs were most interesting. Friday evening
Mr. Louis Anderson showed his own splendid hand-colored in-
sect and flower slides and some natural color slides. After a
strenuous day on Saturday we relaxed to hear Dr. Perkins,
Zoologist of the Second Byrd Expedition, show his motion
pictures accompanied by an entertaining and educational talk.
ELEANOR FRIEND
Trip oF May 8
Twenty-five members and guests of the club:and members
of the Newark Museum Nature Club, under the leadership of
the president of the latter club, Mr. Louis W. Anderson, enjoyed
a warm spring day in the limestone country northeast of An-
dover, Sussex County, N. J. Mr. Anderson’s chief objectives
were Cypripedium parviflorum and C. reginae in wet woods
around a lake east of route 31, a mile north of Andover. The
season was late so no flowers, but plenty of plants of the former
and a few of the latter were seen. Mrs. Rodda of Palmerton, Pa.
showed us another station for both these orchids in the swamp
southwest of Springdale. Orchis spectabilis was found in bloom
near a small spring on the west side of the swamp, and in bud
elsewhere, one clump containing a dozen plants.
A shrub new to some of the party, rare in the Hudson Val-
ley, but commoner in Sussex County, was the Prickly Ash or
Toothache Tree, Xanthoxylum americanum, in an old hedge
along a farm road southwest of Springdale. It was in bloom, with
the pinnate leaves just expanding. At the same point was one
of the finest things seen during the day, a shallow pond filled
with thousands of the flowering spadices of the Golden Club,
Orontium aquaticum.
Other plants not often seen in our range were Clematis
verticillaris, two plants in blossom on a limestone knoll north of
Andover and the Globe Flower, Trollius laxus, a large blooming
colony in aswamp north of Greendell.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
PROCEEDINGS OF ML beers
MEETING OF JANUARY 20, 1937
The meeting was called to order by the President at the
New York Botanical Garden with nineteen members present.
The minutes of the meeting of January 5 were read, and after
a few minor changes, were unanimously adopted.
The resignations of Dr. Chester W. Emmons, Washington,
D. C., and Mrs. R. P. Wodehouse were accepted with regret.
The Corresponding Secretary moved that Dr. G. M. Reed
be elected to fill the vacancy on the Bulletin editorial board
left by our deceased president, Dr. M. A. Howe. The motion
was carried unanimously. The President then brought up the
fact that our Local Flora Committee as at present constituted
was unwieldly and too specific as to the groups of plants, and
asked for a discussion by the Club of this matter. After con-
siderable discussion a motion was passed instructing the Presi-
dent to proceed with a reorganization of the committee as best
fitted present circumstances. The President further reported
that not all of the standing and other special committees had
yet been completed, but would be reported later.
Dr. R. A. Harper, chairman of a special committee on reso-
lutions, then read a resolution commemorating Dr. M. A.
Howe, as follows:
The Torrey Botanical Club notes with great sorrow the
death of Dr. Marshall Avery Howe on December 24, 1936, at
the age of 69 years. Following his election to membership
January 12, 1897, Dr. Howe was one of the most active and
valuable members of the Club. He was a faithful attendant at
the regular meetings and was a leader in all activities having
for their aim a more extended knowledge of plant life, as well as
the welfare of the Club.
On occasions where careful thought and sound judgment
were highly important Dr. Howe could always be depended
upon to render effective service. His scientific contributions
were of the highest order, many of his papers being sought by
the editors for publication in ToRREYA, the Bulletin and Mem-
oirs.
Dr. Howe served the Club at various times in an official
capacity as associate editor, editor of TORREYA, editor of the
66
67
Bulletin, secretary, vice-president and president, the last office
being held at the time of his death. For many years he was the
Club’s delegate on the council of the New York Academy of
Sciences of which he was an honored president for two years.
The complete bibliography of his published works and official
connections will appear later.
Members of the Torrey Botanical Club mourn the loss of a
valued friend and colleague in his passing and wish to record
here their deep appreciation of his great service to plant science
and their high personal regard for him as an associate and col-
league.
It is directed that these resolutions be printed with the
minutes of this meeting in Torreya and a copy sent to members
of his family.
R. A. HARPER
B. O. DODGE
A. H. GRAVES
The work of this committee was approved and the memorial
accepted by a standing vote.
The Corresponding Secretary then presented the applica-
tions of Sidney S. Greenfield, 325 Ocean Avenue, Brooklyn,
N. Y., C. L. Lundell, Univ. Herbarium, Michigan Univ., Ann
Arbor, Mich.; and H. J. Scott, 1110 Hudson St., Hoboken, N. J.,
for membership. They were unanimously elected. The Corre-
sponding Secretary also announced the action of the Council in
approving Prof. Wm. L. Bray of Syracuse University for honor-
ary life membership, and pointed out that Dr. A. J. Grout had
been a member since 1897 and was thus in line for honorary
life membership. A motion was unanimously passed electing
him to this class and instructing the Corresponding Secretary
to inform him of this action.
The Scientific Program consisted of an address by Dr. H.
K. Svenson of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden on the ‘‘Spring
Flowers of the Cumberland.”’ His colored lantern slides of these
flowers were exceptionally good, and the talk stimulated con-
siderable discussion of the problems of phylogeny, plant migra-
tion, and evolution.
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Recording Secretary
68
MEETING OF FEBRUARY 2
The joint meeting of the Torrey Botanical Club and affili-
ated societies was called to order at Columbia University at
8:15 p.M. by President Barnhart. There were 88 persons pres-
ent.
Dr. Carl D. La Rue of the University of Michigan gave an
address on ‘“‘Morphogenesis and Plant Tissue Cultures.’’ He
reported that mature plants could be grown from small portion
of embryos which had not reached full development in the ovary.
He indicated that this would be a valuable tool, particularly in
the study of morphogenesis and genetics. The lecture was illus-
trated with lantern slides.
D. ELizABETH MARcy
Recording Secretary
MEETING OF FEBRUARY 17
The meeting was called to order at the New York Botanical
Garden by the President, Dr. J. H. Barnhart. There were 25
persons present. The minutes of the last two meetings were read
and, with a few corrections, approved. Dr. F. T. McLean re-
ported that the auditing committee had gone over the treasur-
er’s books and found them to be correct.
The deaths of Mr. Stephen R. Smith, Dr. Philip Dowell,
and Prof. D. S. Johnson, were reported by the secretary. It was
agreed that President Barnhart, in writing to Mrs. Johnson,
should express the condolences of the club. The secretary re-
ported that letters of resignation had been received from Dr.
Kingo Miyabe, and Dr. Vladimir A. Shternov.
In answer to a letter sent to the Governor in regard to the
preservation of the beauty of the Palisades, President Barnhart
read a reply from Walter T. Brown, Secretary to Governor
Lehman, calling attention to Governor Lehman’s message to
the Legislature of January 6th, in which this matter was dis-
cussed.
A petition that the area for Mt. Olympus National Park
proposed in the Wallgren Bill H. R. 7086, not be reduced, was
read by the President. A motion was carried that this petition
be sent to President Roosevelt, Secretary of the Interior Ickes,
and Congressman Monrad C. Wallgren. Likewise it was directed
69
that the secretary send to President Roosevelt, Secretary of the
Interior Ickes, Rep. H. L. Englebright of California, Senator
Hiram W. Johnson, and to Mr. William G. Schulz, a petition
for the preservation of the Sugar Pine Forests just outside
Yosemite.
A letter from Dr. A. J. Grout thanking the club for his elec-
tion to Honorary Life Membership was read.
For the scientific part of the program, Miss Lela V. Barton
of the Boyce Thompson Institute talked on “‘Storage of Seeds.”
She demonstrated effectively how length of seed viability de-
pended to a large extent upon the method of storage, and that
different types of seeds required different storage conditions.
The factors, temperature, moisture, and gaseous exchange, were
shown to be of prime importance in preserving the life of the
embryo, their effects being so inter-related that it was impossible
to ascertain the separate influence of each.
The second speaker was Dr. John D. Guthrie, who discussed
“Chemical Changes in Plant Tissue in Relation to Respiration
and Dormancy.”’ It is possible to break the dormancy of potato
tubers by means of various chemicals, principally ethylene
chlorhydrin, and potassium thiocyanate. An attempt was
made to show how these chemicals brought about chemical
changes in the tuber to increase respiration and stimulate
growth. It was thought that the increase in glutathione in
treated tubers had a direct bearing on this.
After some discussion, the meeting was adjourned.
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Recording Secretary
MEETING OF MARCH 2
President Barnhart called the meeting to order at 8:15
P.M. at the American Museum of Natural History. Forty-three
members and visitors were present. The following persons were
unanimously elected to membership in the Club:
Lawrence M. Ames, Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plains,
Mass.; Henry N. Andrews, Jr., Washington University, St.
Louis, Mo.; Dr. Gladys E. Baker, 29 E. 29th Street, New York
City; Prof. Stanley A. Cain, University of Tennessee, Knoxville,
Tenn.; John D. Dwyer, 220 Danforth Ave., Jersey City, N. J.;
70
James L. Edwards, 27 Stanford Place, Montclair, N. J.; Mrs.
Helen W. Fields, 72 Rutland Road, Brooklyn, N. Y.; Dr.
Edna M. Lind, The University of Sheffield 10, England; Prof.
Velma D. Matthews, Coker College, Hartsville, S. C., Prof.
William J. Robbins, University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo.
Dr. E. J. Alexander of the New York Botanical Garden
gave an interesting account of “‘Seed Collecting in the Rockies.”’
The expedition had been sent out under the auspices of the New
York Botanical Garden for the purpose of collecting seeds of
plants suitable for horticultural adaptation. A wide area of the
Rocky Mountains was covered, extending from Glacier Na-
tional Park to central Colorado. Dr. Alexander showed many
colored slides of the flora of the alpine and sub alpine regions.
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Recording Secretary
NEWS NOTES
George E. Osterhout, a member of the Torrey Botanical
Club for many years,died at Greeley, Colorado,on April second.
Born in Tunkhannock, Pennsylvania on March 31, 1858, he
graduated from Lafayette College and in 1885 moved to Col-
orado where he made his home. He opened a lumber office in
Windsor, remaining in the lumber business for the rest of his
life. He was greatly interested in botany, collecting in his neigh-
borhood and throughout the state and neighboring states. Every
year he made at least one collecting trip to a distance. Among
the plants he found were many new species, most of which he
described in Torreya or the Bulletin of the Club. His herbarium
of some 25,000 specimens was said to be the largest personally
acquired and privately owned in the west.
White pine blister-rust quarantine regulations were revised
this spring by adding Maryland, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wis-
consin to the area previously affected,—the New England
states, New York, Michigan, Minnesota and Iowa. In this area
the planting and possession of currant and gooseberry plants
are prohibited to prevent the introduction of the alternate host
of the rust into portions of the states where five-leaved pines
are of economic importance.
Okefenokee Wildlife Refuge. This refuge to protect such wild
life as the ivory-billed woodpecker, sandhill crane, limpkin or
“crying bird,’’ otter, alligator, and other birds and animals has
recently been established by the Biological Survey of the U. S.
Department of Agriculture, confirmed by an Executive order.
The swamp is a wet timbered area with cypress, gum, bay and
red maple. There are many marshlike open spaces, called
“‘prairies’’ and scattered hummocks covered with cypress trees
or brush.
The Allegany School of Natural History will open in Alle-
gany State Park in the southwestern part of New York State
on July 4 for its 11th season. College credit for courses in field
zoology, entomology, botany and nature study is offered. The
courses are designed for teachers, camps leaders and natural-
ists, but provision is also made for research. Information about
71
72
the ‘‘School in the Forest’’ can be obtained from Miss Esther
W. Eno, the Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences.
The Pennsylvania State College Nature Camp, suspended
for the past two years due to the occupancy of the camp site in
the Tussey or Seven Sister Mountains by a C.C.C. camp, will
be reopened this summer for two three-week sessions. Either of
the sessions grants six college credits. Information can be ob-
tained from Professor George R. Green, The Pennsylvania
State College, State College, Pa.
Of interest to science and industry is the establishment of
Cinchona Products Institute Inc. at 270 Madison Avenue, New
York. It will promote and foster medical and industrial research
in the use and application of Cinchona products, both quinine
and the other alkaloids. The director of the Institute is Norman
Taylor, formerly of the New York Botanical Garden and
Brooklyn Botanic Garden.
Dr. Liberty Hyde Bailey, emeritus professor of agriculture
at Cornell University, is in Haiti studying and making collec-
tions of palms. As collected by Dr. Bailey the herbarium
material of a single species may include a dozen or more pieces
of a leaf cut so as to show at least half of a leaf that may be ten
feet or more long, flowering and fruiting branches, mature
fruit and a section of the trunk.
The Brooklyn Botanic Garden received a gold medal, a
special cash prize award of merit from the Garden Club of
America at the 24th International Flower Show held in New
York from March 15 to 20. The exhibit showed xerophytic
plants and their adaptations to meet the desert conditions under
which they live.
Dr. William Crocker, director of the Boyce Thompson Insti-
tute, has been elected president of the Board of Education of
Yonkers.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of Torreya in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof,
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2 pp. 4 pp. - 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
25 copies 1,85 2.35 10 6.35 6.95
BOX 219 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
Aas rans 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
200.45,“ 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
PSO; 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
DOO. 6 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
300“ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torrrya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 114 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Council for 1937
Ex officio members
John Hendley Barnhart John Sidney Karling
Frank Earl Denny Harold Norman Moldenke
Sam Farlow Trelease Mintin Asbury Chrysler
Dora Elizabeth Marcy
Elected members
1935-1937 : 1936-1938 1937-1939
Gladys Pomeroy Anderson Ralph Holt Cheney Cornelia Lee Carey
Arthur Harmount Graves Harold Haydn Clum Robert Almer Harper
George Tracy Hastings Henry Knute Svenson Edmund Ware Sinnott
Roger Philip Wodehouse Raymond Hezekiah Torrey Percy White Zimmerman
Committees for 1937
ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Helen M. Trelease, Chairman J. Ashton Allis
Caroline C. Haynes Clarence Lewis Henry de la Montagne
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
John S. Karling, Chairman (ex officio) William Crocker
Clyde Fisher Arthur H. Graves Forman T. McLean Edmund W. Sinnott
FreLp COMMITTEE
Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman
Edward J. Alexander Gladys P. Anderson Vernon L. Frazee Arthur H. Graves
Alfred Gundersen Robert Hagelstein Inez M. Haring Michael Levine
James Murphy Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Svenson Farida A. Wiley
Gustay L. Wittrock
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE
Helen S. Harper, Chairman Jennie S. Dodge Arthur H. Graves
Mary L. Mann Palmyre de C. Mitchell
LocaL FLORA COMMITTEE
Henry K. Svenson, Chairman
Phanerogams:
Edward J. Alexander William J. Bonisteel William H. Camp
Herbert M. Denslow H, Allan Gleason Bayard Long
Harold N. Moldenke Hester M. Rusk
Cryplogams:
Gladys P. Anderson Edwin B. Bartram Ralph C. Benedict Bernard O. Dodge
Alexander W. Evans John M. Fogg, Jr. Robert Hagelstein Caroline C. Haynes
Tracy E. Hazen John S, Karling Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke
Norma E, Pfeiffer John K. Small William S. Thomas
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, N. E. Pfeiffer, J. K. Small
Mosses: E. B. Bartram
Liverworts: A. W. Evans, C. C. Haynes, E: B. Matzke
Freshwater Algae: T. E. Hazen. Marine Algae: J. M. Fogg, Jr.
Fungi: B. O. Dodge, J. S. Karling, M. Levine, W. S. Thomas
Lichens: G. P, Anderson Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS >
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 63, published in 1936, contained 562 pages of text and 20
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24—63 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Mewmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 comple price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literate reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
HAROLD N. buna
New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 37 July-August, 1937 No. 4
TORREYA
A Bi-MonrTHLY JOURNAL OF BoTANICAL NoTEs AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Botanizing in the Shickshock Mountains of Gaspé, Quebec..........
“etn Wen of Noa MRR MCT ER PRN > (CSR Ue LL EON eae: Lia 2 RAYMOND H. Torrey 73
A new plant joins the Hudson River flora.......... HoMER D. Howse 80
Plant records from southwestern New York—Il.....................
eA NOL es MNS ce AEN ae EN SL IRVING WILLIAM KNoBLOcH = 83
Posidonia oceanica found in North America......... E. J: ALEXANDER | 85
PREM OTA MOLES: 53, 2.5 CINE iar Aga rerth «) dn Aa Sts wy Sine en We aa ack inde 86
Seca wins of the, Club: has. f Tes Sela a el pes Wate n'y ona oy tterg Inte sy 87
MMW Se DUOLES ts. ascn She SEN nie hance ss « Oh a Ne ee ais eRe re 2 NE ce th od apa ean eta 91
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Georce BANTA PUBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB ~
OFFICERS FOR 1937
President
JOHN H. BARNHART, M.D.
Vice-Presidents
FRANK E. DENNY, Pu.D.
SAM F. TRELEASE, Pu.D.
Corresponding Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, Pu.D.
SCHERMERHORN Hai
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORE
Recording Secretary
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, Pu.D.
Treasurer
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE, Pa.D.
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Ps.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, PH.D. A. F. BLAKESLEE, Pa.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Px.D. F. E DENNY, Ps.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A. GLEASON, Px.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE,, Pa.D. R. A. HARPER, Pu.D.
GEORGE M. REED, Px.D. J. S. KARLING, Pz.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu.D. E. W. SINNOTT, Pu.D:
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, A.M.
CHARLES GRAMET, A.M.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Pa.D.
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
ELLYS T. MOLDENKE, A.M.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Pu.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
Advancement of Science
R. J. POOL, Pu.D. FREDERICK McALLISTER, Pu.D. ~
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New Vork Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications. Associates of the Club, $2.00 a year, have the privilege of at-
tending meetings and field trips and of receiving the Bulletin of the New York
Academy of Sciences.
TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere,
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. The publishers will supply missing numbers free only
when they have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and other com-
munications relating to the business of the club should be addressed to the
Treasurer, Harold N. Moldenke, New York Botanical Garden.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to »
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
neue
ip: KAY
NEW YOR}
OUTA NIG,
ORR (6
Vol. 37 July-August, 1937 No. 4
Botanizing in the Shickshock Mountains of
Gaspé, Quebec
RAYMOND H. ToRREY
Those who know of the studies of the flora of the Gaspé
Peninsula of eastern Quebec by Professor M. L. Fernald, Cura-
tor of the Gray Herbarium at Harvard University, during the
past thirty years, do not need to be told of its remarkable and
significant character. Its species have been listed and their sig-
nificance as survivals of a pre-glacial flora noted in Professor
Fernald’s memoir, ‘‘Persistence of Plants in Unglaciated Areas,
of Boreal America,’’ published by the Gray Herbarium, in 1925,
an essential guide to botanists in the region. Inspired by Pro-
fessor Fernald’s work, many professional and amateur botanists
have visited Gasp‘, and found it extremely interesting. Some of
them go in every summer to Mount Albert and Table Top,
higher summits of the Shickshock Mountains, in the interior of
the peninsula. It is a rugged region, rising to 4,450 feet, with much
of it above 2,500 feet, bare of timber, and with scores of snow
and ice fields, persisting through the summer, which are sur-
vivals of local glaciers which were active not many thousands of
years ago.
Three members of the Torrey Botanical Club, Mr. James
Murphy, Mr. Louis W. Anderson, and the writer, entered the
higher eastern Shickschocks region, in July, 1936, and found the
flora novel and interesting and the scenery impressive. There
are two ways to enter the region of Mount Albert and Table
Top. One is to motor to St. Anne des Monts, on the south shore
of the St. Lawrence estuary, about 800 miles from New York
City, and hire boats to make the trip up the Riviere de St. Anne,
33 miles, to the Forks, a base camp site for climbs of Albert,
to the west and Table Top to the east. The other way is to drive
through Maine and New Brunswick to the head of the Bay of
fh
74
Chaleur, and along its north shore to New Richmond, then up
the Grand Cascapedia River. There is a good dirt road for about
30 miles, to the salmon fishing camps along this beautiful
stream; then the road grows narrower and rougher and toward
its end calls for careful driving. One branch goes to the main
workings of the Federal Zinc and Lead Mine, on a summit 2,000
feet above sea, where the caretaker, James McWhirter, is hos-
pitable and often allows small parties to use the cabins as the
mine is not now in operation. Another branch, turning left
about two miles before reaching the main mines, crosses a
ridge and follows up Brandy Brook, to a branch mine working,
a total distance of about 50 miles from New Richmond. A third
branch turns right, about a mile before reaching the main mine
and runs about five miles to Lake St. Anne, head of the St.
Anne River.
From the Forks of the St. Anne, trails ascend Mount Albert
and Table Top. Prof. Fernald’s parties made their working
base at a little lake, on the west side of Table Top. since called
“Tac aux Americains,’’ after the Harvard botanical party. The
highest summit of the Table Top plateau, 4,450 feet, is called,
on some maps, ‘‘Botanist’s Dome,’’ although, on the oe
Forest Service maps, it is called ‘“Mount Jacques Cartier,”
after the French discoverer of Gaspé.
The quickest way to get to Mount Albert is to follow the
gravel and dirt road, from New Richmond, up the Cascapedia,
taking the left turn, to the mine in Brandy Brook. Thence a
wagon road may be followed on foot about five miles to the
head of the brook, and over a pass, where it ends. From that
point a narrow trail which seems, from the tracks, to be kept
open largely by moose and bear, follows down a brook which
enters the Isabelle River along the south side of Mount Albert.
Good tent camp sites are found along the Isabelle.
Another way in to the mountains would be to follow the
road from New Richmond, turning right, before reaching the
main mine, to Lake St. Anne, where cars could be parked. From
the outlet of the lake a trail runs along the stream to the Forks,
where the trails to Albert and Table Top turn west and east.
On our drive in from New Richmond, we began to find in-
teresting plants along the banks of the road, and after we left
the car, on the wagon road up Brandy Brook. The banks were
75
covered with dense colonies of lichens, especially of the genus
Cladonia, of which the following have been determined, with
the aid of Dr. A. W. Evans, of Yale University.
Cladonia cenotea, f. crossota; C. cornuta, ff. scyphora and cy-
lindrida, with tall slender podetia; C. cornutoradiata, resembling
cornuta, but branching; C. deformis, mostly f. crenulata, very
robust and handsome; C. gracilis, var. dilatata, uncommonly
robust; C. major, with large cups; C. cristatella, f. Beauvoisii,
our familiar red-crested Cladonia, but much taller and larger-
fruited than in the club range; C. digitata, f. monstrosa, a form
with large, irregularly-branched cups and large, flat, scarlet
apothecia. Other Cladoniae whiich occur in the club range, but
are usually more robust in Gaspe, were: C. chlorophaea, conio-
craea, ff. ceratodes, truncata and pycnotheliza; squamosa, f. levi-
coticata, mm. pseudocrispata and rigida; rangiferina, alpestris,
mitis, ochlochlora, nemoxyna, and multiformis, f. Finkit. A little
C. botrytis, a rare species, was found, but closer search should
yield more of this, now recorded from Gaspé, Mount Marcy
and British Columbia, and a very few other places in North
America.
Growing over banks of Hylocomnium proliferum, which is
the common moss of the forest at 2,000—2,500 feet, were large
colonies of a beautiful grayish-green foliose lichen, somewhat
resembling Peltigera, but which Mrs. Gladys P. Anderson
named for us as Nephroma arcticum, a northern species.
After passing over the height of land and descending toward
the Isabelle, we began to get views of the upper levels of Mount
Albert, steep and imposing, and, to our surprise, with frequent
snowfields at the heads of brook gullies. The black humus of
the trail was trodden with moose hoofprints, and in places not
cut up by the moose, we saw the footprints of bear in the mud.
These large animals, together with caribou, must be common,
from their tracks, but we saw none of them on our three days in
the woods, nor did we hear any sound of them during the night,
in our tent along the brook.
Next morning, a fine sunny day, (the temperature fell to 50°
during the night but rose to above 70° in the afternoon) we
started for the table land of Mount Albert. We had been cross-
ing the limy shales and sandstones which prevail in the region,
and which sometimes display plant fossils, casts of a Lepido-
76
dendron. Then we passed a belt of granite, and after crossing
the Isabelle and starting to climb up a brook whose branches
came from four snowfields, just below the rim of the summit, we
entered a zone of reddish, greasy looking amphibolite, which
encircles Albert, as may be noted on the Mount Albert map of
the Canadian Geological Survey, the best large scale map for
the mountain and its immediate surroundings. Soon we began
to see new plants. First was the brilliant purple Lychnts alpina
(Viscaria alpina, Britton & Brown), occurring in Newfoundland
and Labrador, with its southernmost station on Mount Albert.
A little farther up the brook we came upon beds of the alpine
form of the Maidenhair Fern, Adiantum pedatum, var. aleuti-
cum, obviously a Maidenhair, but differing distinctly from the
common form of our club range in its stiffer, more upright, less
crescentic fronds. This is one of the plants which Prof. Fernald
cites as evidence that much of the flora of eastern Gaspé is
made up of survivals from pre-glacial times, which persisted
here, because, as Prof. A. P. Coleman,* demonstrates, the
Labrador ice sheets did not cover this region, nor, as Prof.
Fernald says, destroy pre-glacial flora, as they did to the west-
ward and southwestward, in their advance south to the latitude
of New York. I had read of this plant and its significance in its
isolated stands in eastern North America, in Gaspé, in the Me-
gantic Mountains of southern Quebec, and in Bruce Peninsula
in Ontario; separated by almost 2,000 miles from stations in
western unglaciated regions in the Sierras of northern California,
Oregon, Washington, British Columbia and Alaska, including
the Aleutian Islands, from which it was first noted by Rup-
precht, and for which its varietal name is given. But it was
delightful to find it, first at about 2,300 feet, then everywhere
higher up to the topmost parts of the open slopes and table
land, to 3,560 feet.
Farther up the brook, we came on another of the boreal
flowering plants, which find their southernmost stations on
Mount Albert. This was a strange looking thing, with linear,
grass-like leaves, and hemispherical heads of lilac-tinted flowers,
with scarious calyx tips. It suggested some form of Allium, but
was obviously not liliaceous. We could not find it in our pocket
* Bulletin No. 34, of the Canadian Department of Mines, “‘Physiography
and Glacial Geology of Gaspé Peninsula, Quebec.”’
~I
~
Gray, nor, when we got back home, in Britton & Brown. So we
sent a photograph by Louis Anderson, to Prof. Fernald, who
kindly named it as Statice labradorica, var. submutica, a member
of the Plumbaginaceae. Prof Fernald referred me to the descrip-
tion of the species of this genus in America by S. F. Blake in
Rhodora for January, 1917, years after the publication of our
standard manuals on eastern flora, in which he names this form
on Mount Albert as a new variety, submutica.
Near the contact of the red amphibolite and the greenish
serpentized peridotite, which makes up the central bulk of
Mount Albert, along the first two branches of the brook, we
found another rarity, a stiff little fern, whose affinity with
Pellaea or Cryptogramma was evident. It proved to be what
Gray called Cryptogramma densa, although Fernald lists it in
his memoir as Pellaea densa. Again, it occurs only in Gaspé and
the Bruce Peninsula in the east, though found in many stations
in the mountains of the northwestern United States and western
Canada. It is another of the key plants, according to Dr. Fer-
nald, indicating persistence of pre-glacial flora in spots that
escaped the great glaciations.
Getting above the spruce and fir, and out upon the open
slopes of thin sod and open gravel, we came on some plants
known to us from alpine summits such as Mount Washington
and Mount Katahdin; heaths such as Ledum groenlandicum,
Phyllodoce caerulea, Empetrum nigrum, Lotseleuria procumbens,
and Cassiope hypnoides. A mountain sandwort, something like
Arenaria groenlandica of farther south, proved, from Dr.
Fernald’s determination, to be A. marcescens. The beautiful
low Moss Campion, Silene acaulis, is common above 2,500 feet
on Albert, but we were late for its best blooming, finding flowers
only on plants near the summit. On the table land, slanting
from the highest point at the south end, toward the abrupt
walls of the valley of the Riviere du Diable (‘‘Devil’s Gulch’’),
we found larger ice fields than those on the southern slopes. One
was several acres in extent, melting around its edges, with icy
rills entering a tiny lake bordered by a meadow. Around the
edge of the ice, little willows, probably Salix brachycarpa, from
Prof. Fernald’s lists, were just coming into bloom, with the
pollen bright yellow on the tiny, silvery haired catkins. Summer
comes late and last but a few weeks about these ice fields; the
78
conditions, as Prof. Fernald points out, are quite like those of
northern Labrador and south Greenland.
Lichens were not as numerous and robust on this exposed
table land as I expected. Cladonia alpestris occurred but in
small, narrow heads, much smaller than at lower altitudes along
the mine road. Cetraria islandica, though common, was shorter,
more stunted looking, than on high summits in the White
Mountains, Green Mountains or Adirondacks, or even in the
Palisades Interstate Park. We considered two theories to ac-
count for this: one, that the lichens are uncovered so short a
time that they do not reach the more robust sizes of less bleak
locations; another, that the caribou browse on them, for in
winter, when the forest below 2,500 feet is covered five feet
deep in snow, the summit of Albert is relatively bare, owing to
the high winds which blow much of the snow off the table land,
into great banks below. The caribou then betake themselves
to the summit where they can plough through the snow with
their frontal horns to find sufficient forage.
We did find one uncommon Cladonia, just a small colony,
near the biggest of the ice fields, at about 3,300 feet. Dr. Evans
identified it as C. lepidota (Sandst.) or C. lepidota, var. graciles-
cens, (Du Rietz). It seems to have affinities, in the form of its
podetia and cups, with C. degenerans, of rather more southern
latitudes, and somewhat more remotely, with C. verticillata,
common in our club range. Sandstede records it from such
northern latitudes as Nova Zembla, and Mrs. Joyce Hedrick
Jones found it on Unalaska Island, Alaska, last summer. (Mich.
Acad. 1936, p. 77.) ;
Much of the sod on the top of the mountain and fillings of
crevices in the raggedly eroded peridotite, worn into strange
shapes by millions of years or pre-glacial erosion, without the
smoothing by ice sheets which we are accustomed to see in the
northern parts of our club range, is made up of a moss new to
us, with whitish leaf tips, which Dr. A. J. Grout named as
Rhacomitrium lanuginosum.
Another odd looking flowering plant, found all the way up
the mountain, was a pale, greenish-yellow form of the Painted
Cup, Castilleja pallida, var. septentrionalis, ranging from Lab-
rador and Newfoundland, to the high mountains of New
England, and to Minnesota and the Black Hills of South Da-
79
kota. Its generic likeness to our scarlet-flowered C. coccinea
was evident.
A pink-disked crustose lichen, growing on sod, was named
for us by Mrs. Anderson as Biatorella fossarum. Dark forms of
Rhizocarpon were the prevailing crustose lichens on the rocks;
strangely, we did not see the lemon yellow R. geographicum,
common on summit ledges on Katahdin, Washington, Mans-
field, Marcy and MacIntyre. But the crustose lichens should
have Mrs. Anderson’s full attention for a couple of days.
On the trail, going back to our car, we were delighted with
the beauty of the great Ostrich Ferns, not so common in our
club range, but in these Gaspé forests, at 1,500 to 2,500 feet, as
prevailing as the Cinnamon Fern is with us in New York.
We recommend one thing as essential to enjoyment of bot-
anizing in comfort in this region,—an ample supply of ‘“‘fly
dope,”’ to keep off black flies, ‘‘punkies’’ or ‘‘no see ums,”’ and
mosquitoes, in that order of virulence. We used a preparation
called ‘‘Lollycapop,’’ which was effective as long as it lasted,
but for three men for three days, one box wasn’t anything like
enough. We recommend one box for two days for one person,
also that one should not wash or shave, but plaster the grease
on and let it make an impervious enamel.
The Shickshocks would make a richly rewarding objective
for-other members of the Torrey Botanical Club. Such a trip
would take some grit and endurance, a lot of hiking and climb-
ing, good nature over petty irritations, and plenty of ‘‘fly dope.”’
We believe that early July, about a week earlier than our visit
say July 4-20, would be best for prime flowering conditions.
POwrIS, ICT: ONY.
A new plant joins the Hudson River flora
Homer D. House
On September 2, 1929, Mr. William H. Barker, of the State
Education Department, whose home is along side of the Hudson
River at Waterford above Albany, brought to me specimens of
a plant, which at first, because I had never seen the species
before, looked strange. Examination of the flowers and fruit
and reference to the herbarium soon disclosed the fact that it
was Nymphoides nymphaeotdes (L.) Britton! (N. peltatum S. P.
Gmel Britten & Rendle). Mr. Barker told me that he had
found the plants, quite a colony of them in fact, growing in the
shallow water of the Hudson river near his home. The accom-
panying photography was made from these specimens.
Already two brilliantly flowered plants, unknown along the
Hudson river half a century ago, have taken almost complete
possession of the marshy environs of the river banks and back-
waters from above Troy to New York. They are the Great
Hairy Willow-herb (Epilobium hirsutum L.) an ally of our com-
mon upland fireweed, and the Purple Loosestrife (Lythrum
salicaria L.) The usurpation of a dominant place in marshes
and stream borders by these two species, now well extended
across the state, outside of the higher mountains has appar-
ently brought no protest.
In 1932, the Floating Heart, the common name ascribed to
Nymphoides nymphaeoides, was collected by Muenscher and
Maguire below Schuylerville, and is reported from there by
Muenscher.? On August 26, 1936; I motored over a dirt road
along the east side of the Hudson river (in Washington county)
between Stillwater and Schuylerville. In quiet backwaters of
the river I was astonished to see wide stretching colonies of a
plant so thickly covered with yellow flowers as to appear almost
solidly yellow from the highway and forming a brilliant con-
trast against the varying shades of green of the paralleling zones
of vegetation and adjacent woodlands. My first thought was
1 Britton & Brown. Illustrated Flora 3: 19. 1913.
2 Muenscher, W. C. Aquatic Vegetation of the Mohawk Watershed. In A
Biological Survey of the Mohawk-Hudson Watershed (Biological Survey No.
IX). Supplemental to the 24th Annual Report of the New York State Conserva-
vation Commission. p. 248. 1935.
80
81
“Bidens Becki’ but closer examination revealed that the for-
mer scattered growths of Floating Heart were now extensive,
solidly massed colonies, almost comparable in density to the
growth of Trapa natans in the Mohawk river, described by
Muenscher.’ Nearly every quiet bay and backwater between
Troy and Schuylerville is now occupied by this species, as well
as occasional shallow bars in the main stream itself. Only when
in 9
The Floating Heart. Nymphoides nymphaeoides. From the Hudson River at
Waterford, New York, collected by William H. Barker.
it is in full bloom in August can its relative abundance and
beauty be appreciated.
Its origin here is unknown, but it is probably an escape from
some artificial or natural water garden or pool, in which situa-
tions it is not infrequently seen in cultivation.
The three species mentioned in this paper have profoundly
altered the appearance of the upper stretches of the Hudson
river vegetation, just as at a much earlier time, the White
Daisy, the Black-eyed Susan, Buttercup, Queen Anne’s lace
and other so-called weeds had altered the flora of our upland
fields and meadows. The Floating Heart was collected at Nutten
3 Muenscher, W. C., l.c. 230, 234-242. f. 1-5. 1935.
82
Hook, Columbia county, on September 13, 1936, by Dr. Rogers
McVaugh, indicating that the plant is possibly on its way down
the river. In this respect it differs from Trapa natans, unbe-
lievably common in the Crescent section of the Mohawk river
above Cohoes, but which has as yet not advanced down the
river.
What will be the next recruit to the flora of the Hudson
river? One good guess is Butomus umbellatus L., which has
reached the southern end of Lake Champlain, where collected
by Knowlton,* by Muenscher,® and by Frank Dobbin (August 4,
1930).
NEw YorK STATE MUSEUM
ALBANY, N.Y.
4C. H. Knowlton. Rhodora 32: 18. 1930. .
5 Muenscher. W. C.. Rhodora 32: 19. 1930.
Plant records from southwestern New York—II'
IRVING WILLIAM KNOBLOCH
During the course of the past year, I have had an oppor-
tunity to further study the plants of the southwestern part of
the state, particularly those of Cattaraugus and Chautauqua
counties. Aside from the ‘‘Flora of the Allegany State Park
Region”’ by Homer D. House and William P. Alexander, little
has been published on the local plants. My first study of the
local flora was published in TorrreyA 36, 1: 1-2, February,
1936. Species not previously recorded for this area:
Galinsoga parviflora Cav.
This adventive member of the compositae was noticed in
waste places in the city of Salamanca, N. Y. during
November, 1936.
Aster Lowrieanus Porter
This beautiful aster was seen rather frequently in open
woods in the Allegany State Park, particularly in the
part adjacent to the C.C.C. camp No. 51. Collected on
Sept. 24, 1936.
Aster caesta L.
This species was found on the same day in the same
places as the previously mentioned aster.
Potamogeton panormitanus Biv.
I located this species in the Allegheny river south of
Red House, N. Y. on Oct. 7, 1936. Dr. Fernald first
recorded this species as distinct from P. pusillus in this
country. (Fernald, M. L. The Linear-leaved Species of
Potamogeton. Memoir American Academy of Science 17:
Pt. 1, 183 pgs., 1932) P. pusillus was collected by Dr.
Gordon in Stillson’s pond near E. Randolph, N. Y. in
HOS2.
New stations for previously recorded or collected species:
Potamogeton foliosus Raf.
Located in 1934 in the Allegheny river near Quaker
Bridge, N. Y. by Dr. Robert Gordon. I found this species
in a stagnant pool at the state fish hatchery near E.
Randolph, N. Y. on July 20, 1936.
Part I was printed in TorreyA, Vol. 36, No. 1, Jan.—Feb., 1936.
83
84
Potamogeton epihydrus Raf.
Previously located in Stillson’s pond and in Tunung-
want creek by Prof. W. P. Alexander. My specimens
were collected in the Allegheny river south of Red House,
N. Y. in Aug. 1936.
Potamogeton crispus L.
This European species was collected by Dr. Gordon and
W. P. Alexander in the Allegheny river near Quaker
bridge in 1934. I collected it from a stagnant pool in a
gravel pit between Red House and Cold Spring, N. Y.
on Nov. 8, 1936.
Potamogeton amplifoltus Tuckerm.
This is the first apparent record from Chautauqua
county, having been found there in Mud lake near Forest-
ville, N. Y. on June 14, 1936.
Potamogeton Robbinsw Oakes.
This also seems to be the first record for Chautauqua
county. I gathered it at the same time and in the same
lake as recorded for P. amplifolius.
Aster sagittifolius Wedemeyer
This aster is of rare occurrence in the Allegany State
Park region having only been located by House and Alex-
ander near Elko and in woods in Sunfish run, both
localities outside the park boundaries. I found the species
to be not uncommon in dry, scrubby woods and fields
on the Allegheny Indian reservation near Red House,
N. Y. on Sept. 24, 1936.
I wish to acknowledge the determinations of the above
species by thanking Mr. S. F. Blake and Dr. W. C. Muenscher.
ALLEGANY STATE PARK
RED House, N.Y.
Posidonia oceanica found in North America
E. J. ALEXANDER
One of the most interesting botanical finds in recent years
was made on May first by Robert Runyon of Brownsville,
Texas, when he picked up among sea-wrack thrown up on the
coast near the mouth of the Rio Grande in Texas several pieces
of Posidonia oceanica (L.) Delile, previously known only from
the Mediterranean Sea and off the Atlantic coast of the Iberian
peninsula. The specimens are of stem-fragments with leaves
starting into spring growth, and since, when found, the leaves
were pale green, it seems likely that the plants were torn loose
somewhere near the North American coast.
This plant, related to the eel-grass, Zostera marina, is one
of a small number of flowering plants which inhabit the sea, and
the least seen of them, for it is supposed to inhabit deeper
waters than the rest, but there seems no record of its having
been found in situ, so that its habitat and manner of growth is
not certainly known.
Mr. Runyon’s specimens are of branching portions of semi-
succulent stems, some of which are six to ten inches long, and
would seem to indicate that the plant has a shrub-like form of
growth. It is hoped that more material may be found in the
future, especially in flower or fruit, that we may certainly know
if it be truly the Mediterranean species, since no other conclu-
sion seems possible from the material found.
NEw YoRK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Local flora notes
Under this head Torreyva would like to publish from time to
time notes on the occurrence of uncommon plants in our area,
notes on new stations for the rarer plants, or comments on
anything of interest regarding our local plants. This will be in
addition to the reports of field trips. The following notes are
sent by Mr. Leon W. Bowen of Bloomfield, N. J.
Equisetum sctrpoides; found growing luxuriantly near the
mouth of Pine Meadow Brook, Interstate Park, Rockland
County, N. Y. in March, 1937. Specimens were sent to the
Brooklyn and Bronx Botanical Gardens.
Lycopodium annotinum; along the outlet of Green Pound,
Morris County, N. J. in 1931. On Wawayanda plateau, Sussex
County, N. J. in 1935.
Lycopodium tristachyum; at Green Pond, Morris County and
two stations on the Wawayanda plateau, Sussex County in
1931. Since then Mr. J. L. Edwards has found four more sta-
tions in the same general region in Passaic and Sussex Counties.
Woodwardia areolata; on Beaufort Mountains in Orange
County and in Passaic County in 1926. On Kittatiny Mountains
in Sussex County in 1933. On Ramapo Mountains, Bergen
County in 1935.
Of these the first is not given in Small’s Ferns of the Vicinity
of New York, the second is said to be very rare outside of the
Catskill and Pocono plateaus, the third is probably frequently
confused with the more common Lycopodium flabelliforme, and
the last is a costal form.
86
FIELD: TRIPS OF THE GLUB
WEEK END AT BRANCHVILLE, N. J., MAy 21 To 23
This twelfth nature outing at Branchville was attended by
over one hundred members and friends of the club. On Friday
evening the group assembled in the recreation hall of The
Pines to listen to Dr. Henry B. Kummel, Director of the De-
partment of Conservation and Development of New Jersey,
describe the geological formations of north-western New
Jersey, from the Pre-Cambrian of at least 700,000,000 years
ago down to the glacial deposits of the Quaternary of less than
35,000 years ago. Mr. H. Harmsted Chubb, of the American
Museum of Natural History, showed a beautiful series of plant
and bird pictures from the Catskill Mountains, describing inti-
mate details of the lives of the birds shown. Saturday morning
most of the group were up at five thirty to go on the bird trips
led by Mr. and Mrs. Chubb and Mr. Evans. Other bird trips
were taken during the day Saturday and on Sunday morning.
A total of over eighty species were seen. For the second year in
succession a nest of the American Bittern was found at the edge
of the swampy area below the ridge on which The Pines is
located. On the bird trip to Culver Lake Sunday morning the
party saw close together Wilson’s, Wood, Olive-backed, and
Grey-cheeked Thrushes and the two water thrushes, while at
another point all of our swallows—Barn, Eve, Rough-winged,
Bank and Tree—were seen. Geological trips were led by Dr.
Kummel on Saturday and Sunday, the last to High Point where
in panorama the mountain ridges and valleys are shown for
many miles and much of the geological history of the region can
be visualized.
Dr. Forman T. McLean of the New York Botanical Garden
led trips for the study of trees and flowering plants, and Mr.
George T. Hastings, trips for flowers and general nature study.
Saturday evening Dr. McLean showed a large number of colored
slides of our local trees, describing them and their relationships.
Mr. Hastings outlined the life of Linnaeus, an appropriate sub-
ject, as Sunday was the 230th anniversary of the birth of the
first great botanist and the day on which thousands of his en-
thusiastic followers for years made botanical excursions in his
memory.
87
88
Mrs. Cora R. Smith and Mr. W. H. Husk had arranged to
make all of the party comfortable at The Pines, though owing
to the large number the “‘annex’’ had to be opened and a few
late registrants quartered in the village about a mile away. The
woods about the inn were beautiful as always, masses of colum-
bine still in blossom, the yellow lady’s slippers in full bloom and
a few flowers on the purple clematis (Clematis verticillaris), while —
the limestone loving ferns—walking, wall rue, cliff brake, maid-
enhair spleenwort were in the crevices where the members of
other outings had learned to look for them.
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
Trip oF May 31 TO BRANCHVILLE, CONN.
The most interesting novelty found on the field trip on
May 31, 1937, at Branchville, Conn., led by Miss Eleanor
Friend, was the Featherfoil, or Water Violet, Hottonia inflata,
found in a new station for Connecticut, and for the range of the
Club, in Weir’s Pond, near the border of Ridgefield and Wilton,
south of Branchville. Mr. E. B. Harger, President of the Con-
necticut Botanical Society, who was in the party, said that it
was the third station reported in Connecticut, the others being
in the vicinity of New Haven. Norman Taylor, in his Flora of
the Vicinity of New York, New York Botanical Garden, 1915,
records it as local in the coastal region of our area, and in Bergen
and Hudson Counties, N. J. One of the Bergen County stations
was, I think, in the swamp near Moonachie, where Magnolia
virginiana, Rhododendron maximum and Chamaecyparts thyoides
still persist, though threatened with extermination.
The colony in Weir’s Pond is fairly numerous, about thirty
plants in various stages of development being counted, near
the dam at the north end, and in shallow water on the east
side. There may be more in waters toward the center of the
pond. A few were found in bloom, and specimens were sent to
the New York and Brooklyn Botanic Botanical Gardens, on
behalf of the local flora committee of the club.
I have not read any account. of the mechanics of this inter-
esting aquatic member of the Primulaceae, but it apparently
shares the habit of some other aquatic plants, like the Bladder-
worts, in having a winter resting stage, on the bottom of quiet
waters, and, when spring comes, the flower stem develops, and
extends, its hollow, inflated character supplying a buoy which
89
raises the flowers a few inches above the surface of the water
when they are ready to bloom.
It comes into bloom in late May, and continues in bloom
until August. We saw a number of plants resting on the bottom
in a foot of water with the flower stalks just beginning to arise
from the rooting stem. These stalks were only an inch or so
high and at that stage apparently not enough buoyancy had
developed to raise the plant to the surface. But, as the flowers
form and the buds appear, the inflated stem extends to several
inches in length, and its air chambers together with some prob-
able degree of lifting power furnished by the finely dissected
leaves, developing anew for the season bring the stems, with the
interrupted raceme, of whitish, five-parted flowers, whorled at
the contracted joints, to a floating condition in which the buds
are exposed to the air and open. After the seeds are ripened,
toward autumn, the whole plant, which floats loosely about in
the water, sinks to the bottom for the winter.
Ricciocarpus natans, one of our floating hepatics was also
found in Weir’s Pond. A plant new to most of us, was Lysimachia
(Naumburgia) thyrsiflora, the Tufted Loosestrife, which was
apparently well established and blooming thriftily in a water
garden of wild plants on the grounds of Mr. Morehouse, in
Branchville. Mr. Harger said it is not common in Connecticut
and Taylor records it as local and scattered in our club range.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
TRIP OF JUNE 6 TO THE HILLs SOUTH OF CHESTER,
ORANGE County, NEw YORK
Due to threatening weather and the fact that this year hap-
pened to be an unusually good one for wild strawberries, our
party did not climb beyond the lowermost ridges of Sugarloaf
Mountain, but spent time on Durland Hill, which lies between
Sugarload and the town of Chester. While not affording the
magnificent view to be seen from all sides of Sugarloaf, this hill
(about 850 feet high) appears to be much richer in plants, and,
like Sugarloaf, is composed of slaty rocks, which foster a strik-
ingly different flora from that of the crystalline Ramapo Moun-
tains to the eastward. The slopes of Durland Hill are heavily
wooded with oaks and hickories, providing a good display of
Hepatica in early spring. The chief plant of interest in the ascent
from the southeast is the excessively rare Lespedeza Brittonii,
90
not in bloom at the time of our visit. Our attention was soon
drawn to several trees of slippery elm (Ulmus fulva) and a few
clumps of horse gentian (Tviostewm aurantiacum) which grows
in rank profusion farther up toward the open summit. As one
approaches the summit, open shale ledges are of great interest.
Here are several ferns: Asplenium platyneuron, Cystopteris fra-
gilis, Woodsia obtusa and Woodsia ilvensts, the last-named spe-
cies appearing also in exceptional abundance on shaded ledges
at the western part of the summit. Flowers of a form of Ceras-
tium arvense with very narrow leaves, which I had mistaken
previously for Phlox subulata, dotted the crevices of the exposed
rocks. With a little hunting, we found basal leaves of Ranuncu-
lus fascicularis, accompanied by the swollen fascicled roots be-
low. Here were also Avabis lyrata and laevigata, the shrub-like
Celtis occidentalis var. pumila, Geranium carolinianum var. con-
fertiflorum Fernald, Myosotis virginiana, Pentstemon hirsutus,
and Cardamine parviflora. In loamy borders appeared, to our
great surprise, mats of Oxalis violacea, still with traces of flower-
ing heads, and easily recognized by the bulbous rootstocks. Here
and there were clumps of dwarf oak (Quercus prinoides) which
one associates with the pine barrens of Long Island. The sedges
to be expected in such a locality—Carex cephalophora, C.
Muhlenbergw var. enervis, C. pennsylvania, C. convoluta—were
abundant; C. umbellata, common on the summit of Sugarloaf,
seemed to be lacking. Clumps of the handsome bronzed and
somewhat-nodding inflorescences of Carex Bicknellit occur
abundantly on the open summits, and a little later in the sea-
son, buffalo grass (Bouteloua curtipendula) and the compara-
tively rare Panicum philadelphicum are to be found on the
exposed ledges. Polygonatum biflorum grows well on sunny
ledges and was just coming into flower at this date whereas
P. pubescens, mostly confined to shaded woods, was in full
bloom two weeks earlier. A thicket of Viburnum affine var.
hypomalacum (V. pubescens of Gray’s Manual) mingled with
Cornus paniculata, fringes the summit, the open area being cov-
ered largely by Potentilla arguta, species of Andropogon, and
isolated patches of Quercus tlicifolia and Vaccinium stamineum.
Our descent of the hill was impeded by strawberries, and the
forthcoming attack on Sugarloaf was halted by a downpour
which turned back even the most valiant members.
H. K. SVENSON
NEWS NOTES
PROPOSED GREEN MOUNTAIN NATIONAL PARK
The State Planning Board of Vermont has proposed making
part of the Green Mountains, including some 124,000 acres, a
national park. The area would take in the Lion (Camel’s Hump
Mountain), Mount Mansfield, the highest point in the state and
some eight other high peaks. The area is divided into two sec-
tions by the Winooski Valley, but a proposed parkway would
be included in the park, connecting the two sections along the
western border and affording fine vistas of the mountains. The
plans are to have no roads built in the park, but through the
new parkway and the improvement of existing roads to make
access to the trails and bridle paths easy. The area is of great
geologic interest, through it running the core of the Appalachian
system of mountains. It is of especial interest botanically with
hardwood and coniferous forests with characteristis floras and
an extreme range of botanical formations. The plans call for
the acquisition of the land by the state of Vermont (two small
state forests in the area are already state property) and deeding
it to the United States in the same way that Virginia gave the
land for the Shenandoah National Park and Tennessee and
North Carolina that for the Great Smoky Mountains National
Park.
The Botanical Society of America and the American Society
of Plant Taxonomists will hold summer field meetings from
August 18 to 21 at Acadia University, Wolfville, N.S. and from
August 24 to 27 at the University of Michigan Biological
Station at Douglas Lake, Michigan.
Dr. John Moore Reade, professor of botany since 1908 and
from 1919 to 1926 director of the biological laboratories at the
University of Georgia, died on May 8 at the age of sixty-one
years.
The world’s largest flower. From June 1 to 11 there was in
bloom in the greenhouse of the New York Botanical garden the
first specimen of Amorphophallus titanum ever to flower in
America. In shape something like a calla lily, this member of
the arum family was over eight feet from the bottom of the
91
92
spathe to the top of the spadix. The spathe was about four feet
in diameter, chocolate color inside, mottled green on the out-
side, a flaring funnel, from the center of which stood up the pale
yellow spadix. During the time it was in blossom the green-
houses were closed to the public, but hundreds of visitors, at-
tracted by the articles in the daily papers, crowded around to
view it from outside. The Krubi is a native of Sumatra and is
said to have blossomed only five times before away from its
native home.
Pére Artheme Dutilly, of the Oblate Mission, after four
years spent along the northern shores of Canada, Labrador,
Baffin Land and up the Mackenzie and Great Slave rivers,
“came out’’ to work over his collections of plants last winter
and spring at the Catholic University of America in Washing-
ton. He has now gone back to the region about the north end of
Hudson Bay for further study of the plant life. He plans a book
on the ecology of plants of the Arctic. Among the interesting
things he has noted is that arctic plants tend to be purple rather
than green and that the depth of the purple color seems to in-
crease the further north the plants grow. (Science)
Dr. Elmer D. Merrill of Harvard University has been elected
president of the Executive Committee of the International
Union of Biological Sciences, succeeding Sir Albert Seward,
Professor of Botany at Cambridge University.
Dr. Ulysses P. Hedrick, director of the New York State
Agricultural Experiment Station at Geneva, N. Y., has resigned,
the resignation to take effect on his sixty-eighth birthday next
January 15. He has been a member of the station staff for more
than thirty years and director since 1928.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorreyA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Runcints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
25 copies 1.85 239 4.10 6.35 6.95
sae \) ff 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
vi a VARN IS) 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100%) ° 2.30 G10 5.30 8.30 9.20
150." “ 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200%: 5" 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
SOD 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of TorrEYA. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 11% cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Council for 1937
Ex officio members ©
John Hendley Barnhart John Sidney Karling
Frank Earl Denny Harold Norman Moldenke
Sam Farlow Trelease Mintin Asbury Chrysler
Dora Elizabeth Marcy
Elected members
1935-1937 1936-1938 1937-1939
Gladys Pomeroy Anderson Ralph Holt Cheney Cornelia Lee Carey
Arthur Harmount Graves Harold Haydn Clum Robert Almer Harper
George Tracy Hastings Henry Knute Svenson Edmund Ware Sinnott
Roger Philip Wodehouse Raymond Hezekiah Torrey Percy White Zimmerman
Committees for 1937
ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Helen M. Trelease, Chairman ; J. Ashton Allis
Caroline C. Haynes ‘Clarence Lewis Henry de la Montagne
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
John S. Karling, Chairman (ex officio) William Crocker
Clyde Fisher Arthur H. Graves Forman T. McLean Edmund W. Sinnott
FreLtp COMMITTEE
Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman
Edward J. Alexander Gladys P. Anderson Vernon L. Frazee Arthur H. Graves
Alfred Gundersen Robert Hagelstein Inez M. Haring Michael Levine
James Murphy Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Svenson Farida A. Wiley
Gustav L. Wittrock
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE
Helen S. Harper, Chairman Jennie S. Dodge Arthur H. Graves
Mary L. Mann Palmyre de C. Mitchell
LocaL Flora COMMITTEE
Henry K. Svenson, Chairman
Phanerogams:
Edward J. Alexander William J. Bonisteel William H. Camp
Herbert M. Denslow H. Allan Gleason Bayard Long
Harold N. Moldenke Hester M. Rusk
Cryplogams: /
Gladys P. Anderson Edwin B. Bartram Ralph C. Benedict Bernard O. Dodge
Alexander W. Evans John M. Fogg, Jr. Robert Hagelstein Caroline C. Haynes
Tracy E. Hazen John S, Karling Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke
Norma E. Pfeiffer John K. Small William S. Thomas
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, N. E. Pfeiffer, J. K. Small -
Mosses: E. B. Bartram
Liverworts: A, W. Evans, C. C. Haynes, E, B. Matzke
Freshwater Algae: T. E, Hazen. Marine Algae J. M. Fogg, Jr.
Fungi: B. O. Dodge, J. S. Karling, M. Levine, W. S. Thomas
Lichens: G. P. Anderson Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 63, published in 1936, contained 562 pages of text and 20
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25. ~
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24-63 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The Memorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE,
New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 37 September-October, 1937 No. 5
TORREYA
A Bi-MoNnTHLY JOURNAL OF BOTANICAL NOTES AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
Some local names of plants—VI. ................... W.L.McATEE 93
Mimicry in two southern weeds................ RoLAND M. Harper 104
A correction. Edward W. Berry..... BY nas tai Foyt 4 Rete EAN de San 108
meer ripisror the: Club ieee ee oh. oi reas lio eda a ore AS “ecb letae 109
MD PO ah adh he ain oe Saree en CALE date PRR EN sb eka HIRD cha geied ae 114
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tue Gerorce BanTA PUBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOT: BOTANICAL CLUB
‘OFFICERS FOF FOR 1937
President
JOHN H. BARNHART, M.D.
Vice-Presidents
FRANK E. DENNY, Pa.D.
SAM F. TRELEASE, Pu.D.
Corresponding Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, PH.D.
SCHERMERHORN HALL
COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw York
Recording Secretary
D.. ELIZABETH MARCY, Pu.D.
Treasurer
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE, Pu.D,
Editor
M. A. CHRYSLER, Px.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin Re For the Memoirs
BERNARD 0. DODGE, Pu.D. A. F. BLAKESLEE; Px.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Px.D. F. E DENNY, Px.D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A. GLEASON, P#.D.:
MICHAEL LEVINE, Px.D. R. A. HARPER, Px.D.
GEORGE M. REED, Pu.D.: J. S. KARLING, Px.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Px.D. E. W. SINNOTT, PH.D.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, A.M.
CHARLES GRAMET, A.M.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, Pu.D.
Business Manager f
MICHAEL LEVINE, PH.D.
Bibliographer
ELLYS T. MOLDENKE, A.M.
Delegaie to the Council of the New yore Academy of Wye. 3
B: OO} DODGE} PHD:
Representatives on the Council of the se Association for the
Advancement of Science
R. J. POOL, P#.D. FREDERICK McALLISTER, Pu.D.
Representative on the Board of Managers of the
New York Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications, Associates of the Club, $2.00 a year, have the privilege of at-
tending meetings and field trips and of receiv ing the Bulletin of the New York
Academy of Sciences.
TorREYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere,
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. Missing numbers will be supplied free |only when they
have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and requests for
back numbers should be addressed to the Treasurer, Harold N. Moldenke,
New York Botanical Garden.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
LIBRAKS
NEW YOR <
Ou ROR As coxanedh
Vol. 37 September-October, 1937 No. 5
Some local names of plants—VI*
W. L. McATEE
The writer esteems it a satisfaction and a privilege to be
enabled again to contribute material toward a glossary of Amer-
ican plant names. Ever in search of bird appellations, his net
is out also for unusual plant designations and those included in
the present installment come from a wide variety of sources
that are indicated in the text except in the case of names per-
sonally gleaned.
Examination of papers of Dr. B. S. Barton in the library of
the Pennsylvania Historical Society revealed that he made a
point of collecting local names of plants, and suggested that
his principal botanical works, now rather rare, would be good
sources of material in this field, a point that was verified by
consultation of a set of his publications in the Library of the
American Philosophical Society. Names from the Barton Jour-
nal additional to those in Lyon’s valuable compilation (Plant
Names, 1907) are here included and designated by the sur-
name (Barton) in parentheses.
Scattered vernaculars from old books that touch upon natu-
ral history also are given. Such works are sources of some of
the most interesting items. Some of the writers, considering the
state of information in their time, dealt rather fully with plants
and the names they used must be considered as the founda-
tion of American vernacular plant nomenclature. Among such
writings the following are exceptional for their periods: Wil-
liam Wood, New England’s Prospect, 1634; Bernard Romans,
A concise natural history of east and west Florida, 1775; and
John Lee Williams, A view of west Florida, 1827.
The names used in localities where the colonizing stock has
persisted down to our time have an interest of their own, and a
* All of this series have been published in Torreya, No. 1 in Vol. 13: 225-
236, 1913; No. 2, 16: 235-242, 1916; No. 3, 20: 17-27, 1920; No. 4, 26: 1-10,
1926; and No. 5, 33: 81-86, 1933.
93
94
number of them have been recorded in previous articles of this
series, particularly cognomens of French derivation prevalent
in Acadian Louisiana. Recently there has been published a
study of ‘“‘The survival of French in the old District of Sainte
Genevieve”’ [Missouri] (Univ. Mo. Studies, 10(2), April 1935)
by W. A. Dorrance. The specifically identifiable plant names
from that work are here reproduced and indicated by (Dor-
rance) in parentheses.
In a previous installment (III, 1920, p. 17), I pointed out
how near Linnaeus came to monopolizing the naming of our
common plants; the proportion for specific groups at the for-
mer reference was 52 out of 95, and in the present case, 51 out
of 72. All of the names in this contribution are indexed for con-
venient use, especially in connection with other glossaries.
ULVACEAE
1. Ulva and Enteromorpha.—Brant salad, coast of Virginia
and North Carolina (C. Cottam).
PINACEAE
2. Taxodium spp.—Swamp cedar, Southern States.
3. Abies Fraserti Pursh—The local name here mentioned is on
record but a little discussion may be clarifying. Years
ago in North Carolina I was told about the lash-horn or
lash-horn tree as being peculiar to the high mountains,
the vicinity of White-top Mountain on the N. Car.Va.
line being specifically mentioned. No more light came on
this term until I encountered accidentally, in an article
on birds (Rives, W. C., The Auk, 6(1), Jan. 1889, p. 51),
this statement about White-top Mountain: ‘‘the ex-
treme summit is covered with a species of balsam known
locally as the lash-horn.’’ Lyon’s index (Plant Names,
1907) calls for “lashhorn”’ in connection with Picea mari-
ana but it is not given in the text and this assignment of
the name would seem to be an error. Sudworth (Check
List, (1927) gives ‘‘Lashorn balsam spruce”’ for A. Frasert,
evidently a combination vernacular and book name. I
believe the indigenous term is as given above by the
writer and by Rives. Local investigation as to its mean-
ing would be of interest,
1.
95
EPHEDRACEAE
. Ephedra spp.—Brigham’s tea, clapweed, southern Utah
and Nevada (Ray Chandler); most of the vernacular
names known for these plants (see Lyon’s Plant Names,
1907, p. 177; Wooton and Standley, Flora of N. Mex.,
1915, p. 38) refer to a supposed value for the treatment
of venereal diseases.
TYPHACEAE
. Typha latifolia L.—Queue de rat, Louisiana (Dorrance).
POTAMOGETONACEAE
. Potamogeton praelongus Wulfen.—Muskie (i.e. muskel-
lunge) weed, Wisconsin (John H. Steenis).
. Ruppia maritima L.—Duck grass, coast of Virginia (C.
Cottam).
. Zostera marina L.—Sea-oar, coast of Maryland, Virginia,
and North Carolina (C. Cottam).
ALISMACEAE
. Echinodorus sp.—Bean-leaved wampee, Combahee River,
Saear, (7A. Beckman).
GRAMINEAE
. Setaria ttalica L.—Quail’s-delight, Hilton Head Id., S. Car.
. Leersia oryzoides \.—Cut-grass, Charleston, W. Va.
(Barton).
. Spartina alterniflora Loiseleur.—Cow-grass (William Vogt,
Delaware Sportsman, 2(2), Oct. 1936, p. 9).
. Spartina patens Aiton.—Bent hay, Delaware (C. Cottam).
. Phragmites communis Trinius.—Foxtail (William Vogt,
Delaware Sportsman, 2(2), Oct. 1936, p. 9).
CYPERACEAE
Scirpus validus Vahl.—A note by J. G. Cooper on the com-
mon western name of this plant is of interest. He says,
it ‘should be printed tulé, it being the Spanish or Mexi-
can name of the giant rush.... In Utah it is spelled
Tooele, the lake thus named being within the range of
Spanish travel, but should be pronounced too-ly in two
syllables” (The Auk, 3(1), Jan. 1886, p. 124).
16.
I,
18.
19.
20.
Zaks
Jip
MS).
24.
Wye
26.
96
Rynchospora corniculata Lamarck.—Spile-[spoil-] market,
Ritter, S. Car.; from the effect of the presence of its
akenes in reducing the grade of rice; a name persisting
from the now rather remote days of rice farming.
ARACEAE
Acorus Calamus L.—Belle-angélique, swamp-root, wild flag,
wild iris, Missouri (Dorrance).
ERIOCAULACEAE
Eriocaulon spp.—Hatpins, eastern North Carolina (A. C.
Martin).
BROMELIACEAE
Dendropogon usneoides .—Barbe espagnole, Louisiana
4nd Missouri (Dorrance).
SAURURACEAE
Saururus cernuus L.—Swamp-dragon, Combahee River,
Sa Cara (eaeAr Beckman):
JUGLANDACEAE
Juglans cinerea L.—Noyer tendre, Missouri, (Dorrance).
Juglans nigra L.—Noyer de France, Missouri (Dorrance).
BETULACEAE
Corylus rostrata Aiton.—Horned hazel (David Thomas,
renvals, Gwe. ISI, jo, LY).
URTICACEAE
Celtis occidentalis L.—Bois connu, a syncopated form of
bois inconnu, Louisiana (Dorrance); hagberry,! hoop-
wood, Kentucky and Virginia; sugarnut, Kentucky
Barton).
AMARANTHACEAE
Acnida cannabina L.—Marsh poke, Delaware (C. Cottam).
Alternanthera philoxeroides Martius——Pigweed, through-
out lower South Carolina.
1 Hagberry is a Scottish name for the bird cherry, Prunus Padus. It became
corrupted to hackberry. Editor.
20
28.
29.
30.
Swe
a2,
a3:
34.
so:
36.
Shi.
97
PHYTOLACCACEAE
Phytolacca decandra L.—Coak, Genesee River, N. Y. (Bar-
ton).
CARYOPHYLLACEAE
Spergula arvensis L.—Wild-flax, Skagit County, Wash.
(W.H. Ransom).
CERATOPHYLLACEAE
Ceratophylium demersum L.—Water-cedar, Wakulla, Fla.
NYMPHAEACEAE
Cabomba caroliniana Gray.—Fanwort, fish-grass, Washing-
ton-grass, Washington plant (Trade names).
RANUNCULACEAE
Cimicifuga racemosa L.—Big snake-root, Maryland (Bar-
ton).
A ctaea alba L.—Richweed, Virginia (Barton).
MAGNOLIACEAE
Liriodendron tulipifera L.—Bois jaune, Louisiana and Mis-
souri (Dorrance); a tree with much white (or sap) wood
is called white-wood, one with much yellow (or heart)
wood is called yellow-wood; New York (Barton).
ANONACEAE
Asimina triloba Dunal.—Aciminier, assiminer, the fruit
aciminie, assimine, Missouri (from an Algonquian term
rassimina); acmine, jasmine, Louisiana (Dorrance).
BERBERIDACEAE
Podophyllum peltatum L—Umbrella-root, Virginia (Bar-
ton); the fruit, citron, Missouri (Dorrance).
LAURACEAE
Benzoin aestivale L.—Poivrier, wild pimento, Missouri
(Dorrance). ;
PLATANACEAE
Platanus occidentalis. L—Cotonnier, Louisiana (Dorrance).
38.
3).
40.
41.
42.
43.
44,
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
98
ROSACEAE
Crataegus spp—Cenellier, the fruit, cenelle, Canada and
Louisiana (Dorrance).
LEGUMINOSAE
Gleditsia triacanthos L.—Honey tree (Robert Beverley,
History of Virginia, 1722, p. 118).
Cercis canadensis L.—Bois noir, Missouri (Dorrance); fish-
blossom (David Thomas, Travels, etc., 1819, p. 67).
Baptisia australis L.—Wild pea, North Fork of the Shen-
andoah River, Va. (Barton).
Glottidium vesicarium Jacquin.—Mole-bean, Hilton Head
Kd SaEar:
Puerarta Thunbergiana Siebold and Zuccarini.—Porch-vine,
Alabama (Soil Conversation, 1(8), March 1936, p. 12).
EMPETRACEAE
Empetrum nigrum Tournefort.—Bear-berry, Labrador
(Geo. H. Mackay, The Auk, 9(1), Jan. 1892, p. 16).
SIMARUBACEAE
. Simmondsia californica Nuttall—Sheep nut, wild hazel-
nut.
ANACARDIACEAE
Rhus toxicodendron L.—Herbe a la puce, Canada and
Louisiana (Dorrance); running ivy, Muskeget Id., Mass.
(Geo. H. Mackay, The Auk, 12, 1895, p. 33).
AQUIFOLIACEAE
Ilex opaca Aiton.—Christmas-berry, Jekyll Id., Ga.
MALVACEAE
Abutilon Theophrasti Medic. (A. Abutilon L.)—Wild-cotton,
Culpepper, Va. (Barton).
BUETTNERIACEAE
Melochia corchorifolia L.—Chocolate-weed, South Caro-
lina, and Georgia.
PASSIFLORACEAE
Passiflora incarnata L.—The term maypop now generally
oy
oa.
ao:
54.
So
56.
58.
59.
60.
99
used in the Southeastern States seems traceable to mara-
cock (William Strachey, The historie of travaile into
Virginia Britannia, c. 1618, Reprint 1849, p. 72) and
maricock, said to be an Indian word (Robert Beverley,
History of Virginia, 1722, p. 125), as we find the inter-
mediate term may: cock in John Lawson’s History of
Carolina ( (1714) 1860, p. 159).
ELAEAGNACEAE
Shepherdia canadensis L.—Canadian sallow-thorn (Barton).
ONAGRACEAE
Isnardia palustris L.—Water-weed, Combahee River, S.
Car. (L. A. Beckman).
HALORAGIDACEAE
Myriophyllum pinnatum Walter.—Rooted coontail, Com-
bahee River, S. Car. (L. A. Beckman).
ARALIACEAE
Aralia spinosa L.—Tear-blanket, Isom Lake, Tenn.
UMBELLIFERAE
Eryngium aquaticum L.—Contrayerva, ‘‘the two Carolinas,
W. Bartram”’ (Barton).
Daucus carota L.—Herbe a4 dinde (because fed to young
turkeys), Missouri (Dorrance).
ERICACEAE
. Rhododendron maximum L.—Laurel (with no modifier),
Maryland and Virginia (Barton); Great Smoky Moun-
tains, Tenn. (Science News Letter, 30(799), Aug. 1, 1936,
p. 69).
Kalmia latifolia L.—Little laurel, Western Maryland (F.
Warnick); ivy, Great Smoky Mountains, Tenn. (Sci-
ence News Letter, 30(799), Aug. 1, 1936, p. 69).
Vaccinium ovatum Pursh.—Shotberry, Nehalem, Ore.
(Gene Simpson).
EBENACEAE
Diospyros virginiana L.—Plaqueminier, Louisiana (Dor-
rance).
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
dle
M2
(fr
100
OLEACEAE
Chionanthus virginica L—Father grey-beard, Virginia
(Barton).
LABIATAE
Trichostema dichotomum L.—Pennyroyal, Maryland near
Harper’s Ferry (Barton).
Clinopodium Nepeta L.—Horse-mint, Monticello, Va.; wild
- horehound, Staunton, Va. (Barton). I am obliged to
Dr. John K. Small for indicating the probable identity
of this plant for which Barton gives four scientific names.
Collinsonia canadensis L—Mountain balm, Virginia; rattle-
snakeroot, Charleston, W. Va. (Barton).
SOLANACEAE
Solanum carolinense L—lIrish plumb (David Thomas,
Travels, etc., 1819, p. 224).
Physalis virginiana Miller—Hog plum, wild pompion,
Niagara Falls, N. Y. (Barton).
Hyoscyamus niger L.—Henbeem or henbean, corruptions of
henbane; devil’s-cabbage; all in Maryland, near Harper’s
Ferry (Barton).
SCROPHULARIACEAE
Verbascum Thapsus L.—Bouillon blanc (used as a decoction
to reduce swellings), Louisiana and Missouri (Dorrance).
MARTYNIACEAE
Martynia louisiana Miller—Cuckold’s-horn, and a cor-
ruption cockle-horn, near Charlottesville, Va. (Barton).
RUBIACEAE
Mitchella repens L.—Heath-hen plum, Long Id., N. Y.,
S. L. Mitchell (in Herbert, H. W., Frank Forester’s Field
Sports of the U. S., etc., 1, 1873, p. 56).
Cephalanthus occidentalis L—Button-flower (David
Thomas, Travels, etc., 1819, p. 222).
Symphoricarpos sp.—Herbe. 4 balai (formerly used for
brooms), buck-brush, deerberry, Missouri (Dorrance).
Triosteum perfoliatum L.—Gentian, Warm Springs Mt.,
Va. (Barton).
101
74. Viburnum rufidulum Rafinesque.—Alisier, the fruit, alise,
Louisiana; in Missouri these names are applied to either
black (Viburnum) or red (Crataegus) haws (Dorrance).
COMPOSITAE
75. Vernonia noveboracensis L.—Devil’s-bit, Charleston, W. Va.
(Barton).
76. Eupatorium coelestinum L.—Wooly-head, Columbia, Pa.
(Barton).
77. Baccharis spp.—Cotton-bush, sea-island myrtle, Georgia,
South Carolina; there is an excusable tendency to con-
fuse Baccharis and Iva in the application of local names
and the terms, marsh elder and hightide bush, according
to Clarence Cottam, are so confused on the New York
coast, and the appellation kink-bush similarly misused
near Ocean City, Md.
78. Xanthium spp—Herbe 4 coquin, Louisiana (Dorrance).
79. Cotula coronopifolia L.—Brassbuttons, Long Point Id.,
Calif.
80. Tussilago farfara L—The name pooke for ‘‘Colts-foote”’
(William Wood, New Englands Prospect, 1634 (1898 re-
print), p. 107) appears to be the forerunner of poke, now
applied most commonly, perhaps, to Phytolacca decandra.
81. Hypochaeris radicata L—Yellow weed, Nehalem, Ore.
(Gene Simpson).
INDEX
is STS ee ee RR ri 34) | Berry; Beara. 3 200 ae poneeree 44
JL FEET 9c a ae a 34) ‘Berry, Christmas.5 >. aaa oe 47
RRR 2 8 Jee L oN hn Ree Nita 32 Berry; Deets 222 pace ene: 72
PIS io: oh Ie Bee A Reema aees es (2 “Betry, Hagan. fase 24
fs | EST iP Raa ra oe gh As 2 74: Berry, Shotetvn «inks tee 59
mmo ehtqies Bele ac. iu: skewer 6 one ii Bigesnakerootze: o.maeeus ee 31
PUSGIIPIITIC 3 0 oho tes OO EIA 34° Blossom), Hush <.-.-9 eee 40
PREAMP EET S557 2h so oa SEO 34: Bots COnmietra ec. ces Sec ee ee 24
palm Mountain: «2. s. kee 645) SB oismnconnllee eee 24
Balsam spruce, Lashorn......... Sie) MOOI TAU bint or ich ber eee 33
Barbe espagnole................ 19). 0BOIS MOG ss 2 Ooo oh a eo 40
Bean-leaved wampee............ Oe Boulloniblancy cee eee 68
Bean aVOle: 2 ba. eee eee 47’ Brantasalad® <2). ela Bae eee ee 1
CAI NCELY:-/. 1. 3 oss wee deere 44 ~Brassbirttous.... «23 aoe eee 79
mele angelique. ... 402 e02 ale f7 Brighaurs tea... i osteo ee ae +
BSEMNE MAY 0, «Uo os sees Bee ke 13; brush; Back. << >. <0 tte naan (2
Buck brushes err 72
Bush aCOttoneeeesan a ache A eee 77
Busheeiliohtidenr eres ener il
BUSH eines ee eee cstiey etre ase 77
IBNEAHOMSVOWISE. ob 25cccce os ecc0e- 71
CGabbageuDevilissmeen nea nee a 67
Canadian sallow-thorn...........51
CedaraiSwamipneneene eer
Gedara Water eye seers alee 29
Cemnelles ers ce ssa ban Mee oe tom 38
Cenellier ye ee ee ee Waa te 38
Chocolate-weed................. 49
(Chiristmas-beninyene eee oe 47
Gitnomy ee ids CMe ariel maleate! a 35
@lalp weed esa on ape e cele ass 4.
(COA ees heer Oe nN i ernst Dil
Cockle-houmaee a etre ys 69
Goltsfoote wie 80
Contrayenrvaseacsosc os: Bes)
Coontail, Rooted.......... he 53
(Cotoneaster eh: 37
(COPOMIOUINs 6555-050050-s0500 06 77
Cotton Whlde een tee neal: 48
Cowrerassie emis hited aes asl 12
Cirekoldis-horneaee eee: 69
Gukerass an retest Bec ee ate 11
ID eenbentystrwrs cer te ce ace aera
Wevilis-litsa ke, Wee ee eas 75
Devilis-cabbagen nnn cri rire 67
Dnckvordssneer ace t cit eee 7
Blcler Mianshiecr osm as.cteeeiacls 77
amworte amen ot oes are ila. eee le 30
Hathereney-bearda..9 ease ..61
Hish-blossommarin seers ee 40
FSI NASA Oe ata seab lemec are cee Lao 30
ITAA Clisleua eee crt oes Glas Sh eacee Myal 17
JONES ec AU YG aati eee an uel 28
HlowemeButtonmyna ae een. 71
Ho xtallertpare keratin cisestek a ern 14
Gentiadmyne we eye hone lis eta cai hme am 73
Grass Cow se wiccce ioe ocak ine 12
Grass MG utes cus kine auto ee 11
Grass Duckies sss ade 33 smal
Grasse HiShersy trom ob two so)
Grassm\WVashinotonmemrneriee ane 30
Grey-beard) bathers aneer aes: oe 61
lag bennyee ee me sate. e suey tugs 24
At pins mera cami hea sracteenee.s ee 18
102
Hay; Bent sc). 00 U3 ae ee 13
Elazelisblorned eine eae 23
Heath-hen plum................ 70
Henbéan: 000 ee eee 67
Henbeeémnt '5..)..5 iso ee 67
Herbe a: balai.... 4...) 220 Tw)
lerberarcoq uns = ee 78
Ierberardindes sss 56
Flerbe 2 la puce.,.5 -- eee 46
Huightide bush. 4= 54 --aeeeeee 77
Hog plum. ...65) oe eee 66
Honey tree; . 20 24 39
Hoopwood).: .. 45.8 5 24
Horehound, Wild............... 63
Horned. hazel)... oo. ga: oe eee ox)
Hlorse-mint .... 2.4.4) eee 63
Iris; Wild) o.oo. 4 ig
Irish: plumba ss.) 4 ae 65
LWiyiolh cc eae nro Be ee 58
Ivy, (Running. 2. eee ee eee 46
JaSMINe ss 2 v5.5 ud ac ee 34
Kink-bush. .4% 3... .5--.4 gee 77
Lash-horn..® 6.524 .0 ee 3
Laurel eet.) ee Si
Iariie lenttl Cae mee SKS
Maracock...2)o% :. ooh i ee 50
Maricocks, 46.) ..9.S 5.0 eee 50
Marsh elder’... 00... 2.2), eee al
Marshpoke..0.. 6...) eee 25
May cocks). ui. 2... 3 eee 50
Maypops sso.) 5. 2.42 ee 50
Mint; Horse: 2.56.04 os0 4 eee 63
Miole-bean: .(0.05) 350)... 60 42
Miountaintbalimy 4s a0ee eee 64
Miuskie weed oc().3...5 eee 6
Miyrtle;Sea-isiand@). 45 eee 77
INovyeridelkirancess nse neta 22
Noyer tendre. ...4'.. J... Jee Bi
Nut; Sheep! i... 4.5202 See 45
Nut;.Sugar. 0.002. 2s. Soe 24
INfae, Witlkel AE coco ooo e cose 45
Pea, Wald. . sis ca n¢5 secu 41
Pennyroyal\. .)..:.). anes 62
Pigweedis 21.0.8 8 oe ee 26
erin, Wildl, oc cocccodacscncce 36
lant Washinton eee 30
Plaqueminier:..9... 0... eee 60
Plum, Heath-hen............... 70
103
A MPVEN Tem EL Osta sie sca. whines oho Nee 66
PAIERIERGISI 60. 6 ck ots ae ms eae a 65
UST TELESIS eS we 36
TRI oe secs vs ie ul sig vida bie ayes 80
rere Garsh = 12) ss vidal s ao
Poarmnpion, Wild. .... 23.50.04 0.3% 66
PRO 0 ac BES a RT a aR gem 80
RPI O o's, ose ans suene Risteee Ba eee 43
MeeeS-CENICNG. . 4. . w b is on, ctl fs 10
MOMTESIENCLE DAG c2.4. 2.0 2 5c piege tee teas oo 5
LES SSS CTT Tech SES goes 12!
manmlesnakeroot.... 5... . 06-060. 64
RCLEL Sa, ae Ae ee eee cea 32
RGOLEGRCOONtAL. =. cbs eee ade 53
Got pattiesnake..: .<.6 666 eee. 64
RAGES WAND soc oc ses sccieie woes tle 17
RoorwUmbprella.. 2... ele 2 9
Oo 26 ae 46
Spilacl, [B52 ) 0) aeseanee eee ne ee 1
Sallow-thorn, Canadian.......... 51
Beatsicdad myttle..:...2.:.2...- 77
SiSTicO BE. cee 5 &
BHCC MMMEEE Se Coc ce es Lege Sale 45
LTS D2 >. nee coe 59
PSnakenroot. Big. ss. .2ie0ce ee cee 31
Snalkcerooty Rattle... 2... 2c. 2s os 64
Dpiesmankety. os ace cis patie wees 16
‘STU (ANFLIRAU UE Diet A eh ace me ene Reso 24
PEMIICCCAG) 2. 6 ssa ee eas 2
Swragp-GraSON.. ee ee 20
SMA TOO: = 6. 2c cc ede teem 17
Mier ONAN S 9)... cd eee eee 4
Wearplankety 2c oc.) Sense ase oy 54
Mhorn, Canadian sallow. .......- 51
laces: Be Ree ences Sea ee 15
BIOLOGICAL SURVEY
WASHINGTON, D. C.
Gree; Honeys cc . 54 vse tase eed
sree: cash=nordyct. ae hace oaks 3
BEI eel Sees, ater ees hrm ete 15
Wintrella-cOcie ee ae eee 35
Mine SE OrC hy ties 1 etc ne cee 43
Wampee, Bean-leave............ 9
Weashinetonvondssae ute eee
Wastingtoncplant 1... anceeeee 30
Water-cedarirs i. A anes 29
Water-weed'...2...3 ousccs oman 52
Weed Chocolate. aoa ee 49
Weed: Clap ised. indaacet eae 4
Weeds Muskies..¢ 4 Soccer: ace 6
Weed Pig eiicrn dea c econ ore 26
WieedsRich Aone aie 5. s04 cea neat 32
Weed “Watetes.. nce 1 pee By,
Weed: "Yellows. 32.000) sme 81
Vines oretels poe enoamossaecs souc 33
WNIGECOMICINs o5 54 maaaceosdblonoce 48
ANE Ya loss evsaeh tetera cae Rain cape elo ce 17
Wild etlaxcae ra ee ete tne eee 28
Wild Glraize initia e en eee 45
\WWwallal Invorrenvorninal, 6p sce eccceoons 63
IWaldiginisne een ee al een ee 17
Waldispeats: wen peryie laa a te An ea 41
WMGL OINANHO), 500 sc60e0c8¢0080e 36
WAAIKG! [OXON OOM. ooaceo5e00sh0agee 66
Wioodtloopamnnee rae 24
Woods Whites easmc. seen ee 33
Wood: Wellowmenne soc eeeeee 33
Woolyshead's..2 sae eadeeaeeliee 76
Wort Han... eee ioe 30
Velloweweed!s .ht.o5 5 oko one eee 81
Wellow=wOod)naen ty. als maces 33
Mimicry in two southern weeds
RoLAND M. HARPER
On a spring day about twelve years ago some acquaintance
in Tallahassee, Florida, brought me for identification a living
rosette of pinnatifid leaves an inch or less in length. Without
flowers or fruit the best guess I could make was that it was a
little Cruciferous weed, known at different times as Senebiera
pinnatifida, Coronopus didymus, and Carara didyma. If I had
been sufficiently interested I could have found where it came
from and watched it until it bloomed, but I was too engrossed
with other matters, and the weed did not seem important.
There the matter rested until April 25, 1927, when I found
what was evidently the same plant on a roadside near a barn-
yard in Dallas County, Alabama. It showed then in the middle
of each rosette a sessile head of small woolly achenes. No corolla
or stamens could be detected, even in the youngest plants, and
I did not even know the family, until specimens were sent to
the National Herbarium and New York Botanical Garden, and
identified as a species of Soliva or Gymnostyles (Compositae).
There was still some uncertainty about the species, on account -
of rather inadequate descriptions in the books, but a note on
the occurrence of the same species in Louisiana, published soon
afterward by Prof. Clair A. Brown,! and some extracts from
the original description, kindly supplied by him, helped clear
up the difficulty.
Since then I have seen it in or near Quincy and Tallahassee,
Florida; Thomasville, Georgia; and in Talladega, Tuscaloosa,
Autauga, Dallas and perhaps other counties in Alabama; Wilk-
inson County, Mississippi; and in a few places in Louisiana
(Prof. Brown being with me at some of them in April, 1936).
It is probably fairly widely distributed in these states now, but
whether it has been there a long time, and been overlooked on
account of its small size, or has extended its range lately, it is
hard to say. Its favorite habitat is firm soil in dooryards, barn-
yards, roadsides, etc., where the grass is sparse or absent; and,
like Juncus tenuis, it seems to thrive where people walk on it.
It commonly grows in small colonies, with the individual
1 Torreya, 29: 155, 1929.
104
105
rosettes connected by filiform stolons just beneath the surface
of the ground.
Under the name Soliva nasturtiifolia it is recorded in
Chapman’s Flora of the Southern United States (1860) as oc-
curring around Charleston, S. C., introduced, but with no indi-
cation of its native country or its habitat in South Carolina.
No such plant is listed in Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama (1901).
It appears in Small’s Flora of the Southeastern United States
(1903 and 1913) under the same name, and in his Manual of
the Southeastern Flora (1933) as Gymnostyles nasturtiifolia. In
Small’s Flora its range is given as from North Carolina to
Florida, with no intimation that it grows in any other country;
but in his Manual its range is extended west to Louisiana, and
it is said to be native of South America.
In the first paragraph I mentioned the resemblance of Gym-
nostyles to Coronopus, or Carara didyma as it is now called. In
the last six or seven years I have seen these two species growing
close together in Quincy, Fla., Tuscaloosa, Ala., and on the
campus of Louisiana State University, if not elsewhere, and
the resemblance is very striking when the Carara is young, be-
fore it develops its horizontal stem and small racemes of flowers
and fruit. Single leaves of the two plants put side by side can
hardly be distinguished by external appearances, though very
likely there are internal differences correlated with the pres-
ence of an aromatic oil in Carara as in most Cruciferae.
Although the two species can sometimes be found growing
within an inch of each other, it is hard to find a place where
they are both abundant enough, and unmixed with other vege-
tation, to be photographed satisfactorily in the field. And the
dark soil on which they usually grow increases the difficulty.
However, in May, 1937, I collected some of both between the
sidewalk and street in a mediocre residential section of Tusca-
loosa, and photographed them on a white background after
they were dried, with the results shown in the figure. If they
had been collected a few weeks earlier, when the stems of the
crucifer were less developed, the resemblance would have been
still closer.
Whether or not there is any significance in this resemblance
is a puzzle. Several cases are known of pairs of unrelated plants
which grow in the same habitat and bloom at the same time,
106
with flowers appearing very similar at a little distance, and
probably pollinated by the same insects.? But just what ad-
vantage two weeds growing in the same habitat could derive
from having similar foliage is not obvious. In the insect world
cases are recorded of species protected from predatory enemies
by their resemblance to another species with an offensive odor or
taste, and there may possibly be some such factor involved here.
The Carara, which is widely distributed in the United States,
is commonly supposed to be native of Europe; but Mohr men-
tions its occurrence in Brazil also, and it is possible that both
Coronopus (Carers)
Gymnostyles nasturtiifolia (left) and Carara didyma (right), collected close
together in Tuscaloosa, Ala., May 13, 1937, and photographed in the office on
May 31. About one-third natural size. Note the close similarity of the leaves.
it and the Gymnostyles originated there, and developed a simi-
larity of foliage in response to some environmental factor at
present unknown.
Another somewhat similar case is that of Rumex puicher
and Erysimum officinale (formerly called Sisymbrium officinale).
Both are roadside weeds, supposed to be natives of Europe,
* One of the most striking cases is that of Viola pedata and Iris verna,
described in Torreya 6: 192-193, 1906, and observed in other Alabama coun-
ties in later years.
107
blooming in the South in late spring, and drying up in summer.
I have seen (and photographed ) them growing close together
in Tallahassee, Fla., and they resemble each other in height
and especially in mode of branching. But that may not mean
much, for one of them is presumably wind-pollinated and the
other insect-pollinated. However, their mimicry may possibly
give one of them a little extra protection from grazing animals.
A near relative of our Gymnostyles, formerly regarded as
congeneric with it, deserves brief mention. It is Soliva sessilis,
another native of South America, not mentioned by Chapman
or Mohr, or in Small’s Flora, but listed in Small’s Manual, and
said to range from northern Florida to Louisiana. It resembles
the Gymnostyles in forming prostrate colonies, drying up and
disappearing in summer, and having small heads of achenes,
with corolla and stamens inconspicuous or wanting in most of
the flowers; but the style instead of being weak as in Gymno-
styles becomes a sharp spine when mature, readily attaching
itself to a bare foot or paw that steps on the plant. And it has
branched stems a few inches long, and finely dissected leaves,
I first met with this plant on a roadside near Evergreen,
Ala., on April 21, 1927, and soon afterward found it common
around Claiborne (in Monroe County), and in the city of Mo-
bile. One would hardly suppose Dr. Mohr could have overlooked
it if it had been as common in Mobile in his lifetime as it is
now; but Claiborne was a flourishing place over 100 years ago,
and is almost deserted now, and one would suppose that the
plant would have had better opportunities to get established
there in the busy days than in recent years. We may never
know its history, though. I have also seen it in Tallahassee,
Fla., and with Prof. Brown recently in Louisiana.
The putting of Gymnostyles nasturtiifolia and Soliva ses-
silis in different genera would seem amply justified if they had
no nearer relatives (because different modes of dissemination
hardly ever occur in the same genus, if for no other reason).
But Gymnostyles anthemifolia, which Prof. Brown showed me
around Baton Rouge, and I saw elsewhere in southern Louisiana
last year, is a sort of connecting link, almost exactly inter-
mediate (though hardly a hybrid). According to Small it occurs
from northern Florida to Texas, and is native of South America,
like the others.
108
In our books that describe these plants they are put in the
tribe Anthemideae; but I am inclined to question that. For
the typical Anthemideae are strongly—sometimes agreeably—
scented (e.g., Achillea, Chamomilla, Tanacetum, Artemisia,
Santolina), while the species in question are odorless or practi-
cally so. Then too most of the Anthemideae have conspicuous
ray-flowers (e.g., Anthemis, Chrysanthemum), while our plants
have no ray flowers, and what few corollas they have are so
minute that I have never been able to detect them. Most of
the flowers lack stamens also; and if they are Anthemideae
they are degenerate members of the tribe. Their awned achenes,
and lack of appeal to pollen-carrying insects, suggest an af-
finity to Ambrosia, which with a few other genera is now ex-
cluded from the Compositae proper.
UNIVERSITY, ALA.
id A correction
EDWARD W. BERRY
In 1924 I described, under the name of Calcophysoides balli,
a supposed cucurbitaceous fruit which had been sent to me by
Professor O. M. Ball, and which came from Foard County,
Texas.! This year a similar but smaller specimen was sent to
Dr. Roland W. Brown of the U. S. Geological Survey from
Idalia, Missouri, and a third from Brookings, South Dakota.
Due to the acumen of Dr. Brown it is now clear that all
three specimens are baked clay artifacts and not fossil fruits,
and the above name consequently should disappear in the limbo
of mistaken identities, at least that is my hope.
My original specimen was cut’ transverse, as was also the
specimen from Idalia, which I have not seen. These both show
flow structure, irregular cavities, which before firing contained
binder to make them come out porous. One had a baked finger-
print on the outside and the other a large cinder near the
periphery. I quote these in part from Brown’s letter to me.
It has been suggested that these artifacts are of the nature of
the so-called Cape Cod fire lighters, which seems a likely inter-
pretation. The entire credit for clearing up the nature of these
objects belongs to Dr. Brown and I am very glad of the oppor-
tunity of correcting my mistake.
THE JOHNS HopkKINs UNIVERsITY,
Baltimore, Md.
1 Torreya, 24: 5-7, 1924.
FIELD TRIPS, OF THE CLUE
TRIP OF JUNE 13 TO EcHo LAKE, N. J.
Seven members and three guests were present on this trip.
The interesting associations along the railroad tracks and ad-
joining woods at Charlottesburg were studied and then the
territory adjacent to Echo Lake. Kanouse Mountain was
climbed and on its summit Dr. B. T. Butler gave a most inter-
esting and instructive talk on the geology of the region, pointing
out the remarkable character of the Green Pond conglomerate
(Silurian age) which makes up this and one adjacent ridge, sur-
rounded on all sides by ridges of Archean rock. Two hundred
and forty species of wild plants were identified, including such
interesting ones as Comandra umbellata, Melampyrum lineare
var. latifolium, Cynthia virginica, Gratiola neglecta, Giilenia tri-
foliata, Angelica villosa, Asclepias quadrifolia, Asplenium platy-
neuron, Cornus rugosa, C. foemina, Corylus cornuta, Callitriche
Austini, Silene antirrhina, Equisetum sylvaticum, Cryptotaenia
canadensis, Diervilla lonicera, Dioscorea villosa, Radicula pa-
lustris, Galium verum,Galium boreale, Panicum Bicknellit, Trago-
pogon pratensis, and Thalesta uniflora.
H. N. MOLDENKE
TRIP OF JUNE 25 TO 28 TO GATLINBURG, TENN.
Friday morning, the group participating in the botanical
foray were taken by Park officials from Gatlinburg to Green-
brier where the cars were left at the Great Smoky Mountains
Hiking Club cabin. The trip for the day consisted of a nine
mile hike over the new Greenbrier-Brushy Mountain Nature
Trail which is being developed through the cooperation of the
Botany Department of the University of Tennessee, the
Hiking Club, and the Naturalist Service of the Park. This
Nature Trail is unique in that it does not attempt to teach the
names of plants and facts about them by labels, but has as its
purpose the interpretation of the landscape as dynamic. This
is attempted by a guidebook of about 25,000 words which,
after laying a brief background in local geology, physiography,
vegetation, plant geography, and ecology, describes eleven dif-
ferent vegetation types at stations along the trail. The trail
itself is marked only by numbered posts, one at each station,
109
110
located in the best examples of the vegetation type. The struc-
ture and composition of the plant communities and their princi-
pal relationships are considered in successive sections of the
guidebook. An appendix contains some scientific data relating
to the region. As yet this trail is in the experimental stage.
Those interested in it are appreciative of the comments given
by the members of the botanical foray.
Some of the principal forest types along the trail represented
by virgin stands are: hemlock ridge type, mixed cove hard-
woods (undifferentiated climax), buckeye-basswood cove type,
prealpine beech gap type, pine-heath, spruce, and fir. Different
examples of the very interesting heath balds, or laurel slicks,
were seen. Brushy Mt. especially was of interest in this respect.
These treeless communities dominated by shrubs of the heath
family range from narrow ridge-top communities to broad
mountain-top and upper slope stands. The shrubby growth
ranges from low stands of Lezophyllum a foot or two high to
almost impenetrable thickets of Rhododendron and Kalmia
fifteen or twenty feet tall. The soil of these communities is
always strongly podzolized and in some instances is covered by
a thick layer of peat reaching a depth of three feet or more.
This peat accumulation is all the more striking inasmuch as it
develops not in basins but on steep slopes and sharp rocky
ridges.
The region is rich in Ericales. Kalmza latifolia was found on
hundreds of acres along the trail in excellent flowering condi-
tion. Rhododendron catawbiense was past its prime but some
plants in fine flower were seen at higher elevations. (Some of
the party who went later to Mt. LeConte found this magnifi-
cent shrub in its prime.) Rhododendron carolinianum was in
‘flower on Brushy Mt. (4,911 ft. elev.) and R. maximum was
coming into bloom along the streams at lower elevations. Other
members of the order seen in flower were: Arsenococcus (Ly-
onia, Xolisma) ligustrinus, Decachaena (Gaylussacia) ursina,
Leiophyllum (Dendrium) Lyoni, Menziesia pilosa, Galax aphyl-
la, Monotropa uniflora, and Azalea calendulacea. The latter
occurs in a multitude of colors from pale yellow to deep flame.
Several members of the order which were observed, although
not in flower, were Decachaena baccata, Epigaea repens and
111
Gauitheria procumbens in great abundance, and several species
of Cyanococcus (Vaccinium).
Several interesting endemics were seen on the trip. Some of
them were Abies Fraseri, Magnolia Fraseri, Halesia monticola,
Ilex Beadlei, Leiophylium Lyoni, Senecio Rugelia, Solidago
glomerata, Diphylleia cymosa, Trillium Vaseri, and Aster Curti-
sti. Dr. Fulling and others familiar with the plants of more
northern regions were interested to see several at or near their
southermost extension. Among them may be mentioned Picea
rubens, Acer spicatum, Acer pennsylvanicum, Sambucus pubens,
Rubus canadensis, Dryopteris dilatata, Lycopodium lucidulum,
Oxalis montana, Circaea alpina, and Clintonia borealis.
Some members of Friday’s foray remained for the Trail
Conference and other botanical excursions to Mt. Leconte
(6,593 ft. elev.), Clingman’s Dome (6,642 ft. elev.), and other
points of interest. A somewhat fuller report may be sought in
CASTANEA published by the Southern Appalachian Botani-
cal Club.
STANLEY A. CAIN
Trip OF JULY 11 To INDIAN KILL Brook, N. Y.
Of the outstanding features of the trip,—the rocky stream
bed along Indian Kill was a gallery of lichens,—the profusion of
mushrooms from Amanita rubescens to Boletus fellus, Russulas
green and viscid red, Strobilomyces strobilaceus, and Craterellus
cornucopoides, was remarkable considering the antecedent dry
weather. Of the non-vascular plants, nothing more shall here be
said. Monarda fistulosa, whose local distribution in New York,
according to Taylor’s Flora of the Vicinity of N. Y., is “‘Oc-
casional on L. I. & S. I., decreasing up the Hudson valley
to northern Westchester Co. unknown elsewhere’’; was found
repeatedly in large colonies in Orange Co. From the beauty of
that Monarda and Apocynum androsaemifolium with large
pure-white flowers we turned our attention to the homely Ru-
mex mexicanus. In the woods we collected an Hypopitys whose
dense pubescence on its ovary extended up the style and cul-
minated in a patriarchal beard on the stigma and thus should
be H. lanuginosa but had the lemon-yellow color of H. ameri-
fel
cana. At lunch time we gathered a bouquet of Carex lupulina,
C. intumescens, C. lurida, softened with the blue of Campanula
aparinoides, Myosotis laxa, and Veronica scutellata. Proserpinaca
palustris bloomed with Penthorum sedoides. It was amusing to
contrast the different species of Galium:>—circaezans, brown
flowered pilosun, Aparine, triflorum, three-petaled Claytonia,
asprellum lanceolatum. We did not bid au revoir to Southfields
without examining a most gigantic hispid Geum virginianum.
... Since we collected Aureolaria (Dasystoma, Gerardia) for
determination may I warn that the key of Britton or Gray lead
to an error? and may I append a supplement adapted from
Pennel to Britton’s key?
is Jelena yeny clemGluieve. oh ote seo os ub oes 5 A. pedicularia.
iano tmcdanclilatc cae ee eee eee Db.
2 Stem! pubescent, yen: Ao en oe on Te Se
Dee SUCMECADLOUST A re sei eal ee ce ee 4.
Se Capsulespulbescent sa 4444 oe oe A. virginica.
op Gapsuilerslabrous, westenliya...) 6m A. grandiflora
4, Stem green; lower leaves lanceolate widest
below middle long acuminate........... A. laevigata.
4. Stem glaucous; lower leaves elliptic-ovate
widest about middle not long acuminate. A. flava.
JOSEPH MONACHINO
TRIP OF JULY 25 TO COLD SPRING HARBOR,
LonG ISLAND
For a distance of about three miles, the group rambled on
the foot-path along the shores of three large lakes, stopping for
Spirodela polyrhyza, Myriophylium sp., Impatiens pallida, and
what was probably Utricularia clandestina. Along First Lake, is
a boggy stretch where an old railroad bed still remains. This
yielded Gratiola aurea, Lilium superbum, Woodwardia virginica,
Lycopodium lucidulum, Asclepias incarnata, Phytolacca decandra
and an abundance of Radicula (probably aquatica). At the Fish
Hatchery just beyond, is a huge specimen of Platanus occi-
dentalis, and in the fish tanks, themselves, enough for all, of
Marchantia (sp.) in all its forms. In front of the ‘Haunted
House” is a good specimen of Aralia Spinosa, the so-called
“Hercules Club.”’
113
After lunching on the sand-spit a stroll along the beach re-
vealed only a stray piece of Ulva lactuca and Fucus vesiculars.
While the outer side of the Spit appears to have no growth of
plants, the inner border, facing the harbor, has a dense growth
of Spartina glabra, while the more delicate S. patens fills the
area where the sandbar joins the mainland displacing Ammo-
phila arenaria,—which otherwise covers the sand. Other plants
found here are Limonium carolinianum, Salicornia europea,
and Salsola Kali.
Mrs. H. W. deForest had invited the Torrey Club to visit
her garden. This was truly a ‘‘lovesome spot.’’ The rustic gate-
way was hung with pink clematis, great masses of pink and
white phlox filled the garden with their fragrance. Wall-flowers,
pyrethrums, campanulas, and real heather bloomed against a
backing of yew. Below, in a sunken area, were plantings of tea
roses; to one side, in a portico, were oleanders growing in tubs.
The wide lawn presented Taxodium, Magnolia, and Carya
ovata,—and Pachysandra was everywhere.
Dr. Avery, of the Carnegie Institute of Washington, acting
for Dr. Blakeslee exhibited and explained the breeding experi-
ments with Datura which have been in progress for a number
of years. Apparently in the reduction division, variations are
brought about in the inheritance of the plant when the chromo-
somes fail to pair off in orthodox fashion; in other instances, the
chromosomes which have paired, fail to separate again. By care-
ful breeding, plants with the haploid, diploid and triploid num-
bers of chromosomes, and with a variety of chromosome com-
binations have been obtained. Our party had the opportunity
of viewing an entire plantation of Datura all abloom and dis-
tributing a fine perfume. Dr. and Mrs. Avery entertained the
group in their wild flower garden which contains over five
hundred species mostly collected from Long Island. These in-
clude several rare orchids and ferns, many mints, and other
prizes too numerous to recount here.
DoLorEs J. Fay
NEWS NOTES
The 1937 Yearbook of the Department of Agriculture is a
continuation of that of 1936 with 45 articles on genetics and
breeding of plants and animals. In announcing the publication
of the yearbook Secretary Wallace says ‘‘In sending out this
second and last of the two Yearbooks on genetics and breeding
I would not want anyone to think that they complete the ac-
count of the efforts of plant and animal breeders in the United
States. On the contrary I would wish these Yearbooks to be
looked on as pointing the way toward a field of activity that
will accomplish much more in the future than has been accom-
plished in the past.”’ “If genetics enables us to outdo nature’s
own efforts it is because it is in the truest sense a science of
cooperation with nature.’ ‘““Man’s control of his own future
may depend in the long run on whether his biological knowl-
edge, which is constructive, can catch up with his knowledge
of the physical sciences, which has taught him so much about
how to destroy.”
A botanical garden and arboretum at Huntington College,
Indiana was dedicated on the twelfth of June. Together they
comprise some 43 acres, most of it already wooded. It is planned
to have all plants native of the region growing in the garden,
arranged as far as possible by families. The arboretum is to
contain all species of woody plants of the state. The two are to
be named for Dr. Frederick A. Loew who has made the plans
and begun the development.
Dr. Ellsworth P. Killip of the United States National Her-
barium, has been authorized by an act of Congress to accept
the award of Chavalier of the French Legion of Honor, re-
cently conferred on him by the French Government.
Dr. Margaret C. Ferguson, research professor of botany at
Wellesley College, was awarded an honorary degree of Doctor
of Science at the centennial celebration of Mount Holyoke Col-
lege this spring.
Dr. Walter Robyns, professor of botany at the University
of Brussels and director of the Royal Botanical Garden and of
the National Herbarium, arrived in New York for a visit on
August 9. He was welcomed by a dinner attended by the bota-
nists of the New York area at the Columbia Faculty Club on
114
115
August 11. During his visit to this country he is visiting botani-
cal gardens and museums as well as many of our national parks.
His trip takes him as far as Hawaii.
Dr. Nathaniel L. Gardner died on August 15 at Berkeley,
California, at the age of 73. Dr. Gardiner was an authority on
the water plants of the Pacific Coast. He was emeritus curator
and professor of botany at the University of California, with
which institution he had been connected for 30 years.
Dr. Vernon Kellogg died at Hartford, Conn. on August 8 at
the age of 69. Dr. Kellogg was professor of biology at Leland
Stanford University for nearly twenty-five years, helped with
Belgian Relief under Herbert Hoover, and was permanent secre-
tary of the National Research Council from 1919 until his resig-
nation in 1932.
Dr. George Perkins Clinton, botanist at the Connecticut
Agricultural Experiment Station until his retirement the first
of last July, died on August 13 at the age of 71.
Dr. Charles Beach Atwell, emeritus professor of botany at
Northwestern University, died on September 14 at the age of
eighty-two years. Dr. Atwell, a graduate of Syracuse University,
joined the faculty of Northwestern University in 1880 and re-
tired in 1928.
Dr. Edward H. Graham, formerly assistant curator of
botany at the Carnegie Museum of Pittsburgh, has become bi-
ologist in the Section of Wildlife Management of the Soil Con-
servation Service, Washington, D. C.
A large collection of mammals, birds, reptiles and plants of
Panama have been brought to the U.S. National Museum by Dr.
Gerrit S. Miller, Jr. By accompanying Army engineers who were
cutting new roads through the jungle he was enabled to secure
a large number of epiphytes that were growing on the tops of
tall trees.
Dr. A. C. Smith, Associate Curator of the New York Botan-
ical Garden, sailed on Aug. 27 with the Holden expedition of the
American Museum of Natural History. The expedition has for
its primary object the studying of diseases and drugs of the
Indian tribes along the northern tributaries of the Amazon
River. The expedition will also collect reptiles, amphibians,
116
insects and small mammals and plants. The region, the south-
ern boundary of British Guiana, is one of low mountains, pre-
sumably heavily forested, and virtually unknown from a botani-
cal standpoint. Dr. Smith expects to return about the first of
next April.
In August the Post Office Department issued a special three
cent stamp commemorating the Ordinance of 1787. On the
stamp beside the map of the region of Ohio and west covered
by the Ordinance, are the heads of Cutler and Putnam. The
Cutler shown was Manasseh Cutler (1742-1823) who probably
drew the first draft of the Ordinance and was one of the founders
- of the Ohio Company. This versatile man was not only a states-
man, but a clergyman, doctor and teacher. In addition he was
a scientist, at the time ranking second only to Benjamin Frank-
lin in this country. His scientific interests included astronomy,
microscopy, electricity, archeology and more than any of these,
botany. His article describing and classifying 350 species of
New England plants according to the Linnaean system was the
first paper of the kind published in America. He also wrote a
chapter on the trees and plants of New Hampshire for a histo-
ry of the state.
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorreyYA in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proofis returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
pp 4 pp 8 pp 12 pp 16 pp.
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
S0r* 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
15x 2.15 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100. 2.30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
150° * 4 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200°“ 2.90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
700.) +. ¥ 3.50 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of TorreyYA. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 114 cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Council for 1937
Ex officio members
John Hendley Barnhart John Sidney Karling
Frank Earl Denny Harold Norman Moldenke
Sam Farlow Trelease Mintin Asbury Chrysler
Dora Elizabeth Marcy
Elected members
1935-1937 1936-1938 1937-1939
Gladys Pomeroy Anderson Ralph Holt Cheney Cornelia Lee Carey
Arthur Harmount Graves Harold Haydn Clum Robert Almer Harper
George Tracy Hastings Henry Knute Svenson Edmund Ware Sinnott
Roger Philip Wodehouse Raymond Hezekiah Torrey Percy White Zimmerman
Committees for 1937
. ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Helen M. Trelease, Chairman J. Ashton Allis
Caroline C. Haynes Clarence Lewis Henry de la Montagne
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
John S. Karling, Chairman (ex officio) William Crocker
Clyde Fisher Arthur H. Graves Forman T: McLean Edmund W. Sinnott
Fretp CoMMITTEE
Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman
Edward | Alexander Gladys P. Anderson Vernon L. Frazee Arthur H. Graves
Alfred Gundersen Robert Hagelstein Inez M: Haring Michael Levine
James Murphy Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Svenson Farida A. Wiley
Gustav L. Wittrock
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE
Helen S. Harper, Chairman Jennie S. Dodge Arthur H. Graves
Mary L. Mann j Palmyre de C. Mitchell
>
LocaL FLrora COMMITTEE
Henry K. Svenson, Chairman
Phanerogams:
Edward J. Alexander William J. Bonisteel William H. Camp
Herbert M. Denslow H. Allan Gleason Bayard Long
Harold N. Moldenke Hester M. Rusk
Cryptogams:
Gladys P. Anderson Edwin B. Bartram Ralph C. Benedict Bernard O. Dodge
Alexander W. Evans John M. Fogg, Jr. Robert Hagelstein Caroline C. Haynes
Tracy E. Hazen John S. Karling Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke
Norma E. Pfeiffer John K. Small William S, Thomas
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, N. E, Pfeiffer, J. K. Small
Mosses: E. B. Bartram
Liverworts: A. W. Evans, C. C. Haynes, E. B. Matzke
Freshwater Algae: T. E. Hazen. Marine Algae: J. M. Fogg, Jr.
Fungi: B. O. Dodge, J. S. Karling, M. Levine, W. S. Thomas
Lichens: G..P. Anderson Myxomycetes: R. Hagejstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 63, published in 1936, contained 562 pages of text and 20
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEX TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN,
Of former volumes, 24-63 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The MeEmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE,
New York Botanical Garden.
Bronx Park,
New York, N.Y.
Volume 37 November-December, 1937 No. 6
TORRKREYA
A Bi-MonrTHLY JOURNAL OF BoTANICAL NoTEes AND NEws
EDITED FOR
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
BY
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
John Torrey, 1796-1873
CONTENTS
The Botany of the California Islands........... T. D. A. CocKERELL 117
Cetraria islandica in Sussex County, N.J........ RayMonpD H. Torrey 124
MEER NIRE: SU ORGS 50 os cae aS ON Sipe oo web IAS bee ae SRT e pe CD -126
Book review
St. John’s Flora of Southeastern Washington..... N. C. Fassett 127
Preigattips OL the: Clip wisi eet Re de a eo toe, lanes oe 130
Proceedings of the Club.......... (Ee EON LEED Led feed CaaS Be bans | 138
MPREAISGECS 02. ce GLY ce es gees toast Me a ube ase athe aris ah ears eke 143
miges tO-V OllimMe 37 3)5% 25 hoe Reo Oe. AliAbeg ee Buen. eke coe bed haat eae 146
PUBLISHED FOR THE CLUB
By Tuer Georce BanTa PuBLISHING COMPANY
450-454 AHNAIP STREET, MENASHA, WISCONSIN
Entered as second class matter at the post office at Menasha, Wisconsin,
under the Act of March 3, 1879
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
OFFICERS FOR 1937
President
JOHN H. BARNHART, M.D.
Vice-Presidents
FRANK E. DENNY, Px.D.
SAM F. TRELEASE, Px.D.
Corresponding Secretary
JOHN S. KARLING, PH.D.
ScCHERMERHORN HALL
CoLuMBIA UNIVERSITY, NEw YORK
Recording Secretary
D. ELIZABETH MARCY, Pu.D.
Treasurer
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE, Pu.D.
Editor
M. A: CHRYSLER, Pu.D.
Associate Editors
For the Bulletin For the Memoirs
BERNARD O. DODGE, Pu.D. A. F. BLAKESLEE) Px#.D.
H. A. GLEASON, Pa.D. F. E DENNY, Pa:D.
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D. H. A: GLEASON, Px.D.
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D. R. A. HARPER, Pa.D.
GEORGE M. REED, Pu.D. J. S. KARLING, Px.D.
JOHN W. SHIVE, Pu-D. E. W. SINNOTT, PHD.
For Torreya
GEORGE T. HASTINGS, A.M.
CHARLES GRAMET, A. M.
JULIUS JOHNSON
HELEN S. MORRIS, PuD,
Business Manager
MICHAEL LEVINE, Pu.D.
Bibliographer
ELLYS T. MOLDENKE, A.M.
Delegate to the Council of the New York Academy of Sciences
B. O. DODGE, Pu.D.
Representatives on the Council of the American Association for the
dvancement of Science
R. J. POOL, Pu.D. FREDERICK McALLISTER, Pu.D.
ee breseniaiae on the Board of Managers of the
New Vork Botanical Garden
TRACY E. HAZEN, Pu.D.
MEMBERSHIP
All persons interested in botany are invited to join the Club. There are
three classes of membership: Sustaining, at $15.00 a year; Life, at $100; and
Annual, at $5.00 a year. The privileges of members are: (a) To attend all
meetings of the Club and to take part in its business, and (b) to receive all its
publications. Associates of the Club, $2.00 a year, have the privilege of at-
tending meetings and field trips and of receiving the Bulletin of the New York
Academy of Sciences.
TorrEYA is furnished to subscribers in the United States and Canada for
one dollar per annum; single copies, thirty cents. To subscribers elsewhere,
twenty-five cents extra, or the equivalent thereof. Postal or express money
orders and drafts or personal checks on banks are accepted in payment. Sub-
scriptions are received only for full volumes, beginning with the January issue.
Claims for missing numbers should be made within 60 days following
their date of mailing. Missing numbers will be supplied free only when they
have been lost in the mails.
Reprints will be furnished at cost prices. All subscriptions and requests for
back numbers should be addressed to the Treasurer, Harold N. Moldenke,
New York Botanical Garden.
Matter for publication, and books and papers for review, should be ad-
dressed to
GEORGE T. HASTINGS
2587 Sedgwick Ave.,
New York, New York
TORRKREYA
Vol. 37 November—December, 1937 No. 6
The botany of the California Islands
T. D. A. CocKERELL
There are eight islands off the coast of Southern California.
The northern group, visible from Santa Barbara, are Anacapa,
Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa, and San Miguel, enumerating them
from east to west. The southern group, much more widely
scattered, consists of Santa Catalina, San Clemente, Santa
Barbara and San Nicolas. It is confusing to find the northern
islands often referred to as the Santa Barbara islands, whereas
Santa Barbara Island is the smallest of the southern group.
These islands, believed to have been separated from the main-
land in Pleistocene times, are of extraordinary interest because
they have upon them so many endemic animals and plants.
The endemic animals include fifteen mammals, fifteen birds, two
lizards, two salamanders, sixteen land molluscs, and an undeter-
mined number of insects. The plants include over eighty species
and races.
Although the islands were discovered by the expedition led
by Captain Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo in 1542, knowledge of
their plants came very slowly. Nearly 90 years ago Nuttall de-
scribed a few from the collections of Dr. Wm. Gambel, the
ornithologist, who visisted California at the beginning of the
forties. These included the remarkable endemic shrub, Crvosso-
soma californicum Nuttall, the only genus of the family Cros-
sosomataceae. A second species, C. Bigelovii Watson, has since
been found on the mainland, in the desert area of the south-
west. After a very long interval, the botany of San Clemente
was partly made known through a visit in 1885 of J. C. Nevin
and W. S. Lyon (Madrono, Vol. 2, 1931, p. 25), who discovered
some very interesting endemics. It was Lyon who sent to Asa
Gray the endemic and very distinct genus of trees, Lyonotham-
nus, found by him on Catalina Island. Not long after, E. L.
Greene visited Santa Cruz and San Miguel; on San Miguel he
was in time (1886) to see growing the tree-mallow, Lavatera,
which has now entirely disappeared from the island. In more
117
118
recent years, Ralph Hoffmann, Director of the Santa Barbara
Museum, made very extensive collections on all the northern
islands. His herbarium, beautifully mounted and carefully
named (with the assistance of various specialists) is in the
Santa Barbara Museum of Natural History.
Hoffmann published a list of numerous additions to the
island floras, and would have dealt with the whole subject ina
comprehensive manner, but for his lamentable death on San
Miguel Island on July 21, 1932. He was climbing a cliff in the
effort to obtain specimens of a Dudleya (or Echeveria) which he
thought might prove new. A small pick which he used in climb-
ing broke, and this apparently caused him to fall, his death
being instantaneous. Hoffmann was an excellent ornithologist
as well as botanist, a man whose loss we can never Cease to
lament.
The southern islands have been visited by many botanists,
especially of course Santa Catalina which is a famous tourist
resort, and is easily reached. C. F. Millspaugh and L. W.
Nuttall have published a Flora of Santa Catalina Island
(1923), which is very comprehensive, including not only
the flowering plants and ferns, but the mosses (28 species),
the Hepaticae (8 species), the lichens (167 species and
varieties), the fungi (203 species) and the Mycetozoa (8
species). Twenty nine species of fungi are described as
new, but it is very likely that none is a true endemic. Several
occur on cultivated or introduced plants. Including varie-
ties (races), the recorded flowering plants and ferns of the
eight islands collectively appears to number about 750. It may
perhaps be surmised that there are actually about 900 distinct
forms.* Hoffmann’s island herbarium (from the northern islands
only) numbers 620. Of the approximately or nearly 90 endemics,
about one third are found on both the northern and southern
islands, one third on the northern group only, and one third on
the southern. But it must be added that there are eleven island
endemics which also live far to the south, on Guadalupe
Island, which is out on the Pacific 135 miles S.W. from Point
San Antonio, Lower California. One of the island plants, Pinus
remorata, is also found on Cedros Island, near the coast of Lower
California. It is also reported as occurring in the Pleistocene of
* T can add one to the recorded list; the grass Distichlis dentata Rydberg
(det. by Mrs. Chase), which I obtained on San Miguel.
119
Carpinteria, near Santa Barbara, but it is not certain that it
grew there. Chaney and Mason have described a Pleistocene
flora of nine species, found on Santa Cruz. All the species are
living, but only one (Pinus remorata) still exists on any of the
islands. The flora is said to most resemble that about Fort
Bragg, 440 miles N.N.W. It includes large trunks of Pseudo-
tsuga taxifolia, wood and cones of Cupressus Goveniana, seeds of
Garrya elliptica etc. Remains of mammoths (Elephas), found on
Santa Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel are perhaps con-
temporaneous with this flora. At all events, with the sole ex-
ception of the pine, it disappeared, to be replaced by a quite
different and more xerophilous flora. When or how the latter
arrived remains a matter for conjecture. The geologists postu-
late a large area of land, called Catalinia, existing during part
of the Tertiary time, and it may be that such distinct endemics
as the Crossosoma and Lyonothamnus have continuously occu-
pied this land, or what there was of it above water, since Mid-
Tertiary time or earlier. Most of the endemics, however, are
quite closely related to species of the mainland, and may be
presumed to have evolved during or since the Pleistocene. Some
of them seem very well adapted to their surroundings, and
flourish exceedingly. I visited San Miguel with a group of
Senior Boy Scouts, and noticed, as Greene had fifty-one years
before, how the grey-green bladder pod, Astragalus miguelensis
Greene, overran the island. It has an advantage (which of
course did not exist when it first evolved) in not being eaten
to any extent by the sheep. Mr. Robert Brooks tells me that
it is poisonous to them, a sort of loco-weed. He also states that
the excessively abundant ice-plant, Mesembryanthemum crystal-
linum, acts as a purgative on the sheep, and is avoided, though
at a pinch it can serve as a source of enough water to maintain
life. This Mesembryanthemum is also African, and is generally
supposed to have been introduced from Africa, but Greene
argues strongly that it is indigenous. There are strand plants,
such as Convolvulus soldanella (which Hoffmann collected on
Santa Cruz) which are widely distributed over the world, prob-
ably through the agency of birds.
There are certain species, as Erysimum insulare Greene (with
yellow flowers and spreading pods), and Opuntia littoralis
Engelm. (with yellow spines) which are extremely character-
istic of the islands but have been removed from the list of
120
endemics, because they occur in certain regions on the main-
land. It seems not impossible that they were originally true
endemics, and somehow got carried across the water. The
Indians might have used the prickly-pear fruits for food and so
transported them. They might even have found nutriment in
the abundant yellow seeds of the Erysimum ; the seeds of Salvia
columbariae, according to Millspaugh and Nuttall, were ground
into meal, for porridge and cakes.
The clearest cases of true island endemics, that is, forms
which have developed their special character upon the islands,
are found among the mammals. Baird in 1857, described the
small fox Urocyon littoralis from San Miguel Island. We now
know special races of this animal, each with distinctive char-
acters, from Santa Catalina, San Clemente, San Nicolas, Santa
Cruz and Santa Rosa. The smaller Santa Barbara and Anacapa
appear to be without foxes. The remarkable tendency of mam-
mals to form insular races is shown by the recent discovery of a
special kind of mole (Scapanus latimanus insularis Palmer) on
Angel Island in San Francisco Bay. The foxes suggest that mere
isolation, regardless of the special environment, has brought
about the differentiation; but as a matter of fact the islands do
present some very diverse conditions. Thus it can be well
understood that the white-footed mice from the mountainous,
rocky, forested Santa Cruz should be darker than those from
the sand-dunes of San Miguel.
I have tried to find evidence of cases among the plants to
parallel those of the mammals and birds. One of the best seems
to be in the Malvaceae, with Malvastrum catalinense Eastwood
on Santa Catalina, M. clementinum Munz and Johnston on
San Clemente, and M. nesioticum Robinson on Santa Cruz.
But what about that other more interesting member of the
family, the Malva Rosa or Tree Mallow, Lavatera assurgenti-
flora Kellogg? Millspaugh and Nuttall, in Their Flora of Cata-
lina, state that the type locality is Anacapa Island (where
Hoffmann collected it on Sept. 22, 1930) and that the only
other locality is Bird Rock, not a quarter of a mile from Fisher-
man’s Cove, Catalina. They add that Greene described a num-
ber of supposed species, all based on plants known to have been
transplanted from Anacapa or Bird Rock. This last statement
is not correct, for Greene, in his very interesting account of his
visit to San Miguel (Pittonia, Vol. 1, 1887) states that he found
121
there 30 small trees of the Lavatera, and in another place a few
bushes, and proceeds to describe how the plant differs from
that in cultivation. Many years later, finding also differences in
the fruit, he described the San Miguel race as Saviniona den-
droidea. It is now wholly extinct, but as the matter stands, it
presumably represents an insular subspecies, Lavatera assur-
gentiflora dendroidea. With regard to the other four names
offered by Greene, the case is not so clear. Saviniona clementina,
from San Clemente, was based on a single tree, S. reticulata
from Catalina also on one plant. Although Greene makes a
point of the forms of Saviniona (which was founded for a species
of the Canary Islands) being all insular, he actually describes
S. suspensa from San Diego, and supposes the original plant of
Kellogg to have come from the mainland of California, some-
where near San Francisco. In favor of the view that the forms
on the several islands may be, or may have been, distinct, is the
fact that Watson described three endemic species from the
Mexican islands southward.
Another puzzling case is that of the Tree-poppies, Dendro-
mecon, beautiful shrubs with yellow flowers. Munz accepts the
insular representative, D. Harfordii Kellogg, as a valid species,
and adds the remark: ‘‘variable and needing study.’’ Greene
(Pittonia Vol. 5) recognized five supposed species, the original
D. Harfordii from Santa Rosa, D. flexilis from Santa Cruz,
D. densifolia from Santa Rosa, D. rhamnoides from San Cle-
mente, and D. arborea from Santa Catalina. These are all
separated by stated characters, and presented in a table. But
evidently Greene’s material was insufficient, and it will be
necessary to study the variation of the plants where they grow.
Miss Alice Eastwood, in a letter just received, refers to “‘the
great variability that insular floras always present.”’ Millspaugh
and Nuttall have repeatedly referred to the same phenomena
in their account of Santa Catalina. Variability is often as-
cribed to crossing, which should be reduced to a minimum in
the restricted floras of islands. Thus Opuntia littoralis, in its
pure stands on the islands, appear very uniform; but on the
mainland it crosses with other species, and confusion results.
Astragalus miguelensis and Erysimum insulare, as | saw them
on San Miguel, seemed to me very constant in their characters;
so also Malacothrix implicata Eastwood, common along the
cliffs by the sea, except that the rays were sometimes entirely
22
#
without the purplish tint. Yet in certain genera, for reasons
which are obscure, there appears to arise a condition of mutabil-
ity on islands, and perhaps we may say in general, at the
periphery of the range. Such mutability is evidently advan-
tageous, in that it provides the material for extensions into new
territory, some of the variations being advantageous in the
new environment. If the insular variability is an expression of
such a tendency, we may suppose that it occurs principally
during a period following the introduction of the species, and
that after a time one of the forms proves best fitted to survive,
and prevails to the exclusion of the rest. Thus such a species as
Astragalus miguelensis would be a climax type, now stable;
while certain of the poppies, Dendromecon and Eschscholizia,
are still in the variable stage, so that the number of “‘valid”’
forms is uncertain. It is evident that the thoughtful biologist,
anxious to understand the processes of nature, will wish to
study all these variable plants, and will not contemptuously
dismiss them as ‘‘bad species.”’
Phacelia scabrella is one of the plants described by Greene
from San Miguel, but it is ignored by Munz, who regards it as
identical with P. distans Bentham. I found it dried up at the
time of my visit but on one plant were two of the beautiful
light blue flowers, and bees of the genus Anthidium were flying
over it. Brand recognized P. scabrella as a variety of P. distans,
occurring in the Coast Range northward, but southward only
on the islands. It would thus fall in with a long list of plants
cited by Munz as having a similar distribution.
The islands have suffered from the influence of man es-
pecially in two ways; they have been greatly overgrazed, and
very numerous weeds and other plants have been introduced.
The introduction of various forms of animal life is likely to also
prove injurious. Thus, as Mr. E. Z. Rett explains to me, the
foxes on Santa Cruz, about 1927, got scab from the sheep, and
were almost exterminated, though they are now increasing
again. This trouble has not occurred on San Miguel. Mr. D. B.
Rogers informs me that Santa Barbara Island is now full of
rabbits (introduced), and these must seriously affect the native
flora. In a good many cases, the accidentally introduced plants
are represented by only a few specimens, and do not appear to
spread. Thus on San Miguel, 51 years ago, Greene said of
Marrubium vulgare, ‘‘a single plant but that in flower and
123
fruit.’’ | found it growing near the ranch house this year, but
it is still a casual alien. The island lists have been greatly
swollen by the inclusion of numerous aliens, so that in statistical
treatment the proportion of endemics appears to be much less
than it actually is, in relation to the original flora. Many of
these aliens can be recognized at once, being of European or
other exotic derivation, but there is no ready way to recognize
California mainland species which may have been carried over
during the past century. To this class would probably belong,
for instance Datura meteloides, represented in the Hoffmann
herbarium by two specimens, one from Santa Cruz and one from
Santa Rosa, and also known from Santa Catalina. Something
should be said about the absence of plants which might have
been expected to occur. There are no gymnosperms whatever
on the southern group of islands. Among the grasses. the Pani-
ceae are all absent, and I find no records of Bouteloua, Muhlen-
bergia, Sporobolus, etc. Of the genera of grasses included by
Munz in his S. California Manual, 26 are present on one or
more of the islands, while 39 are absent. Of the Liliaceae, seven
are present, eight absent, the latter including Yucca. Myrica,
Juglans, Alnus, Celtis, Castanopsis, amd Lithocarpus are all
absent. Only two genera of orchids are present. In the Ranuncu-
laceae, three genera are present, seven absent, the latter includ-
ing Paeonia, which from its mode of occurrence on the mainland
might have been expected. Of the genera of Compositae (in-
cluding Cichoriaceae) recognized by Munz, 61 are present, 66
absent. These and similar facts may be taken to indicate that
the islands were not united with the mainland very recently.
The relationships of the Californian Island flora with that
of the Mexican Islands southward is a matter of much interest.
Was there once continuous land all the way to Guadalupe
Island? The snails would suggest yes, the absence of land mam-
mals on Guadalupe, no. But there are eleven of our island
endemics which also occur on Guadalupe. These belong to the
genera Quercus, Eschscholtzia, Crossosoma, Lotus, Convolvulus,
Oenothera, Gilia, Phacelia, Galvesia, Mimulus, and Hazardia.
Greene long ago gave lists of the plants he found on Cedros
Island and the San Benito Islands, near the coast of Lower
California. Of the 91 Cedros species about a fourth are also on
the Californian Islands, of the 26 San Benito species, a third.
These islands are approximately in Lat. 28°.
BOULDER, COLO.
Cetraria islandica in Sussex County, N.J.
A large and robust colony of the Iceland Moss lichen,
Cetraria islandica, perhaps the only one now existing in the
State of New Jersey, was found by members of the Torrey
Botanical Club on Oct. 12, 1937, on the slanting ledges of High
Falls sandstone on the west side of a ridge, east of the road from
Montague to Port Jervis, in the town of Montague, Sussex
County, N. J. This ledge is a conspicuous feature of the ridge
as the forest cover appears to have slid off for an extent of
several acres. It is made more conspicuous from the road along
the east bank of the Delaware by the large white painted sign
of Rock View Inn, east of the slide. Glacial striae, pointing
southwest, and probably protected by forest soil until it slid
off, are frequent on the rock surface.
The Cetraria islandica is found growing mixed with Cladonia
uncialis, sylvatica and rangiferina, and with grasses, other
herbaceous plants, and low shrubs, along lines of weakness in
the rock due to joint cracks. It is as tall, up to three inches high,
as I have seen it in our range, or on Adirondack and New Eng-
land summits. It occurs scatteringly in the range of the Torrey
Botanical Club; in occasional small colonies in undisturbed soil
in western Suffolk County, Long Island, and plentifully on the
Shinnecock Hills and in some places on Montauk Point, and at
East Marion on Orient Point. It has not been reported south
of the New Jersey Highlands. Tuckerman cites it at Delaware
Water Gap, reported by Austin, who collected all over north
Jersey 75 years ago, but does not say whether it was on the
New Jersey or Pennsylvania sides. I have rambled over Mount
Tammany and other mountains in the New Jersey side, of the
Water Gap, but have not seen it, nor have I seen it anywhere
in suitable places along Kittatinny Mountain, from Water Gap
to High Point. It occurs, in stunted forms, on the Shawangunk .
Mountain, at Sam’s Point, High Point, and Gertrude’s Nose;
and in small quantity, near the highest points on Schunemunk
Mountain, in Orange County. There is one good sized colony in
the Harriman Section of the Palisades Interstate Park, on the
Lichen Trail, on the northwest corner of Hogencamp Mountain,
overlooking Island Pond. I have not seen it elsewhere on sum-
124
mits of the Hudson Highlands. It has been collected southward
on the higher Appalachian Mountains, to North Carolina.
John W. Thomson, Jr., of the Department of Botany, Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, sent me some last summer from the vicinity
of Pennsylvania State College, in the Allegheny Plateau.
The Montague, N. J., colony is the most ample and robust
one I know in the Club range, with the sole exception of that
on Shinnecock Hills, L. I. Its survival is possibly due to the
fact that it is protected from forest fires, the clumps growing
on the open ledge which a fire in the surrounding hardwoods
could not reach. It was probably once more plentiful in the
Club range, but was killed by ground fires, except in spots
where open ledges, or beach or dune sands prevented fires from
spreading. The colonies on Shinnecock Hills have been reduced
in recent years by fires in grass mixed with the lichens.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
Local flora notes
Recently discovered stations for plants rare in New Jersey,
by James L. Edwards:
Asplenium Bradleyi D. C. Eaton—Newfoundland, Morris
Co:
Asplenium montanum Willd—Newfoundland Morris Co.,
and Breakneck Mt., Sussex Co.
Athyrium pycnocarpon (Spring) Tidestrom.—Andover Junc-
tion, Sussex Co., and Kerr’s Corners, Warren Co.
Tsoetes macrospora Dur—Wawayanda Lake, Sussex Co.
Naias gracillima (A. Br.) Magnus—Hopper Pond, Bergen
Co:
Scheuchzeria palustris L. var. americana Fernald.—Bog
south of Lake Grinnell, Sussex Co.
Scirpus Torreyi Olney.—Howell’s Pond, Sussex Co.
Eriophorum callitrix Cham.—Mt. Hope, Morris Co.
Carex Pseudo-Cyperus .—Andover Junction, Sussex Co.,
~ and Mud Lake south of Lake Grinnell, Sussex Co.
Listera cordata (L.) R. Br.—Spruce swamp west of Harding
Lake, Sussex Co.
Malaxis brachypoda A. Gray.—Sparta, Sussex Co.
Arceuthobium pusillum Peck.—Along the Appalachian Trail
in Kittatinny Mt’s., one half mile north of Sunfish Pond,
Warren Co.
Potentilla palustris (L.) Scop—Marsh about two miles
northwest of Monroe, Sussex Co.
Kalmia polifolia Wang.—Bog south of Lake Grinnell,
Sussex Co. and swamp west of Harding Lake, Sussex Co.
Chiogenes hispidula (L.) L. G—Pine Swamp east of Sparta,
Sussex Co.
Hottonia inflata El\l—Swamp south of Green Pond, Morris
Co., and Arcola, Bergen Co.
BOOK REVIEW
Flora of Southeastern Washington
Some eight years have passed since Dr. St. John left the
State College of Washington, but a series of publications on the
Pacific Northwest still gives evidence, not only of his continued
interest in that region, but of the amount of data he must have
accumulated during his nine years at Pullman. His most recent
work! supplies us with not only a local manual and valuable
notes on the plants of that area, but a careful study of the iden-
tity of these plants in relation to the rest of the flora of North
America. He does not give the impression of thinking that he is
saying the last word, even for the present, on the flora of the
region; in many genera he describes, so far as they are known,
but does not name, entities in groups needing further study. By
so doing he will enable future students to pick up the thread
where he has dropped it. In many cases, in addition to a simple
citation of synonyms, he discusses the opinions of those with
whom he may differ, and tells just how he has reached his con-
clusions. Again he will be thanked by those who wish not only
to name an occasional specimen, but to study the relationships
of the plants.
A frontispiece presents a map of the area, with life zones
clearly shown in color. He steers a middle course between those
who make a fetish of such life zones and those who consider
them of little significance.
“Detailed studies have shown that few, even of the indica-
tor, plants are absolutely constant to one life zone. If their en-
tire geographic range is considered it is often found that they
occur in two or more life zones. Also if a number of indicator
species of one zone are studied and their ranges mapped in de-
tail, it will be seen that their ranges do not exactly coincide.
Hence, the life zones do not seem to be scientific concepts ca-
pable of precise definition. On the other hand they are generaliza-
tions of the mass association of plants characteristic of the great
physiographic and climatic areas. They have a meaning and a
1 Flora of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho. Harold St. John.
Pp. i-xxv+1-531, map, figs. 1-11, 1937. Students Book Corporation, Pullman,
Washington. Paper bound $3.20; cloth bound $3.70.
1A
128
use. To the naturalist, the name Upper Sonoran brings an in-
delible picture of hot, arid plains or canyons with sagebrush,
cactus, jack-rabbits, and horned toads. The name Canadian
brings an image of deep, moist woods in the mountains, with the
shade and fragrance of spruce, fir, and cedar. It is because of
this value as a generalization that the life zone concept is used
in this book. Whenever known the life zone is stated for each
species. It is based on its occurrence within this area, and dis-
regards its zonal occurrence elsewhere, which may or may not
be identical” (pp. ix and x).
Genera and species are treated conservatively, but by no
means ‘‘lumped.’’ Seventy-five new names make their debut in
this book, but we are given the impression that they are based
on real study, not nomenclatorial juggling. The order of families
follows Engler and Prantl because that system “‘seems the best”’
—whether best from the standpoint of representation of evolu-
tionary lines, or from that of convenience and familiarity, is not
stated.
The range within the area of each species is expressed in
general terms for the commoner plants, and more exact loca-
tions and collectors of the localized forms are stated. The general
ranges outside of southeastern Washington and adjacent Idaho
are, unfortunately, omitted.
The keys are expressed in simple terms and appear work-
able. The key to families, always difficult to make and usually
difficult to use, seems to be simplified as much as possible, and
is partially illustrated by eleven text figures. These seem, for
the most part, not very well chosen. It is doubtful if the begin-
ner, unfamiliar with the distinctions between the Pteridophytes
and the Spermatophytes, will derive much understanding from
the drawings of spores (fig. 1). Again, the significance of fig. 3,
showing ‘‘naked seeds,” and fig. 4, showing ‘‘ovary and ovule,”’
will scarcely be understandable except to one who already knows
the difference between Gymnosperms and Angiosperms, and he
will not need them. ‘‘Stamens opposite the petals”’ (fig. 7), and
“Stamens not opposite petals’ (fig. 8) seem to call less for
clarification by illustration than such characters as “‘ovary 1-
celled with a central placenta,” ‘‘placenta parietal,’ and ‘‘sta-
mens hypogynous,”’ with which we can all remember struggling.
In some groups classified mainly on fruit characters, notably
129
the Umbelliferae, keys to flowering, as well as fruiting, plants
are supplied, thus removing one source of discouragement to
many of those whose interest in botany revives with the spring.
In Antennaria and Salix there are separate keys for staminate
and pistillate plants.
Within each family the genera are arranged alphabetically,
as are the species within each genus. While such procedure
would be inexcusable in a taxonomic monograph, it may have
its advantages in a manual, although the present writer, having
worked in herbaria where species are arranged in alphabetic
sequence, and in those where an attempt at natural order is
made, must confess that he much prefers the latter.
N.C: BASSETT
IMNAIEID) INES Ole Wve Cus
JOINT TRIP WITH THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIAN BOTANICAL
CLUB IN SOUTHERN NEW JERSEY,
JUNE 17-20, 1937
The Torrey Botanical Club met with the southern botanists
at Pennsville, N. J.,on Thursday morning, (June 17) for a week-
end of investigation of the interesting southern New Jersey
flora. Under the guidance of Dr. John M. Fogg, Jr., Assistant
Professor of Botany and Curator of the Herbarium, University
of Pennsylvania, the group drove to Salem, where a stop was
made to observe the famous Charter oak, which was a large
tree when the Friend’s Burial Ground was established beneath
it in 1676, and which has now attained a circumference, at six
feet from the ground, of 27 feet 8 inches, and a height of over 80
feet, while the crown spread is about 120 feet. Following the
brief stop here, the party motored to Elsinboro Point. In the
afternoon the party went on to a point on a sandy beach four
miles west of Hancock Bridge. Here Dr. Fogg and his party
from the University of Pennsylvania left the group, Dr. John
A. Small, Assistant Professor of Botany, New Jersey College
for Women, becoming the leader for the remainder of the trip.
At Parvin State Park, near Vineland, lodging had been arranged
through the courtesy of J. J. Truncer, of the Park’s staff.
Next morning the party struck northwards into the heart
of the famous pine barrens, following U.S. Route 206, a splen-
did concrete highway, through a virtually uninhabited region.
The first stop was made at Albertson Brook, in Atlantic County,
where, in the bogs that adjoined the highway, Dr. Small and
Dr. M.A. Chrysler, of Rutgers University, introduced novelties
among pine barren endemics and their associates so rapidly that
we were soon gasping for breath. Plants recorded here included
Ilex glabra, Magnolia virginiana, Chamaedaphne calyculata,
Chamaecyparis thyoides, Rhododendron viscosum, Vaccinium
corymbosum, V.macrocarpon, Lyonia mariana, Krigia virginica,
Castalia odorata, Iris prismatica, and various species of Ryncho-
spora, Cyperus, Eriocaulon, and Lycopodium. Of special interest
were three species of sundew, Drosera rotundifolia, D. longifolia,
and D. filiformis; pyxie or flowering moss, Pyxidanthera barbu-
130
131
lata; Hudsonia ericoides; the sand myrtle, Leiophyllum buxi-
folium; the red-root, Lachnanthes tinctoria; and, in the drier
places, the turkey-beard, Yerophyllum as phodeloides. Somewhat
further along, at Atsion, we were given an opportunity to review
some of these, while encountering still more novelties, including
Lobelia Canbyi, Arenaria caroliniana, Euphorbia ipecacuanha,
and Rubus cunefolius. Lunching on a side road near Atsion, we
observed the drier phase of the barrens, beneath pines and oaks.
After lunch a delightful drive along a narrow, sandy lane
through an unbroken pine barren forest brought us to the
neighborhood of Hampton Furnace, on the Batsto River. The
name is reminiscent of the days when iron was obtained from
rocks underlying the bogs, but the region is now virtually
without human habitation. Here Dr. Small, having set our feet
moving in the proper direction, allowed us to have the thrill of
discovering for ourselves the climbing fern, Lygodium palmatum,
entwined among the dense vegetation fringing the narrow river,
and here we also first came upon the little plants that “‘eat bugs
and ants and gnats and flies,’’ members of the ‘‘new carnivora”’
—Sarracenia purpurea.
At Skits Branch, precariously treading upon the firmer
clumps and clinging to bushes to keep from sinking beneath
the muck, we felt we were truly “‘in the heart of the pine bar-
rens,’’ and especially after we had found Narthecium ameri-
canum, the bog asphodel, and Lophiola aurea, we felt that Wit- ~
mer Stone’s enthusiastic portrayal of the pine barrens, which
Dr. Small read to us here, must have been prepared at this very
spot.
Coming back upon a paved highway along the Pole Branch
of Wading River, little colonies of curly grass, Schizaea pusilla,
rewarded our search. Passing through Chatsworth, ‘‘the capital
of the pine barrens,’’ we came out upon New Jersey State Route
40, stopping by the roadside near Whiting to observe a clump
of bear-berry, Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi. At Lakehurst we viewed
from afar the wreckage of the Hindenburg, after which we pro-
ceeded via Lakewood to Bay Head and drove southwards in
the evening to Seaside Park, where we studied the succession
of vegetation on the dunes, from almost bare sand, dotted here
and there by Carex macrosperma and Artemisia Stelleriana, to
the pseudo-turf formed by /udsonia and finally to a sparse
oy
and youthful forest of oaks and pines. Crossing Barnegat Bay,
we spent the night in a tourist camp south of Tom’s River on
United States Route 9.
On the 19th, an early morning stop at Forked River gave
us another chance to observe several of the denizens of the bogs
we had seen so often the preceding day and to add to the ever-
mounting list of species of Lycopodium, Drosera, and Utricu-
laria. At 11:00 A.M. we met, at the intersection of Route 4 and
the Cedar Bridge road in Barnegat, a party from New Jersey
and New York coming down for the week-end. The augmented
party then struck westwards and was soon in the heart of The
Plains, stopping occasionally on the summit of a slight elevation
for a glimpse of the peculiar forest in which, as far as the eye
could see in every direction, the trees, although apparently very
old, did not greatly exceed an average of four feet in height. The
day’s itinerary led us through the great commercial cranberry
producing areas and to Penn State Forest for lunch. After lunch
the investigation of a most colorful bog near the ghost town of
Martha led the party to acclaim Dr. Small as having “‘saved
the best unto the last,’’ and the crackling and flashing of a
vigorous electric storm, accompanied by a torrential downpour
of rain, provided a dramatic ceremony to signalize our farewell
to the pine barrens. Through the rain and the heavy holiday
traffic seaward-bound, we made our way southwards to Cape
May for the night.
A visit in the evening to Otway Brown led to Mr. Brown’s
guiding us, on the morning of the 20th, to some of his favorite
collecting grounds nearby, where we recorded an amazingly
long list of grasses and sedges, and a few other novelties such
as Sclerolepis uniflora, Quercus phellos, and Linaria canadensis.
The party then officially broke up, the southern members start-
ing their long drive homewards, the others spending the day
more leisurely with stops at interesting spots as they traversed
the lesser distances they were required to travel. Pleasant mem-
ories of the four-day tour led the author to trust that these
intersectional visits may become traditional features of the two
Clubs’ annual field schedules.
An account of the first day of the trip by Dr. Fogg follows this.
EARL L. CORE
WEST VIRGINIA UNIVERSITY
MORGANTOWN
133
TRIP OF THURSDAY, JUNE 17
The day was devoted to studying the flora of the eastern,
or New Jersey, side of the Delaware River within the limits of
Salem County. Particular attention was paid to the relatively
high number of maritime species which, although here far from
the open sea, occur commonly on the beaches and marshes of
this county.
While waiting for the party to assemble at Pennsville, an
unfamiliar Rubus was found growing luxuriantly on the sandy
river banks near the wharf. This proved to be R. ulmifolius, a
European species doubtless escaped from cultivation and not
previously recorded from Salem County.
The first locality visited was Oakwood Beach, where Lilae-
opsis chinensis (L.) Kuntze (L. lineata of the Manuals) was seen
growing in great profusion and in full flower. Formerly con-
sidered rare in southern New Jersey, this curious umbellifer is
now known to occur along many miles of the Delaware River
shore where it is completely covered by brackish water at high
tide. Other maritime plants detected at this station were Spar-
tina alternifolia, var. pilosa, Scirpus robustus, Acnida cannabina
and Ptilimnium capillaceum.
The next stop was at Elsinboro Point, where the party had
the good fortune to discover a new locality for Lophotocarpus
spongiosus. This species, which has only recently been restored
to the flora of southern New Jersey (see Bartonia, No. 17, 1935),
was here found profusely occupying a large tidal marsh along
with Peltandra virginica. It was in full flower on this date, its
white petals suggesting a Sagittaria, from which, however, its
blunt sepals and thick, curved pedicels distinguish it.
On the sandy beach below Elsinboro Point were collected
Tripsacum dactyloides, Panicum amarum and Ammopbhaula brevi-
ligulata, all maritime species here at or near the inland limit of
their ranges, so far as concerns the Delaware drainage.
The party then moved three miles down the river to a point
near the mouth of Alloway Creek, some three miles west of
Hancock’s Bridge. Here, as might be expected (due to greater
proximity to the mouth of the Bay), an even larger number of
maritime species was encountered. In addition to the plants
already seen at Oakwood Beach and Elsinboro Point, the broad
sandy beach yielded Spartina cynosuroides, S. patens, Atriplex
134
patula, var. hastata, Cakile edentula and Solidago sempervirens,
while on the open brackish meadows were found Distichlis spi-
cata, Setaria geniculata, Carex hormathodes, Cyperus ferax, C.
filicinus, Juncus Gerardi, Baccharis halimifolia and Iva frutes-
cens.
Nearly all of these species, until a few years ago, were re-
garded as absent from or very rare in the Delaware drainage
north of Cape May County. Recent study, however, has demon-
strated that at favorable localities they may be found far up
the Delaware River to the northern limits of Salem County.
Joun M. FoGe, JR.
THE CLuB’s 1937 TRIP TO QUEBEC
Fifteen members and guests of the Torrey Botanical Club
took part in its two weeks trip into northern Maine, the Shick-
shock Mountains of Gaspe, Quebec and the Laurentides Na-
tional Forest north of the St. Lawrence River, from July 2 to
18, 1937. Our guides said it was the largest party that had ever
entered the mountains, and it was undoubtedly the largest
botanical group in the region since the Harvard expeditions
under Professors Fernald and Collins several years before.
The party travelled in six automobiles, starting from scat-
tered points in New York, New Jersey, Maine and Pennsyl-
vania, and assembling Saturday evening, July 3, at Stratton,
Me. On Sunday, July 4, we drove around via Dead River Valley,
and climbed along the Appalachian Trail to the eastern summit
of Mount Bigelow, at 4070 feet. The views of this group of
mountains in Western Maine were splendid. The area above
timber sustained a number of alpine plants, including Arenaria
groenlandica, Potentilla tridentata, Empetrum nigrum, Vaccinium
uliginosum, and V. Vitis-[daea. The lemon yellow crustose lichen,
Rhizocarpon geographicum, covered the summit ledges. Cetrarias
were numerous, including zslandica, cucullata, nivalis and acule-
ata. The writer found many robust Clandoniae, including the
largest specimens of C. elongata he had ever seen.
On the following day the party proceeded to Greenville on
Moosehead Lake, and followed a tough but interesting route via
Ripogenus Dam on the West Branch of the Penobscot River,
and between Mount Katahdin and Doubletop Mountain, past
Baxter State Park, to Millinocket, spending that night at Houl-
135
ton. On the next day, July 6, we drove across New Brunswick
to Matapedia and along the south side of Gaspe, to New Rich-
mond. On the 7th, we entered the mountains, with a party of
five guides, headed by the silent but competent Stillman Harri-
son. Our arrangements for camping, shelter and food had been
efficiently made by Dudley Dimock, of New Richmond. We
were particularly pleased with our cook, Earl Budd, an old army
cook, whose good food, and good nature were among the high
lights of the trip.
We drove in along the road on the east side of the Grand
Cascapedia, which some of us had followed before, 49 miles to
the Federal Lead and Zinc Mine, where we left the cars. Har-
rison had been in a few days ahead, with his men and horses
and wagon and had established a camp for us on the south side
of Tabletop Mountain, our objective for this part of the trip.
In the afternoon, we walked in, somewhat wetted by a shower,
to Lake St. Anne. Those of us who were there before, when we
found it a lonely place, inhabited only by screeching loons, were
surprised to find a party of French-Canadians building a large
log cabin. Their boss proved to be M. Ernest Menard, Inspec-
tor-General of Fish and Game for the Quebec Department of
Forests, and Superintendent of the new Gaspesia National
Park, then being surveyed. He was building the cabin to be used
first for the surveying party, and later as a rangers’ cabin. He
insisted on giving up his tent to the ladies of our party, as we
were short one tent, others being at our base camp. He showed
us the survey maps, indicating that the new Park will include
Mount Albert, Tabletop, the Gorge of the St. Anne River, and
Lakes St. Anne and Madeleine, about 250,000 acres. It will be a
plant and animal sanctuary, intended, for one thing, to protect
the caribou, the only herd south of the St. Lawrence. He was
much pleased to see that we were using to identify plants, Pro-
fessor Marie-Victorin’s ‘‘Flore Laurentienne,’’ and some of his
separate monographs on various groups of plants. He told us
that the Quebec Department of Education had given over 1000
copies of the ‘‘Flore’’ to students in secondary schools and col-
leges as prizes for proficiency in botany, and that his own
daughter had won one of them. We also met an interesting per-
son, Capt. Samuel Coté, who was the guide of Professors Fern-
ald and Collins, on their Harvard expeditions years before and
136
of Professor A. P. Coleman of McGill University, authority on
the glacial geology of the region, whose work we used on the
trip. Capt. Coté proudly showed us letters of appreciation from
all three scientists and was pleased that we knew of him.
Next day we followed the fire road toward Lake Madeleine,
around the south and west slopes of Mount Sterling, to our
camp on Fisher Branch of the River Madeleine, within sight of
Tabletop. Along the road at several places, a new and handsome
fern was Phegopteris Robertiana, with fronds somewhat like
those of P. dryopteris, but stiffer and with smaller lateral pinnae.
Another new plant was Lonicera involucrata, with large bracts.
We also saw large colonies of the handsome foliose lichen,
Nephroma arcticum, with disks large as nickels.
Our base camp was prettily located, and next morning, we
started up Tabletop. Harrison, our head guide, had spotted a
route part way but at the top of the climb he made the trail
fresh before us, as fast as we wished to go, a novel experience of
seeing a trail blazed and cleared before our eyes. He took us
across the plateau and at length above the scrub spruce and fir
to an open summit south of Mount Richardson, the highest
summit on this part of the Tabletop Plateau. Interesting plants
were Lycopodium Selago and sabinaefolium ; Phyllodoce caerulea,
as wellas Vacciniums, Empetrum, Ledum and Cassiope hypnoides.
For those of us who were on Mount Albert the year before, it
was interesting to note that some plants which evidently prefer
the serpentine rocks of that summit do not like the granite of
Tabletop, such as Lychnis alpina, Statice labradorica, var.
submutica, and Adiantum pedatum, var. aleuticum, none of
which we found in the vicinity of Mount Richardson. However
the lichen Rhizocarpon geographicum, characteristic of northern
mountain tops, which we looked for in vain on Mount Albert’s
serpentine ledges in 1936 was plentiful on the Tabletop granite.
On the way out we climbed over Sterling Mountain, on
which Cladoniae, especially gorgeously scarlet fruited Cladonza
pleurota, {. coronata, were numerous. The views were grand,
with the snowfields on Mount Albert gleaming in the north. At
one point the road had been carried away for a hundred yards
by a slide, and there our guides had to unhitch the horses, lead
them gently across the narrow spot, take the wagon apart and
carry it across in pieces and put it together again on the other
side. gather up our duffel and go on.
137
We then drove out to the south side highway, spent a night
comfortably at the Five Oaks, Shigewake, getting hot baths to
clean off the woods dirt. Next day we gave the bird lovers a
treat by visiting the sanctuary on Bonaventure Island, a sight
that no one visiting Gaspe should miss. Continuing on around
the point of the peninsula, spending a night at Fox River, we
spent an easy going day westward along the north shore cliffs,
where interesting plants were the Butterwort, Pinguicula vul-
garis, with its pretty violet flowers and greasy leaves, the deli-
cate fern, Cryptogramma Steller, Plantago juncoides and others.
After spending the night at Rimouski, we put in the next
morning visiting the marine biological laboratory of the Uni-
versity of Laval, Quebec, at Trois Pistoles where the staff,
clergy and lay, entertained us hospitably. On the way to the
ferry at Riviere du Loup, we made a detour, at the suggestion
of Frere Marie-Victorin, to Gros Cacouna, a rocky knob once
an island in the St. Lawrence, to find Cornus suecica, differing
from the common C. canadensis, in possessing two to four whorls
of leaves, instead of only one.
Crossing to Tadoussac, where the writer found many un-
usual Cladoniae, the party took the boat up the famous Sague-
nay, and after a cloudy, umpromising evening, the sun broke
through and gave us one of the most magnificent sunsets the
crew of the fine steamer Quebec ever recalled. The steep granite
walls of this river suggested that they must be sanctuaries for
many plants. Next day, after a night at Chicoutimi, we visited
the outlet of Lake St. Jean, and then struck south through the
Laurentides National Park to Quebec. This route will be worthy
of more attention another time, for it looks interesting botani-
cally everywhere and, when the road improvements are done, it
will be more comfortably accessible for American tourists.
Cladoniae, over the areas once burned and now growing up
again, were marvellously robust and dense. A common plant
in the swamps was the Baked Apple Berry, Rubus Chamaemorus.
We spent the next day sight-seeing in Quebec. Some visited
the Provincial Museum where they found a good herbarium.
Then we went on into Vermont stopping to drive up Mount
Mansfield to look again at alpine plants; to pay a visit to Dr.
Will S. Monroe, and his great dogs at Couching Lion Farm,
and then on our various ways.
RAYMOND H. TORREY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE CLUB
MEETING OF Marcu 17, 1937
President Barnhart called the meeting to order at 3:30 P.M.
at the New York Botanical Garden. Twenty persons were pres-
ent. The minutes of the last two meetings were read and ac-
cepted.
The resignations of Dr. Kingo Miyabe, Hokkaido Imperial
University, Sapporo, Japan, and of Dr. Vladimir A. Shternov,
New York City, were accepted with regret. The recording secre-
tary reported that a letter of resignation had been received from
Mr. Arthur Norton, and that Miss Eleanor A. Friend wished
to resign from annual membership and apply for associate
membership.
The applications of Mr. Lyman Benson, Mr. Cyril O. Brat-
ley, Dr. W. R. Ivimey-Cook, and Mrs. Frank G. Ruggles for
annual membership were read.
In view of the fact that the club has at present no honorary
members, Dr. Moldenke proposed that Miss Gulielma Lister of
Leytonstone, Sussex, England, be considered for this honor. He
stated that Miss Lister is a ‘‘member of a family of naturalists
and scientists, world renowned as an expert on the Myxomy-
cetes. She is the niece of the great Joseph, Lord Lister, and
daughter of the famous Arthur Lister. She is one of the last of
that fast-disappearing class of all-around naturalists which
reached its most splendid culmination in Charles Darwin, whose
student and friend she was.”
The recording secretary read a letter from Miss Gertrude
D. Howe, daughter of Dr. Marshall Avery Howe, acknowledg-
ing the club’s appreciation of her father. A letter was received
from Prof. William L. Bray of Syracuse University thanking the
club for his election to Honorary Life Membership.
Dr. Fulling proposed that the afternoon meetings of the
club be held at 3:00 p.m. rather than at 3:30. There was some
discussion of this proposal but no action was taken.
For the scientific program, Dr. Ralph H. Cheney of the Bi-
ology Department of Long Island University gave a very com-
prehensive talk on the ‘‘Morphology and Chemistry of the
138
139
Coffee Fruit in Relation to Beverage Quality and Effects.’ The
quality of the beverage is dependent upon fruit size, seed size,
and the altitude at which the coffee trees are grown. A height of
about 5 meters and a fruit size of .8—.9 cm. are necessary condi-
tions for the production of the best coffee. Coffee seeds of a fine
hard structure containing from 1—2% caffein are also best.
Coffea arabica has been found to possess the greatest number of
desirable qualities and is very widely cultivated, the production
areas of coffee in general following the equator.
Dr. Cheney then showed some very interest charts demon-
strating the effect of coffee and caffein on various physiological
processes of animals and man. It was shown that the stimula-
tory effect of coffee is not entirely due to caffein.
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Recording Secretary
MEETING OF APRIL 6, 1937
The meeting, at the Museum of Natural History, was called
to order at 8:15 p.m. by President Barnhart. Forty five persons
were present.
Dr. John W. Shive, Plant Physiologist at the New Jersey
Agricultural Experiment Station, was the speaker of the eve-
ning, and the subject of his address, ‘‘Cryptotrophic Nutrition of
Plants.’’ Dr. Shive stated that he preferred the word ‘‘trace
element’’ to “‘cryptotrophic”’ and explained that, although very
small doses of certain elements were necessary for nutrition, the
importance of these elements was in no sense minor. Many so-
called ‘‘physiological diseases’’ are due to a lack of one or an-
other of them. His first slide showed the characteristic symp-
toms of deficiencies of potassium, calcium, boron, magnesium,
iron, manganese, and phosphorus.
The effects of boron deficiency were discussed in detail.
Deficiency symptoms appear one week to ten days after the
boron has been omitted from the culture solution. The chief
injury is to the meristematic tissues. The entire growing tip is
killed and further growth prevented. If boron is then supplied,
new shoots may start from the base of the plant. The leaves of
boron deficient plants have a wrinkled appearance and char-
acteristic breaks or cracks in the midrib. The disease ‘“‘cracked
140
stem’’ in celery has been demonstrated to be due to boron de-
ficiency.
Microscopic examination of boron deficient plants indicates
that the meristematic cells enlarge, become more acid, and
finally explode. This disintegration follows back through the
cambium and finally affects all of the vascular tissues. Chemical
analysis shows that there is an accumulation of ammonia in
boron deficient plants. The percentage of soluble nitrogen
compounds is greater in boron deficient than in normal plants,
but the percentage of protein nitrogen less.
One-half part per million of boron is enough to satisfy the
nutritive requirements of the dicotyledonous plants tested and
five parts per million is definitely toxic. However, the boron re-
quirements of various kinds of plants differ. The monocotyle-
dons in general seem to have a very low boron requirement,
cotton requiring twice as much boron as corn. Experiments have
shown that plants are not able to store boron.
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Recording Secretary
MEETING OF APRIL 21, 1937
The meeting was called to order by President Barnhart at
the Brooklyn Botanic Garden at 3:30 p.m. Eighteen persons
were present.
The minutes of the last two meetings were read and ap-
proved. The recording secretary stated that she had received
the application of Mr. Edgar B. Harger for annual membership,
and the applications of Mrs. Robert C. Hill, Miss Marion K.
Ober, and Mrs. Stephen R. Smith for associate membership.
It was reported that letters of resignation had been received
from Mr. C. M. Roberts and Mr. Rodney B. Miller.
In response to the Club’s petition that the area proposed
for Mt. Olympus National Park not be reduced, a letter was
received from Mr. Arno B. Cammerer of the Department of the
Interior. He stated that the bill for the proposed park had been
defeated but that a new bill (H.R. 4724) has been introduced
which provides for a much smaller park area but with adequate
examples of the primeval forest of the Olympic Peninsula.
‘‘Inheritance studies on disease resistance in sorghum”’ were
discussed by Dr. Elizabeth Marcy of the Brooklyn Botanic
141
Garden. In recent years sorghums have become an important
crop in this country, particularly in the southwest, because of
their ability to withstand drought conditions. There are three
important sorghum diseases: the head smut, Sorosporium reili-
anum, the covered kernel smut, Sphacelotheca sorghi, and the
loose kernel smut, Sphacelotheca cruenta. Infection usually takes
place in the early seedling stage, but spores are not formed until
the plant is mature. External environal conditions during the
germination period have a pronounced influence upon the per-
centage of smutted plants. Environal conditions very favorable
for the infection of susceptible varieties failed to cause infection
of the resistant milo varieties, but caused certain pathological
symptoms of infection in the resistant variety, Feterita.
When the reaction of the hybrids to the covered smut was
determined it was found that a clear-cut 3:1 ratio of resistant
to susceptible F,; plants was obtained in crosses between milo
and susceptible varieties. When Feterita was crossed with sus-
ceptible varieties there were indications of the interaction of two
factors, a 13:3 ratio of susceptible to resistant F2 plants being
obtained. Crosses between milo and Feterita showed that they
possessed different factors for resistance.
Reaction of these hybrids to the loose smut was quite differ-
ent, susceptibility being dominant in the milo hybrids, and
resistance dominant in the Feterita hybrids.
D. ELIZABETH MARCY
Recording Secretary
MEETING OF May 4, 1937
The meeting was called to order at 8:15 P.M. at the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History, President Barnhart presiding.
There were fifty members and friends present.
Dr. George C. Wood, 4430 Tibbett Ave., Riverdale-on-
Hudson, New York City was elected an annual member.
The following were elected associates: Mr. Leon W. Bowen,
77 Evergreen Ave., Bloomfield, N.J.; Mr. John A. Crabtree,
Montgomery, N.Y.; Miss Clara Raska, 21-14 149 St., White-
stone, L.I., N.Y.
Also those whose applications for membership were reported
at the meetings of March 17 and April 21 were elected.
Professor A. W. Evans of Yale University, a member of the
142
club since 1896, was unanimously elected to Honorary Life
Membership.
The resignations of the following from annual membership
were accepted with regret: Mr. Leon W. Bowen, Bloomfield,
N.J.; Miss Eleanor A. Friend, N.Y. City.; Mr. R. B. Miller,
Newark, N.J.; Mr. Arthur Norton, Portland, Me.; Mr. C. M.
Roberts, Fairmont State Teachers’ College, Fairmont, W.Va.
Dr. A. B. Stout of the New York Botanical Garden was the
speaker of the evening. His discussion of ‘‘Incompatibilities in
Flowering Plants’’ was amply illustrated with carefully worked
out charts. Dr. Stout stated that the term incompatibility, as
he uses it, applies to plants within a species and results from too
great similarity in genetic makeup, in contrast to hybridization
incompatibility which results from too great dissimilarity in
genetic makeup.
Plants within a species may be self incompatible and cross
compatible or vice versa, with many gradations in between.
By making a large number of crosses, he showed how it has been
possible to divide species into separate lines or strains on the
basis of the cross compatability within the group. He outlined
studies on Veronica where only four such lines have been found
to be present, and studies on petunia where a larger number of
lines have been discovered, and between which the compatabil-
ity relationships are much more complex.
In closing he mentioned the economic importance of this type
of investigation, and showed the results of testing the com-
patability relations of a large number of fruit trees.
D. ELIzABETH Marcy
Recording Secretary
NEWS NOTES
Dr. William J. Robbins, dean of the Graduate School of the
University of Missouri has been appointed Director of The New
York Botanical Garden. Some of his outstanding work has been
with the isoelectric point of plant tissues, with growth of exer-
cised root tips and with plant auxins. The General Botany of
which he is co-author, is one of our best balanced and generally
useful botany texts. An able and energetic plant physiologist,
he brings to the Botanical Garden a broad outlook on modern
developments in the botany of living plants.
There has recently been established the Organ Pipe Cactus
National Monument in Arizona. The cacti for which the park
was named form its chief attraction. These cacti are large, grow-
ing in erect clumps, branching only from the base, and suggest-
ing in form the pipes of an organ. The Indians of the Papago
Reservation visit the region to gather the fruit which ripen
in late June.
Mr. John E. Lager, collector and commercial grower of
orchids, died at his home in Summit, N.J., on October 30, in
his seventy sixth year. Born in Sweden he worked in botanical
gardens in London and Paris before coming to this country.
He made several trips to South America to hunt orchids in the
mountains and brought back some forms never before collected.
As was noted in our issue of January—February, the Natural
Science Museum at Syracuse University was partly destroyed
by fire last January. The museum is now being rebuilt and will
probably be completed by the 1st of February. Dr. Ernest D.
Reed, leader of two South American expeditions, is at the head
of the museum board, and is directing the work.
On November 23 Sir Jagadis Chunder Bose died in Calcutta,
India. Dr. Bose at the time of his death was director of the Bose
Research Institute in Calcutta which he established in 1915.
The work for which he was best known had to do with responses
of plants to stimuli, such as bad air, touch, poisons, drugs, in
143
144
fact to almost every stimulus to which animals respond, except
sound. He developed extremely sensitive apparatus to measure
the responses made by plants to these stimuli. He maintained
there was no animal reaction in even the highest animal form
that had not been foreshadowed in the lives of plants. He also
taught that plants have a nervous system and something cor-
responding to a heart. In this country the accuracy of his work
is not questioned, but his interpretations, are, many of them,
considered the views of a mystic.
One of our members would like to know if anyone can give
the scientific names of plants referred to as ‘‘Wild Isaac” and
‘‘Narrow-leaved wild Isaac.’’ These names were used in describ-
ing the plants growing in a wild garden in the Town of Litch-
field, Conn.
DATES OF PUBLICATION OF VOLUME 37
Number 1, January—February February 19
2, March—April April 3
3, May—June June 15
4, July-August August 4
5, September—October October 22
6, November—December December 29
In Science for December 17 Dr. Alés Hrdli¢ka describes
briefly the peculiar growth of plants found on the ancient village
sites in Alaska and the Alaskan Islands. In practically every
case the plants growing on the sites of ancient villages and on
kitchen middens are so distinct from the surrounding vegetation
that these sites can be recognized at a distance merely by the
plants growing on them. In general the vegetation is much
darker and richer than in the surrounding regions. For example,
one pre-Russian village site is covered every year with for-get-
me-nots, the only ones seen in the neighborhood.
Dr. F. Lamson-Scribner, who retired as agrostologist of the
U. S. Department of Agriculture in 1922, recently received a
visit from D. E. Juan, a native of the Philippine Islands, to
express the sentiment of the farmers of the Philippine Islands.
As their first director of agriculture, Dr. Lamson-Scribner, now
145
eighty-six years old, introduced into the islands more than
thirty-five years ago modern methods of soil tilling and crop
harvesting. He was responsible for the establishment of experi-
mental stations throughout the islands. Mr. Juan presented to
Dr. Lamson-Scribner a testimonial with the inscription ‘‘The
Filipino farmers owe you a debt of gratitude.’’ (Science)
Dr. Oscar M. Ball, for thirty-four years professor and head
of the department of biology of the Agricultural and Mechanical
College of Texas, has retired from active teaching with the title
professor emeritus. He will devote his entire time, as curator
of the college museum, to his collections of fossil plants, and to
the fossil vertebrata assembled by the late Dr. Mark Francis.
(Science)
The departments of botany of Cornell University and the
University of Chicago have arranged an exchange of instructors
for the winter quarter of the current academic year. Dr. R. A.
Laubengayer, of Cornell, and Dr. Paul D. Voth, of Chicago,
have been selected for the exchange. Both instructors will be
engaged in the teaching of general botany in the large elemen-
tary courses. (Science)
INDEX TO
Abbe, Mrs. Lucy, 41
Abies Fraseri, 94, 111
Abutilon Theophrasti, 98
Acer pennsylvanicum, 111; rubrum,
33, 49; spicatum, 111
Acer rubrum from different habitats
and different levels, Water con-
tent of leaves of, Lois Jotter, 33
Achillea Millefolium, 53, 118
Acnida cannabina, 96, 133
Acorus Calamus, 45, 96
Actaea alba, 47, 97
Adiantum pedatum, var. *!enticum,
76, 136
Ailanthus glandulosa, 49
Alexander, E. J., 70; Posidonia oce-
anica found in North America,
86; Sphaerophysa Salsula, new
to North America, 35
Allen, Mrs. Dorothy Francis, 41
Aloe ferox, 27; Perryi, 27; vera, 27
Alternanthera philoxeroides 96
Althaea officinalis, 111
Amanita rubescens, 111
Ambrosia artemisiifolia, 53
Ames, Lawrence M., 69
Ammophila breviligulata, 133
Amorphophallus titanum, 91
Anderson, Mrs. G. P., 20
Andrews, Henry N., 69
Andropogon Ischaemum, 15
Angelica villosa, 109
Apocynum androsaemifolium,
cannabinum, 51
Arabis laevigata, 90; lyrata, 90
Aralia nudicaulis, 50; racemosa, 50;
spinosa, 99, 112
Arenaria caroliniana, 131; groenlan-
dica, 77; marcescens, 77
Arceuthobium pusillum, 126
Arctium Lappa, 53
Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi, 28, 51, 131
Aristida adscenciones, 15
Arsenococcus ligustrinus, 110
ititile
VOLUME 37
Artemisia pauciflora, 28; Stelleriana,
131
Asclepias incarnata, 112; quadrifolia,
109; tuberosa, 51
Asimina triloba, 97
Aspidium cristatum, 63; marginale, 45
Asplenium Bradleyi, 126; montanum,
__ 126; platyneuron, 90, 109
Astragalus miguelensis, 121
Aster caesia, 83; Curtisii, 111; divari-
catus, 18; dumosus, 18; Lowrie-
anus, 18, 83; sagittifolius, 84;
umbellatus, 18
Athyrium pycnocarpon, 126
Atriplex patula, var. hastata, 133
Atropa Belladonna, 31
Atwell, Charles Beach, 115
Aureolaria flava, 112; grandiflora,
112; laevigata, 112; pedicularia,
112; virginica, 112
Avery, Amos G., 23
Azalea calendulacea, 110
Babcock, E. B., 19
Baccharis halimifolia, 101, 134
Bailey, Liberty Hyde, 72
Baker, Dr. Gladys E., 69
Ball, Oscar M., 145
Baptisia australis, 98; tinctoria, 49
Barosma betulina, 30
Barton, Lela V., 69 3
Bausor, S. C., A review of some
medicinal plants, Part 1, 25;
Part 2; 45
Beardsley, Miss Frances, 20
Bellis perennis, 6
Benedict, R. C., Four recent texts in
general botany, review, 37
Benson, Lyman, 138
Benzoin aestivale, 97
Berberis vulgaris, 48
Bergner, Miss A. Dorothy, 23
Berry, Edward W., A correction, 108
Betula lenta, 46
146
147
Biatorella fossarum, 79
Blakeslee, Albert F., 23
Boletus fellus, 111
Book reviews; A monograph of the
Genus Heuchera, Rosendahl,
Butters, and Lakela, 60; Flora of
Southeastern Washington, St.
John, 127; Four recent texts in
general botany, 37
Bose, Sir Jagadis Chunder, 143
Botanizing in the Shickshock Moun-
tains of Gaspé, Quebec, Ray-
mond H. Torrey, 73
Botany of the California Islands,
T. D. A. Cockerell, 117
Botrychium Lunaria, 2
Bouteloua curtipendula, 90
Bowen, Leon W., 141; Local flora
notes, 86
Brassica nigra, 30
Bratley, Cyril O., 138
Bray, William L., 67, 138
Bromus japonicus, 15
Brown, William H., The plant king-
dom, review, 37
Bush, Benjamin Franklin, 44
Butomus umbellatus, 82
Cabomba caroliniana, 97
Cain, Stanley A., 69; Field trip of
June 25-28, 109
Cakile edulenta, 134
California Islands, The botany of the,
T. D. A. Cockerell, 117
Callitriche Austini, 109
Campanula aparinoides, 112
Capsella Bursa-pastoris, 48
Cardamine parviflora, 90
Carara didyma, 104
Carex Bicknellii, 90; cephalophora,
90; convoluta, 90; Fraseri, 16;
hormathodes, 134; intumescens,
112; lupulina, 112; lurida, 112;
macrosperma, 131; Muhlenbei-
gii, var. enervis, 90; pennsy]-
vanica, 90; Pseudocyperus, 126
Carum copticum, 28
Carya ovata, 113
Cassia, 27; marilandica, 48
Cassiope hypnoides, 77; 136
Castalia odorata, 47, 130
Castilleja pallida, var. septentrionalis,
78
Caulophyllum thalictroides, 48
Ceanothus americanus, 8, 48
Celtis occidentalis, 90, 96
Cenchrus barbatus, 15
Centaurea maculata, 18
Cephaelis Ipecacuanha, 31
Cephalanthus occidentalis, 52, 100
Cerastium arvense, 90
Ceratophyllum demersum, 97
Cercis canadensis, 98
Cetraria aculeata, 134; cucullata,
134;islandica, 78, 134; nivalis, 134
Cetraria islandica in Sussex Co., N. J.,
Raymond H. Torrey, 124
Chamaecyparis thyoides, 88, 130
Chamaedaphne calyculata, 130
Chelidonum majus, 48
Chelone glabra, 52
Cheney, Ralph H., 138
Chenopodium ambrosioides, 46
Chimaphila umbellata, 50
Chiogenes hispidula, 126
Chionanthus virginica, 100
Chloris ciliata, 15; virgata, 15
Chrysler, M. A., 40
Cichorium Intybus, 18
Cicuta maculata, 50
Cimicifuga racemosa, 47, 97
Cinchona, 31
Cinnamomum Camphora, 28
Circaea alpina, 111
Cirsium arvense, 18; discolor, 18
Cladonia alpestris, 75, 78; apodo-
carpa, 63; borbonica, 63; Boryi,
16; botryis, 75; cenotea, 75;
chlorophaea, 75; coniocraea, 63,
75; cornuta, 75; cornutoradiata,
75; cristatella 63, 75; deformis,
75; digitata, 75; elongata, 134
ficoronata, 136; gracilis, 75;
lepidota, 78; major, 75; mitrula,
63; mitis, 75; multiformis, 75;
nemoxyna, 75, ochlochlora, 75;
148
pleurota, 136; rangiferina, 75,
124; squamosa, 75; subcariosa,
63; sylvatica, 124; tenuis, 63;
uncialis, 124
Claviceps purpurea, 26
Clematis verticillaris, 65, 88
Clinopodium Nepeta, 100
Clinton, George Perkins, 115
Clintonia, borealis, 111
Cobb, Miss Mary Jo., 41
Cockerell, T. D. A., The botany of
the California Islands, 117
Collinsonia canadensis, 52, 100
Comandra umbellata, 109
Commiphora, 30
Common names of common plants,
George T. Hastings, 1
Conium maculatum, 50
Convolulus soldanella, 119
Coptis trifolia, 13, 47, 63
Core, Earl L., Joint field trip with the
Southern Appalachian Botanical
Club, 132
Cornus canadensis, 13; florida, 50;
foemina, 109; paniculata, 90;
rugosa, 109; suecica, 137
Coronopus didymus, 104
Correction, A, Edward W. Berry, 108
Corydalis sempervirens, 17
Corylus cornuta, 109; rostrata, 96
Cotula coronopifolia, 107
Coville, Frederick V., 23
Crabtree, John A., 141
Crataegus, 98
Craterellus cornucopoides, 111
Crocker, William, 72
Croizat, Leon, Is Tilia americana, L.
valid?, 55
Croton Tiglium, 27
Crossome bigelovii, 117; californicum,
117
Cryptogramma densa, 77, Stelleri,
137
Cryptotaenia canadensis, 109
Cuphea petiolata, 18
Cupressus Goveniana, 119
Cyanoccus, 111
Cynodon Dactylon, 15
Cynthia virginica, 109
Cyperus ferax, 134; filicinus, 134
Cypripedium parviflorum, 46, 65;
reginae, 65
Cystopteris fragilis, 90
Cytisus Scoparius, 49
Dactyloctenium aegyptium, 15
Daniel Smiley, Jr., 18
Datura meteloides, 123; stramonium,
SB. 119}, G2, ilils
Daucus carota, 99
Decachaena ursina, 110
DeLisa, D., Herbarium mounts in
cellophane, 58
Delphinium Staphisagria, 32
Dendromecon arborea, 121; densi-
folia, 121; flexiles, 121; Harfordii,
121; rhamnoides, 121
Dendropogon usneoides, 96
Denny, F. E., 19, 21
Dianthus Armeria, 17
Diervilla lonicera, 109
Digitalis purpurea, 26
Dioscorea villosa, 109
Diospyros virginiana, 99
Diphylleia cymosa, 111
Dipsacus fullorum, 9
Distichlis dentata, 118; spicata, 134
Dowell, Philip, 68
Drosera filiformis, 130; longifolia,
130; rotundifolia, 63, 130
Dryopteris dilatata, 111; Filix-mas,
28; intermedia, 13
Dutilly, Pere Artheme, 92
Dwyer, John D., 69
Echinodorus, 95
Echium vulgare, 18
Edwards, James L., 70; Local flora
notes. Recently discovered sta-
tions for plants rare in New Jer-
sey, 126
- Elsaesser, Miss Clara, 20
Emmons, Chester W., 66
Empetrum nigrum, 77, 98, 134
Endothia parasitica, 21
Ephedra, 95; sinica, 32
149
Epigaea repens, 8, 51, 110
Epilobium angustifolium, 50; hir-
sutum, 80
Equisetum scirpoides, 86; sylvati-
cum, 109
Eragrostis poaeoides, 15
Erigeron annuus, 18, 52
Eriocaulon, 96
Eriophorum callitrix, 126
Eryngium aquaticum, 99
Erysimum insulare, 121; officinale,
106
Erythroxylon Coca, 26
Eucalyptus globulus, 31
Eupatorium coelestinum, 101; per-
foliatum, 5, 52; purpureum, 52
Euphorbia ipecacuanha, 49, 131
Evans, A. W., 141
Exogonium Jalapa, 27
Fassett, N. C., Review, St. John’s
Flora of Southeastern Washing-
ton, 129
Ferguson, Dr. Margaret C., 114
Ferula asafoetida, 28
Field trips of the club, 17, 63, 87, 109,
130
Fields, Mrs. Helen W., 70
Fogg, John M., Field trip of June 17,
134
Fragaria virginiana, 17
Fraser’s sedge in Pennsylvania, Notes
on, Ralph V. Mostoller, 16
Fraxinus americana, 51
Friend, Miss Eleanor A., 138; Field
trip of April 30—May 2, 64
Fucus vesicularis, 113
Fulling, R., 19
Gager, C. Stuart, 41
Galax aphylla, 110
Galinsoga parviflora, 83
Galium aparine, 112; asprellum, 112;
boreale, 109; circaezans, 112;
Claytonia, 112; pilosum, i12;
triflorum, 112; verum, 5, 109
Gardner, Nathaniel L., 115
Garrya elliptica, 119
Gaultheria procumbens, 111
Gelsemium sempervirens, 28
Gentiana lutea, 31; quinquefolia, 18
Georgia pellucida, 63
Geranium carolinianum, var. con-
fertifolium, 90; maculatum, 49
Gerardia, 112
Geum virginianum, 112
Gillenia trifoliata, 109
Gleason, H. A., Wool-waste grasses at
Yonkers, 15
Gleditsia triacanthos, 98
Glottidium vesicarium, 98
Goldstein, Dr. Bessie, 41
Graham, Dr. Edward H., 115
Grants Net
Gratiola aurea, 112; neglecta, 109
Graves, H. A., 21
Green, George R., 72
Greenfield, Sidney S., 67
Gross, Eugene, 19
Grout, A. J., 67
Guthrie, John D., 69
Gymnostyles anthemifolia, 107; nas-
turtiifolia, 105
Halesia monticola, 111
Hamamelis virginiana, 1, 48
Harger, Edgar B., 140
Harper, Roland M., Mimicry in two
southern weeds, 104
Hastings, George T., 19, 40; Common
names of common plants, 1;
Field trip of May 21-23, 88
Hazen, T. E., 19, 40
Hedeoma pulegioides, 9, 51
Hedrick, Ulysses P., 92
Heleochloa schoenoides, 15
Helianthemum canadense, 50
Helianthus tuberosus, 8
Hemlock in Minnesota, A new station
for, E. J. Rowe and P. O. Ru-
dolf, 10
Hepatica triloba, 47
Herbarium mounts in cellophane, D.
DeLisa, 58
Heuchera americana, 48, 61; Richard-
sonii, 61; sanguinea, 60; villosa,
62
150
Hieracium scabrum, 18
Hill, J. B., Overholtz, L. O., and
Popp, H. W., Botany, review, 38
Hill, Mrs. Robert C., 140
Hiss, Mrs. Berry, 20
Hordeum murinum, 15
Hottonia inflata, 88, 126
House, Homer D., A new plant joins
the Hudson River flora, 80
Howe, Miss Gertrude D., 138
Howe, Marshall A., 20, 22, 66
Hrdliéka, Alés, 144
Hudson River flora, A new plant joins
the, Homer D. House, 80
Hudsonia ericoides, 131
Hyacinth, Sister M., 20
Hydrangea arborescens, 48
Hydrastis canadensis, 47
Hylocomnium proliferum, 75
Hyoscyamus niger, 37, 100
Hypericum perforatum, 50
Hypochaeris radicata, 101
Hypopitys americana, 111; lanugi-
nosa, 111
Ilex Beadlei, 111; glabra, 130; monti-
cola, 17; opaca, 98; verticillata,17
Impatiens pallida, 49, 112
Iris prismatica, 130; versicolor, 45
Isnardia palustris, 99
Isoetes macrospora, 126
Iva frutescens, 134
Ivimey-Cook, W. R., 138
Johnson, Duncan Star, 43, 68
Johnson, Miss Emma, 20
Jotter, Lois, Water content of leaves
of Acer rubrum, 33
Juglans cinerea, 46, 96; nigra, 96
Juncus Gerardi, 134; tenuis, 104
Kalmia latifolia, 99, 110; polifolia, 126
Kellogg, Vernon, 115
Ketcham, Miss Clara, 19
Killip, Ellsworth, 114
Knobloch, Irving William, Plant rec-
ords from southwestern New
York, 83
Krebs, David A., 21
Krigia virginica, 130
Kurkoff, B. A., 41
Lachnanthes tinctoria, 131
Lamson-Scribner, F., 144
LaRue, Carl D., 68
Larix laricina, 63
Lash, George M., 19
Laubengayer, R. A., 145
Lavatera assurgentiflora, 121
Lawrence, Miss Rhona E., 41
Lecanora cinerea, 16
Ledum groenlandicum, 51, 77
Leersia oryzoides, 95
Leiophyllum, 110; buxifolium, 131;
Lyoni, 111
Lespedeza Brittonu, 89
Lichens on the Pilgrim Fathers, Ray-
mond H. Torrey, 16
Lilaeopsis chinensis, 133; lineata, 133
Lilium superbum, 112
Limonium carolinianum, 51, 113
Linaria canadensis, 132; vulgare, 18
Lind, Dr. Edna M., 70
Linum usitatissimum, 30
Liriodendron Tulipifera, 47, 97
Lister, Miss Gulielma, 138
Listera cordata, 126
Little, Miss Mary, 20
Lobelia Canbyi, 131; inflata, 32, 52
Local flora notes, 86
Local names of plants—VI, W. L.
- McAtee, 93
Loiseluria procumbens, 77
Lonicera involucrata, 136
Lophiola aurea, 131
Lophotocarpus spongiosus, 133
Lychnis alba, 17; alpina, 76, 136
Lycopodium annotinum, 86; clava-
tum, 45, 63; complanatum, 63;
lucidulum, 111; obscurum, 63;
sabinaefolium, 136; Selago, 136;
tristachyum, 86
’ Lygodium palmatum, 131
Lyonia mariana, 130
Lyonothamnus, 117
Lysimachia thyrsiflora, 89
Lythrum salicaria, 80
151
Madragora officinalis, 1
Magnolia Fraseri, 111; virginiana, 47,
88, 113
Maianthemum canadense, 13
Malacothrix implicata, 121
Malaxis brachypoda, 126
Malvastrum catalinense, 120; clemen-
tinum, 120; nesioticum, 120
Marcy, Miss Elizabeth, 140
Marrubium vulgare, 55, 122
Martynia louisiania, 100
Marquette, Wm., 41
Matthews, Velma D., 70
Matzke, E. B., 40
Maxon, William R., 44
McAtee, W. L., Some local names of
plants—VI, 93
Medicinal plants, A review of some,
SCs balison bartels 2orebantie
45
Melampyrum lineare, 109
Melilotus alba, 18; officinalis, 18, 49
Melochia corchorifolia, 98
Mentha piperita, 30; Pulegium, 9
Menyanthes trifoliata, 5
Menziesia pilosa, 110
Mercurialis annua, 49
Merriman, Mrs. Mabel, 20
Merrill, E. D., 42, 92
Mesembryanthemum
119
Metzner, Jerome, 20
Miller, Gerrit S., 115
Miller, Rodney B., 142
Mitchella repens, 52, 100
Mitella nuda, 13
Miyabe, Kingo, 68, 138
Moldenke, H. N., 40; Field trip of
June 13, 109
Monachins, Joseph, Field trip of July
ibs (aa isla
Monarda fistulosa, 111
Monotropa uniflora, 18, 110
Mulford, Miss Fanny A., 41
Myosotis virginiana, 90
Myriophyllum pinnatum, 99
crystallinum,
Naias gracillima, 126
Narthecium americanum, 131
Nelson, Miss Irene, 20
Nepata Cataria, 51; Hederacea, 7
Nephroma arcticum, 75, 136
New Jersey, Recently discovered
stations for plants rare in,
James L. Edwards, 126
Newman, Miss Mabel E., 41
Norton, Arthur, 138
Notes on Fraser’s Sedge in Pennsy]-
vania, Ralph V. Mostoller, 16
Nymphoides nymphaeoides, 80
Ober, Miss Marion K., 140
Oenothera biennis, 50
Opuntia littoralis, 119; 121
Orchis spectabilis, 65
Ornithogalum umbellatum, 3
Orontium aquaticum, 65
Osterhout, George E., 71
Otero, Miss Matilde, 41
Ourouparia Gambir, 30
Oxalis montana, 111; violacea, 90
Pachysandra, 113
Palmquist, E. M., 24
Panicum amarum, 133; Bicknellii,
109; philadelphicum, 90
Papaver somniferum, 26
Pappophorum bicolor, 15; mucronula-
tum, 15
Parmelia conspersa, 16
Parrotia persica, 44
Passiflora incarnata, 98
- Peltandra virginica, 133
Pennisetum ciliare, 15
Penstemon hirsutus, 90
Phacelia distans, 122: scabrella, 122
Phegopteris Robertiana, 136
Phlox subulata, 90
Phragmites communis, 95
Phyllodoce caerulea, 77, 136
Physalis virginiana, 100
Physcia ciliaris, 18
Physostigma venosum, 31
Phytolacca decandra, 46, 97, 112
Picea mariana, 63; rubens, 63, 111
Pilocarpus Jaborandi, 31; micro-
phyllus, 31
Sy
Pinguicula vulgaris, 137
Pinus remorata, 118
Plantago juncoides, 137; major, 52
Plant records from southwestein New
York—I]I, Irving William Kno-
bloch, 83
Platanus occidentalis, 97, 112
Podophyllum peltatum, 1, 30, 47, 97
Polygala Senega, 31, 49
Polygonatum biflorum, 45, 90; pu-
bescens, 90
Populus candicans, 46
Portulaca oleracea, 47
Posidonia oceanica found in North
America, E. J. Alexander, 85
Potamogeton amplexifolium, 84; cris-
pus, 84; epihydrus, 84; foliosus,
83; panormitanus, 83; praelon-
gus, 95; Robbinsu, 84
Potentilla canadensis, 48; palustris,
126; recta, 17; tridentata, 134
Proceedings of the club, 19,39, 66, 138
Prunella vulgaris, 7, 18
Prunus serotina, 31, 48
Psedra quinquefolia, 49
Pseudotsuga taxifolia, 119
Ptilimnium capillaceum, 133
Pueraria Thunbergiana, 98
Pyxidanthera barbulata, 130
Quercus alba, 46; ilicifolia, 90; in-
fectoria, 30; phellos, 132; pri-
noides, 90
Rabinowitz, A., 19
Rachomitrium lanuginosum, 88
Radicula aquatica, 112; palusris, 109
Ranunculus acris, 17; bulbosus, 47;
fascicularis, 90
Raska, Miss Clara, 141
Reade, John Moor, 91
Reed, Ernest D., 24, 143
Reed, G. M., 66
Rhamnus Purshiana, 27
Rheum officinale, 27
Rhizocarpon geographicum, 79, 136
Rhodda, J. Landon, 41
Rhododendron: carolinianum, 110;
catawbiense, 110; maximum, 88,
99: viscosum, 130
Rhus glabra, 49; toxicodendron, 98
Ribes cynosbati, 13
Ricciocarpus natans, 89
Richtberg, Miss Viola, 19
Ricinus communis, 27
Robbins, William J., 70, 143
Roberts, C., 111, 140
Robyns, Walter, 114
Roe, E. J. and P. O. Rudolf, A new
station for Hemlock in .Minne-
sota, 10
Rubus, 48; canadensis, 111; cune-
folius, 133; Chamaemorus, 136;
idaeus, var. aculeatissimus, 13;
ulmifolius, 133
Rudbeckia hirta, 18
Ruppia maritima, 95°
Ruggles, Mrs. Frank, 138
Rumex Acetosella, 9; crispus, 46;
mexicanus, 111; pulcher, 106
Rynchospora corniculata, 96
Sabatia angularis, 51
Salicornia europea, 113
Salix, 46; brachycarpa, 77
Salsola Kali, 113
Salvia columbariae, 120
Sambucus pubens, 111
Sanguinaria canadensis, 48
Sarracenia purpurea, 63, 131
Sassafras variifolium, 48
Saururus cernuus, 96
Saviniona clementina, 121; dendroi-
dea, 121;reticulata,121;suspensa,
121
Scheuchzeria palustris, 126
Schizaea pusilla, 131
Scirpus robustus, 133; Torreyi, 126;
validus, 95
Sclerolepis uniflora, 132
Scott, Elele,017
-Senebiera pinnatifida, 104
Senecio aureus, 53; Rugelia, 111
Setaria geniculata, 134; italica, 95
Shepherdia canadensis, 99
Shive, John W., 139
153
Shternov, Vladimir A., 68, 138
Silene acaulis, 77; antirrhina,
latifolia, 17
Simmondsia californica, 98
Sinnott, E. W., Principles of botany,
review, 37
Smiley, Daniel, Jr., 18
Smith, A. C., 115
Smith, Stephen R., 68
Smith, Mrs. Stephen R., 140
Solanum carolinense, 52, 100; Dul-
camara, 52
Solidago caesia, 18; glomerata, 111;
rugosa, 18; sempervirens, 134; ser-
otina, 18; speciosa, 18
Soliva, 104; nasturtiifolia, 103; ses-
silis, 107
Spartina alternifolia, 95; alternifolia,
var. pilosa, 133; cynosuroides, 133;
glabra, 113; patens, 95, 113, 133
Spergula arvensis, 97
Sphaerophysa Salsula, new to North
America, E. J. Alexander, 35
Sporobolus airoides, 15; argutus, 15;
cryptandrus, 15
Statice labradorica, var. submutica,
Th
Stellaria media, 47
St. John, Harold, Flora of South-
eastern Washington, review, 127
Stout, A. B., 142
Strobilomyces strobilaceus, 111
Strophanthus Kombe, 26
Strychnos Nux-vomica, 28
Stryker, Miss Anne L., 20
Sullivan, Miss Agnes, 41
Svenson, H. K., 67; Field trip of June
6, 89
Sverdlick, Harry, 20
Swift, Miss Marjorie, 20
Symphoricarpos, 100
109;
Ratt, C. E., 19, 24
Tanacetum vulgare, 54
Taraktogenos Kurzii, 32
Taraxacum officinale, 18, 53
Taxodium, 94, 113
Taylor, Norman, 23, 72
Thalesia uniflora, 109
Thymus vulgaris, 28
Tilia americana, 49; glabra, 55; het-
erophylla, 56; Michauxii, 55;
neglecta, 55; platyphyllos, 56
Tilia americana valid? Is, Leon Croi-
Zats Oo
Toluifera Balsamum, 31; Pereirae, 32
Torrey, R. E., General Botany for
colleges, review, 38
Torrey, Raymond H., 20, 40, 43; Bot-
anizing in the Shickshock Moun-
tains of Gaspé, Quebec, 73; Ce-
traria islandica in Sussex Co.,
N.J., 124; Field trip of Feb. 28,
63; of May 8, 65; of May 31, 89;
The Club’s 1937 trip to Quebec,
134; Lichens on the Pilgrim
Fathers, 16
Tragopogon pratensis, 18, 109
Tragus Berteronianus, 15
Trapa natans, 82
Trichloris mendocina, 15
Trichostema dichotomum, 100
Trientalis americana, 2
Trifolium agrarium, 18; hybridum,
17; pratense, 17; repens, 13
Trillium erectum, 45; Vaseri, 111
Triosteum aurantiacum, 90; perfolia-
tum, 100
Tripsicum dactyloides, 133
Trollius laxus, 65
Tsuga canadensis, 10
Tussilago Farfara, 53, 101
Typha latifolia, 95
Ulmus fulva, 46
Ulva lactuca, 113
Urginea maritima, 30
Utricularia clandestina, 112
Vaccinium corymbosum, 130; macro-
carpon, 6, 63, 130; ovatum, 99;
stamineum, 90; uliginosum, 134;
vacillans, 18; Vitis-Idaea, 134
Valeriana officinalis, 27
Veratrum virida, 45
Verbascum Thapsus, 13, 18, 52, 100
Verbena hastata, 51
Vernonia noveboracensis, 101
Veronica virginica, 52
Viburnum affine, var. hypomalacum,
90; Lentago, 28; Opulus, 52;
prunifolium, 28; rufidulum, 101
Voth, Paul D., 145
Wellvitz, Dr. Anne M., 21
Weston, William Henry, Jr., 44
Wilkinson, John Grimshaw, 44
Williams, Llewelyn, 24
Wodehouse, R. P., 66
Wolfe, Mrs. Sophie, 21
Woodsia ilvensis, 90; obtusa, 90
154
Woodwardia areolata, 86; virginica,
,
Wool-waste grasses at Yonkers, H.
A. Gleason, 15
Wunder, Benjamin, 41
Wyckoff, Miss Ann M., 41
Xanthium, 101
Xanthoria parietina, 16
Xanthoxylum americanum, 65
Xerophyllum asphodeloides, 131
Zingiber officinale, 30
Zostera marina, 95
Zundel George L., 20
THE TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
Contributors of accepted articles and reviews who wish six gratuitous
copies of the number of TorReEyYa in which their paper appears, will kindly
notify the editor, when returning proof.
Reprints should be ordered when galley proof is returned to the editor.
George Banta Pub. Co., Menasha, Wisc. have furnished the following rates:
2 pp. 4 pp. 8 pp. 12 pp. 16 pp.
25 copies 1.85 2.35 4.10 6.35 6.95
Saal 2.00 2.60 4.50 7.00 7.70
for" 2.95 2.85 4.90 7.65 8.45
100 & 2,30 3.10 5.30 8.30 9.20
TSO) So 2.60 3.60 6.10 9.60 10.70
200. 21.5 2,90 4.10 6.90 10.90 12.20
SOO) eS oao0 5.10 8.50 13.50 15.20
Reprints will be folded and if more than four pages, saddle stitched. Covers sim-
ilar to that of Torreya. First 50 copies, $2.25. Additional covers, 11% cents
each. Plates: 100 for $1.00.
Council for 1937
Ex officio members
John Hendley Barnhart John Sidney Karling
Frank Earl Denny Harold Norman Moldenke
Sam Farlow Trelease Mintin Asbury Chrysler
Dora Elizabeth Marcy
Elected members
1935-1937 1936-1938 1937-1939
Gladys Pomeroy Anderson Ralph Holt Cheney Cornelia Lee Carey
Arthur Harmount Graves Harold Haydn Clum Robert Almer Harper
George Tracy Hastings Henry Knute Svenson Edmund Ware Sinnott
Roger Philip Wodehouse Raymond Hezekiah Torrey Percy White Zimmerman
Committees for 1937
ENDOWMENT COMMITTEE
Helen M. Trelease, Chairman : J. Ashton Allis
Caroline C. Haynes Clarence Lewis Henry de la Montagne
PROGRAM COMMITTEE
John S, Karling, Chairman (ex officio) William Crocker
Clyde Fisher Arthur H. Graves Forman T. McLean Edmund W. Sinnott
Fre~tp COMMITTEE
Raymond H. Torrey, Chairman
Edward Alexander Gladys P. Anderson Vernon L. Frazee Arthur H. Graves
Alfred Gundersen Robert Hagelstein Inez M. Haring Michael Levine
James Murphy Daniel Smiley, Jr. Henry K. Svenson Farida A. Wiley
Gustay L. Wittrock
ENTERTAINMENT COMMITTEE
Helen S. Harper, Chairman Jennie S. Dodge Arthur H. Graves
Mary L. Mann Palmyre de C. Mitchell
LocaL FLora COMMITTEE
Henry K. Svenson, Chairman
Phanerogams:
Edward J. Alexander William J. Bonisteel William H. Camp
Herbert M. Denslow H. Allan Gleason Bayard Long
Harold N. Moldenke Hester M. Rusk
Cryplogams:
Gladys P. Anderson Edwin B. Bartram Ralph C. Benedict Bernard O. Dodge
Alexander W. Evans John M. Fogg, Jr. Robert Hagelstein Caroline C. Haynes
Tracy E. Hazen John S. Karling Michael Levine Edwin B. Matzke
Norma E, Pfeiffer John K. Small William S. Thomas
Ferns and Fern Allies: R. C. Benedict, N. E. Pfeiffer, J. K. Small
Mosses: E. B. Bartram
Liverworts: A. W. Evans, C. C. Haynes, E. B. Matzke
Freshwater Algae: T. E. Hazen. Marine Algae: J. M. Fogg, Jr.
tungi: B. O. Dodge, J. S. Karling, M. Levine, W. S. Thomas
Lichens: G. P. Anderson Myxomycetes: R. Hagelstein
OTHER PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
TORREY BOTANICAL CLUB
(1) BULLETIN
A journal devoted to general botany, established in 1870 and
published monthly, except during July, August, and September.
Vol. 63, published in 1936, contained 562 pages of text and 20
full page plates. Price $6.00 per annum. For Europe, $6.25.
In addition to papers giving the results of research, each issue
contains the INDEx TO AMERICAN BOTANICAL LITERATURE—a
very comprehensive bibliography of current publications in
American botany. Many workers find this an extremely valu-
able feature of the BULLETIN.
Of former volumes, 24-63 can be supplied separately at $6.00
each; certain numbers of other volumes are available, but the en-
tire stock of some numbers has been reserved for the completion
of sets. Single copies (75 cents) will be furnished only when not
breaking complete volumes.
(2) MEMOIRS
The MEmorrs, established 1889, are published at irregular in-
tervals. Volumes 1-18 are now completed. Volume 17, contain-
ing Proceedings of the Semi-Centennial Anniversary of the
Club, 490 pages, was issued in 1918, price $5.00.
Volume 18, no. 1, 108 pages, 1931, price $2.00. Volume 18,
no. 2, 220 pages, 1932, price $4.00. Volume 18 complete, price
$5.00.
(3) Index to American Botanical Literature, reprinted
monthly on cards, and furnished to subscribers at three cents a
card.
Correspondence relating to the above publications should be
addressed to
HAROLD N. MOLDENKE,
New York Botanical Garden,
Bronx Park,
New York, N.Y.
ey ¥ :
4
ee ill ata
“oe
ets “_S hal - a
— 2, SM, “+ PC: - a 7 -~
a . ‘e ee ae . aa a Ant |B ale 5 i a he 7
- . “ee te at ee ae ed =
- - a _ ; + -
4a * ioe * - eT amy nh @ - - =
* Ct a
= a as & i li Ow
ak, co - = ¢ 7 —-,
- - - § - . - = r
° - * eel Nm ~~ ad
a
7 ~ - i - ws Lever li tiles -
~ ’ _ i ' > ; - > ~
os . Pe a 7
— - - ‘ > - eR.
nd _ _ “ -_- . ¢ ~w ey fe
; _ “ . i os °
im ey * + ce
4 ’ -
iad - ah . ‘ -
- . 7 -
am .
ne .
“~ =
“ ' >;
r ca -
a i ~ . %
a ’ na o
oo *
. . ~ 7 . 7
Fi — = * — i”
- 2
as
- i- : - P
- ° * -~ = *
~— * a _
“a ~—— - . ~ — *.
= Ahan - - - - . 7
* - io «
a a = te ~ as, 7 ‘ aor
oe -
= -_— = 2 ~~ ‘ + - —
+ - +
- ow io ewe § oe . —_ aad “
. = * - ond : - — _ ak’ = -
= C= - 7 —— ks nt a .
- ms 7 = ~ ; - ° _ - ; 7 -
a .
- — : - 4 .
wm one _ * i iy ale bs a ” “ Bow *
« —~- ~ ~. nie) a © a - = *
+ = ad ' _ ~ - - - An
- - ~ al ua _ a - - 7
‘ Pied =o - = noe - - = _—
- - oe aes = a -
te 7 = ip > o 7 . -
iv sm ee + - ‘ ae -
~ oe - ~* . = - = Pad ~ - -
- - 7 - > - ied 7 +
i — . Oe ie ite Mp ~ ” - a + = “ a oe - -
é ee —— ‘ — es _ _ ; ~ = ‘ . * 5 - . =
Net Owe he om ~ - a = pe - = ee —— ad - — - -«
~ ad oe a > - 4, lens ages a = ® . - ~ « - . . -
” eer wenn - = 7 ci a ~~ — » le ae - =. — +
‘ - = - > 9 _ . - — . ~-
Pomme te SY ao eee bane ee oe . i a ar; a . % . = ” a = ~~. 2 ~. -
7 he ~ — = “~ Ps ~- —
; os * —~ a 7 = — oy ~ — “ fh. ~ = 7 7
. ~~ < 2 = = — oh ton Tue —t® of - n ~~ ———
a. Ra ge =e = om ORs SS we eee oe ye _ -e : - Se ae _ ad ——-a - se 'f -
4 Oe: - < Te ty Pe oT Bee ——— = ew «6 - — ae - * - a - or a= — =e
— = oes kaliideains teen ee -— - - a - Y . _ =
mnt a a” Pie : ee * — anne yr ra a2 7 7 ” -. + 7 “x
TT OR eeherteg Ra” 9. ey om > - = =~ _— ~ a +4 = a ‘ -_ in lw - - -
pears = i Ie SD ey ~ a <= me _ - — - - - - + 7
tows aso gies oe —— - - - toe - - -~ - - >
ae a o< tee end ~ = od
— 7 Se ee ee - - = ie. _— * oe aw ~* —-«
— —=t4 _ ae em z as =" - -
- AN al - _ - - ~ w= a oe 7 ~ -
- 2 ome ae ee — 'o' - a) ~~ = - - -
a a * = — ~ ‘ - _—— ae. =a - - °.6: ive
pie-shed ee 4 = in vy — - fs a pas
P65, net = gs om — © = . i i iced = a eee tee catia - ™e
- ee ee ee Ps a _ ~ A a * =~ —_ ied
a — = oa ry —_ ~< _ .
Oe Ay mee ~ ame ond
wes ~
tm me!
e 9
» a oo ~ “et & ~ -_-* +. - 7 toe ema
~% = —- ee ~ Plt tongs om ee et es . + ~*o ed) Pe yee ee
r oF uy BE a ee a OR A OT a al AG G5 Win a a a te = - 7 a kw
ee mee eg i ab bgt omg SPT Tepes.eay oe (eer liege *o-m 6 = ee ee ee GD we - a a ete ee! oe aie EE ge ate
2 Fe Og et atte mle pute we Siar ee seine om ee NTU See OS eg eR eee ye le 1S mig gh - =o ee © 8 ke meee
SS NEO att pig ET Ne ay = eeQee-er Cae ee ee net chiki aia a ee - ow a — * oe eo
ee gt rae OS pe ee ee gene a wore Lae yee 2h -o i oe - -
ie. = 8 ane - oe aed - ~~ see eee 20 t= 20 RE em — oe Bes f
77 — ee Be Ny ewe we ee et ee tee tie sew 7 a Ee Pony = -